• Back to Encyclopedia Arctica homepage

    Various Geographical Items

    Encyclopedia Arctica 13: Canada, Geography and General




    001      |      Vol_XIII-0008                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. Lebourdais)

    ABITIBI LAKE

            Abitibi Lake, northeastern Canada, lies across the interprovincial

    boundary between Ontario and Quebec, with the grater part of its extend

    in Ontario. It has an area of 350 square miles, of which 295 miles are

    in Ontario and 55 square miles are in Quebec; and it is divided into

    two principal sections by promontories projecting from the north and

    south shores, leaving only a narrow channel between. With an elevation

    of 868 feet above sea level, its axis lies west-northwest and east-southeast.

    Its most northerly point is in latitude 48° 56′ N.; its easterly limit is

    in longitude 79° 15′ W. (the boundary cut it at longitude 79° 31′ W.); its

    most southerly point is in latitude 48° 35′ N.; and its most westerly point

    is in longitude 80° 13′ W. Its greatest length in a direct line is about

    44 miles, and its greatest width, 18 miles. Its shoreline is very irregular,

    with a number of long promontories projecting into the lake, in addition to

    the two which almost bisect it. The southern promontory is seven miles long,

    and very narrow, while the one extending southward from the north shore is

    about 12 miles long and averages about 10 miles wide. Both sections of the

    lake are filled with islands. The eastern portion is more thickly dotted

    with islands than the western portion, and the largest has an area of about

    six square miles.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0009                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Abitibi Lake

            The shores of Abitibi Lake are generally rocky, with little sand

    or gravel and not much swamp. The land immediately to the north is rela–

    tively low, rising some distance back from the shore to hills with an

    elevation of over 2,000 feet. The south shore is higher, with hills near

    the lake reaching heights of from 1,000 to 1,300 feet. Many streams flow

    into Abitibi Lake, most of which are short because the drainage area is

    hemmed on the north by a range of hills, and to the south by the height

    of land separating the St. Lawrence River watershed from that of James Bay.

    One of the largest inflowing streams is the Duparquet River, which enters

    from the south near the eastern end of the lake, its course being entirely

    within the Province of Quebec. Other rivers flowing in from the south are

    the Ghost, Lightning, and Mattawasaga. The principal rivers flowing in from

    the north are La Reine, Aylen, and Lowbush.

            Abitibi Lake is drained by the Abitibi River, which flows westward out

    of its southwestern angel, its waters ultimately reaching James Bay by way

    of Moose River. The Canadian National Railway line from Quebec City to

    Winnipeg (National Transcontinental) touches the north shore of the western

    section of Abitibi Lake at two points, in Northeast Bay and in Northwest Bay,

    at Mace and Lowbush Stations, respectively. The Hudson's Bay Company has

    maintained a trading post on Abitibi Lake since 1755.

            The lake was first surveyed in 1900, when parties employed by the

    Ontario Government were engaged to explore portions of Ontario's northern

    hinterland, till then, except by traders and trappers, an unknown land.

            Reference:

    Government of Ontario. Report of the Survey and Exploration of Northern

    Ontario, 1900 . Toronto. The King's Printer, 1901.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0010                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ABITIBI RIVER

            The Abitibi River, one of the principal tributaries of Moose River

    (q.v.), drains an area of 11,300 square miles in the northeastern part

    of Ontario, Dominion of Canada. It rises in Abitibi Lake (q.v.), in

    latitude 48° 47′ N., longitude 81° 11′ W.; and, after an initial westerly

    course of about 50 miles, holds a generally northwesterly course to its

    junction with Moose River, a short distance above the latter's mouth.

    It drains the eastern portion of the Moose River watershed; its basin is

    narrow, because it is hemmed on the west by the watershed of the Mattagami

    River, another important tributary of the Moose, and, on the east, by

    various streams draining into James Bay through the Province of Quebec.

            The Abitibi River flows through two physiographic provinces. In its

    upper reaches, its course lies across territory underlain by the Pre e c ambrian

    rocks of the Canadian Shield, where it is interrupted by numerous rapids

    and falls, resulting in many excellent power sites, some of which are

    already developed. In its lower reaches, it traverses the Hudson (James) Bay

    lowland, where the underlying rocks are of Palaeozoic age, and the stream

    flows through low-lying land consisting mainly of peat bogs and muskeg. Its

    upper reaches are in well-wooded territory, where black and white spruce,

    Banksian pine, birch, balsam, poplar and tamarack are the principal trees.

    Most of the timber is small, however, and fit chiefly for pulpwood. At two

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0011                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Abitibi River

    different point pulp and paper mills have already been established. For

    a large part of its length its valley is occupied by the line of the

    Ontario Northland Railway (q.v.), which connects transcontinental lines

    at North Bay and Cochrane with James Bay at Moosonee. The line crosses

    the river in two places, remaining, however, for most of its distance on

    the western side.

            Leaving Lake Abitibi at its southeastern angle, in the large bay

    formed by a long promontory, the Abitibi River flows southeastward, swing–

    ing soon to a generally westerly direction. It is at this point a broad,

    shallow stream, with many arms and bays extending on both sides so that it

    is difficult to determine the direction of the main stream. Twenty miles

    below the outlet of the lake, the Abitibi receives the Mistogo River from

    the north. The channel of this stream is similar in its characteristics

    to that of the Abitibi in this section. Shortly below the mouth of the

    Mistogo River, the Abitibi swings to the southwestward and narrows to

    one-third of its width as it pours over the Twin Falls, where the drop is

    60 feet. Here the Abitibi Power and Paper Company Limited has developed

    30,000 horse power of electrical energy for use in its pulp and paper plant

    at Iroquois Falls. Continuing a southwesterly course for about seven miles,

    it receives Black River from the south, and immediately swings to the north-

    northwest for eight miles to Iroquois Falls, which is the site of the Abitibi

    Power and Paper Company Limited's immense mill and townsite.

            At Iroquois Falls, the company develops 28,000 horse power for us in its

    plant. Continuing northwestward, the river is crossed by the line of the

    Canadian National Railways between Brower and Abitibi stations. At about

    25 miles north of the railway crossing, the river makes an abrupt turn to

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0012                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LaBourdais: Canada-Abitibi River

    the west, flowing in that direction for 10 miles to the junction with

    Frederick House River, which comes in from the south. Immediately below

    the junction, the Abitibi resumes its general north-northwesterly course,

    and, 12 miles below the mouth of Frederick House River, is crossed for

    the second time by the Ontario Northland Railway. Three miles beyond the

    railway crossing, the Abitibi flows over Island Falls, where a dam has

    been built providing a head of 66 feet. Here the Abitibi Power and Paper

    Company limited has a plant at which 60,000 horse power is generated. This

    power is conveyed to the mill at Iroquois Falls over a transmission line of

    81.5 miles. Between the mouth of Frederick House River and Island Falls,

    the river is about 200 yards wide, with many bays and arms. Its banks are

    from 75 to 100 feet high, cut through glacial drift.

            The Abitibi River contracts again below Island Falls, continuing thus

    for 30 miles, when it once more widens into a lake-expansion before entering

    the Abitibi Canyon, where a drop of 237 feet occurs. This is the beginning

    of the river's plunge from the level of the Pre c -C ambrian plain to that of the

    lowland. At Abitibi Canyon, the Ontario Hydro-Electric Power Commission

    develops 275,000 horse power of electricity. Construction of this huge

    plant was begun by the Abitibi Power and Paper Company Limited. Before

    the project was completed, however, the company went into a receivership.

    In the settlement, the power development was taken over by the Ontario

    Hydro-Electric Power Commission, and the enterprise is now part of its

    system.

            Swinging in a gradual curve to the north from Abitibi Canyon, the

    river drops over another fall to about 10 miles beyond the canyon. Con–

    tinuing then in a general north-northwesterly direction for about 30 miles,

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0013                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canadai-Abitibi River

    it narrows, and, at Otter Rapids and Falls, runs for two miles through a

    canyon which, in places, is not more than 50 feet wide, where the descent

    is 57 feet. The Sextant Rapids, two and a half miles below the canyon,

    have a fall of 16 feet. Beyond this point, the river swings to the north–

    west for about a mile, and then turns slightly east of north for two miles,

    flowing over the Coral Rapids, with a drop of 18 feet. Coral Rapids are so

    named because the river at that point outs through a cliff composed almost

    entirely of fossilized ferns, fish and marine invertebrates. The stream

    now trends north-northeasterly, and five miles below Coral Rapids enters

    the Long Rapids, which continue for five miles with a total drop of 77 feet.

    The river has now reac hed the level of the Hudson (James) Bay Lowlands.

            After a sharp bend to the east, and about five miles below the lower

    end of the Long Rapids, the Little Abitibi River flows in from the southeast.

    Ten miles farther north the Blacksmith Rapids occur, where there is a drop

    of five feet. This is followed by rapids with drops of three and four feet,

    respectively, after which the Onakawana River comes in from the southwest.

    Here the Ontario Northland Railway, hitherto following the west bank of the

    Abitibi River, crosses the intervening territory to the Moose River valley,

    a short distance to the westward. Another rapid with a drop of four feet

    occurs at the point where the Big Cedar Creek comes in on the east side.

    The Abitibi now follows a generally southeasterly course, which it holds

    until it joins the Moose. Several rapids, including Sand Rapids, with a

    three-foot drop, and the Sugar Rapids, with a four-foot drop, occur in the

    final stretch. Midway between these is another rapid, unnamed, with a drop

    of three feet. In its lower reaches, the Abitibi expands considerably and

    contains many islands, having a width at its mouth of about three-quarters

    of a mile.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0014                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Abitibi

            The Abitibi River traverses a territory which has unusual economic

    possibilities. The region through which it runs in its upper reaches is

    fairly well covered with black and white spruce and other trees common to

    the region. Some of this timber is of merchantable size, but the greater

    part of it is fit only for pulpwood, of which there is a considerable quan–

    tity. The supply would have been much greater if large sections of the

    country had not, in recent years, been repeatedly ravaged by fire.

            Since, for the greater part of its course, the river traverses the

    Precambrian plain, underlain by rocks which elsewhere are highly mineralized,

    it is likely that, as the country becomes more fully prospected, valuable

    mineral occurences will be located. The rich gold mines of Kirkland Lake

    (q.v.) are but a few miles to the south of its source. The equally famous

    gold mines of Porcupine (q.v.) are about the same distance to the westward.

    Both have been producing steadily since the second decade of the twentieth

    century.

            As already mentioned, the pulpwood resources of the territory are being

    utilized by the Abitibi Power and Paper Company Limited at Iroquois Falls.

    Mention has also been made of the development by this company of a total of

    98,000 horse power at its three sites, and the Ontario Hydro-Electric Power

    Commission's 275,000 horsepower plant at the Abitibi Canyon. A number of

    other sites remain where large quantities of additional power could be

    developed.

            The upper reaches of the river cut through the famous Clay Belt (q.v.),

    in which the land, though timber-covered, is very fertile. When the timber

    is removed and the land cleared, this region could provide farm homes for a

    large community. As has already been said, it has railway connection with

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0015                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Abitibi River

    Cochrane, on the transcontinental, and with tidewater at James Bay.

            The Lowlands section, while at present a dreary waste of muskeg, could

    be converted into productive farm land by proper draining. It consists of

    a layer of water-soaked moss and decayed vegetable matter superimposed upon

    a clay subsoil. The moss prevents evaporation; the clay prevents drainage

    of the water. This water, only slightly warmer than ice-water, serves to

    keep the land in perpetual cold storage. If the land were drained, however,

    the temperature at ground-level would certainly rise, and the rich soil, level

    and free from stones, would undoubtedly prove of value for agricultural purposes.

            The Lowland section is capable, also, of industrial development. Large

    deposits of excellent china clay have been discovered in a number of places,

    as well as immense deposits of gypsum. Cheap electrical power is close at

    hand and, in addition, widespread deposits of lignite coal exist, which, while

    not of sufficient quality to justify transport for any distance, could be used

    to advantage locally.

            The Abitibi River has provided a highway to James and Hudson Bays since

    the seventeenth century. French fur traders from Montreal followed it to the

    Moose and thence to the Bay as early as 1662. It has been a favorite canoe

    route of traders, missionaries and explorers ever since. The railway now

    makes canoe travel unnecessary, except for recreation. In this region, how–

    ever, it is likely that it will long continue to attract those who enjoy the

    thrill of canoeing in white water.

            References:

    Bell, J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin . Report of

    the Bureau of Mines, 1904. Toronto, The King's Printer,

    1904. Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland Ontario . Toronto, The Ryerson Press, 1946.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0016                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ALBANY RIVER

            The Albany River, in northern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, drains

    an area of 59,800 square miles southwest of James Bay, and is 610 miles

    in length to the head of its farthest tributary. It is one of the most

    important rivers in Ontario, although yet very little known. Its drain–

    age basin extends from latitude 48° 45′ N. to latitude 52° 30′ N; and

    from longitude 81° 30′ W. to longitude 92° W. The greater part of this

    area lies south of the main stream, drained by the Ogoki and Kenogami

    rivers, with their network of tributaries.

            For many years the Albany formed the northwestern boundary of Ontario,

    separating that province from the District of Keewatin, then part of the

    Northwest Territories administered by the Government of Canada. A new

    boun [ ?] ry was established in 1912, when the province of Ontario and Manitoba

    were extended to Hudson Bay and that portion of the District of Keewatin

    lying south of latitude 60° N., and north of the Albany River, was divided

    between them.

            The Albany River proper rises in St. Joseph Lake, which lies in a

    general east-west direction practically along the 51st parallel of north

    latitude, between 90° W. and 91° 30′ W. longitude, but its headwaters are

    generally taken to be the source of Cat River, which flows through Cat Lake

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0017                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    and a series of other lakes into the western end of St. Joseph Lake. This

    chain of lakes lies in a direction slightly west of north between latitudes

    51° and 52° N., and between longitudes 91° 30′ and 92° W.

            St. Joseph Lake is a splendid sheet of water, about 80 miles in length,

    with an elevation of 1,218 feet above sea level. Since it is entirely within

    the region of Precambrian rocks, its shoreline is extremely irregular, as is

    characteristic of lakes in that region, and consists of long bays and inden–

    tations, and the lake is studded with innumerable islands. The surrounding

    country here, and for the greater part of the Albany's course across the

    Canadian Shield, consists of an undulating upland plain of low relief, occa–

    sional or ro cky hills or knobs rising from 50 to 200 feet above the general

    level. The shores and islands of the lakes and rivers are well wooded with

    large spruce, both black and white, tamarack, aspen and balsam poplar, with

    some Banksian pine, cedar and white birch.

            Like many other lakes in the Canadian Shield section of northern Canada,

    St. Joseph Lake has two outlets — at its eastern extremity, where the end

    of the lake is formed by an island, five and a half miles north and south

    by about three miles at its greatest width. The outlets, one at each end

    of the island, discharge into Osnaburgh Lake, a crescent-shaped, island-

    studded lake about 12 miles long and a mile and a half wide at its widest,

    lying approximately north and south. Both channels, near their entry into

    Osnaburgh Lake, drop over ledges with a fall of 10 feet. The Albany River

    flows eastward out of the southern end of Osnaburgh Lake in a channel filled

    with islands and broken by many rapids. Four miles below Osnaburgh Lake, it

    enters Atikokiwam Lake, three miles long by two miles wide. The river divides

    into two channels as it flows out of Atikokiwam Lake, and the two come together

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0018                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    ten miles below, having encompassed Kagami Island in their course. The

    descent between Atikokiwam Lake and the point where the channels reunite

    is about 100 feet. In the northern channel, the first fall occurs five

    miles below Atikokiwam Lake, where the drop is 34 feet; at the Kagami Falls

    four miles farther downstream, the fall is also 34 feet; and three-quarters

    of a mile below the latter another fall, of 14 feet, occurs. The drop in

    the southern channel is more continuous.

            Beginning a short distance below the foot of Kagami Island, the Albany

    River enters an arm of Achapai (Elbow) Lake, which is about four miles long

    and not more than a mile wide and lies in a northeasterly direction. At the

    end of this four-mile reach, the arm bends sharply to the southeast, and a

    mile farther joins the main part of the lake, which is about six and a half

    miles long, lying south of and parallel to the arm just mentioned. The river

    flows out of Achapai Lake at its northeastern extremity, not far from the

    point at which it enters, and flows northward for a mile and then swings to

    the northeast, holding that course in a well-marked channel, free from ob–

    structions, until a short rapid leads to a lake-expansion five miles long

    and less than a mile wide. This lake-expansion terminates in a rapid with

    a four-foot descent, after which the river makes an abrupt turn to the east–

    ward, and with many twists and turns drops 55 feet in the next six miles of

    rapids. At the end of this stretch, the Misehkow River comes in from the

    southwest. Swinging to slightly east of north, immediately below the mouth

    of the Misehkow, the Albany widens and for the next eight miles continues

    wide with a slack current, bending abruptly to the east at the end of this

    stretch, and expanding about a number of islands as the Etowamami River comes

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0019                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    in from the northwest. This easterly course is about four miles in length,

    and, at the end of it, is another island-filled expansion. Here, in a region

    of morainic hills, from 200 to 300 feet high, the river makes a sharp bend to

    the south for five miles in the course of which it is interrupted by many

    rapids. This southward stretch terminates in a lake-like expansion pendant

    to the main river; the Shabuskwia River flows into this expansion from the

    south.

            Making a hairpin bend to the northeast, the Albany River, in the next

    eight miles, drops over Upper Eskawa Falls, with a descent of 22 feet, Eskawa

    Falls, with a descent of 23 feet, and Snake Falls, with a descent of nine

    feet. Below the last mentioned falls, the river widens, and for four miles

    flows in a direction slightly east of north. It then swings to the east,

    still wide and with a slack current, and flows into Miminiska Lake, dividing

    into two channels just above its entrance. Miminiska Lake has a total length

    of 12 miles and a width of about six, but a considerable portion of its area

    is occupied by what appears to be an island about five and a half miles long

    by five miles wide, but which, in reality, is a promontory attached to the

    north shore of the lake by a short, narrow ridge of rock. Miminiska Lake

    lies in a northeasterly direction, but the Albany River flows out of its

    [ ?] s outheasterly angle. Continuing in a southeasterly direction for two and

    a half miles, in which the descent is 32 feet, the river enters Petawanga

    Lake, 15 miles long and less than two miles at its greatest width, lying

    mainly in an east-and-west direction. After leaving Petawanga Lake, the

    Albany flows in a general easterly direction through a number of lake-ex–

    tensions, receiving from the north the discharge from Kabemet Lake, where

    a Hudson's Bay Company's post is established. The river now swings to the

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0020                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    southeast, continuing in that direction for about four miles to Makokibatan

    Lake. In the six miles between Petawanga and Makikobatan lakes, the river

    has a total descent of 68 feet.

            Makokibatan Lake is about 18 miles long, by less than two miles wide,

    and lies in a direction slightly north of east. The river leaves the lake

    by two channels, one at the southeastern, and the other at the northeastern

    angle. These two channels proceed on a roughtly parallel northeasterly

    course, and unite about 15 miles below the lake. The northern channel flows

    into and out of the southern side of Washi Lake, a double lake about 10 miles

    long, while the southern channel flows through a number of small expansions.

    In the stretch between Makokibatan and Washi lakes, the river has a drop of

    33 feet in three principal rapids that are separated by short sections of

    quiet water.

            After the junction of the two channels, the river flows slightly north

    of east through many expansions, separated usually by rapids. It then swings

    to a northerly course for four miles, still expanding into lake-like stretches.

    Three miles from the bend, it drops over Kagaimi Falls, which, including the

    rapids above, have a total descent of 44 feet. The river continues its

    northerly course for another mile below Kagiami Falls, and then bends to the

    northeast, holding that course for 10 miles to Martin Falls, where it drops

    25 feet. In the stretch between Kagiami and Martin falls, the river drops

    40 feet in three rapids of 14, 12 and 14 feet, respectively. Below Martin

    Falls, the course continues generally northeasterly for a further eight

    miles in which the current, while swift, is uninterrupted. Beyond this, the

    river swings to the north, continuing on that course for four miles, at the

    end of which a slight bend to the east occurs and after two miles is interrupted

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0021                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    by the final rapid on the river (except for two slight ones in its lower

    reaches), where there is a drop of six feet.

            From this point the river swings to the northeast in a gradual curve,

    maintaining this course for about eight miles to the south of the Wabassi

    River, flowing in from the west. Below the mouth of the Wabassi, the Albany

    turns to the east and then swings to the southeast. Beginning about two

    miles above the mouth of the Wabassi, the river widens with many islands,

    and after the turn to the east, it separates twice into two channels, in

    each case enclosing an island about a mile and a half long. Where the river

    changes from the eastward to the southeastward course, it flows in several

    parallel channels which enclose islands; and below that point, while confined

    to one channel, it occupies a wide trough and runs with a slack current. The

    Albany has now reached the lowland section, and from here to the coast its

    nature undergoes a radical change. Its course consists of relatively straight

    stretches, with steep banks cut through the till. For a hundred miles the

    channel is cut through boulder clay which has washed away, leaving a bed and

    banks of boulders. Nearer the sea, where the flat-lying limestones are

    closer to the surface, the stream has cut down into the bedrock, in places

    as deep as 30 or 40 feet.

            At the end of the southeastern stretch, the Ogoki River joins the Albany,

    coming from the southwest, after which the latter runs eastward for 25 miles,

    again swinging to the southeast for a further 60 miles. The many expansions

    of the upper reaches are now absent, but a shallow expansion occurs opposite

    the mouth of the Kenogami as it comes in from the southwest at the end of the

    80-mile stretch just mentioned. Immediately b e low the mouth of the Kenogami,

    the Albany resumes its northeasterly course, which it holds until it reaches

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0022                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    James Bay in latitude 51° 20′ N., longitude 80° 20′ W. In the final 150

    miles, it maintains a wide channel, with clay and gravel banks from 60 to

    80 feet high, dividing in many places to enclose low sand and gravel islands

    of considerable size, and averaging from a quarter of a miles to over a mile

    in width. The surrounding country consists mainly of muskeg, in which the

    principal trees are black spruce and tamarack of small dimensions. The river

    is bordered on each side by a narrow strip of green timber in which the trees

    are sometimes of considerable size, but both size and numbers diminish within

    a short distance from the river's edge.

            The Albany, by means of its tributary, the Kenogami, and the latter's

    tributary, the Pagwachuan, provides an uninterrupted water way from the

    Canadian National Railways line at Pagwa station to James Bay. The Pagwa–

    chuan is shallower than the Kenogami, but in high water is navigable for

    river boats of sufficient size. Revillon Freres and the Hudson's Bay Company

    transport goods down these rivers to their trading posts, using 15-ton scows

    propelled by power boats. Although the Albany has two rapids below the

    junction with the Kenogami, neither offers any serious obstruction to navigation.

            The Albany River has been familiar to officers of the Hudson's Bay Company

    for more than two centuries. The first scientific exploration of any part of

    the area was not undertaken until 1870, when Dr. Robert Bell, of the Geological

    and Natural History Survey of the Department of the Interior of Canada, ex–

    plored part of its watershed. Robert Bell made a further exploration of the

    territory about St. Joseph Lake in 1887, crossing the divide to the Attawapis–

    kat, which he descended to the sea. Following the James Bay coast to the mouth

    of the Albany, he ascended that river to the mouth of the Kenogami, ascen [ ?] ing

    the latter to its source in Long Lake.



    008      |      Vol_XIII-0023                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

            In 1920, Dr. M. Y. Williams, of the Geological Survey of Canada, descended

    the Pagwachuan from Pagwa to the junction with the Kenogami, and descended

    the latter and the Albany River to James Bay, examining the country with a

    view to its possibilities for petroleum.

            The first activity, and the only one for many years, in the Albany River

    region was the fur trade, conducted at first exclusively by the Hudson's Bay

    Company, and in later years also by Revillon Freres. The region through which

    the river runs in its upper reaches is underlain, as has been said, by the

    Pre c -C ambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, in which rich mineral occurrences

    have been found in various parts of the country. The geological indications

    in the area surrounding its headwaters, and through which it flows until it

    drops down to the lowland level, are favorable in different places for gold,

    silver, lead, copper, nickle, cobalt and vanadium; while in certain places

    formations exist in which iron ore deposits are a possibility.

            The economic resources of the lowland section cannot yet be guaged

    with any certainty, owing to the heavy overburden of glacial drift with

    which the underlying formations are covered. The limestones and dolomites

    of the region are similar to those which elsewhere are productive of oil,

    but wherever they have been examined their flat-lying position seems to pre–

    clude the possibility of any great concentration of oil but the amount of

    actual prospecting that has so far been done is negligible and too slight to

    admit of a definite answer to the question as to whether oil exists.

            In the Moose River basin, farther to the southeast, extensive deposits

    of high-grade fireclays exist, as well as widely-distributed deposits of

    gypsum. It is possible that similar deposits exist in the Albany River region,

    but, as with oil, the amount of prospecting so far done is too slight to

    admit of any definite answer to that question. A similar situation exists

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0024                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Albany River

    exists with respect to the possible existence of lignite coal, of which

    large deposits exist in the Moose River basin.

            In the Canadian Shield section of the Albany River drainage area,

    especially in the southern part, large quantities of pulpwood are available,

    but stands of merchantable timber are not very extensive.

            One of the most important resources of the region is the amount of

    potential hydro-electric energy. While the power is too far from the present

    industrial sections of Ontario to be of use in those parts of the province,

    its availability in the development of the mineral resources of the region

    renders such development much more likely. The geological indications added

    to nearby waterpower go far to assure an important industrial development

    some day in the territory drained by the Albany River.

            References:

    Selwyn, A.R.C. Summary Report of the Operations of the Geological and

    Natural History Survey to 31st December, 1887, being

    Part III of the Annual Report of the Department of the

    Interior, 1887. Ottawa,
    1888.

            Williams, M.Y. Palaeozoic Stratigraphy of the Pagwachuan, Lower Kenogami,

    and Lower Albany Rivers, Ontario
    . Geological Survey of

    Canada, Summary Report, 1920, Part D.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0025                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ARTILLERY LAKE

            Artillery Lake, in Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, is the

    largest in the series of lakes forming part of the Lockhart River system,

    which extends for 300 miles from MacKay Lake in latitude 64° N., longitude

    111° 30′ W., to the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. Artillery Lake is

    about 55 miles long and about seven miles at its widest, lying in a northeast–

    southwest direction, the lower end of which terminates in a long narrow bay,

    less than half a mile wide. It has an area of 190 square miles, and has an

    elevation of 1,190 feet, which is 695 feet above the level of Great Slave

    Lake, only 25 miles distant by way of the lower section of Lockhart River.

    Its shores are bold and high, in some places 200 feet above the lake.

            At the south end of the lake the country is very rough and appears to

    have been heavily glaciated. The hills show the characteristic rounded tops

    and the valleys have numerous furrows and troughs resulting from ice action.

    The glacia [ ?] l drift here is very light, usually in the form of scattered

    boulders. The underlying rock is granite and gneiss of a dull red to pink

    color and of medium grain. Northward along the lake the glacial deposits

    become thicker and the country becomes more gently rolling.

            About 20 miles north of the southern end of the lake a new series of

    rocks appears. These extend across the lake, and all the islands from this

    point northward to the top of the lake show outcrops of the same rocks which

    consist of dolomite limestone of massive form, varying from a light cream to

    a dark grey. The largest of these islands, Crystal Island, about five miles

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0026                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Artillery Lake

    long by about half a mile wide, lies toward the east shore, about half way

    up the lake. Innumerable white quartz stringers occur throughout the forma–

    tion and in them are found clusters of small, clear quartz crystals, hence

    the island's name.

            At the north end of the lake are many well-defined moraines with an

    east-and-west axis causing swift water or rapids in Lockhart River between

    Ptarmigan and Artillery Lakes. A feature of this district is the sand ridges

    that extend for many miles across the country, also with east and west axes.

    In some cases the sand is formed into distinct ridges up to 60 or 70 feet

    high, with their tops horizontal, evidently glacial deposits and old lake

    beaches.

            The timber-line is about half-way up Artillery Lake; on the west, the

    slopes back from the shore are fairly well timbered with small spruce for

    about 10 miles from the south end; beyond this point trees, although thinly

    scattered, continue northward for a further 20 miles, about eight miles

    farther north than on the eastern shore.

            The resources of Artillery Lake and vicinity, outside of any mineral

    wealth it may possess, lie chiefly in its fish, furs and meat supplies.

    The deep cold waters abound with the finest lake trout as well as whitefish,

    pike and carp. Caribou are numerous and are the chief source of meat supply

    for the natives, although muskoxen have been found at no great distance to

    the northeast. The area, however, is in the Thelon Sanctuary and as such its

    game resources are not for general use.

            Artillery Lake, with those in the Lockhart River system above, was first

    explored by Sir George Back in 1833, who named it as well as others. In 1900,

    J. W. Tyrrell, making a survey for the Geological Survey of Canada, proceeded

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0027                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Artillery Lake

    up the lake on his way to the Thelon River, and since then other surveys

    have been made.

            References:

    Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of

    of Great Fish River and Along the Shores of the Arctic

    Ocean in the Years 1833, 1934 and 1935
    ; London, 1836.

            Tyrrell, J.W. Annual Report ; Geological Survey of Canada, 1900.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0028                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ASHUANIPI RIVER

            The Ashuanipi River is the larger of two principal tributaries form–

    ing the Hamilton River, in the Labrador portion of the Province of Newfound–

    land, Canada. It rises at the southwestern angle of the Hamilton River

    drainage basin, in the height of land separating the Hamilton watershed

    from that of the St. Lawrence, on the south, of rivers draining into James

    Bay, on the west, and of rivers flowing northward into Ungava Bay. The

    height of land here consists of much swampy country and of innumerable lakes

    connected by short stretches of stream, all apparently flowing on the surface,

    without any perceptible river valley. The slope of the country occupied by

    the network of streams and lakes which constitutes the Ashuanipi River, is

    mainly northwestward to the northwestern extremity of the Hamilton River

    drainage area, and then eastward, where the main drainage is carried by the

    Hamilton River to the Atlantic Ocean.

            The Ashuanipi drainage basin is long and narrow. On the west it is

    limited by the nearness of the watershed between the Hudson Bay and Atlantic

    drainage areas; while, on the east, it is limited by the proximity of the

    Attikonak River, which follows a roughly parallel course to join the Ashuanipi

    in Sandgirt Lake.

            Ashuanipi River has its source in the lake of the same name, which is

    upwards of 50 miles long and generally very narrow, irregular in outline, filled

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0029                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Ashuanipi River

    with islands, and in every way typical of most of the lakes found through–

    out the Canadian Shield. As the river flows out of the lake, it is wide

    and shallow, but contracts to about 75 yards, except where it spreads into

    frequent lake-expansions of various sizes. The stream, like most others

    in the Shield, is broken by many rapids, the ones here filled with boulders.

    The banks are generally low, consisting chiefly of glacial till. In the

    stretches of quieter water, the current is about four miles an hour.

            About 50 miles below the outlet of Ashuanipi Lake, the river passes

    through a series of three lakes known as the Menihek Lakes, separated by

    short stretches of river. The first lake is about 10 miles long and about

    two miles wide, very shallow, and filled with islands. This lake is joined

    to the next by a stretch of river three miles long, which, for the greater

    part of the distance, is about half a mile in width. The river here has a

    moderate current, flowing in a shallow channel between banks which, on the

    east side, are terraced for about 60 feet above the water. The middle lake

    is 23 miles long, and averages about two miles in width. At a point about

    11 miles from its head, a large stream comes in from the west through a deep

    out in the hills, flowing over a heavy rapid as it enters. The lowest of

    the three lakes is about 15 miles in length, and varies in width from one

    to two miles.

            As the stream leaves the third Menihek lake, it passes over a wide,

    shallow rapid, and follows a northeasterly course in a very irregular channel,

    frequently spreading to enclose large islands, and, at one point, filling a

    depression that extends for some miles to the northwest, and at right-angles

    to its own course. After flowing thus for six miles, in which several rapids

    occur, the river makes an abrupt turn to the southeast and flows in this

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0030                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Ashuanipi River

    direction for another six miles, still in a shallow channel, which, in

    places, is over half a mile wide, between low, swampy shores. Many sandy

    shoals obstruct the channel and huge boulders are scattered about. The

    river next flows into Marble Lake, lying in a northwest-southeast direction,

    entering its southeastern end, at that point not more than a mile in width,

    but expending within a mile to three miles, continuing at that width for a

    further four miles. The shores are low, often consisting of white limestone

    ledges; the surrounding country is also low, much of it swampy, and generally

    well wooded with small black spruce and tamarack, with an occasional white

    birch.

            The river leaves Marble Lake by two channels, which continue apart to

    the next lake — Astray Lake, — which they enter several miles from each

    other. Astray Lake is over 30 miles in length, but not more than four miles

    at its widest. Its shore is indented by many deep bays, which are separated

    by high ridges which also extend into the lake. Two of these form chains of

    rocky islands down the center of the widest part of the lake. From Astray

    Lake, the river continues on a northeasterly course for less than a mile,

    and then flows into the south side of Dyke Lake, lying in a northwest-

    southeast direction. This is a lake of considerable size, almost severed

    in places by rocky points, spreading into deep bays, the longest of which

    follow the general trend of the country, and filled with islands, some of

    which are quite large. No accurate map of this lake is available, but it

    is probably more than 20 miles in length and in places is about 12 miles

    wide. At the northwestern end, a stream flows in from Lake Petitsikapau

    (Q.V.), about 25 miles long, beyond which is Lake Attikamagen, of about the

    same size, which occupy the northwestern extension of the valley in which

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0031                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Ashuanipi River

    Dyke Lake itself lies, and along which the Ashuanipi continues after it

    leaves Dyke Lake.

            From the head of Lake Ashuanipi, through the streams and lakes already

    described, to the head of Lake Attikamagen, a straightline distance of

    about 200 miles, the country represents the summit of watersheds draining

    southward into the St. Lawrence (Moisie River), northward into Ungava Bay

    (George and Koksosk rivers), west into James Bay (Eastmain and Fort George

    rivers) and eastward into the Atlantic (Hamilton River). From the head of

    Ashuanipi Lake to Dyke Lake, the trend has been northwesterly, but from the

    head of Attikamagen Lake, through Dyke Lake, to the Hamilton River, the

    slope is eastward.

            Shortly after issuing from Dyke Lake, the river divides into two

    channels, each of which is often subdivided by islands. The current in

    these channels is swift and broken by numerous rapids during the whole of

    the 12 miles to Birch Lake. The latter is about 10 miles long, its shores,

    like other lakes in this region, indented by long bays, and, also like other

    lakes, containing many rocky islands. These, with its many deep bays and

    projecting rocky points, make its outline difficult to determine. In its

    final 30-mile stretch to Sandgirt Lake, the Ashuanipi follows a southeasterly

    course. It spreads into the usual lake-expansions, separated by rapids.

    The river is also, in this part, divided into different channels in places,

    which enclose islands of all sizes. Where it flows in a single channel, it

    is usually from 100 to 500 yards in width, with banks from 10 to 60 feet in

    height, out in glacial drift. The country, generally, is well wooded, with

    white and black spruce, tamarack, balsam fir, white birch, and some pop u lar.

    Occa tional white spruce in this section may measure in 15 inches in diameter.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0032                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Ashuanipi River

            The Ashuanipi River flows into the western side of Sandgirt Lake,

    which, like those above is very irregular and filled with rocky islands.

    Into it also flows the Attikonak River (q.v.); and these, with other streams

    discharging into Sandgirt Lake, provide the source of the Hamilton River

    (q.v.). Ashuanipi River was fir s t explored in 1894, when Dr. A. P. Low, of

    the Geological Survey of Canada, made an exploratory survey of the Hamilton

    River and its two principal tributaries. Since then, only an occasional

    trapper has traversed it. In recent years, serial surveys have been [ ?]

    conducted in connection with the search for iron ore, but reports of such

    surveys are not available.

            Reference:

    Low, A.P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the

    East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan, and Portions of

    Other Rivers in 1892-93-94-95
    . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII, pp. IL-387L, 1895.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0033                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ATHABASKA LAKE

            Athabaska Lake, northern Alberta and Saskatchewan, is the third

    largest lake wholly within the borders of the Cominion of Canada. It

    is exceeded in size only by its northern neighbors, Great Slave Lake

    and Great Bear Lake, and by Lake Winnipeg; and on the North American

    continent only by these and the five Great Lakes in the St. Lawrence

    waterway system. Athabaska Lake has an area of 3,058 square miles, of

    which 893 square miles are in Alberta and 2,165 square miles in Saskat–

    chewan. It lies at an elevation of 699 feet above sea level, has a shore–

    line of 520 miles, is 195 miles long at its greatest length, and 35 miles

    wide at its width. Like the other lakes in the series extending northwest–

    ward from Lake of the Woods to Great Bear Lake, it lies across the contact

    between the crystalline Pre c -C ambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield and the

    sedimentary Palaeozoic rocks to the westward. It lies between latitudes

    58° 37′ N. and 59° 39′ N., and longitudes 106° W. and 111° 14′ W., with

    its axis in an east-northeasterly direction. Its shoreline is irregularly

    bow-shaped, with its southern shore constituting the string. The chief

    source of its waters is the Athabaska River, which rises in the Rocky

    Mountains far to the southwestward, and which cuts a deep gash across the

    intervening Alberta Plateau, and thus brings a rich alluvium with which to

    build a delta that practically fills the western end of the lake. In fact,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0034                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    it has cut off a section of what was once the western end of Athabaska

    Lake which now contains a number of lakes of various sizes, the largest

    of which are Lake Claire and Lake Mamawi. Almost opposite the mouth of

    Athabaska River, the Slave River flows out, car r ying its quota of water

    northward to constitute the great Mackenzie River.

            The height of land separating the Athabaska Lake drainage area from

    that of Great Slave Lake lies only a few miles north of Athabaska Lake, at

    its nearest point coming to within three miles of the shore of the lake.

    For this reason, all the streams flowing into Athabaska Lake from the north

    are short, rapid and unavailable. While the height of land to the south,

    separating the Athabaska and Hudson Bay drainage areas si somewhat farther

    removed from the shoreline of Athabaska Lake, the rivers flowing in from

    that direction — with the exception of the Athabaska River itself — are

    likewise short. Toward the eastern end of the lake, these rivers descend

    from a relatively high tableland and consequently are to a great extent inter–

    rupted by rapids and falls. Fond du Lac River, draining an area of the

    Canadian Shield to the eastward, flows into the lake at its extreme eastern

    end.

            On the north shore of Athabaska Lake, near its western end, the fur

    trading post of Chipewyan has stood for over a century, having been moved

    from its first location on the opposite side of the lake. It is still an

    important center. The shore back of Chipewyan to the eastward consists of

    evenly rounded rocky hills, sparsely wooded with small black spruce. The

    rocks, which are thinly covered with soil, consist generally of a dark red

    banded hornblendic gneiss. From Chipewyan, the north shore of the lake runs

    northeastward for 12 miles to Shelter Point along the foot of a rather high

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0035                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Lebourdais: Canada: - Athabaska Lake

    ridge of hills consisting of the banded gneiss already referred to. Bustard

    Island lies off Shelter Point.

            The shore now swings due north for seven miles, after which it curves

    to the northeast, culminating in a projecting ridge of sandstone called

    Sand Point, beyond which the trend is again northeasterly for 15 miles,

    where the shore consists of cliffs rising from 100 to 200 feet. Turning

    directly eastward at the end of this stretch, the shore runs in this direc–

    tion for about five miles to Fidler Point, and then resumes its northeasterly

    course. A shore distance beyond Fidler Point, Fishing River flows in; it is

    a small stream draining a swamp a few miles back from the lake shore. The

    shore continues northeastward from Fishing River, past Cypress Point, to

    Greywillow Point. The shore along this stretch is low and sandy, with a

    sand plain lying back from it and stretching toward a ridge of granite hills

    running parallel with the shore, a few miles to the north.

            A mile and three-quarters beyond Greywillow Point, Singed Dog Island

    lies a short distance off the shore. About this point, the boundary (110° W.)

    between the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan cuts across. From Singed

    Dog Island, the coast swings to the northwestward to enclose a shallow bay

    about seven miles across from Fair Point to Maurice Point. The shore of this

    bay is low and sandy, with the exception of a sandstone point about midway.

    The granite ridge here recedes from sight and the sandy plain, evidently

    laid down when the lake level was higher than it is now, extends westward

    as far as the eye can reach. The shore at this point is trending irregu–

    larly northward, and for a straight-line distance of about 20 miles consists

    of Athabaska sandstone, mostly broken down and weathered.



    004      |      Vol_XIII-0036                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

            Beyond Maurice Point, which with Fair Point marks the southern limit

    of the sandstone formation, the coast again recedes into an irregular bay

    bounded on the northeast by Spring Point. From the latter, the coast

    bends back to the westward, enclosing a wide bight eight miles across to

    Lobstick Island, which lies off the northern limit of the sandstone stretch.

    Beyond this point, the shore becomes more rugged, trending northeasterly

    to Cypress River, flowing in from the northwest. From this point the coast

    runs almost due east, and constitutes the most northerly part of Athabaska

    Lake. A narrow bay extending northeasterly separates a narrow, rocky point

    from the mouth of Charlot River, flowing in from the northeast. From the

    mouth of Charlot River the shore runs southeasterly to a blunt promontory.

    The coast here is high, rocky, and slopes steeply to the water. Beyond the

    promontory, the shore swings to the northeastward, forming the northwestern

    portal of Black Bay, about seven miles across at its mouth and extending

    northeastward for about 10 miles. Crackingstone River, draining Beaverlodge

    Lake, flows into the head of Black Bay. The southeastern shore of Black Bay

    is formed by a wedge-shaped promontory which terminates in Crackinstone

    Point, which constitutes the southwestern portal of Black Bay. Beaverlodge

    Lake, at the base of this promontory, almost severs it from the mainland.

    Many islands, all narrow and lying in the same general direction as the

    promontory, consisting in the main of quartzite, lie off its end.

            From Crackinstone Point, the shoreline continues eastward for about

    seven miles, swinging northeastward again to complete the southeastern

    shore of the promontory. This shore is also composed of hard white quart–

    zite. Lodge Bay occupies the angle at the base of the promontory, and is

    partly enclosed on the east by a shorter, very irregular promontory extending

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0037                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    southward from the main shore of Athabaska Lake, which here trends easterly.

    A mile and a half southwest of this promontory, Beaverlodge Island, a high,

    rounded dome of quartzite, is a conspicuous landmark. The townsite of

    Goldfields is located at the base of the promontory, on a deeply indented

    bay which separates the promontory from the mainland to the northwest. Be–

    yond here, the main shore of the lake is backed by the Beaver Hills, mainly

    of gneiss, which rise 500 or 600 feet above the level of the water. The

    shoreline, generally high and rocky, and lined by many small islands, in

    which Oldman and Beaver rivers flow in from the north, trends generally

    eastward for the next 36 miles. At Fond du Lac, which has been the site

    of a trading post for upwards of a century, the lake is only two miles

    wide. Beyond Fond du Lac, the shore continues eastward for a distance of

    about 40 miles and is high and rocky. Here the lake's greatest width is

    not more than five miles, most of it less than two miles, with a minimum

    width in places of about a mile. The contrast between the geological

    formation on the north and that on the south shore is striking. Along

    the north shore, the rocks consist of highly glaciated gneiss; while the

    south shore presents an escarpment of horizontal sandstone, rising to

    heights of 400 and 500 feet.

            A hill, morainic in composition, marks the eastern end of the lake,

    into which Fond du Lac River flows. Westward from the mouth of Fond du

    Lac River, the south shore of Athabaska Lake runs irregularly slightly

    north of west and consists of the sandstone escarpment already mentioned,

    which follows the line of the coast until within about 15 miles of Fund du

    Lac post, when it recedes and lies back of a low, boulder-covered coastal

    strip. Poplar Point marks the transition from the narrow, eastern portion

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0038                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    of the lake to the wider western portion, the width here being not more

    than five miles. From Poplar Point, the shore bears off to the south for

    about 10 miles, and then continues irregularly in a direction slightly

    south of west to William Point, a projection caused by the delta of William

    River. The Fish Mountains parallel this stretch of coast, lying about five

    miles to the south. From William Point, the coast, low and marshy, trends

    southwesterly, terminating in Moose Point, partly enclosing Old Fort Bay,

    into which Old Fort River empties. From the southern angle of Old Fort Bay,

    the coast continues slightly north of west to Old Fort Point, between which

    and Big Point, five miles farther west, a wide bay is enclosed. A short

    distance beyond Big Point, the delta of the Athabaska River begins, extend–

    ing westward for about 13 miles, through which several channels wind their

    way. Beyond the delta the shore swings to the northwestward to enclose a

    bay west and north of the promontory upon which Fort Chipewyan is situated.

    Out of the northern end of this bay, Rocher River flows, to become the

    Slave River 30 miles northward; while at the extreme northwestern angle

    of Athabaska Lake proper, the Quatra Fourches channel extends northwest–

    ward across the delta of Peace River through which, at certain stages,

    water flows from Athabaska Lake into Peace River, and at other times flows

    into Athabaska Lake from Peace River.

            Since Athabaska Lake lies along the contact of the Precambrian and

    Palaeozoic rocks, it has been considered a likely spot for the deposition

    of metallic minerals of economic value, and a considerable amount of pros–

    pecting has been done along its shores. At one time, what seemed to be a

    thriving mining community was established at Goldfields, about 112 miles

    east of Fort Chipewyan. Early prospecting in the district showed indications

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0039                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    of iron, nickel, silver and copper, the first claims in connection with

    which were staked as early as 1921, although no immediate development

    resulted. In 1934, after considerable investigation, The Consolidated

    Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited, subsidiary of the Canadian

    Pacific Railway Company, began development work on its Goldfields proper–

    ties. Production started in 1939 with a 1,000-ton mill, which was increased

    to 1,300 tons in 1940. In addition a hydro-electric plant was erected at

    Wellington Lake, 20 miles west of Goldfields. Operation of the property

    known as the Box mine was continued until production was suspended in 1942

    because of conditions due to the war. As a result, the town of Goldfields,

    with a pre-war population of about 500 people, gradually melted away and has

    since become a typical ghost town. With the more promising field at Yellow–

    knife, 350 miles farther north, both development companies and prospectors

    have preferred to devote their time and money to an area where the chances

    of return seem greater. The That Athabaska Lake is still a promising spot for

    mineral exploitation is still generally conceded, but it is probably that

    its large deposits of relatively low-grade ore will have to await the lower

    operating costs which better transportation facilities will some day make

    possible.

            A considerable area about the western end of Athabaska Lake has agri–

    cultural possibilities of greater or less extent, but farther east they

    are practically negligible. Such timber as exists is also found to the

    west and south of the lake, and many good stands of spruce, pine, poplar,

    birch and tamarack are to be found along the valleys of the rivers and in

    the low, wet areas of that section of the country.

            The first person of European descent to see Lake Athabaska was undoubtedly

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0040                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    Peter Pond of the Northwest Company who, in 1778, established a trading

    post on the shore of Athabaska River, about 30 miles from its mouth. In

    1787, he was succeeded by Alexander Mackenzie, also a partner in the

    Northwest Company who, after establishing Fort Chipewyan on the south

    shore of Athabaska Lake, then called the Lake of the Hills by the fur

    traders, proceeded to the exploration of the river which now bears his

    name. Fort Chipewyan was for many years the most important center of the

    fur trade west of Hudson Bay. Philip Turner, a surveyor, was sent out by

    the British Government in 1790 to ascertain the nearness of Athabaska Lake

    to the Pacific. In the following year, he made a survey of the north shore

    of Athabaska Lake eastward from Fort Chipewyan fo the mouth of Fond du Lac

    River, and may perhaps have also surveyed the south shore.

            He was followed in 1796 by David Thompson who, coming westward from

    the Churchill River by way of Wollaston Lake and Fond du Lac River, sur–

    veyed the north shore of the lake as far west as lobstock which had been

    cut by Turner five years before. In 1881, A. S. Cochrane, then a topographi–

    cal assistant on the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada, followed

    Thompson's track and surveyed the north shore of Athabaska Lake from the

    mouth of Fond du Lac River to Chipewyan.

            In 1892-93, Dr. J. B. Tyrrell, of the Geological Survey of Canada,

    assisted by D. B. Dowling, of the Survey, in 1892, and by his brother

    James W., in 1893, surveyed both sides of the lake. Since that time various

    members of the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada and other department [ ?]

    of the Canadian government have explored or surveyed sections of its shores,

    of which the most extensive work is probably that done by F. J. Alcock (Q.V.)

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0041                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska Lake

    which was begun in 1914 and 1916 and continued in 1935.

            References:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River. Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report, Vol. VIII,

    1896.

            Alcock, F. J. Geology of Lake Athabaska Region . Geological Survey of

    Canada, Memoir No. 196, 1936.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0042                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    ATHABASKA RIVER

            The Athabaska River is the most southerly of the great rivers that

    go to make up the Mackenzie, which drains a great part of northwestern

    Canada into the Arctic Ocean. It was known to the early fur traders as

    the Elk and for more than a century was an important link in the route by

    which they reached Lake Athabaska, Great Slave Lake and the Mackenzie River.

    It rises in the Rocky Mountains in about latitude 52° 20′ N. among that

    plexus of high mountain peaks and glaciers which is also the source of the

    North Saskatchewan, whose waters go eastward into Hudson Bay, and the

    Columbia, which empties into the Pacific. Mountains rising to 10,000 and

    11,000 feet tower above its place of origin. Flowing at first northward,

    the Athabaska continues in a generally northeasterly direction across the

    Alberta Plateau, in which it has carved a deep, picturesque valley, and

    after a course of 765 miles, discharges into Lake Athabaska. In many places

    rocks resist it s progress, resulting in rapids; but despite this it is navig–

    able for river steamers of 3-foot draft from the mouth of the McLeod River,

    178 miles below its source, to the Grand Rapids, a distance of 325 miles.

    From the Grand Rapids, where the river drops 50 feet in half a mile, to

    McMurray, 87 miles below, it is suitable only for scows and canoes, and then

    is navigated with difficulty; but from McMurray to the lake,175 miles, it is

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0043                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Athabaska River

    navigable for good-sized boats.

            The Athabaska River drains an area of 58,000 square miles, and in a

    sense connects the settled with the unsettled portions of Canada. For

    example, it shares Yellowhead Pass with the main line of the Canadian

    National Railways, and at one point flows within 100 miles of the city of

    Edmonton; yet for long stretches its course is till through a virtual

    wilderness. Although its drainage basin extends in places across six degrees

    of latitude — from 52° 20′ N. to 58° 30′ N. — and almost eleven degrees

    of longitude — from 118° 30′ W. to 107° 45′ W. — its drainage basin is

    mainly a narrow one, hemmed as it is between the North Saskatchewan and the

    Peace. With the exception of that contributed by the Clearwater, which flows

    in from the east and gathers the run-off p from a portion of the Canadian

    Shield, the Athabaska's waters come almost entirely from the Rocky Mountains

    and the Alberta Plateau, which it traverses in its course f r om the mountains

    to the lake. It receives innumerable tributaries, most of which are short,

    owing to the narrowness of its drainage basin, but two, the McLeod and the

    Pembina, both coming in from the southwest, are important rivers in their

    own right.

            After leaving its source in the Rocky Mountains, the river flows north–

    ward till it reaches Yellowhead Pass. While it is flowing through the moun–

    tain valleys and defiles on this northward course, it is swift and tumultuous;

    but when it comes to Yellowhead Pass its channel has been eroded down to an

    easy grade and it has expanded into two lakes, Brule and Jasper. Near Jasper

    Station, on the main line of the Canadian National Railways, it turns north–

    eastward and holds that general course till it reaches latitude 54° 20′ N.,

    longitude 116° 15′ W. At the end of this stretch, it turns slightly south

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0044                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Athabaska River

    of east, running thus for about 35 miles to Whitecourt, at the mouth of

    the McLeod River, where it turns to the east, continuing in that direction

    for 15 miles. Swinging again to the northeast, it keeps that course until

    near the mouth of the Pembina, its largest tributary, which drains an

    immense territory extending southward to within a few miles of the North

    Saskatchewan Valley and westward to the foothills of the Rockies. From

    the mouth of the Pembina, the river swings to the north-northeast, follow–

    ing that course to the mouth of Lesser Slave Lake River, draining the lake

    of the same name lying off to the northwestward. Beyond the mouth of Lesser

    Slave Lake River, the Athabaska, now a large stream, flows northeastward

    for 15 miles and then, making a sharp bend to the southward, follows a

    generally southerly course for 30 miles, after which it bends sharply to

    the east, continuing in that direction for 10 miles to Athabaska, long known

    as Athabaska Landing. Here, in times past, since it was less than 100 miles

    north of Edmonton by wagon road, travelers going to the Athabaska and

    Mackenzie country took snow or steamer for points down river.

            The river runs northward for five miles below Athabaska, completing a

    horseshoe bend with the town of Athabaska at its lowest point, and again

    takes a turn to the northeastward. This course is continued for 25 miles;

    and after a sharp bend to the north and another to the west, the river

    straightens out for a run of 120 miles, almost directly northward. It

    then strikes a range of hills which deflect it northeastward on a course

    which it continues for 75 miles, and in which it drops about 400 feet in

    a succession of rapids, the most serious of which is Grand Rapids. Below

    this, at McMurray, it receives the Clearwater, and from here to Lake Atha–

    baska, 175 miles, its course is practically northward. It enters the lake

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0045                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Athabaska River

    through t a delta which begins about 35 miles above. Between Athabaska and

    the Grand Rapids the river varies in width from 250 to 400 yards and its

    valley is from 300 to 400 feet deep. Below the Grand Rapids, however, the

    Athabaska Valley becomes more gorge-like, with banks rising from 500 to

    600 feet above the water. Below McMurray, the channel widens, the current

    slackens, and the banks become lower.

            Although the Athabaska is navigable for river steamers below the mouth

    of the McLeod River, Athabaska Landing was for all practical purposes the

    head of navigation before the advent of the railways. From there steamers

    made regular runs to the Grand Rapids, a distance of 165 miles, where freight

    from steamers above was portaged across an island in the stream to scows

    below for the final 87 miles to McMurray. At the latter point, other steamers

    were available to carry passengers and freight to Fitzgerald, or Smith's

    Landing, as it was then called, at the head of the only other serious

    obstruction on the Mackenzie system. When the Alberta and Great Waterways

    Railway reached Waterways, 304 miles northeast of Edmonton and seven miles

    east of McMurray, in 1921, Waterways became the head of navigation, and the

    section of the Athabaska above McMurray was thereafter relegated mainly to

    local traffic.

            From 1884, when the Hudson's Bay Company placed the steamer Grahame

    in commission between McMurray and Smith's Landing, and the Wrigley , two

    years later, below the rapids, that corporation has been in the transpor–

    tation business on the Mackenzie system, Northern Transportation Company,

    subsidiary of Eldorado Mining and Smelting, Limited, has since 1936 also

    been engaged in transportation between Waterways and Great Bear Lake. Its

    steel vessel, the Radium Queen, operates between Waterways and Fitzgerald,

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0046                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Athabaska River

    and its consort, the Radium King , on the lower river. Since the discovery

    of gold at Yellowknife, on Great Slave Lake, traffic on the river has in–

    creased enormously, requiring the existing companies to add to their facili–

    ties, and several other concerns have entered into the transportation

    business. The lower Athabaskan has since been a very busy traffic artery

    during the summer time.

            The Athabaska River is tapped in four places by railways, in addition

    to its contact with the Canadian National Railways in Yellowhead Pass.

    Besides the Edmonton-Waterways line referred to above, another originally

    called the Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, first strikes

    the Athabaska Valley near the mouth of the Pembina River and follows it to

    the junction of Lesser Slave Lake River, crossing there and continuing up

    the valley of the latter to the Peace River country. Both of these are now

    operated jointly by the Canadian Pacific and Canadian National Railways.

    The Canadian National Railways operate a line from Edmonton to Athabaska,

    97 miles, and another to Whitecourt, 110 miles.

            The Athabaska country is also well served by air. For many years the

    Peace, Athabaska and Mackenzie valleys were served from Edmonton by two

    principal companies, Canadian Airways and Mackenzie Air Service, Limited,

    both of which at first operated on a charter basis, but after about 1936

    began regular flights. In 1937, Yukon Southern Air Transport, Limited, at

    first under another name, began scheduled flights between Edmonton and

    Whitehorse, Y. T., with stops at intermediate points in Alberta, British

    Columbia, and Yukon Territory. These three services were taken over in

    1942 by Canadian Pacific Air lines, Limited, a subsidiary of the Canadian

    Pacific Railway, which, because of the growth in traffic, has greatly

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0047                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Athabaska River

    increased the services inaugurated by its predecessors.

            The first white man to reach the Athabaska River was the fur trader,

    Peter Pond, a partner in the Northwest Company. Crossing the since-famous

    Methye Portage from the headwaters of the Churchill River, in 1778, he pad–

    dled down the Clearwater to its confluence with the Athabaska and down the

    latter to a point 30 miles above its mouth, where he built a trading post,

    known later as the Old Establishment. He was succeeded in charge of the

    Athabaska district by Alexander Mackenzie, who was shortly to discover the

    river that now bears his name. Mackenzie built a new post on the south shore ?

    of Lake Athabaska and called it Fort Chipewyan, Resolution? which soon became an important

    trading center. The Athabaska River, too, became an important link in the

    transcontinental transportation route of the fur traders over which supplies

    were brought in and furs taken out. In the spring of 1799, David Thompson,

    astronomer and fur trader, in the employ of the Northwest Company, crossed

    with horses from Fort Augustus on the North Saskatchewan River to the Pembina

    River, which he descended by canoe, surveying it to its mouth and then pro–

    ceeded down the Athabaska to the mouth of the Lesser Slave Lake River.

    Turning up the latter, he surveyed it to its source; and returning to the

    Athabaska, continued his survey down to the mouth of the Clearwater, after

    which he traveled eastward by way of Methye Portage.

            Thompson returned to the Athabaska five years later and surveyed the

    river from its mouth to the mouth of the Clearwater. Again, in 1810, he

    was on the Athabaska, this time in search of a pass through the Rockies.

    Traveling northwestward from the North Saskatchewan, he crossed the Pembina

    River, continuing till, on December 1, he reached the Athabaska, which he

    ascended to latitude 53° 44′ 15″ N., where he built a small cabin and set

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0048                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais e : Canada - Athabaska River

    his men to hunting for meat to provide food for the continuance of his

    journey. Setting out from this camp on December 29, he had reached the

    headwaters of the Whirlpool River, one of the farthest tributaries of the

    Athabaska, by January 8, 1811, and three days later had begun the descent

    of the western slope. Although Athabaska Pass had previously been found

    by independent traders, Thompson may be considered its discoverer since he

    was the first person to traverse it who was capable of fixing its location.

            The Athabaska Valley contains considerable quantities of timber, great

    sections of which, however, have been burned over. Nevertheless, there

    still remains sufficient, both of pulpwood size and merchantable timber,

    to provide a lumber industry of more than local importance. The valley

    has also extensive agricultural possibilities, but settlement is slow and

    confined to the vicinity of the railways.

            For a considerable distance along the banks of the Athabaska near

    McMurray, extensive outcroppings of bituminous sands, generally referred to

    as tar sands, can be seen. Although these sands contain one of the world's

    greatest concentrations of petroleum, variously estimated at from 100 to 250

    billion barrels, they have not yet been developed commercially. Even before

    the beginning of the present century, efforts had been made to devise a

    profitable method of extraction; and during World War II it seemed likely

    that this hope might be realized. With the end of the war, however, interest

    in the project slackened, although in many quarters the demand continues for

    some way to utilize this enormous potential resource. In addition to the

    tar sands, oil seepages have been found as well as natural gas, while coal

    measures are exposed in many places along the Athabaska and a number of its

    tributaries. At the Grand Rapids and at other places where obstructions occur,

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0049                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Athabaska River

    considerable amounts of hydro-electric power could be developed. All this

    would seem to suggest that the Athabaska Valley contains definite possibili–

    ties for future industrial activity. So far — aside from transportation —

    the principal industry is the salt works near Waterways, where at the end of

    World War II 50 men were employed. The salt beds are 250 feet in thickness

    and provide salt for a large portion of western Canada.

            Like the Peace, a few miles farther north, whose course it closely

    parallels, the Athabaska flows through a country in every respect well sup–

    plied with the resources to provide homes for millions of people. Dr. Griffith

    Taylor (q.v.) has predicted that the day will come when Alberta will be the

    most populous province in Canada; and this great tributary of the far greater

    Mackenzie, lyin g wholly within the Province of Alberta, will undoubtedly

    provide one of its most important centers of concentration.

            References:

            Mackenzie, Alexander. Voyages from Montreal on the river St. Lawrence through

    the Continent of North America to the Frozen and Pacific

    Oceans in the years 1789 and 1793 with a preliminary

    account of the rise, progress, and present state of

    The Fur Trade of that country
    . London, 1810 1801.

            Camsell, Charles, and Malcolm Wyatt. The Mackenzie River Basin . The Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 108; 1919.

            Burpee, Lawrence J. The Search for the Western Sea . Toronto, 1935.

            Dawson, C. A. The Great North-West . Toronto, 1947.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0050                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdaise)


    ATTAWAPISKAT RIVER

            The Attawapiskat River, in northern Ontario, Dominion of Canada,

    drains an area of 18,700 square miles into the western side of James Bay.

    Its watershed lies between that of the Ekwan on the north and the Albany

    on the south. Its general course is northeasterly and its total length,

    465 miles. Like the other rivers flowing into Hudson or James bays on the

    west side, it rises in the Canadian Shield, the great region underlain

    principally by Pre-Cambrain rocks which comprises the major part of northern

    Canada. At the headwaters of the Attawapisket, the Shield has a maximum

    elevation of about 1,500 feet, sloping north and east toward Hudson and

    James bays with an average grade of about 3.4 feet per mile. Between the

    Shield and the Bay is a zone underlain by Paleozoic rocks, chiefly lime–

    stones and dolomites, much lower in elevation than the former. In its

    course across the Canadian Sh ei ie ld, and in the descent to the James Bay low–

    land, the Attawapiskat is interrupted by many rapids and falls, but after

    it reaches the lowland section its flow is practically uninterrupted.

            The country, both in the Canadian Shield and lowland sections, is

    covered generally with a layer, varyi n g in thickness, of glacial till,

    superimposed, in the intermediate region, upon strata of boulder clay. These

    glacial deposits, owing to their impervious nature, result in extensive

    tracts of muskeg-like territory, especially toward the Bay. These sections

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0051                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Attawapiskat River

    are carpeted with a thick mantle of sphagnum moss in which grow only

    stunted black spruce and tamarack. The higher ground is forested fairly

    thickly with both white and black spruce, Banksian pine, white birch, bal–

    sam and poplar, which grow to a good size immediately along the banks of

    the river, but diminish in size and density of growth a short distance from

    the river's edge.

            The farthest branch of the Attawapiskat River originates in a series

    of small lakes lying on the height of land separating the Albany and Atta–

    wapiskat river watersheds, a short distance east of Cat Lake, in latitude

    51° 45′ N., longitude 91° 40′ W. The stream here is called the Otoskwin

    River. In its upper reaches, it flows in a generally easterly direction,

    widening into frequent lake-expansion, which are separated by short stretches

    of stream in which many rapids and falls occur. It flows through a region

    of low, granite hills, interspersed with considerable areas of muskeg.

    Still following a generally easterly course, but with many deviations to the

    south and the north, the Otoskwin River flows through five lakes of varying

    sizes in addition to numerous expansions before it enters the western side

    of Badesdawn Lake, 20 miles long and less than a mile wide, lying in a north–

    east-southwest direction.

            At the southwestern extremity of this lake, the Kawinogane (or Crow)

    River enters. This river is also one of the sources of the Attawapiskat

    River. It has its origin in a series of lakes in latitude 51° 30′ N., longi–

    tude 91° W., in the angle formed by Cat River and St. Joseph Lake. The

    Kawinogans River flows in a generally northeasterly direction into Badesdawa

    Lake, passing in its course through many other lakes, some of them, such as

    Kawinogans Lake, of considerable size. A few miles below its entry into

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0052                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Attawapiskat River

    Badesdawa Lake, near the confluence of a stream draining Pickle Lake, two

    important gold mines are located, operated, respectively, by Central Pat–

    ricia Gold Mines Limited and Pickle Crow Gold Mines Limited. They can only

    be reached from outside by air or, in winter, by tractor train.

            The Kawinogans River ends at Badesdawa Lake, but the Otoskwin River

    continues beyond the lake, flowing in a northeasterly direction, over several

    rapids, and expending, about 11 miles below Badesdawa Lake, into a narrow,

    shallow lake about 10 miles in length, from the northwestern extremity of

    this lake, the Otoskwin proceeds, still in a generally northeasterly direction,

    to Ozhiski Lake, which is about 22 miles in le n g th and about two miles at its

    widest. This lake lies athwart the 52nd parallel of north latitude, to the

    eastward of longitude 88° 30′ W., and occupies an east-west position, with

    a broad arm leading off to the northeast.

            The country for 50 miles or so above Ozhiski Lake is overlain by heavy

    deposits of glacial drift, often from 50 to 60 feet in thickness. In places

    it forms ridges rising from 70 to 100 feet above the general level, with

    areas of muskeg and low, sand-covered flats occupying the intervening valleys.

    The principal forest trees here are black spruce, tamarack and occasional

    groves of white spruce, as well as balsam and aspen poplar, with Benksian

    pine and white birch on some of the ridges.

            Flowing from the north side of Ozhiski Lake, the river, now properly

    called the Attawapiskat, continues northerly for 15 miles, with many heavy

    rapids and a high average rate of flow, to a sharp bend, where its course

    [ ?] anges to the east. At the bend, the river takes in a tributary from the

    north which almost doubles its volume. Twenty miles east of the bend, the

    river enters the western end of Kabania Lake, 11 miles long and with a maximum

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0053                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Attawapiskat River

    width of two miles. Two miles east of Kabania Lake, the river enters

    Attawapiskat Lake, the largest expanse of water in its course. This lake

    is about 30 miles long by about 10 miles wide at its greatest width. Its

    axis lies almost east and west, but it is deeply indented with long bays

    extending in all directions. Its surface is broken by many islands, some

    well wooded with fairly large trees.

            Attawapiskat Lake has two outlets, one at what may be called its

    eastern end and the other at the extremity of a bay extending to the north–

    east. The streams from these outlets run in a generally easterly direction

    for about 30 miles before uniting, after which the combined stream bears off

    slightly north of east for about 50 miles, and then makes an abrupt bend to

    the north. Cutting across the angle, somewhat like the string of a bow, is

    a small channel which expands into a shallow lake about midway. Continuing

    in a direction slightly east of north for about 125 miles, and after passing

    through another shallow lake-expansion, the river bends to a course slightly

    south of east for 50 miles, in which it divides twice to encompass islands,

    four and eight miles in length, respectively. Immediately below the second

    islands, the river, now wide and flowing with a slack current, makes a sharp

    turn to the north-northeast, continuing in that direction for about 12 miles,

    in the course of which it expands about another island a mile in length. At

    the end of this nor [ ?] hly stretch, the river swings to the east-northeast for

    about 40 miles, and then flows almost eastward for another 40 miles, the

    final 20 of which consists of an expansion in places about two miles wide.

    Beyond this expansion, the stream separates into two branches, one of which —

    the more northerly — contains much less water than the other. half. It

    follows a somewhat southeasterly course to James Bay, a distance of about

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0054                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Attawapiskat River

    50 miles, entering the Bay through a broad estuary. The main channel

    follows a parallel course, entering the Bay about 10 miles southeast of

    the other.

            The Attawapiskat River was first explored by Dr. Robert Bell, of the

    Geological and Natural History Survey of the Department of the Interior of

    Canada, in 1887, when he crossed from the headwaters of the Albany River to

    the headwaters of the Kawinogans River, followed it to its mouth in Badesdawa

    Lake, continued down the Otoskwin to Ozhiski Lake, and descended the Attawa–

    piskat to its mouth. In 1903-04-05, William McInnes, of the Geological Sur–

    vey of Canada, explored the region about the headwaters of the Winisk and

    Attawapiskat rivers, descending the former to Hudson Bay. In the interval,

    certain sections of the river, especially in its upper reaches, have been

    explored geologically by various engineers in the employ of the Ontario

    Department of Mines.

            As has been mentioned earlier, two important gold mines are in opera–

    tion on the Kawinogans branch of the river, and, since the general type of

    country in which the gold occurrences in these mines is found extends

    indefinitely along the Attawapiskat in its course across the Canadian

    Shield, it would not be strange if other mines were some day to be dis–

    covered in the area. The section of the river traversing the James Bay

    lowlands is not so well known as that farther up; and because of its heavy

    overburden of glacial drift, and fewer exposed sections owing to the smaller

    number of tributary streams, the difficulty of prospecting is much greater.

    Furthermore, economic minerals that might be found in the limestones and

    dolomites of the lowland region are not such as can profitably be worked

    far from market. While similar strata in other parts of the country are

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0055                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Attawapiskat River

    petroliferous, it has not been possible in this region to undertake suffi–

    cient prospecting to determine whether such a possibility exists there.

    What prospecting has been done, however, has not been favorable to the

    prospect of oil, since the strata, where observed, appear to be too flat-

    lying to permit of the concentration of oil.

            Selwyn, A.R.C. Summary Report of the Operations of the Geological and

    Natural History Survey to 31st December, 1887, being

    Part III of the Annual Report of the Department of the

    Interior. Ottawa, 1887.

            McInnes, Wm. Report on a Part of the North West Territories Drained

    by the Winisk and Attawapiskat Rivers. Ottawa,

    Government Printing Bureau, 1910.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0056                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LAKE ATTIKAMAGEN

            Lake Attikamagen constitutes the northwestern extremity of the

    Hamilton River watershed in the Labrador section of the Province of

    Newfoundland, Canada. The height of land separating the Atlantic, Hudson

    Strait (Ungava Bay), and Hudson and James bays watersheds, loops round

    the northern end of this lake, and for that reason very few streams of

    any length flow into it, although a considerable volume of water is dis–

    charged into L [ ake ?] Petitsikapau through the outlet at its southeastern

    extremity, Lake Petitiskapau, in turn, discharges into Dyke Lake, through

    which the Ashuanipi River runs in its course to Sandgirt Lake, where it

    joins the Attikonak River to form the main Hamilton River, flowing eastward

    to the Atlantic.

            Lake Attikamagen, which lies in latitude 55° N., longitude 66° 30′ W.,

    is about 25 miles at its greatest length, and about nine miles at its great–

    est width. Like all other lakes in this region, it consists of a series of

    long , narrow bays, separated by rocky ridges which lie in a northwest-southeast

    direction, in conformity with the trend of the country. Its water has a

    brownish tinge, and it is quite shallow, filled with low, rocky islets, mostly

    of limestone and shale, with occasional islands of glacial till. The shores,

    except where they are formed by rocky ridges, are low and swampy. Toward the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0057                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Lake Attikamagen

    north, it is bordered by high, rocky hills, lying some distance back,

    which form the edge of the watershed, beyond which are the headwaters of

    the Koksoak (Kaniapiskau) and George rivers, flowing northward into Ungava

    Bay.

            The country about Lake Attikamagen is wooded in the hollows between

    the ridges, but the trees are confined chiefly to small black spruce and

    tamarack. Most of the ridges are bare, but where there is sufficient soil,

    are generally well covered with shrubs and mosses. This lake is on the route

    of Hudson's Bay traders when travelling overland from Fort Chimo, near Ungava

    Bay, to Fort Nascaupee, on Lake Petitskapau, until it was abandoned about 1873,

    and to posts on the lower Hamilton. Dr. A. P. Low, on his exploratory survey

    in 1894, did not continue beyond Lake Petitsikapau; he believed this lake to

    discharge northward into the George River; and in the interval few but trappers

    have seen it until recently, when the surrounding country has been surveyed

    by air in the search for iron ore deposits, results of which are not yet

    available.

            Reference:

    Low, A.P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula, along the

    East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan, and Portions of

    other rivers in 1892-93-94-95
    . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII, pp. lL-387L, 1895.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0058                                                                                                                  
    E [ ?] -Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ATTIKONAK RIVER

            The Attikonak River, in the Labrador section of the Province of

    Newfoundland, Canada, is one of the principal tributaries of Hamilton

    River (q.v.). It rises in the plateau forming the height of land between

    the Hamilton and St. Lawrence watersheds, east of the watershed of the

    Ashuanipi River (q.v.), in a region consisting chiefly of lakes, large

    and small, connected by short stretches of rapid-filled streams. The

    country here has a generally northward slope, in which direction the Atti–

    konak flows for the greater part of its course to Sendgirt Lake (q.v.),

    where it joins the Ashuanipi to constitute the Hamilton. The territory

    through which it runs is probably much in appearance today as it was after

    the glaciers retreated. It is part of the Canadian Shield, which extends

    westward across Canada almost to the Mackenzie Valley, consisting mainly of

    rocks of Pre-Cambrian age. The softer rocks were gouged out by ice action

    and now constitute sprawling, rugged basins of coutless lakes which cover

    the land. Ridges consisting of some of the harder rocks, with axes conform–

    ing to the general trend of the country, are a characteristic feature of the

    landscape, but many individual hummocks, drumlins, or buttes are also to be

    seen. The country bears a mantle of glacial till, thinly covering the under–

    lying rocks in many places, but in others to a depth of more than 100 feet.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0059                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Attikonak River

    Frequent sand ridges are seen in some parts, in others, sand flats indicate

    the existence at one time of lakes caused by water impounded at the foot

    of the retreating glaciers.

            The Attikonak River rises in the lake of the same name at the southern

    edge of the plateau, not far from the headwaters of the Romaine River, flow–

    ing southward into the St. Lawrence. This lake, which has a length of about

    40 miles, and is about 20 miles at its widest, is a typical Canadian Shield

    lake, arms extending in all directions, the deepest however, in the direction

    of the general trend of country, and dotted by innumerable rocky islets. The

    shores about its southern end are bold and rocky and wooded with small black

    spruce and ta [ ?] rack; toward the northern end, the shores become lower and

    are lost in a swampy border.

            As the river leaves Lake Attikonak, it flows over a wide, shallow rapid,

    such as is often the case, and then over another within a short distance.

    About two miles below the outlet of the lake, the river expands to a width

    of nearly a m o i le, continuing at this width, with a slack current, for about

    four miles, and then descends a narrow chute over a rocky ledge for a drop

    of about four feet. Below the chute, the river continues northward, flowing

    in a shallow channel from 200 to 600 yards wide, obstructed all along by

    rocky islets, sometimes separated by rapids. At the end of this stretch,

    which occupies about 16 miles, the river turns abruptly to the east, flowing

    in that direction for a mile and then discharging into the western side of

    Lake Panachiamitkats, about 12 miles long, its main axis in a north-south

    direction. The river enters the lake about seven miles from its upper end,

    and the southern end lies parallel to the river, separated from it only by a

    narrow ridge. The outlet of Lake Panachiamitkats is on the same side as the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0060                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Attikonak River

    entrance, but about five miles farther north. After leaving this lake, the

    river flows northward for eight miles in a wide, shallow channel, entering

    Lake Ossokmanuan on its southwest side, about 10 miles from its southeastern

    end. Lake Ossokmanuan is about 40 miles long, and its general trend is

    northwest-southeast. It has two principal outlets, one called Valley River,

    flowing out of the northeastern side of the lake, which, after passing through

    a succession of lakes in a wide valley that appears to have been the ancient

    valley of the Hamilton, joins the latter above Bowdoin Canyon. It has yet

    to be explored.

            Ossokmanuan Lake varies in width from two to four miles; in its upper

    34 miles, its direction is generally northwest-southeast; in but in its lower

    six miles its main axis is more nearly north and south. Long, narrow bays

    extend from its shores in all directions, one of these stretching for more

    than 20 miles to the northwest. The Attikonak River issues from the lake's

    northwestern angle, and flows for a mile through a narrow, rocky channel,

    after which it expands into Gabbro Lake, seven miles long, with a deep bay

    extending farther to the southeastward. Below Gabbro Lake, the river flows

    slightly west of north, passing through a series of small lakes, after which

    it swings directly to the east, running in that direction with a swift current

    for five miles in a narrow, irregular channel filled with rocky islets. It

    again turns to the northwest and spreads into a lake-expansion three miles

    long, which is separated by a stretch of rapids a mile long from another

    lake-expansion of the same length. Below the last expansion, it flows into

    Sandgirt Lake, which it enters on its south side. This lake also receives

    the discharge from the Ashuanipi, and is therefore considered to be the

    source of the Hamilton, which drains its waters into the Atlantic Ocean.



    004      |      Vol_XIII-0061                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Attikonak River

            Attikonak River was first explored in 1894 by Dr. A. P. Low, of the

    Geological Survey of Canada, when he explored the Hamilton River to the

    headwaters of both it and the Ashuanipi, and few but the trappers have

    visited it since. In recent years, because of the existence, a short dis–

    tance to the westward, of extensive iron ore deposits, the country has been

    covered by aerial survey, but details of such explorations have not yet

    been published.

            Reference:

    Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the

    East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of

    other rivers in 1892-93-94-95
    . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII, pp. IL-387L, 1895.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0062                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais


    AYLMER LAKE

            Aylmer Lake, District of Mackenzie, northwestern Canada, is one of

    that chain of lakes which go to make up the Lockhart River system. The

    Lockhart River rises in MacKay Lake to the west of Aylmer Lake, and follow–

    ing a circuitous course of 300 miles through a succession of lakes, empties

    into the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. Between MacKay Lake and Aylmer

    Lake, the Lockhart expands into a number of long narrow lakes called the

    Outram Lakes, connected by short stretches of river in which falls and

    rapids occur. In the 30 miles between the outlet of MacKay Lake and the

    head of Aylmer Lake, the river drops 185 feet. Aylmer Lake has an area of

    340 square miles and is shaped like an irregular letter L, facing in the

    opposite direction. Its base lies as much north of the 64th degree of

    latitude as the main part of MacKay Lake lies to the south of it. A s t its

    southeastern angle, Aylmer Lake discharges almost directly into Clinton–

    Colden Lake, extending southeasterly from Aylmer Lake, and separated from

    it by the Thanakoie Narrows.

            A few miles south of the first large bay at the eastern end of Aylmer

    Lake, a high rugged ridge of granite appears and extends westward. It comes

    to the water's edge at the foot of the second large bay and then continues

    westward parallel to the lake but about a mile distant until it again strikes

    the lake at the west end, and crossing, forms a high rugged ridge along the

    north shore of Lockhart River.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0063                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Aylmer Lake

            Aylmer Lake was first explored and was named by George (later Sir

    George) Black, who, in 1833-35, conducted a search for the lost British

    Arctic expedition commanded by Sir James Ross, who was never in any of the

    regions visited by Black, and who reached England before Black himself

    returned. Other explorers and travelers have visited the spot, notably

    Warburton Pike in 1890 and Ernest Thompson Seton in 1907, while various

    Canadian government survey parties have from time to time been in the district.

            Economic possibilities of the district are associated almost entirely

    with minerals; and since the region is underlain by rocks of the Pre-Cambrian

    formations in which valuable minerals have been found elsewhere, the prospects

    are favorable for the discovery of minerals of value if and when the district

    is more fully prospected. Whenever that should occur, the hydro-electric

    power that could be made available would prove to be an important factor in

    its exploitation. Timber is a n [ ?] gligible factor, and agricultural possibili–

    ties are practically nil. Aylmer Lake, like the others in that section of

    the country, is well stock ed with fish, which would be important if for any

    reason a settlement should be established in the vicinity, but such fisheries

    would scarcely be on a commercial scale.

            References:

            Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the

    Great Fish River, and Along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean

    in the Years 1833, 1834 and 1835.
    London, 1836.

            Seton, E.T. The Arctic Prairies . New York, (revised ed.) 1835 1943.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0064                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BACK RIVER

            Back River, Northwest Territories of Canada, drains the northeastern

    part of the District of Mackenzie and the northwestern part of the District

    of Keewatin into the Arctic Ocean Sea . It rises in Sussex Lake, in latitude

    64° 30′ N., longitude, 108° 20′ W., just north of the low divide separating

    the Great Slave Lake and Arctic watersheds. After flowing 605 miles through

    a number of fairly large lakes and numerous lake expansions, and holding a

    generally northeasterly course, it empties into Chantrey Inlet, in latitude

    67° 07′ N., and longitude 96° 40′ W.

            Back River's drainage basin comprises 47,500 square miles, extending,

    north and south, from latitude 64° 30′ N. to 67° 07′ N.; and, east and west,

    from longitude 95° W. to 108° 50′ W. Characteristic of rivers traversing

    the Canadian Shield, it is not fed by mountain snowfields, like rivers in

    many other parts of the world, but depends upon the precipitation caught by

    the myriads of lakes, large and small, which cover the country.

            Sussex Lake lies no more than a mile north of the northern extension of

    Lake Aylmer, which, by means of Lockhart River, drains into Great Slave Lake.

    The height of land between the two is only a few feet above the level of the

    two lakes. A few miles east of Sussex Lake is Lac de Gras, which is drained

    by the Coppermine. Thus there are in this small area the headwaters of three

    drainage systems — the Lockhart, which eventually reaches the Arctic by way

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0065                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Black River

    of the Mackenzie; the Coppermine, running almost directly to the Arctic

    Ocean; and the Back, which empties into the Arctic farther east. While

    not far to the southeast, are the headwaters of Thelon River, whose waters

    eventually flow into Hudson Bay.

            In its upper reaches Back River flows through a poorly defined valley,

    which would suggest that it has but recently cut its channel, the old one

    probably being still filled with glacial debris; but in its lower reaches

    the valley becomes more definitely marked and is obviously much more ancient.

    In this lower stretch, lake expansions are fewer, since the river's well-

    defined banks confine it more completely and prevent its straying so widely

    as is the case farther up.

            From its source in Sussex Lake, the river flows northeast for about

    80 miles to the northwestern end of Lake Beechey, which lies in a southeast-

    northwest direction. The stream thus diverted, holds the latter course

    until just east of the junction with Baillie River, when it turns abruptly

    to the northeast, flowing in that direction for about 100 miles to and through the

    west arm of Lake Pelly, which is shaped like an inverted V. At the lake's

    northern extremity, it bends southeast, continuing thus for about 40 miles,

    the river flowing out of its eastern end; and thence for 70 or 80 miles the

    latter follows a tortuous but generally easterly course through Lakes Garry

    and Macdougall. The river's generaly northeasterly direction is again followed

    after Wolf Fall, continuing to salt water at Chantrey Inlet.

            Back River emerges from Sussex Lake through a narrow channel and two

    miles downstream enters another lake, below which occurs a crooked rapid.

    The country is broken into low hills, the whole covered with glacial debris.

    Flowing through two small lakes, which are separated by rapids, the Back

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0066                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Black River

    receives Icy River, a considerable stream coming from the west, which

    enters through two channels caused by an island at its mouth. The lake

    expansion into which Icy River flows narrows down before Musk Ox Lake is

    reached. The latter, six miles long, is surrounded by steep hills, and

    below, a series of rapids, known as Musk Ox Rapids, extends for about four

    miles. Beyond Musk Ox Lake, the river cuts through two ranges of hills,

    the second of which is called the Heywood Range, where the current is swift

    and broken by frequent rapids. The stream is wide, however, in most places

    averaging from 200 yards to a quarter of a mile, and spreading into frequent

    small lakes.

            In the 50 miles from the northern slopes of the Heywood Range to the

    northwestern end of Lake Beechey, the river continues its general northeasterly

    course, expanding into small lakes, breaking over rapids, and taking in

    innumerable short tributaries on both sides. Lake Beechey, about 30 miles

    long, lies in a southeast-northwest direction, and averages not more [ E ?] t han a

    mile in width. From its northwestern extremity, where Back River enters, the

    distance is only about 70 miles northward to the head of Bathurst Inlet. A

    range of low mountains extends along the northeastern bank of the lake,

    probably continuous with the ranges to the east of Bathurst Inlet. It is

    this barrier that turns the river from its previous northeasterly course to

    the southeast at Lake Beechey. The latter discharges in a series of rapids

    nearly two miles in length where a total drop of about 60 feet occurs. The

    country still consists of rocky hills, set in low, wet stretches of tundra-like

    land. c C ontinuing on a southeasterly course, the river takes a sudden bend

    northward; and after a short distance turns abruptly and runs east for a few

    miles, when it as suddenly bends southward between cliffs in a contracted

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0067                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - B l ack River

    channel which leads into a long line of rapids. The river now becomes more

    tortuous, passing through mounds of sand left by the retreating glaciers.

    Hills of gneiss still appear from time to time, but the country to the east–

    ward flattens out as the sand plains are approached.

            Below Baillie River, which comes in from the southeast, sandbanks and

    islands of sand appear, and the river is lake - like, bordered by a low, sandy

    region, still, however, studded with low rocky hills, mostly detached and a

    mile or two from each other. These soon disappear, giving place to the sand

    plains, so flat as scarcely to rise beyond the general horizontal line of the

    country.

            Passing the mouth of Warren River, which enters from the northwest, the

    low land is diversified by occasional mounds, and the banks become higher,

    sometimes rising to cliffs, but still of a dry, sandy character. The river

    swings slightly to eastward to the mouth of the Jervoise, a tributary from

    the east, after which a sharp turn to the northwest is followed by a defile

    filled with rapids continuing the northeast course in which the rocks on the

    east bank are high and perpendicular, while the opposite side is broken and

    overhanging, towering in stratified and many-colored masses far above the

    stream.

            Below this point, known as Hawk Rapids, the current is not less than six

    miles an hour, with whirlpools and eddies. Continuing northeastward, Back

    River receives the McKinley River, nearly as broad as itself, which winds its

    way through the low country to the east and enters around a small sandy bluff.

    The land now becomes more uneven, but soon changes into hills, partly composed

    of bare [ ?] ocks. Buchanan River next enters from the east, below which, Back River,

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0068                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Back River

    making a bend to the north, varies in width from a quarter of a mile to a

    mile and a half. The country now becomes decidedly hilly, with an odd mix–

    ture of gullies, conical sandhills with black, mossy tops, and isolated rocks

    which dot the landscape to the westward.

            A short distance below the mouth of Buchanan River, the Back flows into

    the [ ?] astern of two forks constituting the southwestern extremity of Lake Pelly.

    This lake also assumes the shape of an inverted V, the western arm of which

    is about 25 miles long and the wider, eastern arm from 35 to 40 miles in

    length. The outline of both arms is extremely irregular. Bullen River

    enters from the west near the western extremity, and, just after the lake

    makes its bend, the boundary between Mackenzie and Keewatin districts cuts

    across.

            Back River emerges from Lake Pelly about 25 miles beyond the bend, and

    is connected with Lake Garry by a rapid. Lake Garry, which has an east-west

    length of about 50 miles, presents a very jagged outline on its northern and

    southern shores and is filled with islands, resembling a chain of parallel

    north-and-south-lying lakes, rather than a single one. From Lake Garry a

    short stretch of rapid-filled river flows northeastward into Lake Macdougall,

    which it enters at the lake's southwestern margin. This lake at its longest

    north-south extent is about 35 miles long, irregularly shaped, containing many

    islands, with deep bays extending north and south. Lakes Pelly, Garry and

    Macdougall, a series of closely-connected lakes, extend in a generally easterly

    direction from longitude 96° W. to beyond 102° W., and lie mainly along the

    66th degree of north latitude.

            Back River leaves the southern end of Macdougall Lake by the usual

    series of rapids, flowing in a southeasterly direction through several rapids.

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0069                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Back River

    As it flows in a narrow channel between two gneiss rocks from 500 to 800

    feet high, it again breaks into a series of rapids, followed by an expansion

    about 400 yards wide in the center of which a rock rises about 300 feet high.

    It is now nearly a mile wide, full of small, rocky islands, wi h t h falls between.

    them The next reach turns northward and becomes lake-like in its width. For

    a few miles it continues nearly in the same course, gradually contracting

    until it is broken by Escape Rapids, extending for a mile of extremely rough

    water. About two miles downstream, with the current still strong, the river

    turns eastward through a range of precipitous sandhills. The current rushes

    on faster and soon becomes a line of heavy rapids, followed by another series;

    and a short distance below, Wolf Rapids terminates in a fall of five feet.

            Proceeding northward, the river spreads into a considerable lake expan–

    sion, although both sides are hemmed by high hills, covered as usual with

    boulders and unassorted glacial debris. Below a bold point at the band of

    the river, Mount Meadowbank is seen. The latter is a picturesque and command–

    ing butte with sloping sides on the southwest, and a precipitous face toward

    the north. After a course of six miles to the southeast, the river again

    veers northerly, running with great velocity among boulders. To the west–

    ward, the rocky shores, rugged and barren, attain considerable altitude. To

    the eastward, however, the country is more open and rolling. Here, Montressor

    River enters from the west.

            Below this point, granitic mountains make their appearance, holding the

    river in a northerly course, with a breadth varying from three-quarters of a

    mile to a mile. At one spot a rapid causes it to deviate a little to the

    westward. Near this, the rocks become steeper and are distinguished from

    those farther south by their precipitous sides and cliffs facing to the west

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0070                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Back River

    and northwest. Continuing downstream, what appears to be an island is found

    to be a rocky hill on the eastern shore. Its base, an enormous mass of round,

    grey rock, is surmounted by a large cone resembling the crater of a volcano,

    even to its blackness.

            A rapid exists at the foot of this hill, below which the stream widens

    and a vertical line of rocks again borders each side, the western being the

    more open, with undulating prairies. At the end of six miles, a sandy bluff

    on the west side seems to bar the river, but it actually marks the beginning

    of a rapid, from the foot of which the river expands into Lake Franklin,

    stretching to a north-northwest direction. The river leaves the lake by a

    rapid, followed by another which is broken by islands where the descent is

    about 20 feet. Three miles beyond a fine open reach, the river again is con–

    fined between rocky walls that almost meet, causing a rapid and a fall.

            The sand cliffs now become broken and dwindle in the east, while in the

    west they subside into low flats relieved by a few sandy knolls. Several

    channels break off to the westward, but they are shallow and not navigable.

    The country on both sides is swampy, but gradually sloping upward to the

    west toward the Chantrey Hills in the distance, as Back River empties into

    Cockburn Bay, at the head of Chantrey Inlet.

            Back River, formerly called Great Fish River, was first explored in

    1834 by Captain (afterwards Sir) George Back, after whom it is named. He

    was the commander of an expedition that had set off from England the previous

    year to search for Captain (later Sir) John Ross, who had disappeared into

    the Arctic in 1829. Late in 1833, Back discovered a small lake which he

    called Sussex Lake which proved to be the source of the river he hoped to

    follow to the Arctic coast. He descended the river draining Sussex Lake as

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0071                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Back River

    far as a lake he called Musk Ox Lake, but since the season was too well

    advanced for him to reach his objective before winter set in, Back returned

    to the eastern end of Great Slave Lake where he built Fort Reliance and

    spent the winter. Although word was received of the safe return of Captain

    Rose, back decided to continue his geographical explorations, and in June

    and July, 1834, accompanied by Richard King, surgeon and naturalist of the

    expedition, and a party of Indian guides, descended the river to its mouth

    and explored the Arctic coast as far east as Ogle Point, the northeastern

    extremity of Adelaide Peninsula. In August and September of the same year

    he retraced his course to spend another winter at Fort Reliance.

            In July, 1855, James Anderson and James Stewart, officers of the

    Hudson's Bay Company, commissioned by their company to search for traces of

    Sir John Franklin's party, descended the river, finding on Montreal Island,

    near its mouth, remains and relics of some of Franklin's men. The follow–

    ing month, Anderson and Stewart returned the way they had come. In 1879,

    Frederick Schwatka, U.S.A., ascended the river for a short distance from

    Chantrey Inlet; in 1890, Warburton Pike d D escended it from its headwaters

    to Lake Beechey; and in April, 1902, David T. Hanbury descended the Buchanan

    River, one of its tributaries, by sledge, and proceeded thence to Lake Pelly,

    which he crossed on his way northward to the coast. In the interval its

    course has been followed by airplane many times.

            Economically, the region through which Back River flows is not yet of

    much consequence. The extensive prairie areas tributary to its course which

    once supported immense herds of caribou and musk oxen, could be utilized for

    the grazing of reindeer and domesticated musk oxen, if such an industry were

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0072                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Back River

    ever undertaken. Aside from this, the only other possibility is in the

    direction of mining. The upper reaches of Back River are not far from the

    Yellowknife area now being developed north of Great Slave Lake and the

    region is fairly accessible from that direction, while the underlying

    geological [ ng ?] structure is considered favorable. To the north, on Bathurst

    Inlet, it is known that copper-bearing rocks exist, but whether they extend

    as far south as the valley of Back River is a matter of conjecture. Any

    other mineral possibilities are equally problematical and must wait until

    the territory is more fully explored. Since, however, the whole region is

    underlain by Pre-Cambrian rocks, and since it is in rocks of similar type

    that rich mineral deposits have been found elsewhere in the Canadian north,

    the possibility of mineral wealth must, until ruled out by more intensive

    examination, continue to be more than a possibility.

            References:

            Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Great Fish

    River, and along the shores of the Arctic Ocean in the

    years 1833, 1834 and 1835.
    London, 1836.

            Anderson, J., and Stewart J. Proceedings of the Hudson's Bay Company

    Expedition to Investigate the Fate of Sir John Franklin

    and Party. Select Committee on Arctic Expeditions, 1855.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0073                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BATHURST INLET

            Bathurst Inlet, District of Mackenzie, is one of the most prominent

    indentations on the north coast of the mainland of the Dominion of Canada.

    It extends slightly east of southward from near the eastern end of Corona–

    tion Gulf. Authorities differ as to the point at which the indentation may

    first be termed Bathurst Inlet; some give the entrance as lying between

    Cape Barrow, in latitude 68° 04′ N., longitude, 110° 54′ W., and Cape Flinders,

    in latitude 68° 13′ N., longitude, 109° 15′ W., thus extending inland for

    about 125 miles. Others assume the entrance to be the line between Everitt

    Point, in latitude 67° 42′ N., longitude, 108° 42′ W., and Wollaston Point,

    about 17 miles west-southwestward; and the distance from the line between

    these two points to the southern end of Bathurst Inlet is about 85 miles.

    The expanse of water to the north of this line, averaging about 40 miles,

    north and south as well as east and west, bears no separate name, but is

    referred to as the entrance to Bathurst Inlet. Here, the inlet is considered

    as extending southward only from the Wollaston- Everitt line and will be des–

    cribed accordingly.

            The entrance to Bathurst Inlet, north of the Wollaston-Everitt line,

    is filled with islands, many of which are unnamed, and the main portion of

    the inlet is likewise filled with islands. Southward of Everitt and Wollas–

    ton points, the inlet is from 17 to 20 miles wide, continuing so for a distance

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0074                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Bathurst Inlet

    of about 20 miles. This portion is largely occupied by the Barry Islands,

    of which Goulbourn Island is the largest. South of the Barry Islands, the

    inlet narrows to from five to six miles, gradually diminishing in width

    until no more than two or three miles over the final 30 miles of its length.

            Although the coast of Coronation Gulf from which Bathurst Inlet extends

    southward is fairly low, the shores of the entrance to the inlet are bold

    and rugged; steep hills rise abruptly from the water on both sides. The

    islands, too, are mainly rocky. The eastern shore, while underlain by

    similar rock formation, is more generally covered with overburden and sup–

    ports a considerable growth of vegetation, while on the western side the

    shores are rocky and much more barren in appearance.

            The eastern side of Arctic Sound, at the northwestern portal of

    Bathurst Inlet, consists of a long, narrow promontory, extending in a north-

    and-south direction, terminating in Wollaston Point. From Wollaston Point,

    the shore curves gently to the south-southeast, without any indentations of

    consequence, to the bottom of Bathurst Inlet. Burnside River flows in from

    the west about 30 miles north of the inlet's lower extremity. At its southern–

    most tip, Bathurst Inlet receives the Western River from the south southeast,

    which drains a narrow strip of territory north of the Back River watershed.

            The eastern side of Ba [ ?] hurst inlet is much more indented than the west

    side. From Everitt Point, the coast trends south southeasterly for about

    27 miles to Fowler Bay, which is about two miles deep and a mile and a quarter

    across its mouth, partly blocked by a long, narrow island. About eight

    miles farther south, Gordon Bay, about eight miles wide and 12 miles deep,

    divided into two sections by a long, rocky point, extends southeastward.

    Beyond Gordon Bay, the shore trends southward for eight or ten miles and then

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0075                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Bathurst Inlet

    swings to the south-southeast, continuing in that direction without much

    indentation to the lower end of the inlet.

            Bathurst Inlet was first explored in 1821 by Captain (later Sir) John

    Franklin, whose party traveled along the north coast of Canada from the

    mouth of the Coppermine River to Point Turnsgain, a short distance to the

    eastward of Bathurst Inlet. They penetrated the inlet to its bottom, giving

    it the name it bears and naming most of its principal features. The inlet

    was called after the Earl of Bathurst, a member of the British Government

    under whose auspices Franklin's expedition was organized. On the return

    from Cape Turnagain, the Franklin party ascended Hood River (named after a

    member of the party who was soon to die) and crossed overland to their base

    at Fort Enterprise, northeast of Great Slave Lake, encountering great hard–

    ship on the way.

            Thomas Simpson and Peter Warren Dease, on an exploratory expedition for

    the Hudson's Bay Company, further explored Bathurst Inlet in the years 1838

    and 1839. The work of these explorers was simplified and corrected in many

    particulars by members of the Canadian Arctic (Stefansson) Expedition, 1913-

    1918, who spent a considerable amount of time in the vicinity of Coronation

    Gulf.

            References:

            Franklin, John. Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in

    the Years 1819-20-21-22.
    London, 1823.

            Simpson, Thomas. Narrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast of America

    During the Years 1836-39.
    London, 1843.

            O'Neill, J.J. The Geology of the Arctic Coast of Canada, West of the Kent

    Peninsula
    . Report, Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918,

    Vol. II.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0076                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BEAVER RIVER

            Beaver River, in Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, drains a

    narrow strip of territory lying between the head of the Mackenzie River

    proper and the Cameron Hills, which lie approximately on the 60th parallel

    of north latitude. Beaver River is shown on the map as only that section

    which drains Kakisa Lake, about 10 miles long, which lies in a southeaste

    northwest direction, and is connected with Tathlina Lake by the Kakisa

    River, about seven or eight miles in length in which there is a drop of

    85 feet. Tathlina Lake, is pear-shaped and about 12 miles long by eight

    miles at its widest. The Beaver River proper is interrupted by the Lady

    Evelyn Falls, 48 feet high, where the river drops over the escarpment of

    the Alberta Plateau, where there runs parallel to the Mackenziee River.

            Two principal short branching streams draining the northern slopes of

    the Cameron Hills and the muskegs which lie along their base, enter Tathlina

    Lake, one at the southwestern and the other at the southeastern angle. The

    outlet is at the northernmost extremity. Several small tributaries enter

    the connecting stream from the west. The latter enters Kakisa Lake near

    its southeastern angle, and the Beaver leaves at the northeastern angle,

    emptying into the expanded section of the Mackenzie River about eight miles

    below its point of commencement.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0077                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Beaver Lake

            The country through which the Beaver River flows consists of the

    Alberta Plateau section which is relieved by the Cameron Hills on the

    southern edge of its watershed and by Eagle Mountain on the east. The

    plateau is forested with spruce and pine, with tamarack in the swamps.

    Between the foot of the escarpment on the Mackenzie, the spruce forest is

    interspersed with considerable stretches of muskeg. Between the edge of

    the main escarpment and the foot of the Cameron Hills, a second step in

    the plateau, which accounts for the drop in elevation between Tathlina and

    Kakisa lakes.

            The territory does not contain much land of agricultural value and its

    timber is not of commercial grade. It is, however, underlain by Palaeozoic

    rocks such as, in other places, are favorable for the production of petro–

    leum, and it is possible that when the area has been more fully examined

    for that purpose the results might justify the final test of the drill.

            The first exploration of the region was made by R. G. McConnell of the

    Geological Survey of Canada in 1888, who made a traverse from Providence,

    on the Mackenzie River, southward to Lake Bistcho. He did not touch the

    Beaver River valley, but followed a course to the west of it. A. E. Cameron

    of the Survey explored its lower reaches in 1917, but did not continue above

    the falls.

            References:

            McConnell, R. G. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon and Mackenzie Basins,

    1887-88
    . Geological Survey of Canada, 1888.

            Cameron, A. E. Summary Report. Geological Survey of Canada, 1917.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0078                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BIG SALMON RIVER

            The Big Salmon River is a tributary of the Lewes River, one of the

    principal branches of the Yukon. It rises in Quiet Lake, 19 miles long

    and a maximum of two and a half miles wide, lying approximately north-and-

    south, at an elevation of 2,580 feet above sea level, just west of the 133rd

    meridian, in the angle where it is intersected by the 61st degree of north

    latitude. Immediately below the outlet of Quiet Lake, extending for nine

    miles, it is a series of small lakes, joined by short stretches of river.

    In its upper reaches, the Big Salmon is bordered by mountains from 3,000 to

    4,000 feet in height, which constrict its valley, but farther down the moun–

    tains are not so high and the valley broadens considerably. In its final

    45 miles, it occupies a wide, wooded valley bordered by rounded hills.

            The Big Salmon varies in width from 30 to 100 yards, and although there

    are stretches where the current is smooth, for the greater part of its course

    the river is shallow and rapid, interrupted by many sandbars and occasional

    rapids. It is not navigable, except for canoes, and that with difficulty.

    About 25 miles above its mouth, the Big Salmon takes in the North fork, and

    20 miles farther up, the South fork enters. Its course is generally north–

    westerly, and it is about 142 miles in length from the foot of the chain of

    lakes in which it rises. It flows into the Lewes about 60 miles below the

    outlet of Lake Laberge.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0079                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BLACK LAKE

            Black Lake, in northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, is a long,

    narrow body of water lying in a general northeast-southwest direction. Its

    greatest length is 49 miles, its greatest width about nine, and its area

    about 200 square miles; it lies at an elevation of 1,000 feet above sea

    level. It is the largest lake in the course of the Fond du Lac River, which

    originates in Wollaston Lake and empties into Lake Athabaska, and is thus

    part of the great Mackenzie drainage system. Black Lake is shaped like a

    club, wi t h a long, narrow, curved handle-like section extending southwestward

    from the wider part of the lake, which lies more nearly east and west and is

    roughly diamond-shaped. The eastern end of the lake is in longitude 105 W.;

    its western end is in 105° 55′ W.; its southernmost point is in 58° 45′ N.;

    and its northernmost point is in latitude 59° 18′ N.

            Black Lake, like Lake Athabaska to the West, and Wollaston and Reindeer

    lakes to the east, is on the line of contact between the Pre-Cambrian rocks

    lying generally to the eastward and the Paleozoic rocks lying to the south–

    westward. Consequently the southern shore of Black Lake is chiefly composed

    of stratified sandstone, or of boulders with an escarpment of sandstone lying

    farther back; while the northern shore consist chiefly of granites and gneisses.

    The boundary between the two rock formations is marked at either end of the

    lake by the Fund du Lac River. Beginning at the outlet of the lake, on its

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0080                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Black Lake

    northwestern shore, the gneissic rocks continue in a northeasterly direction

    for 15 miles, the lake shore following the foot of a ridge from 200 to 400

    feet in height. Fir Island, with an area of 12 square miles, lies off this

    shore, just north of the outlet. The island is underlain mainly by Atha–

    baska sandstone. Chipman River, a rapid stream about 50 feet wide at its

    mouth, flows into the lake from the north at the point where the lake shore

    diverges from the northeasterly-trending ridge, and turns eastward. The

    north shore continues almost due east for about 13 miles, the shores con–

    sisting mainly of gran i tic rocks, rising in places to about 100 feet above

    the lake. From the northeastern angle of the lake, the shore swings south–

    westward for about 12 miles, receiving about midway the upper Fond du [ ?] ac

    River, which enters by two months. The shores of the lake, on all sides,'

    are wooded with black spruce, occasional white spruce, birch and tamarack,

    with black spruce and birch predominating. The growth is heavier on the southern

    and southeastern shore , s , where the underlying rocks are mostly sandstone.

    Cree River flows into the southernmost extremity of the lake from the

    southwest.

            Black Lake was first explored in 1796 by David Thompson of the North–

    west Company, who gave it its name. In that year he ascended the Churchill

    River to the mouth of Reindeer River, and the latter to Reindeer Lake, pro–

    ceeding from that lake by way of Swan River and connecting portages and

    lakes to Wollaston Lake, which he traversed to its northwest angle, and

    then descended Fond du Lac River (previously called Stone River) to Black

    Lake, and thence to Lake Athaba [ ?] ka.

            In 1881, A. S. Cochrane, of the Geological Survey of Canada, followed

    Thompson's course as far as Reindeer Lake, but left that lake by the river

    now named after him, which rises in Wollaston Lake. From the latter, Coch–

    rane continued along Thompson's course to Lake Athabaska. In 1892,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0081                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Black Lake

    J. B. Tyrrell and D. B. Dowling, also of the Geological Survey, reached

    Black Lake from the south, by way of the Cree River, and surveyed its

    shores, making a geological examination of its rocks.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and

    Churchill River . Geological Survey of Canada.

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII, 1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0082                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BLACK RIVER

            Black River, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a tributary

    of the Abitibi River (q.v.), whose waters flow into the southern end of

    James Bay by way of Moose River (q.v.). Black River rises in a group of

    small lakes on the height of land in latitude 48° 15′ N., longitude 80° W.

    These lakes, which lie at an elevation of about 1,150 feet above sea level,

    are connected by short stretches of rapid streams, which join to form Black

    River. In its initial stages, Black River runs in a northwesterly direction.

    Like most rivers traversing the Canadian Shield, it flows through a shallow

    valley, with many twists and turns. The Ontario Northland Railway (q.v.)

    enters its valley a short distance south of Yorketon Station, where the

    railway follows the west bank of the river. Railway and river run almost

    side by side for about 16 miles, when, near Matheson Station, the railway

    veers slightly to the west, and the river continues to its junction with

    the Abitibi at the big bend between Twin Falls and Iroquois Falls.

            From Matheson to its mouth, Black River is wide and sluggish, with many

    lake-like stretches. While in its upper reaches, it is interrupted by numerous

    rapids and falls, its lower course is uninterrupted. It traverses a country

    well forested with white and black spruce, Banksian pine, balsam, white birch,

    tamarack and poplar. Large areas have been burned over, but much good timber

    still remains. The greater part of the timber, however, is better suited to

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0083                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais. Canada - Black River

    pulpwood than to saw logs, although some stands of merchantable timber are

    also found in the area. Black River has a total length of about 60 miles

    and drains an area of about 1,000 square miles.

            Reference:

    Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland: Ontario. Toronto. The Ryerson Press,

    1946.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0084                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BRITISH COLUMBIA: SUB - ARCTIC SECTION

            British Columbia, the third largest of the Canadian provinces, lies

    between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean, extending north and south

    from the 49th to the 60th parallel of north latitude. The Rocky Mountains

    do not, however, constitute its entire eastern boundary: from the point near

    latitude 53° 45′, where the crest of the mountains cuts the 120th meridian of

    west longitude northward to the 60th parallel, the boundary follows the meri–

    dian. Consequently, in its northern part, British Columbia comprises a

    considerable area that lies east of the mountain barrier. The province has

    a total area of 366,255 square miles, of which approximately 109,000 square

    miles, that is to say, that section north of latitude 57°, can be considered

    as sub - arctic.

            Because the Rocky Mountains run northwest and southeast — while the

    eastern boundary of the sub - arctic section runs due north and south, that

    section of British Columbia contains a larger percentage of territory on

    the eastern side of the mountains than any other part of the province. This,

    in some respects, makes for a greater diversity of terrain and climate. On

    the other hand, since all of this region is bordered by the Alaskan Panhandle,

    it has absolutely no coast line, and only a small part of it is subject to the

    climatic conditions peculiar to the Pacific coast.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0085                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: SubArctic

            Like most of British Columbia, and despite the large relatively level

    section east of the mountains, sub - arctic British Columbia is predominantly

    mountainous. In the first place, unlike most of southern British Columbia,

    both the western and the eastern slopes of the continuation of the Rocky

    Mountains, known as the Mackenzie Mountains, are within its boundaries.

    The highest mountain peaks in Canada, and some of the highest on the con–

    tinent are in that section, including such giants as Mount Fairweather,

    15,287, and Mount Root, 12,860 feet in height.

            It is a region of few lakes, the principal ones being in the northwestern

    corner of the province, where a group of remarkably beautiful lakes lying

    across the boundary between British Columbia and Yukon Territory are drained

    northward into the Yukon River system. This lack of lakes is characteristic

    of the region which, in this respect, differs considerably from other sections

    of the province, especially the one next to the south.

            Although well watered, it is also a region of few rivers. Two principal

    river systems, whose valleys are almost continuous, one flowing into the

    Pacific and the other a tributary of the Mackenzie, which empties into the

    Arctic, drain almost the entire section, except for a narrow strip in the

    northwestern corner.

            Aside from a small area of prairie in the extreme southeastern corner,

    the section is well forested. Along its western boundary, bordering the

    Alaskan Panhandle, red cedar and hemlock are found, with amabilis fir and

    yellow cypress as subsidiaries. Farther east, the predominating trees are

    typical of the sub-arctic regions of Canada elsewhere. The river-valleys

    are lined with poplars, chiefly cottonwoods, while in wet and marshy areas the

    eastern larch, or tamarack, is commonly seen; in the fall its yellow needles

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0086                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Sub-Arctic

    match in color [ ?] the golden hues of the cottonwoods.

            The section has a wide variety of climate. Along the western border

    the high mountains comb the moisture out of the westerly winds, which falls

    as rain or snow upon the western slopes of the mountains. This causes what

    are known on the prairies as Chinooks. As the winds proceed eastward they

    pick up further moisture, which again is precipitated on the western slope

    of the next high range of mountains, repeating the Chinook conditions. The

    result is a succession of longitudinal dry and moist zones, lying one parallel

    to the other.

            During the summer the strong winds blow inland through such gaps as the

    Stikine valley and the passes leading from the head of Lynn Canal, such as

    the Chilkat, the Chilkoot and the White; while, in winter, during most of

    the time, the process is reversed: the winds, as a rule, blow outwards from

    the interior plateaus. The exceptions are when Chinooks occur, as described

    above.

            It is a sparsely populated region. According to the 1941 census, the

    population of British Columbia was 817,861, which during the war was con–

    siderably augmented. The bulk of this population, however, resides in the

    extreme southwestern corner of the province, in the cities of Vancouver, New

    Westminster and Victoria, although of late years a number of thriving com–

    munities have grown up in other parts of the southern section of the province.

    The war helped to depopulate rather than increase the population of subarctic

    British Columbia. Only two towns exist within the whole area, and neither

    can boast of more than a fraction of the population it once had. Even the

    Indians, never very numerous, have lost ground. It is doubtful if, including

    the Indians, the population of the whole subarctic section exceeds 1,500

    persons.



    004      |      Vol_XIII-0087                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

            The first white men in subarctic British Columbia were undoubtedly

    traders of the Hudson's Bay Company who, coming up the Liard from the

    Mackenzie, established Fort Halkett, beyond the western foothills of the

    mountains. In 1834, John McLeod, Chief Trader of the Hudson's Bay Company,

    went up the Liard from Fort Halkett to the mouth of the Dease, which he

    named after a fellow officer of the Company, went up the lake in which the

    river had its source, which he also named, and crossed the divide to the

    Stikine, with the intention of establishing a post there. This attempt failed

    because of the opposition of Russian traders at the mouth of the Stikine, and

    McLeod returned to the Liard. Four years later, another Hudson's Bay Company

    trader, Robert Campbell, succeeded in establishing a post on Dease Lake,

    which, after a winter of hardship, he abandoned. The next visitors were

    prospectors, in the 1860's, and the country was kinder to them than it had

    been to the fur traders.

            Following the failure of the attempt to lay the Atlantic cable in 1858,

    the Western Union or Collins Overland Telegraph Company proposed to build

    a telegraph line overland through British Columbia, Yukon Territory and

    Alaska to Bering Strait, where a short cable would connect with a line to

    be built through Siberia to Europe. The route through British Columbia had

    been located as far north as Telegraph Creek — which thereby gained its name —

    when, in 1867, the cable was successfully laid, and the overland project

    abandoned.

            After gold was discovered in the Klondike, the Dominion Government

    built a telegraph line from Ashcroft, on the main line of the Canadian

    Pacific Railway, to the boundary between Yukon Territory and Alaska, and an

    office was opened at Telegraph Creek. The line leaving Hazelton, followed

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0088                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    the Skeena River northward to its eastern bend, then crossed to the headwaters

    of the Nass, thence along the north fork of the Iskut River to the First South

    Fork of the Stikine, and thus to Telegraph Creek. From Telegraph Creek, the

    line ran somewhat irregularly northward to Atlin, and followed the east shore

    of Atlin Lake till it crossed into Yukon Territory. Cabins were built at

    intervals of about fifty miles, at each of which a telegraph operator and a

    lineman were stationed whose chief duty was to keep the line in operation.

            The coast ranges consist mainly of granitoid rocks, which form a belt

    about sixty-five miles wide where they are cut by the Stikine River, and

    probably averaging fifty miles along the western border up to latitude 60°.

    This mountain upthrust is simply a continuation of the great orthographic

    axis extending northward from almost the southern boundary of British Columbia.

            To the eastward of the Coast Ranges, the great interior is mainly under–

    lain by a complex structure of sedimentary rocks of diverse ages, and volcanic

    rocks chiefly of Mesozoic age. These rocks are broken by the Cassiar-Omenica

    mountains which constitute a granitic axis maintaining a general alignment

    northward into Yukon Territory. It is along the contact of this axis that

    most of the placer gold discoveries have been made.

            The Mackenzie Mountains consist chiefly, as do the Rockies, of sedimentary

    rocks of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic age. So far, few minerals of economic value

    have been found in them, although coal is more than a possibility, in view of

    findings farther south.

            The area east of the Mountains is part of the Great Plains region, and is

    underlain by sedimentary rocks, chiefly of Mesozoic age, in which evidence of

    coal and petroleum have been noted.

            About two-thirds of subarctic British Columbia drains into the Arcti [ ?] ,

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0089                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    chiefly through the Liard and its many branches; but a small portion is also

    drained into the Arctic through the Peace by way of the Finlay, which makes

    a great bend north of latitude 57°, although its actual headwaters lie south

    of that latitude. The Liard, however, is the principal channel through which

    most of the water from subarctic British Columbia is drained. It rises in

    Yukon Territory, almost as far west as the 132nd p meridian, and crosses the

    British Columbia - Yukon border between the 128th and 129th meridians, and,

    shortly after, receives from the southwest the Dease River, 180 miles long,

    which rises in the lake of the same name. It follows a generally southeasterly

    course until it dashes against the northern escarpment of the Rocky Mountains,

    which come to an end between the 59th and 60th parallels of north latitude.

    The mountains deflect the river sharply northward until it reaches the low–

    lands beyond the eastern foothills, when it sets an almost northeasterly

    course for its destination in the Mackenzie River. The Liard leaves British

    Columbia at the point where the boundary separating the District of Mackenzie

    and Yukon Territory joins the northern boundary of British Columbia. Just

    before crossing the border, the Liard receives the Fort Nelson, a considerable

    stream, 260 miles in length, coming in from the southeast. The Fort Nelson

    drains a large area in the northeastern corner of the province, and the most

    important agricultural portion of subarctic British Columbia.

            The next most important river in this section is the Stikine, which

    drains an area of 20,300 n square miles in the southwestern portion. It is

    335 miles in length, rises on the western flank of the Cassiar-Omenica moun–

    tains between latitudes 57° and 58°, and, after describing a great arc, breaks

    through the coast ranges to the pacific in latitude 56° 34′. Its final lap

    traverses the coastal strip that is part of the Alaskan Panhandle.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0090                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

            Next along the coast to the north is the Taku River, which drains a

    belt of territory comprising about 7,600 square miles, lying south of Atlin

    and north of the Stikine watershed. It flows into Taku Inlet, not far from

    the Alaskan city of Juneau. The Chilkat, Tatshenshini and Alsek drain the

    comparatively narrow area between the western limits of the Yukon watershed

    and the Alaskan coastal strip northwest of Lynn Canal, which is flanked by

    the St. Elias Range. The chief of these is the Alsek, 260 miles long, which

    has a drinage area of 11,200 square miles.

            When Charles II of England, in 1670, granted sundry lands to the Hudson's

    Bay Company, the territory now known as British Columbia was not included,

    probably because that freehanded monarch had no idea such a country existed.

    The Hudson's Bay Company, however, when the time came, secured the right to

    trade there and became virtual masters of the region. It was the discovery

    of gold in the sand bars of the lower Fraser River in 1858 that was the be–

    ginning of the end for Hudson's Bay Company rule west of the Rocky Mountains.

    The fate of a few thousand Indians could well be left to the despotic sway of

    a fur-trading organization; but when the country became infested with miners,

    many of whom were from the United States and had quite unorthodox ideas about

    the sanctity of the fur trade, some other arrangement became necessary for the

    control of the country. It was created a Crown colony in 1858 and in 1871

    joined the newly-formed Dominion of Canada.

            The sand bars of the lower Fraser soon became exhausted, leaving thousands

    of eager goldseekers at loose ends. Many of them returned to California from

    whence they had come, but others pushed on up the canons of the Fraser, pros–

    pecting every tributary, sometimes penetrating far afield. On many of these

    streams gold was found, not in great quantity, but enough to keep the prospectors

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0091                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    pushing onward. Eventually, in 1862, among the mountains sixty miles inland

    from the Fraser, on a small stream running into a tributary of the Fraser,

    an enterprising prospector found heavy gold in the gravels of the creek bed.

            Then began one of the three or four great gold booms in history, to be

    compared only to the Klondike rush a generation later. The scene of the

    strike was five hundred miles inland through one of the most rugged regions

    on the continent. But that did not seriously retard gold seekers sustained

    by the knowledge that gold in chunks could be washed from the gravels of

    Williams Creek, Lightning Creek and a rapidly growing list of other creeks

    in what became known as the Cariboo.

            Within a short while a pack trail had been slashed through the wilderness;

    before five years had passed a well-graded wagon road had replaced it, a feat

    which, considering the circumstances, deserves to be ranked with other great

    engineering feats of the century. Within two years more people were in the

    Cariboo than in all the rest of British Columbia. Barkerville, center of

    the field, was the largest town in Canada west of Toronto; and nothing but

    San Francisco could touch it to the southward. Placer camps, however, are

    notoriously short-lived; within a short while after the first strike was

    made, the richest ground, which was usually the shallowest and easiest worked,

    had become largely exhausted. Placer mining has never ceased in Cariboo; the

    total value of gold taken from its creeks since 1862 is estimated at

    $51,000,000, but if it were not for the subsequent discovery of rich gold

    quartz mines, its once booming camps would now be ghost towns, typical of

    all worked-out placer diggings.

            Long before the Cariboo diggings were worked out, however, all the

    available ground had been staked, and, as usual, hundred were disappointed.

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0092                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    Some dejectedly tramped back to the coast; but others pushed on to find gold

    on new creeks farther north. Most of these creeks were on the western flank

    of that great depression known as the Rocky Mountain Trench, which, for 800

    miles, parallels the Rocky Mountains, and in which most of the great rivers

    of British Columbia, including the Peace, have their source. In 1868, gold

    was discovered on the Omenica and Ingenica rivers and on Manson Creek, all

    of which flow into the Finlay, northern tributary of the Peace.

            As before, the available ground was not enough to go round, and some

    again ranged farther inland, panning the sand bars on streams yet unnamed,

    getting some gold here and there, but never succeeding in striking anything

    to compare with the fabulous Cariboo. Others entered the interior valleys

    by way of the coast, up the Stikine River; while still others came in from

    the Mackenzie valley, up the Liard and its tributaries.

            The first gold discovered in what later became known as Cassiar District

    was, in fact, discovered before gold had been found in the Cariboo, when two

    prospectors, Choquette and Carpenter, first panned gold dust out of the sand

    bars of the Stikine River. By the end of that year a considerable number of

    men were working there. The section of the river in which the pay was rich

    enough to justify working was short, and was soon worked out, although some

    prospectors kept on for a number of years after the height of the boom.

    Placer camps nearly all follow the same life-cycle. As a rule, the coarsest

    gold is found in that part of the stream nearest its headwaters, but this

    does not always apply. In most cases, however, the richest ground, consider–

    ing both quantity and coarseness, is fairly shallow, requiring very little

    digging or excavating to reach the bedrock, upon which most of the gold is

    usually found. Although the greatest concentration is generally on bedrock,

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0093                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    some gold may be distributed throughout the entire gravel bed, or at least

    in a certain portion of the lower gravels.

            If the gravel bed, from surface to bedrock, is shallow, the prospector

    may work it by sluicing, in which case he will construct sluice boxes, or

    flumes, about three feet wide and eighteen inches deep, of one or one-and-

    a-half inch lumber, the bottom of which will be paved with wooden blocks to

    prevent the bottom from wearing out. Each sluice box may be from twelve to

    sixteen feet long, added end to end as the ground ahead is washed away.

    Sufficient water almost to come to the top of the sluice boxes is now diverted

    to run through, and gravel is thus washed through with the water. In addition,

    gravel is shoveled into the boxes from the sides, depending upon how many

    men are engaged in the operation. Such gold as there is in the gravel, no

    matter how fine it may be, will lodge in the interstices between the paving

    blocks and will rarely be found to have moved farther down the flume than a

    few feet from where it entered.

            Where the gravel is too deep and where most of the gold lies on or near

    the bedrock, such ground can best be worked by sinking a shaft to bedrock and

    then taking out the gold-bearing gravel by means of a drive or tunnel driven

    upstream along the gutter of the channel. The gravel is hoisted to the

    surface by a windlass and there run through sluice boxes as described above.

    When ground is worked in this manner, it will be necessary to pump the water

    that will otherwise accumulate in the workings. In such case, pumps may be

    of local construction and operated by water wheels. Shafts and drives must

    be timbered to prevent caving, all of which adds to the expense and labor

    of the operation, and, of course, requiring richer ground.

            Sometimes, where the extent of gravel is large and the gold widely dis-

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0094                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdas: British Columbia: Subarctic

    tributed through it, the mine is worked by hydraulic method. In this

    process, water is brought by ditch to a point near the proposed workings

    at a level that will allow of the maximum pressure. The water is then fed

    through a penstock into an iron pipeline, ranging in size from four to six

    inches to two or three feet in diameter, depending upon the scale of the

    operation. At the end of the pipeline, a long nozzle, or monitor, is

    connected by a swivel joint. This monitor compresses the water into a tight,

    compact stream, which, according to the pressure, will tear down and wash

    away a bank of gravel. From then on the process is somewhat like sluicing,

    except that much more gravel is handled.

            The hydraulic process, like the use of dredges, usually comes with a

    later stage in the life of a mining camp. At present these methods are

    almost the only ones employed in Cariboo and the Klondike; but they were not

    used to any great extent in Cassiar. The mining methods used there were

    mostly confined to sluicing, shoveling in, and drifting. When the white man

    finds the going too unprofitable for him, he is usually succeeded by Chinese,

    who work over ground already mined, or undertake new operations in ground not

    considered rich enough to tempt the white man.

            Sometimes their operations are conducted on such a small scale that all

    the gravel they handle is washed in a rocker, a contrivance somewhat like a

    baby's rocker'cradle. Its principal feature is a wooden riffle-frame resemb–

    ling a washboard, which is placed in an inclined position within the rocker.

    Over this riffle-frame a piece of blanket is spread. Water is brought from a

    nearby stream in a small flume or pipe which empties into the rocker where it

    can spill over the blanketed riffle-frame. Gravel is then poured onto the

    riffle-frame so that, as the contrivance is rocked from side to side, the gravel,

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0095                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: British Columbia: Subarctic

    with the aid of the running water, moves down the incline, leaving the

    gold in the meshes of the blanket. At intervals the blanket is replaced

    by another and the one removed is then burned and its ashes panned to

    secure the gold.

            Ca A ssiar's second gold strike was in 1872, when Henri Thibert, a French–

    Canadian, and his partner, McCulloch, a Scotsman, advancing from the MacKen–

    zie and prospecting up the Liard and Dease rivers, reached Dease Lake.

    Hearing that miners were still working on the Stikine, they crossed the

    height of land and for a time tried their luck on that river, but without

    much success. On their way back to the Liard, the following spring, they

    discovered gold on a creek flowing into the western side of Dease Lake, near

    its northern end, which they called Thibert Creek. Other prospectors joined

    them, and soon gold was discovered on Dease Creek, another stream flowing

    into the west side of Dease Lake, a few miles south of Tibert Creek. At the

    mouth of Dease Creek, a small settlement grew up called Laketon. On several

    tributaries of Dease River, gold was also discovered, and one of these McDame

    Creek, was for a time relatively rich. In fact, to McDame Creek goes the

    record for the largest all-gold nugget ever produced in British Columbia,

    when in 1877 a lump of gold was taken out which weighed 72 ounces and was

    valued at $1,300.

            While no figures are obtainable showing actual production in Cassiar

    District during the period of greatest activity — because it is easy for

    gold in the form of nuggests and dust to be taken out of the country without

    any record being kept — the British Columbia Department of Mines estimates

    that the total production in 1874 was about $1,000,000, which may be somewhat

    high. The estimate for the following year is $830,000 which, by 1876, had

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0096                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    dropped to $556,474. Value of production dropped by gradual degrees until

    by 1885 the annual output of the whole region was estimated at only slightly

    more than $50,000. Some gold still comes g from Cassiar, but the amount is

    negligible, and total production to date since 1873 is placed at about

    $4,500,000.

            On the other hand, the geological structure of the country — and experi–

    ence in Cariboo — suggests that profitable lode mines might be looked for

    in the district, but so far very little systematic prospecting for minerals

    has been done. Lode mining lacks the attraction for prospectors that placer

    mining holds. In most cases the placer miner needs only a few sluice boxes

    for which he himself can saw the lumber from timber growing nearby. Within

    a short time he can get his hands on the gold itself; and with it he can buy

    whatever further equipment he needs. In a word, he is independent of anyone

    else.

            The lode miner, on the other hand, after locating a promising deposit,

    must interest a broker or capitalist to secure the money necessary for pros–

    pecting at depth by means of diamond drilling, or geophysical examination,

    either of which requires a considerable amount of money. Quite often, the

    prospector fails to interest a broker or capitalist; accustomed to the hills,

    he does not often know the ways of cities. It may be that the scene of his

    discovery is too remote to attract capital, or perhaps the prospect of

    eventual success does not appear sufficiently alluring to tempt the investor.

    Supposing, however, that the prospector does succeed in interesting someone

    with money, and assuming that further exploitation confirms the prospector's

    belief that he has a possible mine, there is still the question of transpor–

    tation and the availability of an adequate labor supply. Many a prospector

    with a good mine has been compelled to wait indefinitely till the general

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0097                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    advancement of the country has made possible the development of his property.

    Such, at present, is the situation in Cassiar.

            One other part of the section we are discussing has passed through a

    mining boom and is now awaiting the general development of the country to

    make t possible the adequate exploitation of its lode mines, although it

    has made greater progress in that regard than Cassiar. In 1898, when the

    Klondike boom was at its height, placer gold was discovered in the Atlin

    district, in the northwestern corner of the province, within less than fifty

    miles of the British Columbia-Yukon boundary.

            The first gold was discovered by Fritz Miller and his companions, who

    staked Discovery Claim on Pine Creek, a small stream, eleven miles long,

    which flows into Atlin Lake, about halfway up its east shore. Since nearly

    all the other productive creeks flowed into Pine Creek, it was the center of

    the Atlin diggings, an area roughly about fifteen miles north and south, by

    twenty miles east and west. The gold, fairly coarse and described as about

    the size of flax seed, was found in layers of gravel on or near the bedrock.

    Some of it was much heavier than that mentioned above. One nugget, found on

    Spruce Creek, composed partly of quartz, weighed 85 ounces, valued at $800;

    while another, found on Birch Creek, weighed 73 ounces and was valued at

    $1,200. Some gold was obtained from a few creeks outside the Pine Creek

    radius, but the productive area was not extensive, and eventually became

    worked out, as in other placer camps. The total production of the Atlin

    placer diggings to date is estimated at about $12,000,000.

            Atlin City, located on the eastern shore of Atlin Lake, about halfway

    up the lake, a mile north of the mouth of Pine Creek, was the metropolis of

    the gold fields. During the first year or two after the strike there were

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0098                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    between 1,500 and 2,000 men working on the various creeks and prospecting

    nearby. During its heyday, Atlin was a booming community, but for a long

    time now it has settled down to patient waiting for what the future holds.

    And that future seems reasonably certain. Unlike Cassiar, many promising

    mineral properties have already been discovered, and while few of them have

    yet been developed to any extent, there is much to show that when transpor–

    tation and markets are available, Atlin will take its place as one of the

    principal mining areas of the province.

            In one sense, however, Atlin is not as inaccessible as might appear.

    It is only 140 miles away from Skagway, Alaska, on tidewater at the head

    of Lynn Canal with which it is connected partly by rail and partly by water;

    but the barrier of an international boundary, while theoretically not an

    obstacle, nevertheless does act as a bar to easy commercial intercourse.

    The hope of the Atlin country, as with every other part of the section of

    the province being treated here, lies in the joint development of the

    northern part of the province and Yukon Territory in conjunction with that

    of regions to the south and to the east. Extensions of the Alaska Highway

    to tap the Stikine and Atlin regions would seem to be the logical develop–

    ments of the near future, although this is not to be considered as a propheay!

            Except for pulpwood in a great many places throughout the section, there

    is little merchantable timber concentrated in such a manner as to constitute

    an export lumber industry, but almost everywhere there is more than enough

    timber to provide for whatever local needs may reasonably be expected for

    any conceivable length of time. The area about Atlin is perhaps typical of

    much of the territory west of the Mackenzie Mountains, and east of the Coast

    Ranges. There the valleys are generally well forested, the timber often

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0099                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    extending up the slopes of hills or mountains to a height of from 1,500 to

    2,000 feet above the level of the valley. The chief species are white

    spruce (Picea alba), black spruce (Picea nigra), Balsam fir (Populus tremul–

    oides), balsam poplar (Populus balsamifera), willows, dwarf birch (Betula

    glandulosa) and a species of alder.

            Black and white spruce, about equally prominent, are the most abundant

    and often are found in valley bottoms running from two to three feet on the

    stump. Balsam fir usually climbs higher up the slopes than most other

    species and even when quite near the timber line sometimes measures from

    twelve to eighteen inches on the stump. The black pine is less plentiful,

    and its dimensions do not usually reach the size of either the spruces or

    the balsam fir.

            In the Stikine valley, east of the Coast Ranges, where the climate is

    of the "dry belt" variety, the principal trees are black pine and aspen

    poplar, with occasionally white birch along the benches and lower slopes

    of the mountains; while in the valley-bottoms are alder and willow.

            Farther east, along the Dease and Liard, to these are added the

    larch, or tamarac (Larix Americana). Farther east still, beyond the moun–

    tains, in the region drained by the Fort Nelson River, where considerable

    muskeg exists, the trees are poplar, tamarack and black pine. Some parts

    of this region are quite heavily timbered, but the timber is of a size

    only suited for pulpwood. Generally, along the river bottoms, the chief

    trees are cottonwoods, often reaching large size. It is these that gave

    the Liard its name.

            As might be expected when such a vast extent of territory is being

    considered, the climate varies considerably with the location, but certain

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0100                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    characteristics are to be expected. In the first place, since none of it

    touches the sea, the climate over the greater part of the area is of the

    continental type, and, because of the high latitudes, with long days in

    summer and correspondingly short days in winter. Summer temperatures run

    high, but without humidity; while winter temperatures at times drop extremely

    low. Over most of the region, the precipitation is light, requiring in some

    places irrigation for the growing of crops. Only on the western slopes of

    the mountains is the precipitation more than average. The dryest territory,

    on the other hand, is that which lies on the eastern side of the Coast Ranges;

    and this condition is reproduced, although to a lesser degree, in the lee of

    the Cassiar-Omenica mountains. In the Atlin district and along the Stikine,

    placer mining operations are usually able to get underway realy in May and

    continue (if water is available) till the first of November.

            Except in part of the plains area, agriculture, as such, does not exist.

    In most of the valleys, potatoes, carrots, turnips, and cabbage can be grown

    without much difficulty. In some places coarse grains will ripen, and in

    occasional spots even wheat. At Telegraph Creek and in its vicinity on the

    Stikine, east of the Coast Ranges, between latitudes 57° and 58°, wheat,

    barley, oats, potatoes, and other vegetables, have been grown since the

    early mining days, but irrigation is necessary. On the coastward side of

    the mountains, however, most of these crops cannot be grown successfully. In

    the triangle, east of the Mackenzie Mountains, particularly in its southern

    part, there are considerable areas which, after being cleared, would be

    suited to agriculture; and some of this area is already being farmed. There

    are few places, outside of this same area, where wild hay can be cut, and

    not many where any considerable quantity of hay could be cultivated. For

    018      |      Vol_XIII-0101                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    this reason, although there are some spots in the sheltered valleys east

    of the mountain ranges where horses and cattle could be wintered out,

    stock raising is not possible. A year of exceptional snow, with no reserve

    of hay, would be fatal.

            The whole section produces great quantities of wild berries, chief of

    which are blueberries, saskatoons, raspberries, gooseberries, strawberries,

    bearberries, cranberries, both high and low bush, and several varieties of

    wild cherries.

            The most profitable commodity which the section now produces is undoubtedly

    fur, as has been the case since the earliest days. The marten is perhaps the

    most common of the fur-bearing animals, and next the mink and lynx, but their

    incidence varies with the locality. It is generally a good area for foxes,

    cross, black, silver and red. Wolverines and weasels are also plentiful. At

    one time the beaver was the principal fur animal, but its mode of living rendered

    it too easy a prey to the hunter and, while the country in places still abounds

    in beaver, the number caught each year has dropped considerably from its one-

    time high level. Wolves are to be found all over, but they are not specially

    plentiful.

            Perhaps the most common game animal is the moose, which is found prac–

    tically everywhere from east of the Coast Ranges to east of the Mackenzie

    Mountains. It and the caribou, which is almost as ubiquitous, provides the

    bulk of the food requirements of the Indians. Mountain goats and mountain

    sheep (both Ovis dalli and Ovis Fanninii) are to be found on all the mountain

    ranges, including the Coast Ranges and the Mackenzie Mountains, but they do not

    contribute much toward providing the natives with food. The small black-tailed

    deer (Cariacus Columbianus) is occasionally seen in some of the valleys of the

    019      |      Vol_XIII-0102                                                                                                                  
    EG-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    Coast Ranges, but never to the eastward of them. Black, brown and grizzly

    bears are common throughout.

            Next to commercial trapping, the area seems to offer possibilities for

    fur farming; but like many other industries of the future, it must await

    better transportation facilities.

            In view of the widespread incidence of caribou, large parts of the

    section would appear to be ideally suited for reindeer. But this is not an

    industry that can spring up spontaneously; and unless the initiative is

    taken at the governmental level it is not likely ever to become established,

    no matter how logical it may seem to be.

            At present, except for the Alaska Highway, cutting across the northeast–

    ern portion of the section; the Stikine River, navigable for river steamers

    as far as Telegraph Creek, 138 miles from the coast; and access to the far

    northwestern corner from Skagway or Haines, Alaska, the section is almost

    inaccessible. It is a country of magnificent scenery, and — as soon as

    there is a way for them to get into the country — should attract its share

    of tourists. The line of airports paralleling the Alaska Highway, known as

    the Northwest Staging Route, will ultimately offer an opportunity for tourists

    to reach that part of the country through which it runs; and it would not

    be a difficult matter to open up other areas with the aid of additional airports;

    but up to the time of writing there is no indication that either the British

    Columbia or the Federal Government has any such idea in mind.

            The British Columbia Government owns a railway which for thirty years has

    ended at Quesnal, on the 53rd parallel, in Cariboo District. During World War II,

    it was decided to extend the road to Alaska. Plans to that end had been adopted

    when the Japanese were driven from the Aleutians and the necessity for such a

    020      |      Vol_XIII-0103                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    railway become much less urgent. Since then, the British Columbia Government

    has announced its intention to extend the railway through Pine Pass to the

    Peaca River area east of the Rocky Mountains. Many persons in Alaska and

    the United States who are interested in Alaskan affairs would like to see an

    extension of this line from the nearest point west of the Rockies through to

    Alaska. If they get their wish, such an extension would traverse the section

    of British Columbia with which we are here concerned, and thus provide a means

    for tourists and others to enter the country. If and when this occurs, the

    big-game hunter will find a country that for some time to come will continue

    to be the resort of the mountain sheep and goat and the grizzly bear, all of

    which are bagged only by hunters equipped with patience and skill. Further–

    more, the country is a fisherman's paradise.

            For the mountain climber, the territory offers climbs to suit every

    taste, from peaks that an amateur might attempt with impunity, to some of

    the most formidable to be found anywhere. At present, none within the section

    is sufficiently accessible to tempt amny climbers; but as peaks more easily

    reached succumb to the skill and endurance of alpinists, these giant northern

    British Columbia peaks will undoubtedly find challengers.

            It is conceivable that some day the remarkable group of lakes, some of

    them interconnected, in the northwestern corner of the province will become

    one of the choice playgrounds of North America. While there are a number of

    smaller lakes in the immediate district, three larger ones constitute the

    chief features of this group. Tagish Lake, comprising 139 square miles,

    lying like a strip of cobalt between lofty mountains, spread out into many arms

    and inlets, is the westernmost. It is connected with the Yukon River system,

    which means that with but one three and a half mile interruption north of

    021      |      Vol_XIII-0104                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    White Horse, it is at the head of a navigable waterway 2,500 miles long,

    culminating in Bering Sea. Next on the east, and connected with Lake Tagih

    by a river two and a half miles long, is Atlin Lake, 60 miles in length and

    342 square miles in area, a gem of rare beauty lying at the feet of its

    bordering mountains; and, finally, lying farther east, Lake Teslin, 246

    square miles in extent. All three are cut by the British Columbia — Yukon

    boundary. Teslin is divided exactly evenly, but Atlin and Tagish are both

    mostly in British Columbia.

            Some of the great glaciers in North America are to be found in this

    section of British Columbia, chiefly in the valleys of the Coast Ranges,

    within easy reach of both Telegraph Creek and Atlin, and they will doubtless

    one day attract their share of enthusiasts.

            Except for an occasional trading post, and now the airports along the

    Northwest Staging Route, there are only two places that can be considered as

    communities. The first of these, Telegraph Creek, has been established since

    the early 60's of last century. It has gone through various vicissitudes,

    but its most exciting period was undoubtedly during the gold mining era on

    the Stikine River, when it was in the middle of the gold-bearing stretch of

    the river. According to the 1941 census, its total population, including

    the adjacent district, was only 218 persons, of whom only 50 were in the town.

            The other community of consequence is Atlin. It, too, as described

    above, has seen its days of excitement and once was a busy and thriving

    town. Although, in 1947, its population consisted of only 518 persons, it

    is still the metropolis for a large extent of country. It is a well-built,

    modern community, despite its remoteness from outside contacts; and since

    its hopes for the future are founded on lode mining, rather than the effemeral

    022      |      Vol_XIII-0105                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    glories of placer mining, its future should be reasonably well assured.

            The native peoples who inhabit subarctic British Columbia belong to

    the Athapaskan or Dene tribe, made up of two principal groups, the Tahltan,

    who live along and north of the Stikine River, and the Kaska, who live far–

    ther east. The Tahltans' territory adjoins on the south that of the Tshim–

    shian Indians, who live in the area comprised by the Nass and Skeena water–

    sheds. Likewise, the Kaskas adjoin the territory of the Sekanis, who live

    immediately to the south of them.

            Probably because of their isolation, these Indians are more primitive

    than most others in British Columbia. Those living near the coast are cut

    off from the sea by the high mountains of the Coast Ranges; few deep inden–

    tations, such as characterize the coast farther south, are to be found there;

    and the rivers are also few with drainage areas that do not extend very far

    from the coast.

            Physically, these people are inferior to most others in the province.

    Tahltan men attain a maximum stature of about five feet, seven and a half

    inches, and are small of bone. The Kaskas are even smaller people, and are

    described as timid, under-sized and of poor physique. Dawson and McConnell,

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, traveling through their territory in

    1887, found them lazy and untrustworthy.

            They count kinship through the mother; the father is not even considered

    a blood relative. They are divided into two castes, the Birds and the Bears;

    a man who is a Bird must marry a Bear; but his children belong to the Birds,

    although his mother's people inherit his effects.

            Before the whites arrived, polygamy was practised, but not many had more

    023      |      Vol_XIII-0106                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    than one wife. Divorce was easy, although not particularly common. A

    killing must be avenged by the relativesofthe person who was killed.

    They had no particular religion, but, like many other Indians, were bound

    pretty rigorously by the edicts of their medicine men.

            Unlike the Haidas and other coast Indians, these interior Indians

    had developed very little art. They did not have totem poles like their

    neighbors along the coast farther to the south. Occasionally, one of them

    might make a mask, obviously copied from their neighbors. They made birch

    bark baskets, which were used for cooking pots before the advent of trade

    goods; and they wove blankets and rugs from the hair of the mountain goat,

    which they decorated with bright colors.

            Since there was no agriculture, they lived almost entirely by hunting

    and fishing. Their habitat was one of the best game countries on the con–

    tinent; add the streams and lakes were well stocked with fish, especially

    the rivers flowing into the Pacific where each season salmon came up from

    the sea to spawn.

            Until they became possessed of metal tools, their canoes were made of

    spruce bark, although some living nearer the eastern border of the section

    learned to make canoes of birch bark. After tools were secured, they made

    dugouts out of cottonwood logs, burning and cutting out the wood. The

    gunwales were flared by wedges inserted across the top, the length being

    increased as the canoe spread, the final set remaining as thwarts.

            Like other Indians farther south, they used sweat houses. These were

    usually made of willow or other pliable rods pushed into the ground at each

    end and fastened across each other with withes to form a hemispherical structure,

    which was then covered with skins. Into a hole in the ground just inside the

    024      |      Vol_XIII-0107                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    entrance red-hot stones were cast, upon which water was then thrown. When

    the bathers were soaked with sweat, they would often rush out and plunge

    into a pool of cold water. These steam baths were not always indulged in

    for remedial or hygienic purposes; more often they had a much deeper meaning.

    In some cases they were intended to invoke the good offices of spirits on

    behalf of a hunting or trapping expedition; in others, the bath was an

    expression of atonement for some transgression against another person or

    for some breach of a tribal custom.

            Never very numerous, the natives have dwindled since the first contact

    with the white man; and while, even before that, they seemed to have degene–

    rated to a point far lower then most of the Indians of Canada, contact with

    whites has not tended to improve them, any more than it has with other native

    peoples.

            While this section cannot compare with the one next to the south in

    variety of resources, such as wide and fertile valleys, broad rolling plains

    and foothills and a lake-studded landscape, nevertheless this northern section

    has its points. Its potential mineral resources are probably greater; while,

    in the area lying to the east of the Mackenzie Mountains the possibilities

    for coal and petroleum are probably as great as those in the corresponding

    area farther south.

            Since, from present indications, it would seem that its future economy

    is likely to be centered about the production of minerals and subsidiary

    industries associated therewith, the frequent rapids and waterfalls which

    interrupt practically every stream will make available an adequate supply

    of power whenever it shall be required.

            Consequently, despite the fact that it is shut off from the sea; that

    025      |      Vol_XIII-0108                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: British Columbia: Subarctic

    that it consists mainly of a succession of mountain masses; and that it

    possesses relatively few lakes, it can be said that this subarctic section

    of British Columbia, at present practically unpopulated, could some day

    provide homes and the means of livelihood for many hundreds of thousands

    of people. But before that is possible, it will need to be consolidated

    with the regions adjoining, south, north and east of it, so that it may

    develop, not as an isolated outpost, but as an integral part of a larger,

    self-contained entity.

            References:

            Bulletin No. 21, British Columbia Department of Mines, Victoria, B.C., 1946.

            George M. Dawson. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N.W.T.

    and adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887,

    Geological Survey of Canada, 1898.

            Summary Report on the Operations of the Geological Survey

    for the Year 1899, by the Director, 1900.

            Summary Report on the Geological Survey Branch of the

    Department of Mines for the Calendar Year 1910, Ottawa,

    1911.

            Canada Year Book, 1946.

            Alice Ravenhill. The Native Tribes of British Columbia, 1938.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0109                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BRITISH MOUNTAINS

            The British Mountains, northwestern Canada, are the eastern extension

    of the mountains of northern Alaska known as the Brooks Range. Commencing

    at about latitude 68° 20′ N., longitude 138° 50′ W., they continue north–

    westward for about 80 miles to the boundary between Alaska and Yukon Terri–

    tories, where they attain their maximum width of about 45 miles. The area

    in Canada is triangular in shape, with the apex of the triangle toward the

    southeast.

            The British Mountains are said to consist chiefly of sedimentary rocks,

    and are probably similar in structure to the Richardson (q.v.) and Mackenzie

    Mountains (q.v.), but they differ in that they also contain some intrusive

    rocks. They are flanked on the north, east, and southeast by the Arctic

    Plateau, and on the south by the Porcupine Plateau. The British Mountains

    attain their highest elevations near the International Boundary, where they

    reach heights of about 6,000 feet. Most of their ridges trend nortwestward,

    with the general line of the mountains, but those at the southeast bend next

    southward as though to parallel the ridges of the Richardson Mountains. The

    Firth River has cut a wide valley through the British Mountains from southwest

    to northeast, on its way to the Arctic Ocean. Several small rivers, of which

    the Babbage is the chief, have their rise in the British Mountains and flow into

    the Arctic Ocean; while on the southwestern side of the watershed, the Old Crow

    River, which flows into the Porcupine River (q.v.), is the principal stream.

            Reference:

    Bostock, H.S. Physiography of the Canadian Corcillera, With Special Reference

    to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel
    ; Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247, 1948.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0110                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BROADBACK RIVER

            Broadback River, in northwestern Quebee province, Dominion of Canada,

    drains an area lying between the watersheds of the Rupert River (on the

    north) and the Nottaway River (on the south), and flows in to the same

    estuary in the southwestern angle of James Bay as do the two above-mentioned

    rivers. Its source is in Asinika Lake, a sprawling complex of arms and bays,

    the northern shores of which are in latitude 50° 30′ N., its eastern portion

    cut by longitude 75° W. Issuing from the northwest angle of Asinika Lake,

    the Broadback flows irregularly westerly and northerly, receiving a number

    of tributaries, chief of which drains a string of connected lakes south of

    its general course, consisting of Lady Beatrix Lake, an irregular aggrega–

    tion of bays and arms, which connects by a short, rapid-filling stream with

    Kenoniska Lake, long and narrow, which empties into the Broadback through

    several outlets. Beyond the Kenonisk [ ?] outlets, the Broadback flows westward

    for 25 miles into the eastern side of Lake Evans, the largest lake in its

    course, like all others in the region, composed of long, narrow bays and

    arms. It has a length in its longest part of 30 miles and a maximum width

    of 18 miles. The Broadback leaves Lake Evans at its northwestern extremity,

    flowing shortly into Sandy Lake, which has a length of about nine miles.

    From the outlet of the latter, the river flows slightly north of west to its

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0111                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Broadback River

    mouth, a distance of about 100 miles, through a well-defined valley. No

    figures are available concerning its total length, but the Canada Year

    Book gives its drainage area as 9,800 square miles.

            It traverses a country underlain by Pre-Cambrian rocks in which hills

    rise in places from 400 to 800 feet above the general level, but mainly the

    country consists of an elevated plain, dropping by a series of terraces

    gradually to the level of James Bay, In cutting its channel from one level

    to the next, it flows over many falls and cataracts in the process. The

    country is in general heavily timbered with white and black spruce, poplars,

    tamarack and Jack pine, suitable mainly for pulp, but some stands of merchant–

    able timber are to be found here and there.

            While no important mineral occurrences have yet been discovered along

    its course, the geological structure is favorable for the deposition of gold,

    copper and other valuable ores.

            References:

    Geological Survey of Canada. Various reports and maps.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0112                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BUFFALO RIVER

            Buffalo River, in southern Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada,

    flows into the western end of Great Slave Lake, about midway between the

    mouths of Hay and Little Buffalo rivers. It rises in the maze of small

    lakes and muskegs bordering the foothills of the Caribou Mountains,

    slightly south of latitude 60° N., and runs in a generally northwesterly

    direction to Buffalo Lake, 35 miles long by about 10 at its widest. Issuing

    again from the northeastern angle of Buffalo Lake, Buffalo River flows mainly

    northeasterly to Great Slave Lake, a distance of 75 miles. Its drainage area

    is limited because it is closely paralleled on the west by Hay River and on

    the east by the Little Buffalo River, with whose headwaters it interlocks.

    The proximity of the Caribou Mountains on the south is also a limiting factor.

            Buffalo river and lake were explored and mapped in 1917 by Dr. A. E.

    Cameron of the Geological Survey of Canada; and since it is not on any

    traffic route, it has not been very much traveled in the interval. Considerable

    sections of the surrounding country have agricultural possibilities, but since

    most of it is in the Wood Buffalo Park, there is not mcuh likelihood that it

    will be available for settlement, even after much more desirable sections,

    such as the Hay River Valley, have been occupied. Its underlying geological

    formations are such as might be favorable for petroleum.

            Reference:

    Cameron, A.E. Summary Report . Geological Survey of Canada, 1917.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0113                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BURNTWOOD RIVER

            Burntwood River rises in Burntwood Brutnwood Lake and flows in a generally

    easterly direction to Split Lake, an expansion of the Nelson River, about

    250 miles in length. Burntwood Lake is a sprawling expanse of bays and

    inlets in latitude 56° 30′ N. and longitude 100° 15′ W., a short distance

    south of the height of land which divides the Saskatchewan-Nelson watershed

    from that of the Churchill. A shallow, rapid stream in its upper reaches,

    it is broken by many rapids; and although winding about considerably, it

    maintains a generally northeasterly course until it empties into Threepoint

    Lake, which in its main section, is about four miles each way, with a long,

    narrow arm hanging from its northeast corner. From the lower extremity of

    this arm, the river again continues, now on a southeastward course. In the

    twenty miles between Threepoint Lake and Wuskwatin Lake, only one rapid is

    encountered.

            The latter lake, eight miles long by four wide, with a long bay-like

    extension running off to the west from its southern end, abounds in whitefish

    and small sturgeon. It is also the center of a considerable area of clay land

    well suited to agriculture. Below the lake are the Wuskwatin Falls; and a

    few miles beyond, the river widens into Opegano Lake. Shortly below are

    the Kepuche Falls, in a stretch of river in which the current is strong.

            The next ten miles to Manazo Falls consists of a long, narrow lake-like

    expanse, bordered by rocky walls. At Mazano Falls, the river tumbles over a

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0114                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Burntwood River

    ledge of rock; and then, for the next twenty-eight miles the river continues

    through another narrow, rock-bound stretch, from half a mile to a mile in

    width, more like-like than suggestive of a river.

            From immediately below the Kepuche Falls, the river has followed a generally

    northeasterly course, which direction it continues to its mouth, except that,

    about eight miles from its destination it makes an abrupt turn, almost at

    right angles, and for two miles runs directly westward. At the point of

    this westward turn, the Odei River flows in from the west, after having run

    a parallel course with the Burntwood for a considerable distance, at one

    point coming to within a mile, and separated by a ridge of rock from a hun–

    dred to a hundred and fifty feet high.

            The Burntwood flows generally through a forested country, but one that

    has been repeatedly burned over, and in which very little timber of commercial

    grade can now be found. It is a country if low elevation; and although it is

    generally underlain by Pre-Cambrian rocks, it is thickly covered by a clay

    deposit left by the ancient glacial lake that once occupied a large section

    of what is now northwestern Manitoba.

            References:

            McInnes, William. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report , 1906.

            ----. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 30, 1913.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0115                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography – Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    BURWASH LANDING

            Burwash Landing is situated near the north end of Kluane Lake about

    186 miles west of Whitehorse. It is served by the Alaska Highway and is

    also on the route of air lines operating from Whitehorse to Fairbanks.

    The settlement contains a trading post and an emergency landing field,

    and is an outfitting centre for big game hunting parties. Kluane Lake,

    situated in southwestern Yukon, is one of the largest and most beautiful

    bodies of water in the Territory. The lake lies northeast of the St. Elias

    Mountains, whose snowy summits and glistening glaciers may be seen from

    points along the Alaska Highway. Discoveries of gold on a number of

    streams entering the lake caused a small gold rush in 1903-04. There

    are small Indian settlements at Kluane, situated at the southeastern end

    of the lake, and at Burwash Landing.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0116                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CAMSELL RIVER

            Camsell River, in MacKenzie District, northwestern Canada, drains a

    considerable area south of Great Bear Lake, flowing into the latter. It

    rises in Sarah Lake, in latitude 63° 40′ N., longitude 117° 10′ W., and

    flows through a series of lakes connected by short stretches of river in

    a direction slightly west of north. In its course, the extent of lake,

    which is estimated at approximately 6,000 square miles, far exceeds the

    amount of river (on the basis of lineal measurement), but the Camsell River

    holds a common name throughout the whole distance, even though the river

    sections in most cases are extremely short.

            Sarah Lake lies at an elevation of 760 feet above sea level and is

    about eight miles long, lying in a north-south direction. Its outlet is

    from a bay at its northeastern angle, the river passing over a succession

    of rapids just below the lake, soon flowing into Faber Lake, which is only

    seven feet lower than Sarah Lake. It is about 20 miles long, by about 10

    miles wide, and has an area of 163 square miles. A short stretch of river

    and then Rae Lake expands, island-studded and spreading into innumerable

    bays and inlets, the river entering at the extreme southern end. From Rae

    Lake, Camsell River drops into Lac Ste Croix. These lakes, typical of their

    kind in the Canadian Shield, with long bays extending in all directions from

    a narrow central — if such a term can be used — section, are hard to describe

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0117                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Camsell River

    since it is so hard to tell where one ends and the other begins. The

    Camsell River, so-called, after flowing through the lakes enumerated and

    several others, reaches Hardisty Lake, at an elevation of 699 feet, having

    made a descent of 61 feet from its source in Sarah Lake in an airline dis–

    tance of approximately 55 miles. The principal lake in this series is

    Hottah Lake, about 40 miles long by about 10 in width, with an area of 377

    square miles. It is a magnificent sheet of clear water, studded with high

    rocky islands, but it does not spread in all directions like most of the

    lakes in this series. Tapering to a point at its southern end, it is

    broadest at its northern extremity. The Camsell River flows in at the

    southern end and flows out at the eastern side about five miles south of

    the northern end. After a short rapid course the river expands into Grou–

    ard Lake, about 16 miles in length by about three miles wide and spreading

    into a number of arms, rendering it difficult to discover the outlet. Clut

    Lake, six miles long, with a large island in its center, comes next, after

    which the river, now flowing swiftly, drops over a steep rapid, 10 feet high —

    the first stage in the drop to the level of Great Bear Lake. Thred miles

    farther northwest, the river cascades for almost a quarter of a mile over

    a series of syenite rocks, known as White Eagle Falls, for a total drop of

    54 feet, where it is estimated that hydro-electric power of 22,000 horse–

    power could be generated.

            Two more drops, of five and four feet, respectively, occur in the short

    stretch of river leading to Rainy Lake, six miles long, through which the

    river now passes, and half a mile below enters Conjuror Bay, the southern–

    most extremity of McTavish Arm of Great Bear Lake. At its mouth, the Camsell

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0118                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Camsell River

    River has a width of about 75 yards.

            Camsell River was first explored in 1900 by Dr. J. Mackintosh Bell of

    the Geological Survey of Canada, who was accompanied by Charles Camsell,

    who was later to become a noted geologist and was from 1920 till his re–

    tirement in 1946 Dep u ty Minister of Mines for Canada. Bell named the river

    after his young assistant. Since then various parties of the Geological

    Survey of Canada and prospectors for various mining companies have been over

    the ground, but it is still largely a terra incognita . The area drained by

    the river in underlain entirely by Pre-Cambrian rocks, and since such rocks

    elsewhere contain minerals of economic importance, it is more than likely

    that the region will some day become much more than the wilderness it now

    is. This the juxtaposition of hydr o -electric power and possible mineral

    resources would seem to indicate.

            Reference:

    Bell, J. Mackintosh. Annual Report , Geological Survey of Canada, 1900.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0119                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CANADA, DOMINION OF (ARCTIC AND SUBARCTIC REGIONS)

            Since practically all of Canada lies north of the 45th parallel, it

    is distinctly a northern country; and since more than two-thirds of its

    area drains into arctic waters, it might with equal propriety be described

    as preponderantly subarctic. The total area of Canada, including newly-

    acquired Newfoundland, is approximately 3,843,144 square miles, while the

    area that drains into arctic waters (including Bering Sea) totals 2,453,538

    square miles. Canada is one of the few countries whose exact land area is not

    definitely known; as late as the autumn of 1948, two islands were discovered

    in Hudson Bay which added approximately 5,000 square miles to the Dominion's

    area; and it is possible that still other islands in different parts of the

    Canadian North remain to be discovered, which will further increase the pro–

    portion that lies within the arctic and subarctic regions.

            Although the arctic watershed extends as far south as the headwaters of

    Red River, in the Dakotas and Minnesota, and reaches to within a few miles of

    the north shore of Lake Superior, the region considered here as constituting

    arctic and subarctic Canada does not go so far south. Generally speaking, the

    line of permafrost is looked upon as the southern boundary of the subarctic

    regions; but for the purpose of this article the line has been extended to

    include geographical features that, while south of the permafrost line, defi–

    nitely form an integral part of the area to the north of them, such, for

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0120                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    instance, as Nelson River, which cuts across the line of permafrost. Further–

    more, while permafrost serves a useful purpose in indicating the general

    boundary, the exact location of the permafrost line over the greater part of

    the region is not definitely known, and, owing to a h variety of factors, is

    subject to considerable fluctuation.

            Consequently, for the purpose of this Encyclopedia, the area considered

    as constituting the arctic and subarctic regions of Canada consists of that

    part of the Province of British Columbia lying generally north of latitude

    57° N., which includes the watersheds of the Stikine and Liard rivers; all

    of Yukon Territory; and Mac K enzie, Keewatin, and Franklin Districts; the part

    of the Province of Alberta which includes most of the watersheds of the Atha–

    baska and Peace rivers; that part of the Province of Saskatchewan which

    includes the watershed of the Churchill River; that part of the Province of

    Manitoba including the watersheds of the rivers emptying into Hudson Bay,

    excluding rivers that flow into Lake Winnipeg; that part of the Province of

    Ontario that includes the watersheds of rivers flowing into Hudson and James

    bays; that part of the Province of Quebec that drains into Hudson and James

    bays or Hudson Strait; and that part of Newfoundland-Labrador beyond latitude

    57° N.

            The outstanding characteristic of this vast region is undoubtedly the

    great Canadian Shield consisting mainly of Pre-Cambrian rocks, which encloses

    Hudson Bay as in a horseshoe, extending from the Atlantic on the east to the

    Mac K enzie Valley on the west; and from the southern boundary of the region as

    above described to and including many of the islands of the Arctic Archipelago,

    wholly or in part. The second characteristic of the region is the Arctic

    Archipelago itself, which contains some of the largest islands in the world.

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0121                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    Hudson Bay, bringing the ocean almost to the heard of the continent, is

    also worthy of mention as an outstanding characteristic of the region; while

    by no means of lesser importance may be mentioned such great rivers as the

    Yukon and the Mackenzie, which are entirely within the arctic and subarctic

    regions. Furthermore, the myriads of lakes of all sizes and shapes which

    cover most of the area, and which include such giants as Great Bear, Great

    Slave, and Athabaska lakes, constitute an additional remarkable characteristic.

            Climatically, the region is subject to every variation of northern tem–

    perature, from cool, chilly summers to hot, dry ones; and from relatively

    mild winters to extremelycold ones. In some of the valleys of northern

    British Columbia, [ and ?] in the lee of the high Coast Range, the winters are

    so mild that horses commonly winter out of doors, and similar conditions

    extend into southern Yukon Territory. The Rocky Mountains provide a like

    service for sections of northern Alberta, resulting in relatively mild winters;

    while the July isotherm of 59° F. extends down the Mackenzie Valley as far

    as latitude 64° N. The great Pre-cambrian area to the eastward — between

    the Mackenzie Valley and Hudson Bay — is subject to a typical continental

    climate; hot summers and cold winters, except in the vicinity of Hudson Bay,

    where the presence of such a great expanse of water affects extremes both in

    summer and in winter. Subarctic Quebec is caught between the waters of the

    Atlantic and of Hudson and James bays, and consequently the climate over most

    of that area, while subject neither to extremes of hot nor cold, is generally

    cool (except inland in the southern section) and is more subject to violent

    wind storms than other parts of the region under consideration.

            Agriculturally, the region varies, but, generally speaking, with the

    exception of one or two areas, agricultural possibilities are not extensive.

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0122                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    The most important agricultural area is in northern Alberta, along the

    valleys of the Athabaska and Peace rivers and in the Mackenzie River Valley,

    which are extensions of the central plains section of North America. When

    better transportation facilities are provided, and when the adjacent mineral

    and petroleum resources are more fully developed, the area drained by the

    Mackenzie River and its tributaries will undoubtedly provide homes for a

    considerable agricultural population. With respect to the production of

    livestook, the region, while generally beyond the northern limit of lands

    suited to cattle, contains one of the world's greatest reserves of grazing

    lands eminently suited to the production of reindeer and musk oxen — if the

    latter should ever be domesticated.

            The greatest possibilities of the region, however, lie in its mineral

    resources. In northern British Columbia and Yukon Territory, most of the

    mineral wealth so far recovered has been in the form of placer gold, and

    possibly the richest of these deposits have already been exhausted. Neverthe–

    less, these sections contain important lode-mining possibilities, although

    transportation and other costs have so far prevented exploitation, except in

    a few favored localities. The rocks of the Canadian Shield provide the great–

    est storehouse of mineral wealth. On the western edge of the Shield, north

    of Great Slave Lake, the development of a great gold-mining region is in

    progress with Yellowknife as the center. South of Great Slave Lake, extensive

    deposits of zinc and lead ores are known to exist, the development of which

    awaits only the provision of adequate transportation. At Flinflon and Sherridon,

    in northwestern Manitoba, immense deposits of copper sulphide ores are being

    mined on a large scale. In northern Ontario, extending into Quebec, is one

    of the greatest mining areas of the world. The mines along this zone are

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0123                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    principally gold producers, but silver, nickel, copper and other metals

    are also being produced in quantity. In the Ungava section of northern

    Quebec and in Newfoundland-Labrador deposits of iron ore extending over

    wide areas are being developed which it is expected will take the place

    in the North American iron and steel industry of the fast-diminishing

    deposits in Minnesota and Michigan. During World War II, an oil field was

    brought into production in the lower Mackenzie Valley, not far from the

    Arctic Circle, while surveys show that geological formations over a large

    portion of the Mackenzie Valley and some of its tributaries are favorable

    to the concentration of petroleum. In the same regions and in parts of

    northern British Columbia, in Yukon Territory, and on many of the islands

    of the Arctic Archipelago extensive coal measures exist. Especially in the

    Canadian Shield sections, where the streams are generally obstructed by

    rapids and waterfalls, numerous waterpower sites exist.

            Practically all the streams and lakes in the region contain large

    quantities of excellent fish, the chief of which are whitefish and lake

    trout, while arctic trout, sturgeon, salmon, both Pacific and Atlantic,

    and many others are also found in quantit i y . Fisheries on some of the more

    southerly lakes have for some time been supplying fish for the large North

    American cities, the fish, in many cases, making the first lap of the

    journey by air.

            The fur trade brought the earliest Europeans to this great region and

    the fur trade is still important, although with the spread of settlement

    wild life — and with it the trapper — withdraws farther into the wilder–

    ness. Large areas, however, are suited to the breeding of fur-bearing

    animals in captivity, and it is likely that this industry will continue

    and expand.



    006      |      Vol_XIII-0124                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

            The greater part of continental arctic and subarctic Canada is

    forested, the density varying with the locality, depending upon such factors

    as shelter, soil water, etc. The uniformity of the boreal cover is perhaps

    its most striking characteristic. The same species are found over practi–

    cally the entire region, differing only in size and density of distribution.

    Considering the size of the region and the extent of the forested area, the

    amount of merchantable timber is relatively small, but vast areas exist that

    are capable of providing large quantities of pulpwood; and over the greater

    part of the region timber sufficient for local construction requirements is

    available.

            Except in a number of localities where mining development has produced

    quickly-growing towns and cities, much as Yellowknife, Flinflon, Timmins and

    Kirkland Lake, it is a region practically destitute of people. The northern

    coast and some of the islands of the Arctic Archipelago are thinly populated

    by Eskimos, south of which a few Indians endeavor to follow their traditional

    pursuits in the face of advancing white settlement. According to figures

    derived from the Canada Census, 1941, the total population of the whole

    region, from the Atlantic Ocean to the Coast Range, and from the southern

    boundary of the subarctic region to the Arctic Ocean and the islands that

    lie within it, is probably not more than 85,000, of whom 37,557 are Indians

    and 7,205 are Eskimos. Most of the people other than Indians and Eskimos

    live in the cities and towns that have been built around the mines along

    the southern edge. Churchill may yet prove an exception if its importance

    as a seaport should ever become sufficiently recognized.

            Aside from the Cordilleran section of the West, the mainland part of

    the region is a land of low relief. The Cordilleran section, however,

    constitutes a mountainous zone about 600 miles in width. The Mackenzie

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0125                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    and Richardson mountains form the boundary between the District of Mackenzie

    and Yukon Territory; the Cassiar and other smaller chains rise above the

    inland plateau; the granitic Coast Range, fringing the Pacific, contains the

    highest mountains in Canada and some of the highest on the continent.

            The portion of British Columbia here considered as subarctic comprises

    about 109,000 square miles. Unlike that part of the province farther south,

    its eastern boundary is not formed by the Rocky Mountains, but by the 120th

    meridian of west longitude, which constitutes the boundary north of the point

    where it intersects the crest of the mountains, as far as latitude 60° N.

    Consequently, British Columbia, at this point, possesses territory east of the

    mountains as well as west of them; and it is in this section that the most

    extensive agricultural possibilities in subarctic British Columbia are to be

    found, for this area belongs to the great central plains section of Canada.

            Subarctic British Columbia, as here defined, is drained principally by

    two rivers which, together, practically extend in an east-west direction from

    the Pacific Coast to the eastern border of the province. The Stikine River,

    335 miles in length, rises between latitudes 57° and 58° N., and, after a big

    bend to the north, turns southwestward and flows into the Pacific Ocean. Since

    this part of the province is fronted by the Alaska Panhandle, the Stikine

    passes out of British Columbia about 35 miles from the coast to cross this

    strip before discharging into the sea. Near the big bend of the Stikine, the

    Dease River has its rise in the lake of the same name and flows northeasterly

    for 180 miles to its junction with the Liard, which occurs a short distance

    below where the latter crosses the boundary between British Columbia and Yukon

    Territory. The Liard continues its course southwesterly and then northeasterly

    until it again crosses the 60th parallel at about the point where the boundary

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0126                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    between Yukon and Mackenzie territories impinges upon the 60th parallel. In

    the southern corner of the area, the Finlay River has its rise, the most

    distant tributary of the great Peace River; its waters eventually mingle with

    those of the Liard after both have become part of the mighty Mackenzie roll–

    ing on its way to the Arctic Ocean.

            Aside from a few small lakes like Dease Lake, already mentioned, the area

    has relatively few lakes, but in its northwestern corner, lying partly in

    British Columbia and partly in Yukon Territory, are a group of lakes of con–

    siderable size of which Tagish, Atlin, and Teslin are the largest. They lie

    roughly parallel to each other and consist of long narrow arms winding between

    high mountains and they are of wuch beauty that their loveliness cannot forever

    remain hidden.

            Telegraph Creek, once the center of extensive placer-mining operations,

    and the head of river transportation on the Stikine, and Atlin, on the lake

    of the same name, also once an important placer-mining center, are the only

    communities of any size within the area, and they are both small places.

    According to the 1941 Census, the district including Telegraph Creek had a

    total population of 218 persons of whom but 50 lived in the town. Atlin, in

    1947, had a population of 518 persons. The Alaska Highway (q.v.), cutting

    across the northeastern corner of the province, may result in other more

    populous communities if it should also make possible the development of the

    resources of the area.

            Yukon Territory lies north of British Columbia, extending westward to

    the 141st meridian, which constitutes the boundary between Yukon and Alaska

    territories, and north to the Arctic Ocean. The crests of the Mackenzie

    and Richardson mountains form its eastern boundary. Since the mountains lie

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0127                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    in a northwest-southeast direction, Yukon Territory has but a short strip

    of arctic coastline. Yukon Territory occupies the extreme northwestern

    corner of the Dominion of Canada, comprising 207,076 square miles.

            Yukon Territory consists of three parallel physiographic provinces,

    running northwest and southeast. The most easterly one consists of the

    Mackenzie and Richardson mountains; next, to the west, is the Yukon, or

    Interior, Plateau, a region of upland cut into masses of hills or low

    mountains by the streams o that feed the great river which forms its axis;

    farther west, the Coast Range provides the third physiographic province, con–

    sisting of high, granitic mountains bordering the Pacific Ocean. This section

    does not continue along the western boundary of Yukon Territory, but fades

    into the Yukon Plateau section and occupies only the extreme southwestern

    angle of the Territory.

            The Yukon River, rising near the boundary between Yukon Territory and

    British Columbia, runs northwesterly through the Yukon Plateau and crosses

    the boundary into Alasla Territory, in which both river and physiographic

    province are continued westward to the sea. Yukon River, fifth largest

    on the North American continent, is navigable for the greater part of its

    length, and provides a highway which, with its navigable tributaries, renders

    the greater part of both Yukon and Alaska territories accessible.

            Yukon Territory first came into prominence in the late nineties of the

    nineteenth century when placer gold was discovered in the gravels of certain

    tributaries of the Yukon River in the area that soon became world famous as

    the Kondike (q.v.). Within a few years, millions of dollars in gold were

    washed from the Klondike gravels, after which the thousands of gold seekers

    and the other thousands who live on the results of the miners' efforts drifted

    away; former booming cities and towns became ghost towns, consisting largely

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0128                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    of empty shacks occupied by the few whose hope never expires, and others

    in the employ of huge corporations engaged in re-working the old diggings

    by means of giant dredgers. Previous to and following World War I, lode

    mining was begun in the Mayo district, in the Stewart River valley, where

    rice silver-lead ores were discovered. For a time high hopes were enter–

    tained that a new lease of life had been gained for Yukon Territory. The

    high-grade ore was shipped to smelters in the United States and development

    largely ceased when this ore became exhausted. From time to time copper

    properties have been operated near Whitehorse, but ore reserves sufficient

    to justify the building of a smelter have never been accumulated, and with–

    out a smelter the existing ores cannot be mined at a profit.

            Along the Yukon River, north of Whitehorse, deposits of excellent

    bituminous coal exist in almost unlimited quantities; but without a market

    it is of little value. Geological conditions are favorable for other coal

    measures in both the Interior Plateau and Mountain sections, but without

    any prospect of market for the coal, prospectors are not interested in

    searching for further deposits.

            According to the Census of 1941, Yukon Territory had a population of

    4,914 persons, of whom 1,508 were Indians, yet in the days of the Klondike

    boom the Census of 1901 registered 27,219 persons, most of whom were in

    and about Dawson and Whitehorse. With the slackening of the boom, the

    population of both places dwindled until Dawson had less than 1,000 and

    Whitehorse about 600. During World War II, Whitehorse became an important

    point, with a greatly augmented population. Since the end of the war,

    however, it has returned to its previous condition as a frontier community

    too far from markets for the development of its resources, but hopefully

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0129                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdas: Canada, Dominion of

    awaiting the day when transportation facilities and other requirements

    shall be available.

            The Yukon River provided the first highway when, in gold-rush days,

    numerous steamers of all sorts and sizes plied from St. Michael, on Bering

    Sea, to Dawson and Whitehorse. Also during the first years of the gold

    rush, a narrow-guage railway was built from tidewater at Skagway, Alaska,

    northward to Whitehorse, the head of transportation on the Yukon River, a

    distance of 111 miles. The railway — the White Pass and Yukon — is still

    being operated. The Northwest Staging Route, consisting of a line of air–

    ports maintained by the Government of Canada, crosses the Territory to con–

    nect with airlines in Alaska. Regular mail and passenger services are main–

    tained by Canadian Pacific Airlines from Edmonton and Vancouver to White–

    horse and Dawson. The Alaska Highway, which connects Dawson Creek, B.C.

    with Fairbanks, Alaska, also crosses Yukon Territory.

            Yukon Territory has a typical continental climate, hot in summer and

    cold in winter. Although the precipitation is light, the presence of

    permafrost ensures an adequate supply of moisture at the roots of plants.

    While horses winter on the range in southern Yukon, the Territory is not

    suited to ordinary stock-raising, but large areas are suited to reindeer

    grazing. Field crops can be successfully grown in some of the valleys in

    southern Yukon; wheat planted on a farm in the Yukon River valley has been

    harvested in 87 days. Forest growth is typical of other parts of subarctic

    Canada, thinning out toward the Arctic Circle, and absent on the coasta l

    plain.

            The District of Mackenzie, comprising an area of 6 527,490 square miles,

    adjoins Yukon Territory on the east, and, like it, extends from the 60th

    parallel to the Arctic Ocean. Its eastern boundary is formed by the 102nd

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0130                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    meridian, which also constitutes the boundary between Saskatchewan and

    Manitoba, to the south. Like Yukon Territory, it consists of three dis–

    tinct physiographic provinces; a strip of the Canadian Shield from about

    350 miles to 500 miles wide and about 630 miles long; the Mackenzie Lowland

    section, about 300 miles wide at the 60 parallel and tapering to the north,

    providing a background for the great river from which it receives its name;

    and the Cordilleran physiographic province, made up of the Mackenzie Mountains

    extending to about 66° N., when they merge into the Richardson Mountains, both

    extensions of the great Rocky Mountain chain, but differing from it in some

    respects.

            The Mackenzie River, with its system of lakes, constitutes the predomi–

    nating features of Mackenzie District. The Athabaska and Peace rivers, which

    contribute most to its volume, have their rise far to the southwest, beyond

    the southern border of Mackenzie District. Lake Athabaska is also south of

    the border, but the two largest lakes, Great Slave and Great Bear, are wholly

    within the district, East of these lakes lies across the contact between the

    Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield and the Palaeozoic rocks which pre–

    dominate to the westward; and it is along this contact that the most important

    mineral occurrences have been found, and along which the prospect of other

    discoveries seems most promising.

            The Mackenzie River proper flows out of the western end of Great Slave

    Lake in latitude 61° N., longitude, 117° W., and follows a generally north–

    westerly course for slightly over 1,000 miles, discharging into the Arctic

    Ocean through an extensive delta in latitude 69° N., longitude, 134-136° W.

    Its southern tributary, the Athabaska, rising in the Rocky Mountains south

    of latitude 53° N., empties into Athabaska Lake, which is drained into Great

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0131                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    Slave Lake by Slave River, 300 miles in length. Had the Mackenzie name been

    extended to apply to the latter, it would not have been inconsistent with

    the practice elsewhere throughout the region, e.g .the Churchill, Thelon, Back,

    etc. The Slave, about 30 miles below its source, takes in the Peace River

    after its course across the Alberta Plateau from the gap in the Rocky Mountains

    through which it flows from its sources on the western flank of that great

    mountain chain. Liard River, also rising far to the west of the mountain

    barrier through which it likewise cuts a path, joins the Mackenzie about 200

    miles below the outlet of Great Slave Lake. Many tributaries flow into the

    Mackenzie from both sides, but most of them are short because of the proximity,

    on the east, of the height of land not far from the western edge of the Cana–

    dian Shield, and of the mountains on the west. One of these, short, but not

    inconsequential, is Bear River, flowing in from the east with the drainage from

    Great Bear Lake. Peel River, which like the Liard, cuts through the mountains

    from its sources in Yukon Territory, enters the Mackenzie below the beginning

    of the Mackenzie Delta, and is an important stream.

            Since such a large part of Mackenzie District is comprised within the

    Canadian Sh ie ei ld, it contains myriads of the type of lakes which occupy de–

    pressions gouged out of the rocks by the glaciers during the Ice Age. These

    are connected by short, rapids- and falls-filled streams, the whole forming

    a maze-like network covering the country. In a class by themselves are Great

    Slave (11,170 sq. mi.) and Great Bear (11,660 sq. mi.) lakes. They differ

    from the lakes in the Canadian Shield because they occupy basins partly

    gouged out of the softer Palaeozoic rocks, and also because they provide

    great reservoirs for the waters of the Mackenzie system. This is more par–

    ticularly true of Great Slave Lake, through whose basin pour the waters from

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0132                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    great rivers entering from the southwest, as well as other smaller streams

    flowing in from every side. Great Bear Lake, on the other hand, although

    larger than Great Slave, is fed only by the drainage from a relatively small

    area surrounding its shores.

            Like other parts of northern Canada, Mackenzie District first attracted

    the attention of early fur traders, and although the areas which drain into

    the Arctic Ocean were not included in the great trading preserve granted to

    the Hudson's Bay Company in 1760 by King Charles Ii of England, it was an

    officer of that company, Samuel Hearne, who was the first European to visit

    what later became Mackenzie District when, in 1770-72, he made his historic

    visit to the Coppermine River. In 1778, Peter Pond, an officer of the

    Northwest Company, competitor of the Hudson's Bay Company, reached Lake

    Athabaska, and subsequently Great Slave Lake. He was followed in 1788 by

    Alexander Mackenzie who, the following year, descended the Mackenzie River

    to its mouth. Thenceforth the river was an important artery of the fur trade,

    and the principal establishments along its course were built by fur traders

    and, even now, most of them are devoted principally to the fur trade.

            The first attempt at commercial development on any considerable scale

    was made in 1920, when Imperial Oil Limited, through a subsidiary company,

    drilled a number of oil wells in the Mackenzie River valley at Norman Wells,

    50 mils below the mouth of Bear River. Although oil in commercial quantities

    was discovered, no market for it existed at that time, and the wells were

    capped to await the advent of a market. This field was greatly extended

    during World War II, when, under the Canol Project (q.v.), oil was secured

    from Norman Wells for transmission by pipe line to a refinery built at

    Whitehorse for use on the Alaska Highway and the Northwest Staging Route.



    015      |      Vol_XIII-0133                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

            In the meantime, a limited local market had been established. In 1930,

    Gilbert LaBine (q.v.) had flown to Great Bear Lake from Edmonton and had

    located, on the southeastern shore of Great Bear Lake, veins containing silver

    and pitchblends, the ore from which radium and uranium are extracted. This

    subsequently became the Eldorado mine at Port Radium, operated by a private

    company until 198 1944 when, because of the importance of uranium as a source

    of atomic energy, the mine and the whole undertaking of the company were expro–

    priated by the Government of Canada. As a source of power for mining operations,

    oil from the Norman Wells field greatly facilitated the development of the

    Eldorado mine, and to meet this need Imperial Oil Limited set up a small re–

    finery at Norman Wells in 1931, which was enlarged in 1939.

            About 1934, gold was discovered in considerable quantities in the vicinity

    of Yellowknife River, which flows into the bay of the same name on the east

    side of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake. In succeeding years other dis–

    coveries were made in the area and within a short while several mines were

    in operation, resulting in the establishment of a considerable community.

    Because of shortage of manpower and equipment, the mines were largely shut

    down during World War II, but since the cessation of hostilities, and es–

    pecially after machinery and other necessary materials have become more

    available, development of the area has advanced rapidly. The town of

    Yellowknife is an important center; and the field which it serves has been

    extended northwestward for more than 200 miles, promising eventually to

    become one of the greatest mining regions on the continent.

            The greater part of Mackenzie District is forested. The northern limit

    of trees crosses the eastern boundary of the district almost due east of

    Great Slave Lake and runs slightly north of west until northwest of the

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0134                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    eastern end of that lake, continuing then in a northwesterly direction to

    within a few miles of the western end of Coronation Gulf, thence, a few

    miles inland, parallel to the Arctic Coast across the Mackenzie Delta west–

    ward into Alaska. The area west and south of that line is more or less

    heavily forested, depending upon such factors as soil, water, shelter,

    altitude, etc. The principal varieties consist of eight, five conifers and

    three deciuous trees. Of the former, white spruce is the most important;

    it can be found as far north as trees grow, and also shoots tongues eastward

    along the valleys of streams into the tundra lands of the Canadian Shield.

    It grows best in the river valleys, and even in the Mackenzie Delta trees

    measuring 18 inches and over on the stump and 100 feet high are not uncommon.

    Black spruce is usually found wherever the white variety grows, but never

    reaches the dimensions of the latter. In some sections of the district it

    is sufficiently plentiful to provide ample supplies of pulpwood, if and when

    transportation conditions make its manufacture commercially feasible. Bank–

    sian pine, growing on sandy or gravelly ridges, is found generally throughout

    the Mackenzie Lowland. Balsam fir grows chiefly in the valleys of the

    mountain section and on the lower slopes of the mountains. Balsam poplar,

    aspen, and white birch are found over most of the forested area, depending

    upon the nature of the land.

            In moist spots and along the borders of lakes and streams, dense growths

    of alders and willows are widely distributed within the forested area; and

    these, dwarfed considerably, are found pretty generally throughout the tundra

    region as well. Associated with them, both in the forest and tundra regions,

    are Labrador tea, bog rosemary, mountain cranberry and other shrubs. Berry-

    producing shrubs other than those mentioned above are common all over the

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0135                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    district. Grasses and sedges grow profusely in places where sufficient

    soil has accumulated; while the rockiest land is carpeted with ma n y species

    of mosses.

            The vegetation of the Arctic regions, both within the forested area

    and on the tundra, provides an immense grazing area capable of supporting

    an extensive reindeer industry. Once vast herds of caribou roamed the

    greater part of Mackenzie District, and wherever they found sustenance

    reindeer can also thrive. In 1935, the Canadian Government took delivery of

    a herd of 2,370 Alaskan reindeer that had been driven overland from Alaska,

    and they were settled in a selected area on the eastern side of the Macken–

    zie Valley, not far south of the arctic coast. By the summer of 1948, they

    had increased to 6,500 head, and could easily, if properly cared for, become

    the means of stocking the tundra lands throughout the Canadian North.

            Large areas of good agricultural land can be found in the southern

    and southwestern parts of Mackenzie District, especially along the river

    valleys. The agricultural possibilities of the Mackenzie Valley itself are

    considerable, and as far north as the Arctic Circle, and even considerably

    beyond, vegetables and forage crops have for a great many years been raised

    successfully.

            Until the coming of the airplane, the principal artery of communication

    into and through Mackenzie District was the Mackenzie waterway system, which,

    in summer, provides an uninterrupted course for river steamers of over 1,300

    miles from Fort Smith, below the cataracts on Slave River, 100 miles north

    of Lake Athabaska, to the Arctic Ocean. Above the rapids, where a 16-mile

    portage is necessary, Slave River, Lake Athabaska and the Athabaska River

    provide an additional 300 miles of good river navigation from the end of steel

    018      |      Vol_XIII-0136                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    at Waterways. Above that point, with the exception of 90 miles suited only

    to navigation by small boats, the Athabaska River is navigable for small

    steamers to Athabaska Landing (now the town of Athabaska) and beyond.

    Athabaska, 100 miles north of Edmonton, was connected with the latter by

    road in 1885 and by rail in 1912. The railway again tapped the Athabaska

    River in 1921 when it reached Waterways, on Clearwater River, a tributary

    which enters the Athabaska at Fort McMurray, a few miles to the west.

    This largely put an end to heavy river traffic from Athabaska Landing.

            The first highway to reach any part of Mackenzie District from out–

    side points was completed between Grimshaw, Alberta, on the Northern Alberta

    Railway, and Hay River, at the mouth of the river of the same name, near

    the outlet of Great Slave Lake, in 1948. It was used before then as a

    winter road for tractor trains carrying supplies to the mining region at

    Yellowknife; but the Federal and Alberta governments have cooperated to

    convert it into an all-year road.

            Mackenzie District abounds in waterpowers. The cataracts on Slave

    River, with an estimated capacity of 500,000 h.p., are just south of the

    boundary line, but the power developed there would naturally be available

    within the district. Perhaps the most suitable stream for for power

    development is the Lockhart River, which, between Artillery Lake and the

    eastern end of Great Slave Lake, a distance of 25 miles, has a drop of

    700 feet. A succession of lakes above Artillery Lake would provide

    reservoirs for water storage. Hay River, which enters Great Slave Lake

    near its western end, is interrupted by two falls, of 140 and 52 feet,

    respectively, between 40 and 50 miles above its mouth. Taltson River,

    019      |      Vol_XIII-0137                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    entering Great Slave Lake from the south, a few miles east of the mouth

    of Slave River, drops over a series of falls, at one point providing a

    head of about 130 feet. Snowdrift River, which also flows into the south

    side of Great Slave Lake, has a fall of about 500 feet in about six miles.

    Bear River, Coppermine River and Camsell River are potential sources of

    waterpower in the northern portion of the district, while in the southwest

    corner of the district, the South Nehanni River, at Virginia Falls, pro–

    vides a head of 315 feet. The first hydro-electric power actually developed

    within the district was for the purpose of supplying mines and other con–

    sumers at Yellowknife when 4,700 h.p. was generated on the Yellowknife River

    between Bluefish and Prosperous lakes, about 20 miles northeast of the town.

    This was subsequently augmented by a power installation on Snare River,

    about 90 miles northwest of Yellowknife. The Prosperous Lake project was

    built by the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited,

    but the Snare River installation was financed by the Federal Government.

            According to the Census of 1941, the population of Mackenzie District

    was 5,360, of whom 4,090 were Indians belonging to the various subdivisions

    of the Athapaskan nation, and 379 were Eskimos, inhabiting the northern

    coastline. Since 1941, however, the population of the district has largely

    increased owing to the development of mines in the Yellowknife field, as well

    as through increased activity at Port Radium and Norman Wells.

            Mackenzie District is administered by the Government of Canada as part

    of the Northwest Territories. The administrative body, made up of senior

    civil wervants at Ottawa, consists of a commissioner, a deputy commissioner,

    five council members, and a secretary. Although administrative offices are

    maintained at Fort Smith, just within the southern boundary of the district,

    020      |      Vol_XIII-0138                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    and at Yellowknife, the coundil sits at Ottawa. For purposes of parliamentary

    representation, the district is merged with Yukon Territory, the two being

    represented in the House of Commons at Ottawa by a single member.

            The airplane has been an important factor in the development of Macken–

    zie District since its use was initiated by Imperial Oil Limited in 1920-21.

    The principal commercial service is now maintained by Canadian Pacific Air–

    lines, which provides a daily service from Edmonton to the principal centers,

    with less frequent services to other points as far north as the Arctic Ocean.

    All mail is now carried by air, with daily service to the more important

    points and others less frequently depending upon the need.

            The District of Keewatin, comprising 228,160 square miles, occupies the

    territory north of the 60th parallel of north latitude, extending to the

    Arctic Coast, between the 102nd meridian of west longitude and the west

    shore of Hudson Bay. It also includes three islands in Hudson Bay, but

    excludes Boothia and Melville peninsulas, which are included in Franklin

    District. It consists mainly of a rolling plateau, sloping eastward to

    Hudson Bay and northward to the Arctic; north of latitude 65° N. the drain–

    age is toward the Arctic, while south of that line it is eastward to Hudson

    Bay. The principal river in the Arctic watershed is the Back River, 605 miles

    long, which rises west of the boundary between Keewatin and Mackenzie districts,

    and, like most rivers within the Canadian Shield, forms the connection between

    a series of lakes in its course to the ocean, which it enters at Chantrey

    Inlet, in latitude 67° 07′ N., longitude, 96° 40′ W.

            The principal river in the Hudson Bay drainage system is the Thelon,

    which, with its tributary the Dubawnt, cuts across the whole width of the

    district, discharging into Baker Lake, at the head of Chesterfield Inlet.

    021      |      Vol_XIII-0139                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    It is navigable for the greater part of its length and provides a means of

    access into the heart of the Canadian Shield. Farther east, the Kazan River

    flows into Baker Lake from the southwest, draining an area to the south and

    east of the Thelon-Dubawnt watershed.

            Keewatin District is covered by a maze of lakes, connected in charac–

    teristic Canadian Shield fashion by rapid streams. The largest of these is

    Dubawnt Lake, 1,600 square miles in extent, which is both fed and drained by

    the Dubawnt River; Garry Lake, 980 square miles, is one of the many lakes

    in the Back River system; and Yathkyed Lake, 860 square miles in extent, is

    the largest of many in the Kazan system. All are wll stocked with excellent

    fish, of which the chief are lake trout, whitefish, and salmon trout, although

    many others also abound.

            The climate over the greater part of Keewatin District is continental,

    with hot summer days and extremely cold weather in winter. Agricultural

    possibilities are negligible, limited to the growing of hardy vegetables

    in more favored spots. The greater part of the district is north of the

    tree line, which cuts the coast of Hudson Bay south of its border. Some

    distance inland from the coast, the line curves northward to about 62° 32′ N.,

    and then bears off to the westward into Mackenzie District. Spruce, both

    white and black, and tamarack are the principal trees found in the Keewatin

    forest. The tundra area is covered with the usual carpet of grasses and

    sedges, where the ground is not covered with mosses. Owing to the prevalence

    of the latter, Keewatin District is particularly well suited to the reindeer

    industry, if and when it becomes established.

            The chief possibility for commercial development in the district lies

    in its Pre-Cambrian rocks, which underlie practically the whole area. So far,

    022      |      Vol_XIII-0140                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    very little of value has been discovered, but lack of transportation which

    makes prospecting difficult will doubtless postpone any large-scale develop–

    ment until other more accessible and more favorable areas have been exploited.

    Formations favorable to mineral occurrences have been discovered over a con–

    siderable area along the coast of Hudson Bay, south of Chesterfield Inlet,

    and it is possible that development will begin in that quarter since it is

    readily accessible from the sea.

            While the subarctic region cannot be considered as including any very

    considerable portion of the provinces of Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba,

    their northern parts more definitely belong to the territory lying to the

    northward of them than to that farther south. Lake Athabaska, for instance,

    is part of the arctic watershed; and while its agricultural lands and mineral

    and oil resources will undoubtedly be developed in connection with the more

    southerly portions of the Province of Alberta, they will also contribute in

    considerable measure to the development of the areas farther [ ?] north.

    They will also provide justification for an extension of transportation and

    other facilities still farther north.

            Historically, the Athabaska country has always been considered as part

    of the Mackenzie system. In the days of the fur trade, the canoe route to

    the Mackenzie crossed Methye Portage from the headwaters of Churchill River

    to the Athabaska River by means of Clearwater River. The Churchill River,

    which rises near the western boundary of the Province of Saskatchewan and

    flows in a generally easterly direction across the northern parts of Sas–

    katchewan and Manitoba, discharges into Hudson Bay at the port of Churchill

    in latitude 58° 47′ N. This river, about 1,000 miles in length, is charac–

    teristic of those in the Canadian Shield, connecting as it does numerous lakes

    023      |      Vol_XIII-0141                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    by short stretched of river filled with rapids and waterfalls. The Churchill

    in its course receives many tributaries on both sides which, like the master

    stream, consist of short bits of river obstructed by rapids and falls drain–

    ing series of lakes.

            Considerable areas of good agricultural land, varying in accordance

    with the depth of soil, moisture and other factors, exist south of the

    Churchill River, especially in northwestern Saskatchewan; while in its lower

    stretches, in the Province of Manitoba, extensive tundra areas suggest the

    possibility at some future day of fairly large-scale reindeer grazing. The

    chief resource of the area, however, is likely to be its minerals; and while

    little mining activity has yet occurred along the Churchill River, extensive

    deposits of copper sulphides have been [ ?] discovered a short distance to

    the south, at Flinflon and Sherridon, just east of the Saskatchewan-Manitoba

    boundary; and at Wekusko (Herb) Lake, farther east, gold mines are in opera–

    tion. Power for the operation of the mines at Flinflon and Sherridon comes

    from installations on the Churchill River. Farther east still, in the Knee

    Lake, God's Lake and Snow Lake areas of Manitoba, a number of producing gold

    mines are in operation, while many other prospects await the provision of

    cheaper transportation facilities.

            The building of the Hudson Bay Railway, finished in 1929, from The Pas,

    near the Saskatchewan-Manitoba border, to Churchill, a distance of 400 miles,

    has helped considerably to open up the region lying west of Hudson Bay, but

    lack of connecting railways or highways still leaves a huge area without

    the transportation facilities required for proper development.

            While the Saskatchewan River, whose waters ultimately discharge into

    Hudson Bay, is in that sense part of the subarctic region, it is almost

    024      |      Vol_XIII-0142                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    entirely linked to the prairie section of Canada and cannot therefore be

    included in this account; but the Nelson River, which drains Lake Winnipeg

    and carries the waters of the Saskatchewan and many other rivers that dr a in

    the prairie sections into Hudson Bay, may definitely be included.

            The northern and northwestern parts of the Province of Ontario, since

    they drain into Hudson and James bays, may also be included in the subarctic

    regions of Canada. This area consists of a fringe of territory extending

    from the Manitoba-Ontario boundary southward along the shores of Hudson

    and James bays to the Ontario-Quebec boundary. A lowland belt from 200 to

    250 miles wide extends along the shores of Hudson and James bays which is

    underlain by Palaeozoic rocks. Part of this south and west of James Bay,

    consisting of about 16,000,000 acres, is known as the Clay Belt, and is

    considered to be good [ ?] arable land. A large part of it is fairly heavily

    timbered, containing large tracts of pulpwood. To the west and south of

    the Clay Belt, the country is part of the Canadian Shield, covered with

    lakes and the usual network of small streams broken by rapids and waterfalls.

    Most of the rivers flowing into Hudson and James bays rise within the Cana–

    dian Shield, descending an abrupt escarpment, dropping in some places as

    much as 500 feet within a few miles, in order to attain the lowland level.

    The principal rivers flowing into Hudson Bay are the Severn and the Winisk,

    while the Albany and Moose (with the latter's important tributary the Abitibi)

    flow into James Bay.

            Commencing in 1903, the Government of the Province of Ontario began the

    building of a railway, the Timiskaming and Northern Ontario (since known as

    the Ontario Northland), northward from North Bay on Lake Nipissing, to tap

    the Clay Belt and eventually James Bay. Built by stages, the railway reached

    025      |      Vol_XIII-0143                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    James Bay at Moosonee, at the mouth of Moose River, in 1932. While it

    had been projected mainly to open up an agricultural region, the first

    fruits of its building were the discovery of valuable silver deposits at

    Cobalt, little more than 100 miles from North Bay, and later the discovery

    of the extremely rich Porcupine and Kirkland Lake goldfields. The National

    Transcontinental line of the Canadian National Railways from Quebec City

    to Winnipeg connects with the Ontario Northland at Cochrane, which is

    within the Clay Belt. The National Transcontinental, built largely through

    Canadian Shield territory, in northern Ontario, traverses the southern edge

    of the Clay Belt before again reaching the Canadian Shield to cross an

    area in which a number of producing gold mines have been developed. This

    section of northern Ontario produces large quantities of pulpwood and impor–

    tant mills are located at Iroquois Falls and at Kapuskasing, both of which

    are within the limits of the Clay Belt.

            Subarctic Quebec consists of an area of about 343,259 square miles

    comprising the territory north of the height of land which separates the

    St. Lawrence watershed from that of Hudson and James bays and Hudson Strait,

    usually referred to as the Ungava Peninsula. It consists of an elevated

    tableland which attains its greatest elevation along its eastern border and

    slopes northward to Hudson Strait and Ungava Bay and westward to Hudson and

    James bays. The descent occurs in a succession of steps and the many rivers

    fall over rocky escarpments, resulting in much potential waterpower.

            Ungava, with Newfoundland-Labrador, forms the northeastern angle of the

    Canadian Shield. In many places it is known to be highly mineralized, but

    lack of transportation has until recently prevented development. Gold is

    found at widely separated places, as well as copper and lead; but the mineral

    026      |      Vol_XIII-0144                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dom in ion of

    that is bringing about the development of the country is iron, extensive

    deposits of which are being opened up by large corporations operating

    under concessions from the Quebec and Newfoundland governments. Properly

    to exploit these iron deposits, a railway is being built northward a dis–

    tance of 360 miles from the St. Lawrence River, and will make possible the

    development of other nearby mineral areas.

            The principal rivers flow westward into James and Hudson bays. Because

    of the many falls along their courses many portages are required, and they

    are navigable only for canoes. The Koksoak, the chief river flowing northward,

    which, with its tributary the Kaniapiskau, is 535 miles in length, discharging

    into the southern end of Ungava Bay, is deep enough to accommodate ocean-

    going boats for some distance above its mouth.

            Typical of Pre-Cambrian country, Ungava is a land of sprawling, irregular,

    island-studded lakes, ranging in size from mere ponds to Lake Mistassini,

    840 square miles in extent. Nearly always, they occupy rocky depressions

    and rarely have sand or gravel beaches, with very little weeds or swamp.

            The southern part of the area, northward to latitude 54° N., is heavily

    forested; but, except in isolated spots, the trees thin out beyond that line;

    and a short distance south of Ungava Bay the grass- and moss-covered tundra

    begins. The principal trees, as elsewhere in subarctic Canada, are white

    and black spruce, balsam fir, tamarack, Banksian pine and balsam and aspen

    poplar. In the southern sections, considerable stands of merchantable timber

    exist, but distance from market prohibits its use. Vast areas of pulpwood

    also exist, which are likewise still beyond the range of marketability. The

    railway referred to above will open up some of these timber areas.

            Except in the southern section and along the southeastern coast of James

    027      |      Vol_XIII-0145                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    Bay, the possibilities for agriculture are negligible. The tundra regions,

    which once grazed huge herds of caribou, may some day provide pasturage for

    reindeer, but that day is probably far in the future considering the extent

    of grazing lands in other parts of the Canadian North much more accessible

    to market.

            The lakes and rivers abound in fish, lake trout and whitefish being

    perhaps the most common, while salmon, brook and arctic trout and sturgeon

    are found in many of the rivers. Codfish are abundant along the coast of

    Hudson and James bays, while the white whale, a species of porpoise, is also

    common there.

            The first trading post established by the Hudson's Bay Company was

    built at the mouth of Rupert's River, which flows into the southeastern

    angle of James Bay, and it has been in continuous operation since 1668. The

    fur trade has been the principal occupation of the people of Ungava for

    almost three centuries and is still their chief business. Excessive trapping

    and forest fires in recent years have greatly reduced the numbers of fur bearing

    animals, but it is likely that, in certain parts of the country, the fur

    trade will continue for a considerable time to be an important industry.

            The chief geographical feature of the peninsula is undoubtedly Ungava

    Bay which, like a miniature Hudson Bay, extends for about 140 miles southward

    from the south shore of Hudson Strait and is about the same distance wide at

    its mouth. A number of important rivers, including the Koksoak, discharge

    into the bay, which contains many islands.

            The only part of the Province of Newfoundland which may be included in

    subarctic Canada is that portion of the eastern mainland of Canada lying

    between the watershed dividing the Hudson Bay and Atlantic drainage basins,

    028      |      Vol_XIII-0146                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Domion of

    northward to about latitude 57° N., to the northern tip of Labrador at Cape

    Chidley, in latitude 60° 30′ N. This stip of coast is rugged and high,

    mountains which rise abruptly from the sea attaining in places altitudes

    up to 5,000 feet.

            The District of Franklin comprises the islands of the Arctic Archipelago

    lying north of the northeastern part of the Canadian mainland as well as

    Melville (24,156 square miles) and Boothia (12,960 square miles) peninsulas,

    having atotal area of 549,243 square miles. The Arctic Archipelago occupies

    a huge triangular area with its apex at the top of Ellesmere Island in lati–

    tude 83° 05′ N., its base extending east and west from longitude 61° W. to

    125° W. It contains 17 islands each with an area of more than 1,000 square

    miles; about 40 with areas of over 100 square miles each; and many smaller

    ones. The largest, Baffin Island, with an area of 197,754 square miles, is

    the easternmost of the group, extending from longitude 61° W. to 90° W., and

    lying in a northwesterly direction. Its extent north and south is from 61°

    61° N. latitude to 74° N. [ ?] Next in size are Victoria Island, with 80,340

    square miles, and Ellesmore Island, with 77,392 square miles. Immediately

    north of Baffin Island, separated from it by Lancaster Sound, is Devon Island

    (21,606 square miles), and north of the latter is Ellesmere, separated from

    Greenland on the east by a narrow channel.

            The Arctic Archipelago is divided into two general groups by the line of

    Lancaster Sound, Barrow Strait, Viscount Melville Sound and McClure Strait.

    Somerset Island (9,594 square miles) lies west of the northern end of Baffin

    Island, immediately north of Boothia Peninsula, with Prince of Wales Island

    (13,736 square miles) to the west of Somerset Island. Victoria Island,

    extending from longitude 100° 30′ W. to 126° 30′ W., lies west of Prince of

    029      |      Vol_XIII-0147                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    Wales Island, with Banks Island (25,675 square miles) still farther west.

    These islands are all in the southern group. North of the Lancaster Sound -

    McClure Strait line, Axel Heiberg Island (13,583 square miles) lies immediately

    west of Ellesmere Island, while Bathurst and Melville islands ( islands 16,503 square

    miles) lie directly west of Devon Island, with Prince Patrick Island to the

    northwest of Melville Island.

            From a geological standpoint, the Arctic Archipelago is largely part of

    the Canadian Shield, but Palaeozoic rocks and some of later age from a belt

    through the central islands and include most of the western and far northern

    islands. Along the east coast of Baffin Island, from Cumberland Sound on the

    south to Lancaster Sound on the north, a rugged mountain range of Pre-Cambrian

    rocks rises in places to altitudes of 10,000 feet, with an average from 5,000

    to 7,000 feet. Mountains similarly high are also found in Ellesmere Island.

    The northwestern part of Baffin Island as well as most of Somerset Island

    consists of sedimentary rocks. Devon and Ellesmere islands are underlain by

    granitic rocks along their eastern coasts, but these dip below sedimentary

    formations toward the west, where the coasts are low.

            Much or all of the Arctic Archipelago was covered with ice during the

    last Ice Age, and areas of permanent ice caps, glaciers or snowfields still

    cover large sections of Ellesmere Island, much of Devon and parts of north–

    eastern Baffin Island.

            While very little search has yet been made for economic minerals; native

    copper has been found on Baffin Island, and coal has been found on a number of

    the islands in the regions underlain by Palaeozoic rocks. In the same regions,

    the prospects for oil are considered good.

            Outside of a few trading posts and government stations no settlements

    030      |      Vol_XIII-0148                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

    yet exist in Franklin District. The population consequently consists almost

    entirely of Eskimos. Each summer the Government of Canada dispatches in

    supplies, and providing passage for personnel going to and from the different

    stations as well as for a few others having some reason to visit the North.

            During World War II, an air base was established under the joint aus–

    pices of Canada and the United States of Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, which

    is linked with other similarly established bases on islands in Hudson Bay

    and on the Canadian mainland; but no commercial air bases have yet been

    established. Also under joint auspices, meteorological stations, connected

    with the outside world by radio, have been set up on a number of islands in

    the Arctic Archipelago, the most northerly being one on Ellesmere Island.

            The discovery and exploration of the Arctic and subarctic regions of

    Canada were due largely to the search for the Northwest Passage; and conse–

    quently sections of the map devoted to those regions were fairly well filled

    in while immense areas farther south still remained blank. In this respect,

    it is perhaps significant that the arctic coast had been reached overland

    before the Pacific was likewise reached. The shores of Hudson Bay were well

    known before the Great Lakes had properly taken their place on the map.

    Even after all hope of finding the Northwest Passage in that quarter had

    been abandoned, Hudson Bay still remained the gateway to the heart of the

    continent. All the great rivers of the interior ran toward the Bay, while

    a 13-mile portage connected the Hudson Bay and arctic watersheds. Chipewyan,

    on Lake Athabaska, was an important center long before many of the great

    cities of southern Canada were even thought of. The railway has seemed for

    a time to set at nought the importance of geographical factors; but it is

    possible that the airplane is about to restore the balance. Certainly, since

    the airplane's advent the worth of Canada's arctic regions has greatly in–

    creased in the scale of world values.



    031      |      Vol_XIII-0149                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Dominion of

            References:

            Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the

    Great Fish River, and along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in

    the years 1835 1833, 1934 and 1835 . London, 1836.

            Bethune, W.C. Canada's Western Northland: Its History, Resources, Popula-

    tion and Administration. Ottawa , 1937.

            Burpee, L.J. The Search for the Western Sea: The Story of the Exploration

    of North Western America. Toronto, 1908. Revised edition:

    Toronto, 1936.

            Camsell, Charles and Malcolm, W. The Mackenzie River Basin. Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 108; 1921.

            Dawson, C.A. The New North-West. Toronto; 1947.

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District and Adjacent

    Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 . Geological Survey

    of Canada, 1898.

            Franklin, John. Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in the

    years 1825, 1826 and 1827. London, 1828.

            ----. Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Polar Sea in the years

    1825, 1826 and 1827. London, 1828.

            Low, A.P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the East–

    main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manikaugan, Portions of Other Rivers


    in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada, 1895.

            MacKay, Douglas. The Honorable Company: A History of the Hudson's Bay Company .

    Toronto, 1938.

            Mackenzie, Alexander. Voyages from Montreal on the River St. Lawrence Through

    the Continent of North America to the Frozen Ocean and the Pacific

    in the years 1789 and 1793. London, 1801.

            Morice, A.G. The History of the Northern Interior of British Columbia (formerly

    New Caledonia) 1660-1880. Toronto, 1904.

            Ogilvie, William. Early Days on the Yukon. Toronto, 1908.

            Robinson, J.L. An Outline of the Canadian Eastern Arctic, its Geography, Peoples

    and Problems . Ottawa, 1944.

            Stefansson, V. My Life with the Eskimo . New York, 1913.

            ----. The Friendly Arctic . New York, 1921.

            Tyrrell, J.W. Across the Sub-Arctic of Canada. Toronto, 1908.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0150                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CANADIAN CORDILLERA

            The Canadian Cordillera is an extension of the mountain systems that

    border the west coast of North and South America. In Canada, it forms a

    northwesterly-trending belt varying from 350 to 400 miles in width, occupy–

    ing the territory between the Great Plains, on the east, and the Pacific Ocean

    and Alaska boundary, on the west. It constitutes the watershed between the

    Pacific Ocean, on the west, and the Arctic Ocean, on the northeast. The

    southern limit of the arctic and subarctic section is taken as approximately

    the 60th parallel of north latitude, which is also the boundary between Yukon

    Territory and the Province of British Columbia.

            The Canadian Cordillera falls into three general systems: an Eastern System,

    presenting a mountainous barrier to the Great Plains; and even more formidable

    western mountain wall along the Pacific and the Alaskan boundary; and inter–

    mediate Interior Section, consisting of less continuous mountain ranges and

    plateaux.

            The term system is here used to designate more than one range of mountains,

    or mountain area, as well as adjacent plateau and plain sections. The term

    area is here used to designate a constituent part of a system, and includes

    plateaux and plains regions, as well as more than one mountain range.

            The three systems differ considerably in their geological structure, as

    well as their topographical character. The Eastern System consists almost

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0151                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canadian Cordillera

    entirely of sedimentary strata; the Interior System comprises a mixture of

    volcanic, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks invaded by numerous intrusive

    bodies; while the Western System, although similar in a general way to the

    Interior System, consists chiefly of great bodies of intrusive rocks.

            In the Arctic and Subarctic Section, the Eastern System is made up of

    the Mackenzie Mountain (q.v.) and Arctic Mountain (q.v.) areas. While it

    is frequently thought that the Rocky Mountains, as such, continue northwest–

    ward to the Arctic Ocean, they actually end at Liard River (q.v.), south of

    latitude 60° N. Neither are the Mackenzie Moutains, which succeed the Rockies,

    an extension of the latter. The Mackenzie Mountains lie about 80 miles east

    of a line projected northwestward from the northern extremity of the Rocky

    Mountains. The Mackenzie Mountain area curves in a great arc from Liard River

    to Peel River (q.v.), near latitude 66° N. From that point, the Arctic

    Mountain area extends north, and then west, to the 141st Meridian. The

    Arctic Mountain area includes the Richardson Mountains (q.v.) and the British

    Mountains (q.v.), as well as plateaux and plains regions.

            The Eastern System is out lengthwise by the Mackenzie River. A section

    along the 64th parallel would show, from west to east, the Mackenzie Mountains,

    with a width of about 140 miles, the Mackenzie Plain, 40 miles wide, and the

    Franklin Mountains (q.v.), east of the Mackenzie River, about 30 miles wide.

    The Mackenzie River enters the system near the mouth of the North Nahanni

    River, and flows out of it again a short distance south of the Ramparts.

    The Liard, Peel, and Arctic Plateaux are included in the Eastern System.

            The Interior System, north of the 60th parallel, consists of a major

    mountain and a major plateau area as well as several minor ones. What once

    passed for the western part of the Mackenzie Mountains is now called the Selwyn

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0152                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canadian Cordillera

    Mountains (q.v.), and is included in the Interior System. The reason is that

    it is considered advisable to separate mountains formed wholly of sedimentary

    rocks, such as the Mackenzie Mountains, from those, such as Selwyn Mountains,

    which consist of metamorphic and intrusive rocks. The Selwyn Mountains and

    the adjoining Yukon Plateau constitude the chief features of the System, north

    of which are the Ogilvie Mountains (q.v.), with Porcupine Plateau and Plain

    farther to the north. The Pelly Mountains (q.v.), consisting of various lo [ c ?] al

    ranges, in the south-central portion of the Yukon Plateau, are composed mainly

    of intrusive rocks. Some peaks in the Pelly Mountains reach a height of about

    8,000 feet.

            The Western System of the Canadian Cordillers, in its arctic and subarctic

    section, includes a belt of mountainous country with an average width of 100 miles

    lying to the southwest of the Interior System. In British Columbia, to the

    south, this system is much more complex; but in Yukon it consists merely of

    the northern stub of the Coast Mountains, which terminate in latitude 60° 25′

    W., and the St. Elias Mountains (q.v.), extending from the vicinity of Mount

    Fairweather to the 141st Meridian. These mountains, which are mainly granitic

    in structure, contain some of the highest peaks on the continent.

            References:

            Camsell, C. Report on the Peel River and Tributaries, Yukon and Mackenzie .

    Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report, Vol. XVI, 1906.

            Keele, J. A Reconnaissance Across the Mackenzie Mountains on the Pelly

    Ross, and Gravel Rivers, Yukon and Northwest Territories .

    Geological Survey of Canada, Publication No. 1097, 1910.

            Bostock, H.S. Physiography of the Canadian Cordillers, with Special Reference

    to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel. Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247, 1948.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0153                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography Canada

    CARCROSS

            Carcross, at the northern end of Bennett, is the first town reached

    on entering Yukon Territory by the White Pass and Yukon Railway. It has

    a landing field, suitable water area for a seaplane base, Church of

    England and Roman Catholic churches, a post office, a day school, and an

    Indian residential school. Connection may be made at Carcross during the

    summer months with a steamer that operates on Taglish Lake and Taku Arm.

    "Carcross" is a contraction of the name "Caribou Crossing", so called on

    account of the great number of caribou that once crossed the narrows

    between Lakes Bennet and Nares. Carcross is connected with Whitehorse and

    the Alaska Highway by motor road. Lake Bennettlies astride the British

    Columbia-Yukon Boundary and is one of the beautiful lakes in the Territory.

    The eastern shore is skirted by the White Pass and Yukon Railway line, from

    which may be observed the remarkable colouring of the mountains which, capped

    with snow, rise along each side. Lake Bennett and its companion body of

    water to the south, Lake Lindeman, were points of embarkation for thousands

    of gold-seekers who crossed the Chilcoot Pass and launched rough boats for

    their perilous voyage down the Lewes and Yukon Rivers to the gold-fields in

    1897-98.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0154                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    CARMACKS

            Carmacks, on the west bank of the Lewes River about 110 miles north

    of Whitehorse, is an Indian settlement containing a post office, a trading

    post, and an emergency landing field. It is also the first junction of the

    water and overland routes north from Whitehorse. In the vicinity are large

    deposits of coal which were worked for a number of years. A few miles

    downstream on the Lewes River are the famous Five Fingers Rapids, which

    provide a thrilling experience for river steamer passengers.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0155                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    CHAMPAGNE

            Champagne, situated about 56 miles west of Whitehorse on the Alaska

    Highway, is an Indian village and contains a trading post. About 42 miles

    west is the junction of the road from Haines, Alaska.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0156                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CHANDALAR RIVER

            The Chandalar River is a tributary of the Yukon River, entering that

    stream about 20 miles below Fort Yukon, in Alaska. The name is derived

    from a corruption of the term, gens de large , applied by Hudson's Bay Company

    traders to the Indians who lived within its watershed because the Indians

    seemed to have no permanent place of abode. Since the Chandalar flows into

    the Yukon at almost its most northerly point, and since it flows almost

    directly from the Endicott Range, at no great distance to the north, its

    course is one of the shortest of any of the Yukon's tributaries having any

    considerable volume. For this reason, it is swift and practically unnavigable.

    At one time river boats, with great difficulty, worked their way for about

    100 miles up its tortuous and shifting course, but in recent years there has

    been no necessity for such effort and no boats now attempt to stem its current.

    The main stream flows at first southeastward and then southward and then south- ward,

    swinging again to the southeastward, continuing thus to its junction with the

    Yukon. All its principal tributaries flow directly southward from different

    passes in the Endicott Range; but since the lower reaches of the Chandalar

    are separated from the Yukon by only a short distance, practically all of

    which lies within the Yukon Flats region, where the drainage is all into the

    Yukon itself, no tributaries flow into the Chandalar from the south.

            The Chandalar drainage basin, in a north and south direction, is narrow,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0157                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog [ ?] . LeBourdais: Canada, Chandalar River

    and is not very extensive in the opposite direction. Since it joins the

    Yukon from the northwest at an acute angle, its drainage, except for that

    brought in by the Christian, entering its mouth from slightly east of north,

    is all farther west than its mouth; and since its headwaters interlock with

    those of the Koyukuk, which reach far to the eastward, the Chandalar's drain–

    age area is limited in that direction also.

            The main stream of the Chandalar rises among the high peaks of the

    Endicott Range, considerably north of latitude 68° N., and for its first

    few miles is a rugged mountain torrent. This leads, however, to a wide

    valley where for 30 miles the river meanders through extensive gravel flats,

    flowing then into Chandalar Lake, narrow and eight or nine miles long, between

    mountain ranges. Swinging slightly to the southeast for a distance of about

    25 miles, it receives Big Creek, and ten miles farther down, the West Fork,

    a short tirbutary from the west, comes in. Ten miles farther on, it receives

    the Middle Fork, flowing down from the Endicott Range, roughly parallel with

    the main stream, but separated from it by high mountains.

            Ten miles below the mouth of the Middle Fork is the site of the one-

    flourishing town of Caro, the center of the Chandalar gold fields, Eighteen

    miles below Caro is another abandoned place where once all was activity,

    known as Chandalar Station, where the Northern Commercial Company had its

    depot and store to accommodate the miners who thronged the sand bars and

    terraces above this point. Twenty miles below the abandoned Caro, the East

    Fork comes in. This stream might, by reason of its size, have been considered

    the main branch of the Chandalar, but, probably because of the discovery of

    gold on the other forks, it has been largely overlooked, and in consequence

    has been little traveled and is relatively unknown. The Chandalar emerges

    from the mountains which into the Yukon Flats region through a narrow gap

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0158                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Chandalar River

    in the mountains which seem otherwise to present an unbroken front. After

    debouching into the Yukon Flats, the Chandalar turns more directly to the

    southeast and for the final 100 miles of its course meanders through a

    dreary waste of gravel, driftwood and scrub timber landmarks or other dis–

    tinguishing features. Shortly before it discharges into the Yukon, it re–

    ceives its last tributary, the Christian River, flowing in from a direction

    slightly east of north. The Christian, like the other branches or forks of

    the Chandalar, rises in the Endicott Range and flows at first through a

    mountainous region and then breaks through into the Yukon Flats for its

    final lap.

            The Chandalar River came into prominence in the winter of 1906-7 and

    the following summer when gold was struck on a tributary of the Middle Fork,

    and a stampede occurred. Alaska and Yukon Territory were still full of

    miners who had failed to "strike it rich" in the Klondike, at H N ome or at

    Fairbanks, and consequently the stage was set for a feverish gold rush.

    Soon the river was lined with prospectors, and a town grew up below the

    Middle Fork which was called Caro. By 1910, however, the placer diggings

    had declined to such an extent that Chandalar could be listed with other

    abandoned placer camps, when a revival occurred, causing hopes again to soar

    at the prospect of riches through lode mining; but these hopes, too, were

    soon doomed to disappointment. One result of this second boom was the build–

    ing by the Alaska Road Commission of a road 80 miles in length, from "Beaver

    City," on the Yukon, almost directly north of Caro.

            Whether, when reduced transportation costs lower [ ed ?] the costs of mining

    operations, it will be possible to revive hopes based on mining prosperity,

    cannot now be determined; and in the meantime the Chandalar River finds a

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0159                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada, Chandalar River

    place among that considerable number of placer creeks where sufficient

    gold has been found to awaken hopes, but which eventually proved insuffi–

    cient to provide the basis of a permanent community. It may be that those

    who termed its first dwellers, gens de large , had a truer insight than

    perhaps they realized.

            Reference:

    Stuck, Hudson. Voyages on the Yukon and Its Tributaries. New York, 1917.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0160                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CHIBOUGAMAU LAKE

            Chibougamau Lake, northern Quebec, Dominion of Canada, is one of

    the sources of the Nottaway River, which empties into the lower end of

    the eastern side of James Bay. It lies almost at the height of land

    separating the Hudson and James bays drainage basin at an elevation of

    1,230 feet above sea level. Its greatest length is 16 miles and it is

    about six and a half miles at its width, with a total area of 138 square

    miles. It lies in a northeast-southwest direction, roughly rectangular

    in shape, its northwestern and southeastern sides fairly regular in outline,

    but its northeastern and southwestern ends are indented by many inlets and

    bays. Its southernmost point is in latitude 49° 44′ N.; its northernmost

    point in latitude 49° 59′ N.; its easternmost point is in longitude 74° W.;

    and its westernmost point is in 74° 24′ W. Lying parallel to it, on its

    northwestern side is Lake Dore é , 12 miles long by about two miles wide

    at its widest, from which it is separated by a narrow ridge of granitic

    rock, called Gouin Peninsula, and an apparent extension of the penin c s ula

    called Ile du Portage, three miles long by about two miles in width.

            Gouin Peninsula extends in a northeasterly direction for about 11 miles

    and, with Ile du Portage, provides most of the western shore of Chibougamau

    Lake. At its southernmost end, a short distance from its base, Gouin

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0161                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Chibougamau Lake

    Peninsula is only a quarter of a mile wide, expanding to about a mile and

    a half at its widest, with an average of about half a mile. It is separated

    from Ile du Portage by a narrow passage, about 200 yards long, in which the

    drop is 12 feet. Ile du Portage, except for a bay between it and the

    mainland north of Chibougamau occupies the northwestern angle of the main

    portion of the latter and forms as well the north shore of Lake Dore é it

    is separated from the mainland on the west by a narrow channel, and from

    the north end of the main part of Chibougamau Lake by Portage Bay, about

    a mile wide at its entrance. Both Gouin Peninsula and Ile du Portage con–

    tain several small lakes. Part of Ile du Portage is covered with glacial

    drift, but otherwise both Gouin Peninsula and Ile du Portage consist

    chiefly of granitic rocks. Gouin Peninsula is low in elevation, but Ile

    du Portage, at its highest, rises to about 250 feet in a bare rocky hill,

    called Paint Mountain, from the rusty color of the rocks.

            The southern end of Chibougamau Lake is divided into three bays by

    two narrow points, the longer of which, called Devlin Peninsula, is three

    and a half miles long. A high rocky promontory, about four and a half miles

    wide at its base, projects 7 miles into the lake from the northern end,

    dividing that portion of the lake into two bays, of which the eastern, called

    Islands Bay, is the larger, being about six miles deep and about one and

    a half miles wide. The western indentation extends seven miles northeastward

    from the northeastern end of the main part of the lake to which it is

    connected by Valiquette Narrows, which expand into Contact Lake, contract–

    ing again to the McKenzie Narrows which expand into Gunn Bay, extending

    eastward for about a mile and a half, then into McKenzie Bay, extending three

    miles to the westward, narrowing again into Rapid Bay, one and a half miles

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0162                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Chibougamau Lake

    deep from the entrance to McKenzie Bay. This indentation, extending north–

    eastward from the northwestern angle of the lake, is surrounded by high

    rocky hills, arranged in sharp ridges parallel to the direction of the lake.

    The highest of these are the Sorcerer and Juggler mountains. The former

    is situated toward the southern end of the northern promontory, and is

    situated to rise to a height of 500 feet above the water; the latter lies

    a short distance north of Rapid Bay; it ends in a sharp cone, having per–

    pendicular sides 50 feet high. From its resemblance to the tents used by

    the Indian conjurors, it has been called the "juggler's house," and is

    supposed to be the dwelling place of evil spirits. The outline of the

    hills in this locality is sharply serrated, in marked contrast to the

    rounded outline usually seen in Laurentian hills.

            Chibougamau Lake is studded with numerous islands, most of which are

    low and rocky, especially those along its eastern side and in the northeast

    bay; a few are also scattered along the western shore. The shores of the

    lake are generally low, formed either of solid rock or of large rounded

    boulders, often found piled up in low walls by the action of the lake ice,

    The land rises gently from the eastern side to the height of land.

            The country about the lake is well timbered, with black spruce pre–

    dominating, but white spruce i [ ?] also found in considerable quantities.

    Balsam fir, tamarack and Banksian pine also occur, together with medium–

    sized birch, aspen and a few cedars. Unfortunately, much of the country

    has been burnt over, and reference to timber must be made with a reserva–

    tion concerning the likelihood of fire.

            Chibougamau Lake, like the others in the same territory, is well

    stocked with fish, chief of which are lake trout and whitefish, although

    pike, pickerel, brock trout and suckers also abound. The region has produced

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0163                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdaise: Canada - Chibougamau Lake

    excellent furs for over a century and is still productive, but the fur–

    bearing animals have been greatly reduced in numbers by excessive trapping.

    The Hudson's Bay Company has maintained a post on Gouin Peninsula for many

    years.

            It is likely, however, that mineral production will eventually become

    the principal resource of the region. Gold-bearing copper sulphide and

    gold-quartz deposits occur at different points in the area. Some of these

    deposits and also small amounts of asbestos and low-grade iron ore were

    discovered as early as 1903, but distance from the railway and other factors

    have hampered systematic exploration. Nevertheless, a considerable amount

    of exploratory work has been done by a number of different mining companies;

    and while nothing sensational has been discovered, enough has been disclosed

    to indicate that when better transportation facilities are available, the

    Chibougamau area will prove to be an important mining center. Until these

    facilities are available, most of the companies holding properties in the

    district are marking time. With railway transportation now b w e ing provided

    for the exploitation of iron deposits in the Ungava Peninsula, northeast of

    the Chibougamau area, that time may not be so far off.

            Chibougamau Lake has been known to fur traders, missionaries and

    explorers seeking a route from Lake St. John to James Bay for over 150 years,

    but no great interest was taken in the area until the early years of the

    present century when Peter McKenzie, in 1903, discovered t w hat were believed

    to be valuable deposits of asbestos, copper and gold. These discoveries led

    to a wider interest in the area and the Quebec Government was pressed to

    provide railway transportation. Before undertaking to supply this, however,

    the Chibougamau Commission, consisting of Dr. A. E. Barlow, Special Lecturer

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0164                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Chibougamau Lake

    in Economic Geology at McGill University, Montreal, as Chairman, E. R.

    Fairbault, of the Geological Survey of Canada, and J. C. Gwillim, Professor

    of Mining at Queen's University, Kingston, was appointed by the Government

    to make an authoritative report on the mineral possibilities of the district.

    The report, published in 1911, stated that no asbestos deposits of economic

    importance existed, and that although the country gave promise of reward to

    the prospector, none of the gold or copper deposits so far found was commer–

    cially valuable, even with railway facilities. This report dampened interest

    in the region for many years.

            This was before the great discoveries were made at Porcupine and Kirkland

    Lake, in northern Ontario, and at Noranda and other points in northern Quebec,

    which directed fresh attention to the possibilities of the Pre-Cambrian rocks

    of northern Canada. Further prospecting in Chibougamau uncovered other mineral

    occurrences and there is now little doubt in the minds of Canadian mining men

    that the Chibougamau district will one day take its place among the important

    mining regions of Canada.

            The area early attracted the attention of the Geological Survey of Canada,

    and the first of many investigations by members of the Survey staff was made

    by James Richardson in 1870. Between 1884 and 1905, Dr. A. P. Low did his

    great work in Ungava, which includes surveys of the region about Chibougamau

    Lake. J. B. Mewdaley began detailed geological work in the region in 1927,

    which was continued in 1930, and this was followed by further mapping in 1934

    by G. W. R. Norman. J. A. Retty, in 1929, also did geological work in the

    area for the Quebec Bureau of Mines. In addition to that done by various

    surveyors in the employ of the Quebec Department of Survey, topographic

    work was conducted for the Geological Survey of Canada by A. C. Tuttle in 1929;

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0165                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Chibougamau Lake

    and serial photographic work was carried out in 193 e 4 by the Royal Canadian

    Air Force.

            References:

            Low, A. P. Report of Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula Along the East

    Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of Other Rivers

    in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report,

    Vol. VIII; 1895.

            Maudsley, J.B., and Norman, G.W.H. Chibougamau Lake Map-area, Quebec .

    Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 185; 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0166                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CHURCHILL LAKE

            Churchill Lake, northwestern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, is

    one of a number of lakes forming the source of the Churchill River, which

    flows into Hudson Bay, 1,000 miles farther east. It is about 24 miles

    long by about 12 miles at its widest, with an area of 213 square miles, and

    lies at an altitude of 1,381 feet above sea level. Its southernmost point

    is in latitude 55° 48′ N., and its northernmost point is in latitude 56° 11′

    N.; its easternmost point is in longitude 108° 05′ W., and its westernmost

    point is in longitude 108° 30′ W. It is connected to Peter Pond Lake at its

    southwestern angle by a short passage in which no current exists, and it

    might have been consi [ ?] d ered as part of the latter, or vice versa . It drains

    Frobisher and Turnor lakes, to the north, through Simond's channel, bu [ ?]

    otherwise it receives no tributaries of consequence. It is drained at its

    southern extremity by Churchill River.

            Churchill Lake, unlike its companion-lake, Peter Pond, is characteristic

    of lakes in the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, in that its shores

    contain many indentations and it has many islands. It occupies a transitional

    position between Frobisher Lake, to the north, with its long arms and bays and

    many rocky projections and islands, which exhibits the extreme type of Pre-

    Cambrian lake, and Peter Pond Lake, to the west, whose low, swampy shores

    hafe few indentations, and which contains almost no islands.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0167                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill Lake

            Churchill Lake is set in a region of low relief; to the westward the

    terrain consists mainly of sand interspersed with boulders; but to the

    northward and eastward rounded knobs of granitic rocks rise irregularly

    above the general level. The country on both sides is sparsely timbered

    with small black spruce, Banksian pine, white birch, and occasional stands

    of tamarack in swampy spots.

            The first person other than an Indian to see Churchill Lake was Peter

    Pond, a fur trader and partner in the Northwest Company who, in 1778, under–

    took an expedition from the farthest point hitherto reached by fur traders

    along the Churchill River to the headwaters of the latter, thence across

    Methye Portage to the Athabaska. His course was soon followed by others,

    and it rapidly became the regular canoe route between the Saskatchewan and

    Athabaska-Mackenzie districts. Thereafter, until steamboats on the Saskat–

    chewan in 1875 and the railway in 1891 put an end to the long canoe route s ,

    all trade goods for the Athabaska-Mackenzie region were taken in by that route

    and all the fur went out the same way. It is still the local highway for the

    fur traders and prospectors.

            Reference:

    Innis, H.A. Peter Pond Fur Trader and Adventurer. Toronto, 1930.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0168                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CHURCHILL RIVER

            Churchill River, 1,000 miles in length, runs approximately eastward

    from the eastern border of the Province of Alberta, across the province of

    Saskatchewan and Manitoba, and empties into Hudson Bay. It drains an area

    of 115,500 square miles, comprised in a long, rather narrow, strip of

    territory lying to the north of the Saskatchewan-Nelson drainage basin and

    south of the region drained by several other streams flowing in Hudson Bay.

            Before present-day highways across the continent were thought of,

    Churchill River was on the main traffic route between the eastern portions

    of Canada and the far northwest. It was by way of the Churchill, sometimes

    called the English River, that Alexander Mackenzie traveled to the Athabaska

    and eventually reached the Arctic and Pacific oceans. For many years there–

    after the Churchill was an important link in that chain of streams and lakes —

    to say nothing of portages! — by which supplies for the distant Mackenzie

    posts — some even as far away as the Yukon — reached their destination;

    and by which the furs received in exchange were taken out.

            The voyageurs who first located the traffic routes across the continent

    were dependant upon the lakes and streams for their highway, and they could

    not afford to run against the contour of the country; they could go upstream

    and they could go downstream; but they could not go very far across the lines

    of drainage. It was left to the railways to do this; and for half a century

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0169                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    trans-Canada traffic has largely ignored the principle to which the voyageurs

    were forced to adhere. Now, with an ocean port at its mouth that shortens

    the distance from the heart of Canada to the principal overseas markets by

    1,000 miles, it is possible that the Churchill may once again become an impor–

    tant part of a traffic route across the continent. Although the port of

    Churchill is already a railway terminus, it is quite probable that some day

    a transcontinental railway will traverse the Churchill valley as part of what

    would be the shortest rail - and-water route between Europe and the Far East.

            The Churchill's entire course, except for about 150 miles near its mouth,

    which is underlain by Palaeozoic rocks, is within the great Canadian (Laurentian)

    Shield, comprising the oldest exposed rocks on the globe. The surface of this

    area, almost lacking in relief, gouged and pitted by the relentless force of

    the icecap, is studded with lakes, irregular and sprawling, from the size of

    mere ponds to those several hundred square miles in extent, connected by streams

    most of which, in their devious courses, flow down rapids or else fall over

    cliffs of varying heights.

            The Churchill wends its winding way through such a country, forming the

    thread upon which lake after lake is strung; and where it does not itself form

    the thread for certain lakes, they hang pendant to it by connecting streams.

    It is there [ ?] ore almost as navigable in one direction as in the other; the lakes,

    of course, have no current, and considerable stretches occur in which the

    current is not strong. On the other hand, numerous rapids and falls exist.

    In many cases the rapids can be safely run, and can be surmounted on the

    upstream course by tracking or poling. In other cases, going either upstream

    or downstream, portaging is necessary; some of the portages are short, but

    others extend up to a mile or more. As rivers go, the Churchill provides a

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0170                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    very suitable course for canoe and boat travel; it is not suited to any–

    thing larger.

            The Churchill rises in latitude 57° N., longitude 110° W., in La Loche

    Lake, within a few miles of the height of land separating the Hudson Bay

    drainage basin from that of the Mackenzie. Flowing southeasterly out of

    Lake La Loche, after twenty-four moles of a shallow and turtuous course,

    the river enters Buffalo, or Peter Pond Lake, thence to Clear Lake and, by

    a connecting stream, into Ile a La Crosse Lake, the first considerable

    expansion of the Churchill. Ile a La Crosse, about 35 miles long, is shaped

    like a pot-hook and lies roughly north and south. Beaver River flows into

    its southern extremity, bearing, from the south, the outflow from Lac La Plonge.

    Debouching from the northern end of Ile a La Crosse Lake, the Churchill starts

    on a southeasterly course through a succession of lakes and river-extentions,

    including Knee, Sandy and Snake lakes, till it makes another major expansion

    in Black Bear Island Lake, made up of narrow channels, deep bays and many

    islands. From the head of Black Bear Island Lake to the outlet at Birch

    Portage, which circumvents rapids with an eight-foot fall, is thirty-six miles.

    A mile below the foot of Birch Portage, another expansion called Trout Lake

    begins and continues for ten miles, terminating in another fall. About a

    mile and a half below Trout Fall the river divides into two channels which

    come together some seven miles farther on in an expansion known as Dead Lake.

            Below Dead Lake a series of rapids is encountered known as the Devil's

    Rapids and Big Devil's Portage. The former, although dangerous because of

    boulders, can be run, but the latter must be portaged, a distance of about

    1,400 yards. At the foot of the rapids the river spreads into Devil's Lake,

    from which it again proceeds by dropping twenty feet to the level of Otter Lake,

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0171                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    where a [ ?] portage of about 700 yards is necessary. Otter L a ke is about

    thirteen miles in length, following which an island-studded contraction

    of the stream is reached where short portages known as Mountain and Stony

    Mountain lead to Rock Lake, at the southeastern end of which is Stanley Mission,

    maintained by the Church of England, and a Hudson's Bay Company's post that was

    established during the early days of the fur trade. Thirteen miles farther

    east, Rapid River, dropping over a fall of about thirty feet, brings in the

    drainage from Lac La Ronge, lying a few miles to the south. The country

    about Lac La Ronge has excellent agricultural possibilities and should one

    day be a populous part of the province.

            Pine Rapid follows, requiring a portage of sixty-five yards, and leads

    to Drinking Lake, beyond which is another portage, this time two hundred and

    twenty yards long, before Keg Lake is reached. Keg Lake is eight miles long

    and is divided into several narrow channels divided by equally narrow islands.

    Two miles farther on, in the course of which there are two rapids requiring

    portages of sixty-five and five hundred and seventy yards, respectively,

    island-dotted Trade Lake, thirteen miles long and averaging a mile and a

    half in width, is reached. At the lower end of Trade Lake is Frog Portage,

    [ ?] terminus of the route from the Saskatchewan established during fur-trading

    days. Several other routes led between the Saskatchewan and the Churchill,

    but this was the principal one.

            The route runs northwesterly from the Saskatchewan River across [ ?] umberland

    Lake and its northern extension, Namew Lake, into the Sturgeon-weir River,

    which leads to Amisk Lake. Crossing this lake to where the upper reaches of

    the Sturgeon-weir River enters, that stream is followed to Mirond and Pelican

    lakes. Several portages are required on this part of the route, but none of

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0172                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    of any great length. Three more portages are encountered before Woody Lake

    is reached. Frog Portage, two hundred and eighty five yards in length,

    connect t s Woody Lake with the Churchill.

            At Frog Portage, the Churchill, hitherto following a southeasterly

    course, turns sharply northward and then northeastward through a number of

    expansions until a drop of seventeen feet occurs at Kettle Falls, where a

    portage of about ninety yards is required. This leads to the expansion into

    which Reindeer River empties. Reindeer River drains Reindeer Lake, 2444

    square miles in extent, lying about 75 miles north of the Churchill valley.

            The expansion which receives the waters of Reindeer River is terminated

    by a fall of fifteen feet at Attik Rapid. From this point for about sixty

    miles there is much rough water which includes Wintego Rapids and a number

    of others, requiring several portages, the longest of which is about a mile

    and a half in length. Just west of the Saskatchewan-Manitoba line, the

    Nemei River comes in from the south. Also before the Saskatchewan-Manitoba

    line is reached, the Churchill provides 90,000 h.p. of hydro-electric energy

    at the Island Falls installation of the Churchill River Power Company Limited

    to supply power for the great Flin Flon mine about 75 miles to the south.

            For the next 120 miles, the river flows through a succession of lakes

    requiring only four portages, none of which is very long. Cut by the Saskat–

    chewan-Manitoba boundary, at the angle where the river ends its northward

    stretch and once more turns eastward, is Sisipuk Lake, a sprawling extension

    of the river, bending back parallel to the river's course, somewhat like the

    chord of an arc. Leaving Sisipuk Lake, the river tumbles down Bloodstone

    Rapids, a few miles before Pukkatawagan Lake is reached. From here on, to

    about longitude 100° 30′ the river continues its easterly course; but at this

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0173                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    point, in latitude 55° 45′, it turns northward, flowing in that direction for

    some distance and then inclining in a northeasterly direction until, at the

    outlet of Southern Indian Lake, in latitude 57° 25′ and longitude 98° 30′,

    it again continues it a flow eastward.

            In its northerly stretch, the river flows through some of the largest

    lakes in its course. Granville Lake as a length of fifty miles, while

    Southern Indian Lake is a huge, sprawling complex of channels and bays,

    extending in all directions from the river's line of flow, if such a stream

    can be said to have a 'line of flow.' Its greatest length is ninety miles,

    and its extreme width about fifteen. William McInnes, of the Canadian

    Geological Survey, who surveyed it in in 1908, estimates that it has a length

    of shoreline, disregarding bays and points of less extent than half a mile,

    exceeding 700 miles. He charted the approximate [ ?] positions of eight hundred

    islands, varying in area from twenty-five square miles to quite small.

            The portages in this stretch are few and insignificant, except for one

    above Granville Lake, where the descent is twenty-five feet in a vertical drop,

    and the Missi Fall, at the outlet of Southern Indian Lake, which has a drop

    of twenty feet. Below Missi Fall, the river continues in a generally easterly

    direction to the mouth of the Little Churchill, coming in from the southwest,

    about 105 miles in a direct line from the bay. In this stretch it expands

    into Northern Indian Lake, which has a length of about twenty miles and an

    average width of about ten miles, and, like most of these lakes, is studded

    with islands. Following a U-shaped bend to the north, Churchill Lake, about

    seven miles in length, and Billiard Lake, four miles long, are the last of the

    river's many expansions. From a short distance below here, it flows through

    more definitely defined banks, averaging about one-third of a mile in width.

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0174                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    Beyond the mouth of the Little Churchill, it winds about considerably, running

    generally in a northerly direction. Then, turning northeastward, and running

    fairly straight, when about forty-five miles from the sea, it turns directly

    north and flows without deviation into the bay. From the mouth of the Little

    Churchill the average width has been about half a mile, with no expansions of

    consequence and few islands, except in the last twenty-five or thirty miles,

    when it widens to two miles or more and contains many islands. The tide

    extends upwards for about seven or eight miles, beyond which the final rapid

    on the river prevents its flow. The banks along a considerable portion of

    the river below the Little Churchill are covered with ice until quite late

    in the season, and for this reason, coupled with the swiftness of the current,

    the Indians usually avoid this stretch, preferring to take one of a number of

    portages across to the Nelson.

            The river narrows near its outlet, where it flows through banks of solid

    rock. The western shore extends farther into the bay than its opposite, and

    is called Eskimo Point. Here was the original location of the Hudson's Bay

    Company's post, the Mission, and the headquarters of the local detachment

    of the Royal Canadian Mounted Police. Nearby are the ruins of Fort Prince

    of Wales. The townsite of Churchill, the Hudson Bay Railway terminals, the

    docks, warehouses and terminal elevator are all on the eastern bank.

            Until the tundra, which extends some distance back from the bay, is

    reached, the Churchill flows through a generally well-wooded region in which

    the principal trees are white and black spruce, white birch, poplar, tamarack

    and jack pine. In some sections, where conditions are favorable, trees of

    considerable size can be found, but as a rule most of the timber is not of

    merchantable dimensions. Unfortunately, large areas have been burned over

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0175                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Churchill River

    during comparatively recent times, and the second growth, while heavy, is

    not of sufficient size to provide either merchantable timber, nor, in ma n y

    cases, even pulpwood.

            References:

            Mackenzie, Alexander. Voyage from Montreal on the River St. Lawrence through

    the continent of North America to the Frozen and

    Pacific Oceans in the years 1789-97; with a preliminary

    account of the use, progress and present state of the fur

    [ ?] trade of the country. 1801.

            Bell, Robert. Geological Survey of Canada; Report of Progress, 1875-76.

            McInnis, William. Geological Survey of Canada; Summary Report, 1908.

            ----. Geological Survey of Canada; Memoir No. 30, 1913.

            Alcock, F. J. Geological Survey of Canada; Summary Report, 1915.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0176                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CLAIRE LAKE

            Claire Lake, in northeastern Alberta, with an area of 545 square miles,

    in post-glacial times, part of Athabaska Lake, but has since been cut off

    by silt brought down by the Athabaska River, and also probably by Peace

    River. Its easternmost point is now 10 miles west of the westernmost point

    of Athabaska Lake, into which it drains. The intervening land is, of course,

    low and contains many small lakes. Claire Lake itself is very shallow and

    its banks on all sides are low and swampy. While its level is no longer

    influenced by the vagaries of Athabaska River, it receives, in addition to

    several smaller ones, three large streams from the west and southwest, each

    of which contributes its share of alluvium to reduce further its inconsider–

    able depth. It lies between latitude 58° 16′ N. and 58° 52′ N., and longi–

    tude 111° 40′ W. and 112° 30′ W.

            Birch River, which flows in from the west, drains an area as far west

    as longitude 114° W., receiving in its course four large creeks, all from

    the south, is building up a considerable delta at its mouth. Steepbank and

    McIvor rivers, both of which enter Claire Lake at its southern end, are

    smaller, but they both carry a considerable volume.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0177                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CLAY BELT

            The Clay Belt of northern Ontario-Quebec, Dominion of Canada, is the

    most extensive unsettled area within the arctic watershed of North America

    capable of supporting a large population. Centered as it is upon the 49th

    parallel of north latitude, it is also the most southerly, since its southern

    edge lies farther south than the northern boundary of such states as Minnesota,

    North Dakota, Montana, and Washington. Yet this region is drained by rivers

    which flow into James Bay, and is definitely part of the arctic drainage

    system.

            The main part of the area known as the Clay Belt extends from slightly

    east of Lake Abitibi, on the east, to near Lake Nipigon, on the west, reaching

    as far south in places as latitude 48° N., and northward beyond latitude

    50° N. The Clay Belt is underlain by the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian

    Shield, but, unlike most other parts of the Shield, rock is only occasionally

    exposed. Above bedrock lies a thick mantle of glacial deposit, which, in the

    southern part, consists chiefly of glacial till, while farther north, the

    covering consists of marine clays.

            The region has a general elevation of about 1,000 feet above sea level,

    rising in the vicinity of Lake Abitibi to about 1,200 feet, with a maximum

    altitude of about 1,400 feet farther west. The higher spots, however, usuaoly

    consist of rocky upshoots through the general overburden. The country slopes

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0178                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    gently northward and eastward toward James Bay, the Clay Belt ending, however,

    along a line from 75 to 150 miles distant from the Bay, where the Pre-Cambrian

    rocks dip steeply beneath overlying Palaeozoic rocks of the Hudson (James) Bay

    lowland. Atk At the point of contact between these two physiographic provinces,

    the elevation is about 300 feet, which slopes gradually to tidewater, continuing

    at about the same gradient as the bottom of James Bay, which is consequently

    very shallow.

            The Clay Belt is the result of lake formation during the post-glacial

    period, when lakes, very extensive in area, formed in front of the retreating

    icesheet, and the immense quantities of glacial detritus, gath r e red by the ice

    in planing down the face of the country, were deposited in the lake bottoms.

    With the final retreat of the ice, the lakes, which occupied no rock-bound

    basins, were drained by the stream-system that eventually developed. Subse–

    quent rising of the land brought the present lowland region above the sea, and

    the Clay Belt to its present elevation.

            Existence of this great potential agricultural region was little more than

    suspected until about the turn of the present century when the Ross Government,

    then in power in Ontario, decided to investigate its possibilities. In 1901,

    ten survey parties were put into the field, consisting of land surveyors,

    soil experts, timber cruisers, and geologists. The results of their explora–

    tions put the Clay Belt on the map, and for a time caused great expectations

    in the way of settlement.

            Shortly afterward, however, the settlement of the western plains began

    in earnest, and intending homesteaders were diverted to that area. The

    prairies seemed to have an average over northern Ontario because no clearing

    was necessary; over large sections of the region, the plough could be put

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0179                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    immediately into the soil and land could be seeded and harvested the first

    season. The Clay Belt of northern Ontario was, for the most part, heavily

    timbered; no market existed for the timber, which, from the standpoint of

    settlement, was considered a liability. On the other hand, railway building

    was at its peak on the prairies, and the homesteader, in the intervals of

    farming, could earn the money that in most cases was needed to eke out the

    income that could be expected from farming.

            The Ontario Government also began to build a railway. In 1902, a line

    was proposed which would run northward from North Bay, on Lake Nipissing,

    on the main line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, and eventually reach James

    Bay. Tidewater on the Bay was eventually reached in 1932, but in the interval

    the emphasis had shifted somewhat from agriculture to mining. The Temiskaming

    and Northern Ontario Railway, now the Ontario North [ ?] and Railway (q.v.), had

    scarcely passed its 100th mile post when rich silver ore was discovered at

    Cobalt, which for the next 30 years was one of the world's greatest silver

    producers.

            The Cobalt discovery encouraged prospectors to explore the country farther

    north, west and east, with the result that in the next few years the great gold

    mines of Porcupine and Kirkland Lake had been discovered. Such settlers as

    had been content to remain on the farm found the mining communities a good

    market for their produce, but the great agricultural communities that had

    been envisaged at the beginning of the century did not materialize.

            While the Ontario Northland Railway was finding profitable traffic in

    supplying the mining regions, and the pulp and paper communities which had

    also been established, another railway was built which runs through the entire

    length of the Clay Belt from east to west. In the early years of the century,

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0180                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    the Government of Canada, then headed by Sir Wilfrid Laurier, decided that

    a second transcontinental line was needed. In consequence of this, an

    agreement was concluded with the Grand Trunk Railway Company, whose lines

    up to that time were confined to eastern Canada (except for some in the

    United States), under which the Government of Canada was to build [ ?] from

    Moncton, New Brunswick, to Quebec City, thence westward through virgin

    territory to Winnipeg, where it would connect with a line which the Grand

    Trunk, by means of a subsidiary, would build a new port that would be

    established on the North Pacific. These railways were built, but, in the

    process, the Grand Trunk Railway became so heavily involved financially that

    the Government of Canada finally acquired all its lines, which now form part

    of the Canadian National Railways System.

            The line between Quebec City and Winnipeg, then known as the National

    Transcontinental, first enters the arctic watershed when it crosse d s the

    height of land at the headwaters of the Nottaway River, in northwestern

    Quebec Province. The line continues slightly north of west from that point

    to Winnipeg, practically all of which is within the arctic watershed. The

    line is the longest railway wholly within the arctic drainage basin in

    North America,

            The line connects with the Ontario Northland Railway at Cochrane,

    Ontario, which, at present, is the center of the principal settlement within

    the Clay Belt proper. Larger settlements exist farther south, on [ ?] southerly

    extensions of the belt, where railway connections have been available for a

    longer period, and where better markets are available. Two communities, in

    particular, farther west than Cochrane, have attained some size. Kapuskasing,

    about 70 miles from Rochrane, has a large pulp and paper mill as well as an

    agricultural experimental station maintained by the Dominion of Canada.

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0181                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    Hearst, 60 miles farther west, is a smaller place, but it is the present

    northern terminus of the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway, whose

    southern terminus is at Sault Ste Marie, Ontario.

            The Clay Belt is drained mainly by the Moose River system of streams,

    and the Harricanaw, which flows for the greater part of its course through

    the northwestern part of the Province of Quebec. The Moose River system

    comprises the French, Little Abitibi, Abitibi, Mattagami, and Missinaibi,

    with their numerous branches, whose waters are discharged into James Bay

    through Mo [ ?] se River (q.v.), whose entire length of 165 miles lies within

    the Hudson (James) Bay lowland, and consequently beyond the northern limits

    of the Clay Belt. The latter contains no large lakes, and such lakes as do

    exist are generally shallow. Its rivers, flowing over the rugged contours

    presented by the underlying Pre-Cambrian rocks, are swift, and broken by

    many rapids and falls. Where they expand into lakes, the latter are usually

    long and narrow, following the general slope of the country.

            Generally speaking, the Clay Belt is heavily timbered. In its southern

    parts, many stands of merchantable timber may be found, but the great bulk

    of its timber is more suited to pulpwood, much of it already being devoted

    to that purpose. At Iroquois Falls, on the Abitibi River, are the large

    mills of the Abitibi Power and Paper Company Limited; while at Kapuskasing

    the mills of the Spruce River Pulp and Paper Company are located. As the

    territory is opened up farther north, especially of transportation is pro–

    vided, other mills will undoubtedly be established at various points.

            Although the territory is, as has been said, underlain by Pre-Cambrian

    rocks, and these are similar to those which, in other places, contain

    valluable mineral occurrences, except for the mines at Porcupine and Kirkland

    Lake, on its southern border, no mines of consequence have yet been located

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0182                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    in Clay Belt territory. This, however, is probably due more to the great

    amount of overburden which covers the bedrock than to any difference in the

    mineral content of the rocks. Undoubtedly, as geophysical and other forms

    of scientific prospecting become more generally used, the rocks that now lie

    below the covering left by the glaciers will give up their secrets as they

    have done elsewhere in the great Canadian Shield.

            As is to be expected in an area which covers such a wide expense of

    territory, the land varies in different localities in its fertility and

    general suitability for agriculture. Samples that have been analyzed by

    the Ontario Government indicate that on the whole the soil is fertile and

    suited to a wide variety of crops. In the southern part of the region, both

    the soil and the climate seem for some reason to be suited to seed production;

    considerable acreages have been sown to clover and an important clover-seed

    industry has already developed. A by-product of clo b v er-growing is bee-culture,

    which has proven to be another field particularly well suited to the Clay Belt.

    While the average production of honey for all Ontario is 75.7 pounds per colony,

    the production in the Clay Belt is 170.3 pounds per colony.

            Since wild berries grow profusely throughout the area, it is perhaps

    natural that cultivated berries should also do well. Strawberries up to

    three and a half inches in diameter have been grown in the area, while other

    berries do proportionately well. Vegetables of all sorts grow very well, and

    the country in the vicinity of Cochrane is particularly well suited to the

    growing of potatoes. At the experimental farm at Kapuskasing, timothy hay

    grows to a height of four feet, and oats, barley, and alfalfa produce heavy

    crops.

            With such a profusion of forage crops, it is but natural that livestock

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0183                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clay Belt

    should thrive, and the portions of the Clay Belt already settled are producing

    many fine herds of dairy and beef cattle. Dairying is another industry which

    seems destined to expand as additional and better facilities are provided.

            The climate is of the continental type, in which hot summers and cold

    winters prevail. At Kirkland Lake, and at other points along its southern

    border, some of the lowest winter temperatures in Canada have been recorded,

    but the real criterion is the amount of sunshine. The Clay Belt has an

    annual average of about 263 days of sunshine, with an average frost-free

    period of 119 days. The Clay Belt can therefore produce as wide a variety

    of crops as most lands in the North Temperate Zone, and, in amount of yield,

    surpass most of them.

            Here is a land which is estimated as capable of providing homes for

    upward of 1,000,000 people. That it may be along time before this objective

    is attained, is perhaps evidenced by the slowness with which settlement has

    been effected during the half-century since the attempt began. Undoubtedly,

    the Clay Belt of northern Ontario-Quebec is the largest area within the

    arctic drainage basin in North America that is capable of such extensive

    settlement.

            References:

            Ross, George W. Getting into Parliament and After . Toronto, William Briggs,

    1913.

            Bell, J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin. Report of

    the Bureau of Mines, 1904. Toronto, The King's Printer,

    1904.

            Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland Ontario . Toronto. the Ryerson Press, 1946.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0184                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CLEARWATER LAKE

            Clearwater Lake, in Ungava District, now known as the New Quebec

    section of the province of Quebec, lies in the angle formed by latitude 56°

    and longitude 75° at an elevation of 750 feet above sea level. Its great–

    est length is 45 miles and its greatest width 20 miles, with an area of

    410 square miles. It is the source of Clearwater River which flows west–

    ward into Hudson Bay. The lake lies in a northwest-southeast direction,

    and is separated into two sections by a rocky point that juts out from its

    northeastern shore, off which are a number of large islands. Its shoreline

    is irregular, cut by many indentations; its surface is broken by innumerable

    islands, most of which are grouped near its center.

            No stream of importance enters the lake, the largest of which is the

    Noonish, flowing into the northeast corner, nevertheless, the voluem of

    water that discharges through the Clearwater River is considerable. The

    lake lies in a region of rounded Laurential hills that rise from 200 to

    500 feet above the water. The highest hills are around the western and

    southern portions of the lake, the land becoming lower and flatter to the

    north and east, especially about the southeastern end, where the country

    is low and swampy.

            Clearwater Lake was explored in 1896 by Dr. A. P. Low of the Geological

    Survey of Canada; but in the interval no further exploration of which any

    record exists has been undertaken. With the possible development of the

    mineral resources in the vicinity of Richmond Gulf, however, this condition may

    soon be changed.

            Reference:

    Department of Mines, Quebec. Extracts from Reports on the District of Ungava

    or New Qu [ ?] bec, 1929.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0185                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CLEARWATER RIVER

            Clearwater River, in Ungava Peninsula, District of New Quebec, in the

    Canadian Province of Quebec, is a large stream despite its short course.

    It rises in Clearwater Lake, about 45 miles long at its greatest length,

    and about 20 miles wide, lying in the angle formed by latitude 56° N. and

    longitude 75° W., at an elevation of 750 feet. Clearwater River issues from

    the northwestern end of the lake by three different outlets, and flows in

    a westerly direction into Richmond Gulf. The three streams combine about

    two or three miles below the lake, continuing as a sluggish stream for two

    miles and breaking over a heavy rapid into a lake about seven miles long

    by about half a mile wide, called Stillwater Lake. Below this, rapids are

    continuous as the stream cuts its way down to the level of Hudson Bay.

            The country between Clearwater Lake and Richmond Gulf consists of a

    plateau about 750 feet above the level of the sea, its surface broken by

    rounded ridges of granitic hills that rise from 100 to 400 feet above the

    general level. Between the ridges, the valleys are filled with long, narrow

    lakes, connected by short stretches of rapids. In its upper reaches, the

    Clearwater, like most other streams in the area, flows almost on the surface,

    but in its final 50 miles it descends by a series of falls to sea level. The

    country is thinly forested, such timber as exists being confined to the

    margins of lakes and the lower portions of the valleys. The greater part

    of the timber consists of black spruce, with a few tamaracks scattered among them.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0186                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clearwater River

            Clearwater River, in its lower reaches, cuts across an area of late

    Pre-Ca l m brian rocks similar to those exposed in the Ungava Depression in

    which valuable mineral occurrences have been discovered. If similar

    values are discovered along the Clearwater, it is possible that the region

    might one day be of considerable economic importance, especially in view

    of the close proximity of almost unlimited potential power owing to the

    fact that all the streams flowing into Richmond Gulf drop over falls of

    varying heights.

            Reference:

    Dept. of Mines, Quebec. Extracts From Reports on the District of Ungava

    or New Quebec . 1929.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0187                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CLINTON-COLDEN LAKE

            Clinton-Colden Lake, in the District of Mackenzie, northwestern

    Canada, is one of the series of lakes comprising the Lockhart River system.

    The Lockhart River rises in Mackay Lake to the west and after flowing

    through a series of connecting lakes passes through Aylmer Lake, which

    empties into Clinton-Colden Lake by means of a short stretch of the river at

    Thanakoie Narrows. The Lockhart emerging from the southeastern extrimity

    of Clinton-Colden Lake, enters Ptarmigan Lake and then Artillery Lake and

    finally reaches Great Slave Lake after a circuitous course of 300 miles,

    entering at its eastern end.

            Clinton-Colden Lake, with an area of 253 square miles, has an elevation

    of 1,226 feet, just four feet lower than that of Aylmer Lake, which it re–

    sembles with respect to the nature of its surrounding country. Rocky ridges

    showing up as hills along its borders ex x t end into the lake as points and

    islands, separating long winding bays. The timber on its shores is small,

    and the great extent of rock outcrop precludes any agricultural possibilities.

    Any future economic importance that the surrounding country may have will

    very likely be in the field of mining, since the country is underlain by

    the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, which in other places have

    proven productive. However, very little prospecting has yet been done in

    the vicinity owing to its relative inaccessibility and the greater appeal

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0188                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Clinton-Colden Lake

    of areas of equal promise nearer to the necessary transportation facilities.

            Clinton-Colden Lake was named and first explored by George (later Sir

    George) Back, who, in 1833-35, headed an expedition searching for the lost

    British explorer, Sir James Ross, who turned up in England a considerable

    length of time before Back himself returned. In 1900, J. W. Tyrrell, on

    an expedition to explore the Thelon River for the Geological Survey of

    Canada, passed up the lake and portaged across the divide from its northeast

    angle.

            References:

            Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the

    Great Fish River, and Along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean

    [ ?] n the Years 1833, 1834 and 1835 ; London, 1836.

            Tyrrell, J. W. Annual Report ; Geological Survey of Canada, 1900.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0189                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    COCHRANE RIVER

            Cochrane River, northeastern Saskatchewan and northwestern Manitoba,

    Dominion of Danada, drains Wollaston Lake, which lies wholly in the Province

    of Saskatchewan, into Reindeer Lake, which lies on the boundary between that

    province and Manitoba. It flows out of the norther n extremity of Wollaston

    Lake, in latitude 58° 30′ N., longitude 103° W., and flows by a circuitous

    course of about 200 miles into Reindeer Lake, which it enters in latitude 57° 55′

    N. and longitude 101° 30′ W. Its whole course thus lies within one degree of

    latitude and but one and a half degrees of longitude. Wollaston Lake bears

    the distinction of dividing its waters between the Mackenzie River watershed,

    by means of the Fond du Lac River, flowing into Athabaska Lake, and the Hudson

    Bay watershed, by way of the Cochrane River, whose waters are drained into

    Churchill River by the Reindeer River, which discharges Reindeer Lake. And

    since both Wollaston and Reindeer Lakes are so near the height of land them–

    selves, Cochrane River, which flows from one to the other, has few branches;

    and consequently its drainage area is practically restricted to its own

    actual valley. On the west, the Fond du Lac drains the bulk of the territory;

    on the north, the headwaters of the Thlewiaza and Kazan rivers approach close

    to its valley; while, on the east, several rivers flowing into Hudson Bay

    restrict it in that direction. Nevertheless, it carries a considerable

    volume of water, most of which comes from Wollaston Lake.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0190                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cochrane River

            It is a typical Canadian Shield river, consisting of lakes and lake-

    extensions joined by short stretches of rapid-filled stream. Leaving

    Wollaston Lake, it flows northward, for ten or twelve miles, in a wide

    channel bounded by rocky shores in which many bays occur. It then swings

    northeastward for 10 miles, still quite wide and lake-like, after which it

    turns eastward through several lake-expansions, between two of which it

    flows over the Big Stone Rapids. Two shore stretches of river and two small

    lakes in this eastward course lead to Charcoal Lake, 16 miles long and about

    two miles wide at its widest, lying in a northeast-southwest direction. From

    the northeastern end of Charcoal Lake, the river continues in the same direction

    directly for 10 miles in which it tumbles over Caribou Rapids with a fall of

    25 feet. Another small lake-expansion occurs just as the river crosses the

    102nd parallel of west longitude, which constitutes the boundary between the

    provinces of Saskatchewan and Manitoba. Continuing a northeasterly course for

    12 miles, in which two rapids occur with descents of six and three feet, res–

    pectively, Cochrane River reaches its northernmost point in latitude 59° 07′

    N., and then turns abruptly southward through a number of lakeexpansions and

    and a rapid with a drop of seven feet, Shortly after rec or ro ssing the 59th

    parallel, it swings g t o the southwestward for five miles, and then after

    going over a rapid with a four-foot drop, tur s n s sharply to the east, expanding

    again into a winding, lake-like stretch, continuing thus for five miles into

    a small pear-shaped lake. From the southern end of this lake, Cochrane River

    flows southwestward for four miles and then enters the northwestern angle

    of a lake, five miles long, lying in a northwest-southwest direction. This

    lake spills almost directly into Misty Lake over a rapid with a drop of

    five feet. Misty Lake, seven miles at its greatest length by about five

    miles wide, contains several large islands and its shores are indented

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0191                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cochrane River

    by a number of long arms and bays. Flowing out of the southern side of

    Misty Lake, the river runs southwestward for two and a half miles in a com–

    paratively narrow channel in the course of which it flows over White Spruce

    Rapids, with a fall of six feet. Making a sharp turn to the northeastward,

    it flows in this direction between wide banks, and then again turns south–

    westward to enter a narrow lake 10 miles in length, lying northeast and

    southwest, which does not seem to have a name. Flowing out of the southeastern

    side of this lake, the river proceeds southward with many twists and turns

    for five miles to Lac Brochet, 15 miles long by about five miles at its width

    widest. This lake lies in a northwest-southeast direction, and is heavily

    indented, especially on its northeastern shore, and contains a number of

    islands. Leaving Lac Brochet at its southeastern extremity, the river is

    tortuous, running over three rapids within a short distance, the third of which

    has a fall of 17 feet. It than flows in a generally easterly direction through

    a series of lake-expansions; and, shortly after going over Chipewyan Falls,

    with a drop of six feet, it turns southeastward to enter a narrow, indented

    lake, 15 miles long, lying approximately north and south. After leaving

    this lake, the river flows slightly west of south for 12 miles in a compara–

    tively narrow channel and then enters two parallel lake-expansions, each about

    five miles in length, joined together at their northernmost ends, between which

    a rapid occurs with a fall of four feet. Below the second of these expansions,

    the river flows through a continuous series of expansions, holding a generally

    southwesterly course, broken, however, by only one four-foot rapid until, in

    the final 10 miles, it narrows and rushes between rock-bound walls with a

    drop of 40 feet. Wollaston Lake has an altitude of 1,300 feet and Reindeer

    Lake is at 1,150 feet above sea level, the river thus having a total drop of

    150 feet.



    004      |      Vol_XIII-0192                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cochrane River

            Cochrane River was first explored by A. B. Cochrane, of the Geological

    Survey of Canada, who ascended it in 1881 from Reindeer Lake to its source

    in Wollaston Lake. Formerly called Ice River, its present name was suggested

    by Cochrane's colleague, Dr. J. B. Tyrrell, and has since been adopted.

    Cochrane's report was not published, but most of the details on available

    maps are derived from his notes.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0193                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (Herma Briffault)


    FORT CONFIDENCE

            Fort Confidence, 66° 54′ N., 118° 49′ W., at the northeast end of

    Great Bear Lake, immediately west of the outlet of Dease River. In ruins

    at the present time, only gall chimneys stand, like monoliths, where once

    were a group of log houses that served as wintering quarters in 1837 and

    1838 for Thomas Simpson and Peter Warren Dease, who named the place and

    set up the first buildings when commanding the Hudson's Bay Company expe–

    dition sent out to survey arctic coastlines westward from Franklin's

    farthest west and eastward from his farthest east. A large island fronting

    it (Fishing Island) shelters the locality from winds, as do the trees of

    the region. It is one of the few well-wooded spots on the northern shores

    of Great Bear Lake. Over a long period of years, it was a strategic point

    from which to explore the Dease River so that suitable portages for crossing

    to the Coppermine could be laid out. Fort Confidence provided wintering

    quarters for several Franilin search expeditions. Altogether, the site

    is important in the history of the exploration of northern Canada.

            The first constructions, described by Simpson, formed three sides of

    a quadrangle, of which the main building was 40 feet long by 1 e 1 wide, com–

    prising a central hall flanked by two bedrooms. Besides this there was the

    "men's house," a structure 30 feet long and 18 feet wide; a "store," a kitchen,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0194                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geogr. Briffault: Canada - Fort Confidence

    and "an observatory," the latter two buildings being erected in 1838. No

    nails were used in the buildings, skillful dove-tailing being relied upon

    to give them both neatness and durability. The original buildings were

    subsequently destroyed by fire and were rebuilt by John Bell and Sir John

    R o i chardson in 1848, when wintering on the Franklin search expedition of

    1847-49. "All the houses erected by Dease and Simpson had been burnt

    down," writes Richardson, "except part of the men's building. Mr. Bell reached

    the site on the 17th August and immediately set to work." He constructed

    a storehouse, two men's houses, a house for the officers. Richardson has

    some particular remarks to make on the chimneys: "In the log houses, which

    are commonly erected in this country, the chimneys are massive affairs of

    tempered clay and boulder stones, and require to be leisurely constructed."

    Hence their durability. Dr. John Rae, of the same expedition, wintered

    at Fort Confidence in 1849-50. The buildings were still standing in 1899,

    when Dr. Robert Bell's expedition reached the site in July of that year,

    they were surprised, J. Macintosh Bell relates, "to find the log houses of

    the fort still in good condition, although nearly half a century had

    elapsed since their occupation." When David Hanbury reached the place in

    August, 1902, the buildings were again in ruins, having been burnt a second

    time. The walls and roofs were standing, however, and portions of the

    buildings were capable of being made habitable. When Stefensson reached

    the mouth of the Dease River in the autumn of 1910 (on his expedtion of

    1908-12), nothing remained but the tall chimne [ ?] s. In striking contrast

    to this scene of desolation were the neat stacks of firewood, left by

    Richardson's men and looking as if cut but the previous year, an illustration,

    as he remarks, of the slowness of decay in far northern latitudes. George

    Douglas, in the late autumn of 1911, pitched his tent one night on the old

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0195                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Briffault: Canada - Fort Confidence

    site, among the ruins.

            C. D. Melvill and John Hornby built their house in 1910 on Bear Lake

    itself, a half mile east of the site of Fort Confidence. The house of

    another famous frontiersman, John Hodgson, also built in 1910, is on the

    east bank of the Dease River, not far away.

            References:

            Baird, P. D. "Expeditions to the Arctic," The Beaver , Winnipeg, The

    Hudson's Bay Company, June-September, 1949.

            Bell, J. Macintosh. Report on the Topography and Geology of Great Bear

    Lake and of a Chain of Lakes and Streams thence to Great

    Slave Lake. Geological Survey of Canada, Part C, Annual

    Report, vol. xii. Ottawa, 1901.

            Douglas, George M. Lands Forlorn, a Story of an Expedition to Hearne's

    Coppermine River , New York, G. P. Putnam's, 1914.

            Great Britain, House of Lords, Sessional Papers, Arctic Papers, vol. v, 1852.

    Contains letters from Dr. John Rae to (1) the Secretary of

    g t he Admiralty and (2) Sir George Simpson, dated Nov. 14, 1850

    and April 15, 1851, from Fort Confidence.

            Greely, A.W. A Handbook of Arctic Discoveries , Boston, Roberts Brothers, 1895.

            Hanbury, David T. Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada , London, Edw.

    Arnold, 1904.

            Richardson, Sir John. Arctic Searching Expedition (etc), London, Longman,

    Brown, Green, 1851.

            Simpson, Thomas. Narrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast of America ;

    Effected by the Officers of the Hudson's Bay Company during

    the Years 1838-39 . London, Richard Bentley, 1843.

            Stefansson, Vilhjalmur. My Life with the Eskimo , New York, Macmillan Co. 1913.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0196                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CORONATION GULF

            Coronation Gulf, Mackenzie District, northern coast of Canada, is one

    of the largest indentations on the coast. It lies in an east-northeast

    direction, and is about 100 miles in length and about 55 miles wide, bounded

    on the north by the south coast of Victoria Island. It is entered from the

    west by way of Dolphin and Union Strait, which at the point of entrance is

    about 25 miles wide. Cape Krustenstern, in latitude 68° 28′, longitude

    116° 05′ W., is the eastern extremety of a hooked, rocky promontory rising

    about 100 feet above the water. From Cape Krus [ ?] nstern, the coast forming

    the northern part of the western end of Coronation Gulf runs southward for

    about 13 miles to Locker Point, which is low at the water's edge but is

    overlooked by a high bluff called Kikigarnak some distance back from the

    shore. At Locker Point, the coast turns abruptly westward and continues

    in that general direction for about 18 miles to the entrance to Basil Bay,

    about four miles wide at its mouth, which extends west-northward for about

    eight miles, tapering gradually to a point. The shores of this bay are low,

    with sandy beaches, rising gradually to low hills, which toward the head

    of the bay are covered with grass.

            Cape Hearne, a low shingly promontory, marks the southern entrance to

    Basil Bay. Here, as at Locker Point, the cliffs lie some distance back from

    the shore, rising at their highest to about 200 feet above the intervening

    land. Between Cape Hearne and Cape Kenall, about 14 miles southwestward, a

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0197                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    triangular bay extends back from the line of the coast for about 10 miles

    in a west-northwesterly direction. The shores of this bay are generally

    low and grassy, with cliffs standing at some distance inland to the north.

    Cape Kendall, standing out boldly, about 200 feet above the water, marks the

    northern portal of Richardson Bay, which forms the southwestern extremity

    of Coronation Gulf. Its entrance, from Cape Kendall to Mackenzie Point,

    on the south shore of Coronation Gulf, is about seven miles across, and it

    extends about the same distance southwestward, receiving at its apex the Rae

    River, flowing in from the west. Richardson River, a smaller stream, flows

    into Richardson Bay on its south side. A mile east of Mackenzie Point,

    another, shorter, projection occurs, eastward of which, for four miles, the

    south shore of Coronation Gulf is low and sandy, rising to a gravelly clay

    bank about 100 feet high as the Coppermine River enters in latitude 67° 48′ N.,

    longitude, 115° 30′ W. The river, at its mouth, is about a mole wide; and

    on its southern side it has built up a sandspit which projects from a low,

    gravelly plain [ ?] lying at the foot of clay hills. The river, which rises

    about 500 miles to the southeastward, follows a course slightly east of north

    in its final stretch. The settlement of Coppermine (q.v.) stands on a ridge

    on the western side of the river, and is the most important community east

    of the mouth of the Mackenzie River.

            Eastward from the mouth of the Coppermine River, the coast of Coronation

    Gulf runs irregularly in an easterly direction with a slight bow to the

    southward; the shore is low, with sandy or gravelly beaches. Farther east,

    the coast becomes bolder, with bare, rocky cliffs, swinging to the east–

    northeast. Several rocky points project into the sea in this stre [ c ?] t ch, which

    is also broken by the mouths of several small rivers. Tree River, the largest

    of these, enters a narrow inlet called Port Epworth, extending five miles

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0198                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    southward. The shores of Coronation Gulf and the shores of this inlet are

    from 400 to 500 feet in height, and on the eastern side of Port Epworth a

    granite mountain rises to a height of about 1,000 feet. Beyond Fort Epworth,

    the shore swings more to the northeastward and is roughly indented. Eighteen

    miles northeast of Port Epworth, a rocky promontory extends in the general

    direction of the coast, off the end of which is a large island called Hepburn

    Island. Grays Bay lies in the angle formed by the promontory, and is further

    protected by Hepburn Island. From the bottom of Grays Bay, the coast, still

    high and rocky, trends in a northeasterly direction to Cape Barrow, in

    latitude 68° 04′ N., longitude, 110° 54′ W.

            Continuing the line of the coast northeastward for 40 miles across an

    island-filled indentation, Cape Flinders, the [ ?] southwestern point of

    Kent Peninsula, is reached, marking the eastern extent of Coronation Gulf.

    But extending southward from the line between Cape Barrow and Flinders is a

    stretch of water about 40 miles wide and the same distance north and south.

    This expanse of water forms the entrance to Bathurst Inlet, extending south–

    ward for about 85 miles, as w e ll as the entrance to Melville Sound, extending

    in a northeasterly direction. It is indented on all sides, and might reason–

    ably be considered part of Bathurst Inlet into which it leads. Since, how–

    ever, it is generally considered as part of Cornation Gulf, it is described

    here as such.

            Cape Barrow is the northern extremity of a bold headland consisting of

    pink and grey granite, rising to a height of 340 feet, connected to the

    mainland by a low neck of land a mile or less in width. From Cape Barrow,

    the general trend of the shore forming the western side of this broad indenta–

    tion is southeasterly for about 40 miles, terminating in Kater Point. In this

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0199                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    distance two indentations occur, Detention Bay, about seven miles south of

    Cape Barrow, and Daniel Moore Bay, about eight miles farther to the south–

    east. The latter is about six miles wide at its mouth and about the same

    distance to its bottom. Kater Point is a high, bold headland, which con–

    stitutes the northeastern extremity of a rounded promontory forming the

    western side of Arctic Sound. The latter extends southward for about 15

    miles, the final three of which constitute Baillie Bay, at the entrance to

    which Hood River flows in from the southwest. At the entrance to Arctic

    Sound, and for about seven or eight miles southward, the banks are high and

    rugged, after which they fall away, and the country becomes low and covered

    with grass. The eastern side of Arctic Sound is formed by a long, narrow

    promontory, extending in a north-and-south direction, terminating in Wollaston

    Point, which is generally taken to be the northwestern portal of Bathurst

    Inlet.

            A line from Wollaston Point east-northeasterly to Everitt Point, a

    distance of 17 miles, marks the northern limit of Bathurst Inlet. Following,

    now, the eastern side of the indentation connecting Bathurst Inlet with

    Coronation Gulf proper, a shallow bay occurs between Everitt Point and

    Cape Croker, about six miles to the northward, across the mouth of which

    three islands form a chain. Cape Croker, which is on an island off the

    coast, is the southwestern portal of Melville Sound, which extends north–

    eastward for about 30 miles, where it connects by a narrow passage with

    Elu Inlet, which continues in the same general direction for a further

    40 miles, almost severing Kent Peninsula from the mainland. Opposite Cape

    Cro [ ?] er, and forming the northern portal of Melville Sound, are a group of

    islands which enclose Parry Bay on their north side. The western end of

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0200                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    Kent Peninsula extends northward of this group of islands and is cut by

    two deep, narrow indentations, the western shore of the second of which is

    formed by the promontory terminating in Cape Flinders. A line northward

    from Cape Flinders, across the mouth of Dease Strait to the south shore of

    Victoria Island, is generally considered to mark the eastern end of Corona–

    tion Gulf.

            Conration Coronation Gulf, more perhaps than any other stretch of the Canadian

    arctic coast, is filled with islands of all sizes and shapes. A short

    distance off its western shore, just south of the entrance to Dolphin and

    Union Strait, the Duke of York Archipelago consists of a cluster of relatively

    small islands. As is the case with most of the principal islands and other

    geographic features of Coronation Gulf, itself named in honor of the coronation

    of King George IV of England, they were named by Sir John Franklin. The

    Lawford Islands lie off the southern shore of the Gulf, between the mouth

    of Coppermine River and Port Epworth. Hepburn Island, which helps to shield Grays

    Bay, remains a monument to John Hepburn, the seaman from Orkneys to whom the

    Franklin party owed so much. The section between Coronation Gulf proper

    and the entrance to Bathurst Inlet is particularly filled with islands. The

    Wilmot Islands are situated on the line between Cape Barrow and Cape Flinders,

    consisting of a large island and a cluster of smaller ones. Southwestward

    of this group lie the Chapman Islands, similar in characteristics to the

    Wilmot group; and southeast of these lie the Lewes Islands, containing the

    largest island of any in the three groups. Richardson Islands comprise a

    group, of which one is about eight miles in length by about five miles wide.

    These lie close to the Victoria Island shore, just west of a line running

    north from Cape Barrow. Murray Island, about three miles in length by about

    two miles wide, lies a mile or so west of the western end of the largest

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0201                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    Richardson island. It stands out boldly, its southward-facing escarpment

    rising about 500 feet above the water.

            The most important river flowing into Coronation Gulf is, of course,

    the Ccoppermine (q.v.). About 12 miles west of Tree River, the Sallik River

    enters; and between the Sallik and Coppermine two other fairly large rivers

    flow in, the Kugaryuak and the Asiak. In the short stretch between Grays

    Bay and Cape Barrow three streams enter, none of which is of any considerable

    size, but Hood River, which flows into the bottom of Arctic Sound, is a fairly

    large stream.

            The timber line does not approach the coast anywhere along the shore

    of Coronation Gulf nearer than about 40 miles, except for isolated clumps of

    trees, and then only in the valleys of the streams. The land, however,

    except where the rock is exposed, is well covered with grass and lichens,

    and formerly provided pasturage for large herds of caribou and smaller numbers

    of musk oxen. Coppermine River, from the coast as far upstream as Bloody Fall,

    contains plentiful supplies of salmon, trout, and whitefish, which are dried

    by the Eskimos and sold to the Hudson's Bay Company for use at other less–

    favored posts. The region is also well stocked with furs, and the natives

    there are much better off than many others along the coast.

            Coronation Gulf was first explored by Captain (later Sir) John Franklin,

    whose party descended the Coppermine River in 1821 from their base at Fort

    Enterprise, northeast of Great Slave Lake, and then proceeded eastward in

    boats along the coast as far as Point Turnagain, on the northwestern shore

    of Kent Peninsula. On the return journey, the party ascended Hood River for

    some distance and then marched overland to Fort Enterprise, but were reduced

    to starvation before the survivors reached the post, only to find expected

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0202                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Coronation Gulf

    stores of food had not been provided. John Richardson, of the second Franklin

    expedition, explored the western shore of Coronation Gulf as far east as the

    Coppermine River. Thomas Simpson and Peter Warren Dease, conducting explora–

    tion on behalf of the Hudson's Bay Company in 1838 and 1839, traversed its

    eastern and southern shores. Stefansson, journeying eastward along the coast

    from his winter camp on the Horton River, traversed the [ ?] western end of

    the gulf as far east as the mouth of Coppermine River, which he ascended.

    The following year, he descended the river and followed the shore westward to

    Dolphin and Union Strait, crossing thence to Victoria Island. And in 1914-16,

    much of the south shore of the gulf was surveyed by members of the Stefansson

    Arctic Expedition 1913-18.

            References:

            [ ?] Franklin, John. Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in

    the years 1819-20-21-22. London, 1823.

            Franklin, John and Richardson, John. Narrative of a Second Expedition to the

    Shores of the Polar Sea in the years 1825, 1826 and 1827 .

    London, 1828.

            Simpson, Thomas. Narrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast of America

    during the years 1836-39 . London, 1843.

            Stefaneson, V. My Life With the Eskimo . New York, 1913.

            O'Neill, J. J. The Geology of the Arctic Coast of Canada, West of the

    Kent Peninsula . Report, Canadian Arctic Expedition,

    1913-1918, Vol. II.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0203                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CREE LAKE

            Cree Lake, in northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, lies in a

    northeast-southwest direction between latitude 57° 13′ N. and 57° 43′ N.,

    longitude 106° 01′ W. and 107° 13′ W., at an altitude of 1,570 feet above

    sea level, with an area of 350 square miles. It lies just north of the

    height of land separating the watershed of the Churchill River from that

    of the Mackenzie River, and is drained by the river of the same name north–

    ward into Black Lake, thence into Lake Athabaska by Fond du Lac River, and

    ultimately reaches the Arctic Ocean Sea by way of the Mackenzie River. Its

    shores are composed chiefly of Athabaska sandstone, which also composes many

    of the numerous islands with which its expanse is dotted. Its shores are

    heavily indented with the long, irregular inlets, divided by rocky points,

    that are characteristic of lakes in that region.

            The southwestern extremity of Cree Lake consists of two irregular bays,

    separated by a promontory. Similar bays and promontories line the shores,

    east and west and along the northern shore. Back from the shores, to the

    south and east, the country consists of sandy plains, wooded with small

    Banksian pine. Farther north, the country consists of gently rounded

    hills wooded with small pine, where an occasional sandy escarpment stands

    out. The hills and projecting points consist generally of gneiss, but these

    protrude through the overlying Athabaska sandstone. Cree Lake, like many others

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0204                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cree Lake

    in the same line running northwestward from Lake of the Woods, on the south,

    to Great Bear Lake, on the north, marks the contact between the comparatively

    unaltered Palaeozoic and the highly altered Pre-Cambrian rocks.

            This lake, after the ice sheet had receded, stood at a much higher

    altitude, and was also much larger, as is shown by raised beaches to be seen

    at various places along its shores. The islands with which it is studded,

    except those of sandstone or gneiss, consist mainly of unassorted glacial debris,

    and lie in the same direction as the main axis of the lake. They are more or

    less oval in shape, rounding up from each end toward the middle, which is their

    highest part. The materials of which they are composed seem t o have been

    deposited by glacial streams discharging into crevasses in the ice, which thus

    became filled with unassorted sand and gravel that was left in the shapes now

    seen when the ice melted away from their sides. For these deposits, not quite

    the same in form or composition as eskers, which are also found in many places

    where glacial drift has accumulated, Dr. J. B. Tyrrell has suggested the

    Indian tern ispatinow . The largest island in Cree Lake, of this type, is

    called Ispatinow Island.

            Cree Lake was first explored in 1892 by J. B. Tyrrell, of the Geological

    Survey of Canada, when he ascended the Mudjatik River from Churchill River,

    crossed the divide to a stream flowing northward into Cree Lake and then,

    after traversing the west shore of the lake, descended Cree River to Black

    Lake and the Fond du Lac River, g thence to Lake Athabaska.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River. Geological Survey of Canada; Annual Report, Vol.VIII.

    1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0205                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    CREE RIVER

            Cree River, northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, drains the lake

    of the same name into Black Lake, and is this part of the Mackenzie River

    draindge system. It rises in about latitude 57° 42′ N., and leaves the lake

    as a broad, shallow stream flowing over a bed of broken sandstone fragments

    with a current of from six to eight miles an hour. Six miles below Cree Lake,

    the river drops from 30 to 40 feet in a distance of two miles over what is

    called the Hawk Rapids, and half a mile farther down rushes swiftly between

    walls of sandstone 10 feet in height. The country through which it runs con–

    sists of low hills covered with boulders and thinly wooded with Banksian pine.

    For several miles beyond the swift water last mentioned, the river alternately

    expands into wide bits of quiet water and rushes down stony rapids. Following

    this, it enters a region of morainic hills composed of boulders which rise in

    places to about 100 feet in height, after which a further stretch of sandy

    country occurs. This type of river continues for 20 miles — heavy rapids

    where the stream runs very swiftly, then gradually expanding and running over

    a wide bed of gravel and boulders. At no point does it flow through a

    definitely marked valley, which indicates, of course, the recent nature of

    the channel, and the shortness of time, from a geological standpoint, since

    the recession of the ice sheet. This shortness of time is accentuated by the

    fact that streams in this latitude are frozen for the greater part of the year

    and consequently only during the summer time is much erosive action possible.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0206                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cree River

    As the Cree River crosses the 58th parallel, Little Cree River flows in from

    the southwest. A few miles below the mouth of Little Cree River, the main

    stream flows for three-quarters of a mile over a heavy rapid, with another

    nine miles farther down stream. The country here consists of stony hills.

    Following this, the river holds a relatively straight course in a north-

    northeasterly direction, between low, marshy banks in a valley a third of

    a mile wide and 40 feet deep. Rapid River now flows in from the east, and

    four and a half miles below, a series of heavy rapids begins, each separated

    from the next by stretches of quiet water. This series is ended by a rapid

    three miles in length in which the drop is 40 feet. The valley here lies

    between hills of boulders rising from 100 to 150 feet on each side, and the

    bed of the river consists of boulders that have fallen into it from both

    sides. Deep and narrow in its upper part, the rapid spreads near its lower

    end over a wide, shallow, boulder-strewn flood-plain. For four and a half

    miles the river continues wide with low banks, after which a series of rapids

    begins, lasting for four miles to the mouth of the Bad-water River. From the

    mouth of Bad-water River, Cree River flows northward for three miles through

    undulating Trout River and then flows over the last rapid in its course.

            Below the mouth of Trout River, the Cree flows slightly east of north

    for 16 miles to the mouth of Sandy River. Beyond the mouth of the latter,

    Cree River turns sharply to the west and, flowing five miles in that direction,

    enters Wapata Lake, about three miles across, out of which it flows through a

    short lake-expansion before entering the long, narrow southwestern end of

    Black Lake. Cree River is 108 miles long, and in the distance between Cree

    and Black lakes falls 541 feet.

            Cree River was first explored in 1892 by J. B. Tyrrell of the Geological

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0207                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Cree River

    Survey of Canada, who descended it from its source to its mouth as part of

    a reconnaissance survey conducted by him in association with D. B. Dowling

    between Athabaska Lake and Churchill River. While it provides a link in a

    canoe route from Churchill River to Athabaska waters, its difficulties are

    such that few will be tempted to go that way, and consequently, unless

    valuable minerals are some day found along its course, it is likely to

    continue as unfrequented as in the past.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and

    Churchill River. Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII. 1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0208                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography - Canada

    DAWSON

            Dawson, administrative centre of Yukon Territory, is situated on the

    east bank of the Yukon River, north of its confluence with the Klondike

    River. It is named after Dr. G. M. Dawson, a geologist who explored the

    region in 1887. Dawson is a base of supply and distributing point for

    the Klondike gold-fields, and has a population of about 800. In addition

    to the Dominion Government administrative buildings, Dawson contains a

    Royal Canadian Mounted Police detachment, two banks, a telegraph office,

    a Government radio station (Department of National Defence), a weather

    station, a post office, public and separate schools, a public library, a

    hospital, Church of Kngland and Roman Catholic churches, a motion picture

    theatre, stores, hotels, and substantial private residences. The town has

    electric light, telephone, and water services. A system of roads radiates

    from Dawson to the placer mining areas of the Klondike [ ?] istrict where

    large gold dredges operating in the creeks and valleys are of great interest

    to tourists. A ferry provides a means of crossing the Yukon River to West

    Dawson, and a truck and tractor road extends westward to the Alaskan

    boundary and beyond the dredge camps situated on upper Fortymile River in

    Alaska. A landing field for aircraft is located in Klondike River Valley,

    12 miles from Dawson.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0209                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    DEASE LAKE

            Dease Lake, in Northern British Columbia, slightly more than twenty-

    four miles long and averaging less than a mile wide, lies almost due north

    and south just west of the 130th [ ?] meridian, between the 58th and 59th

    degree of north latitude. Its altitude of 2,660 feet above sea level, is

    only about 100 feet lower than the height of the divide, two miles to the

    south of its upper extremity, which separates the Pacific and Arctic

    watersheds. Dease Lake, on the arctic side of the divide, drains north–

    ward by way of Dease and Liard rivers into the Mackenzie River.

            The lake was discovered in 1834 by John McLeod, Chief Trader of the

    Hudson's Bay Company, who had been stationed at Fort Halkett, on the Liard

    River. In that year he traveled up Dease River and Lake on his way to the

    Stikine River to establish a post for his company. He named both river and

    lake after Peter Warren Dease, a fellow-officer of the Hudson's Bay Company.

    Owing to the intransigence of Russian traders at the mouth of the Stikine,

    who prevented the Hudson's Bay Company's ship, Dryad, from entering the

    river, no post was established in the area at the time, and McLeod returned

    to Fort Halkett.

            In 1838, another Hudson's Bay officer, Robert Campbell, attempted to

    establish a post on Dease Lake, and in the spring of that year succeeded in

    doing so. During the following winter, however, his party had a very difficult

    time. "We were dependent for subsistence on what animals we could catch," he

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0210                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: LeBourdais: Canada - Dease Lake

    wrote later, "and, failing that, on ' tripe de roche '. We were at one time

    reduced to such dire straits that we were obliged to eat our parchment windows,

    and our last meal before abandoning Dease Lake, on 8th May, 1839, consisted

    of the lacing of our snowshoes." The post was not reopened.

            Dease Lake was next discovered by gold miners, when Henri Thibert, a

    French-Canadian and his partner, a Scotsman named McCulloch, prospecting up

    the Liard and Dease rivers, reached Dease Lake in 1872; and hearing that

    miners were working on the Stikine to the southwest, continued on to those

    diggings to try their fortune. They found the best ground already taken,

    and the following spring were on their way back to the Liard when they dis–

    covered gold on a creek near the lower end of the lake, which they called

    Thibert's Creek. They remained to work the ground and were later joined by

    others who crossed from the Stikine.

            During that summer gold was also discovered on Dease Creek, which runs

    into the west side of the lake about sixteen miles from its head. The gold

    was coarse and claims were worked for about six miles above its mouth, with

    one or two good claims farther up. Like most placer diggings, however, the

    paystreak was quickly worked out; what may be called the life of the camp

    extended over a period of about twelve to fourteen years.

            Laketon, at the mouth of Dease Creek, was the principal settlement, and

    during the height of the boom was a busy spot. For many years it has now been

    a [ ?] host town, like most others that owe their existence to the vagaries of

    placer gold mining.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0211                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    DEASE RIVER

            Dease River, in Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, drains the

    territory northeast of Great Bear Lake, between that lake and the Copper–

    mine River drainage basin, and should not be confused with another river

    of the same name, tributary of the Liard River in northern British Columbia.

    It forms part of a difficult canoe route by way of Dismal Lake to the Copper–

    mine River and thence to the arctic coast at Coronation Gulf.

            The branch of the Dease bearing that name on the map, rises in Lake

    Rouvier, which is about five miles long and lies near the watershed between

    the Dease and Coppermine drainage areas, in approximately latitude 67° 10′,

    longitude 117° 30′ W., and flows westward to its junction with the branch

    called the Sandy River, coming in from almost due north. Above the junction,

    neither branch is really navigable, although the Sandy is considered to be

    the canoe route referred to above. Following the junction, the Dease flows

    southwestward, and is about 20 yards wide, with a sluggish current, flowing

    between moderately high, steeply sloping and occasional cut banks. In one

    place, the river has cut its way through a bed of rock, where a considerable

    rapid occurs. Twenty miles below the junction of the Sandy and the Dease,

    and about the same distance above the river's outlet, the East branch comes

    in. This river was renamed the Stefansson by George M. Douglas because

    Stefansson had his winter camp there in 1910-11, but the change of name has

    not yet appeared on the maps. Below the junction with the East River, the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0212                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dease River

    Dease is a broad, shallow stream, averaging about 130 yards wide, contracting

    occasionally, however, to as narrow a stream as 10 or 15 yards. Its current

    is intermittent, flowing in places swiftly over shallow rapids, succeeded by

    deeper stretches where the current is almost sluggish.

            The Dease has figured in a number of famous expeditions and its historic

    interest is out of proportion to its size, length, or any commercial value

    that has so far been disclosed. It comes first into history in 1826, when

    Dr. John Richardson, of the Franklin Expedition, having gone down the Mackenzie

    River to the Arctic Sea, thence eastward to Coronation Gulf and up the Copper–

    mine and Kendall rivers to the source of the latter in Dismal Lake, portaged

    across to the head of the Dease (Sandy River) and descended it to Great Bear Lake,

    proceeding to Fort Franklin at the western end of the lake.

            The next expedition to use the river was that of Peter Warren Dease

    (for whom it was named) and Thomas Simpson, officers of the Hudson's Bay

    Company, when the latter in 1838, from their winter quarters, Fort Confidence,

    at the [ ?] eastern end of Great Bear Lake, ascended the Dease to the head of

    Sandy River and crossed to Dismal Lake, which received its name from him, and

    then descended the Kendall and Coppermine rivers, proceeding eastward along

    the arctic coast. Returning in the fall, he retraced his steps down the Dease,

    and in the following year again made a trip up and down the river.

            During the Franklin search, Dr. John Richardson and Dr. John Rae,

    together in 1848, ascended the Cop p ermine and reached Great Bear Lake by way

    of the Dease. In the second year of the same expedition, after Richardson's

    departure, Rae again followed the Dease route. It is not known that the

    Dease was again used from the close of the Franklin Search until 1900, when

    Dr. J. Mackintosh Bell of the Geological Survey of Canada, accompanied by

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0213                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dease River

    Charles Camsell, ascended it to a point from which Lake Bouvier was visible.

    In 1902, David Hanbury came by canoe up the Coppermine and Kendall to the

    west end of Dismal Lake and crossed south to the Dease and thence to Great

    Bear Lake.

            In 1910, the Stefansson party left their sledges near the mouth of the

    Coppermine. They traveled inland, back-packing themselves and their dogs,

    and spent the summer hunting along the Kendall River, Dismal Lake, and the

    headwaters of the Dease, especially about the head of the east branch. That

    autumn, with one Eskimo companion, Stefansson followed the Dease afoot to its

    mouth. He traveled up and down it several times during the winter, for the

    party had their winter quarters near the tree line on the east branch.

            In the autumn of 1910, Joseph Hodgson, a retired Hudson's Bay Company

    trader, built a cabin a short distance up the Dease at what is now known as

    Hodgson Point. He and his family hunted along the Dease that year. And a

    few weeks later (in the autumn of 1910), the English explorers, C. D.

    Melville and John Hornby, built a cabin just east of the site of Fort Confi–

    dence. The autumn of 1911, George M. Douglas and party arrived at the mouth

    of the Dease which they ascended the following year on their way to the

    Coppermine, returning later by the same route, an account of which has been

    written by Douglas.

            References:

            Richardson, John. Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Shores of the Polar

    Sea in the Years 1825, 1826 and 1827 , etc.: London, 1828.

            Stefansson, V. My Life With the Eskimo . New York, 1913.

            Douglas, G. M. Lands Forlorn . New York, 1914.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0214                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    DEASE RIVER

            Dease River, in Northern British Columbia, which drains the lake of

    the same name into the Liar [ ?] , is about 180 miles in length, but, according

    to Dr. George M. Dawson of the Geological Survey of Canada, who surveyed it

    in 1887, "measured in straight lengths of one mile it is one hundred and

    twenty-seven miles." Its general course is N.N.E. Dease River was named

    in 1834 by John McLeod, Chief Trader of the Hudson's Bay Company, after

    Peter Warren Dease, a fellow-officer of the Company.

            The river, after leaving the lake, has an estimated width of from 100

    to 150 feet and a depth of no more than three feet. It twists and turns,

    meandering about a wide, flat valley. About eight miles down stream, the

    river narrows and runs between high mountains on each side, rising from

    1,000 to 5,000 feet. A few miles farther, it expands into a small lake,

    followed within a few miles by three other similar expansions. These lakes

    are from a mile to two miles in length, and impose a limitation upon the

    navigability of the river because the ice usually remains in them for a

    considerable time after it has gone out of the river, and it also forms

    earlier in the fall.

            Dease River is fed by many tributaries and rapidly increases in size.

    The first t ri ir butary of consequence, going down [ ?] tream, is the Cottonwood.

    It comes in from the northwest and occupies a wide valley bordered by high

    mountains. Cottonwood Rapids are passed a short distance below the mouth

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0215                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dease River

    of the Cottonwood, [ ?] but offer no serious impediment to navigation

    for experienced canoemen.

            The next important tributary is McDame Creek, coming in from the

    northwest. At its mouth is Sylvester Landing, for many years the site of

    a trading post, originally establish ing ed by R. Sylvester. Gold was dis–

    covered on McDame Creek in 1874, and Sylvester's was the base of supply

    for miners working on that and other nearby creeks.

            Rapid River comes in from the east, just before the Dease, previously

    following a northeast course, makes a sharp swing to the north, which it

    continues for about thirty miles. Here the valley is much wider, the mountains

    recede and are markedly lower. Lateral valleys here, in the leo of the high

    mountains through which the river has just passed, get relatively little pre–

    cipitation, and prospectors and others make a practice of wintering their

    horses in them, owing to the scantiness of the snowfall. The vegetation is

    distinctly that of the "dry belt" and bundhgrass predominates.

            French Creek comes in from the southwest, and shortly after the river

    makes an abrupt turn to the northeast, which general direction it follows

    for the final thirty miles of its course. Blue River joins from the west

    twelve miles from the bend. For the first time the country loses its

    interesting characters; no mountains are to be seen from the river valley,

    although the current continues to be strong. Four miles before the Dease

    reaches the Liard near Lower Post, it rushes over a number of rapids which

    sometimes annoy, if they do not otherwise inconvenience, the voyageur.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0216                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    DOR e É LAKE

            Dor é Lake, northern Quebec, Dominion of Canada, is one of the sources

    of the Nottaway River, which empties into the lower end of the east side

    of James Bay. It is drained by the Chibougamau River, one of the principal

    tributaries of the Nottaway. Dor e é Lake is a companion-lake to Lake Chibou–

    gamau, in much the same way that Mistassinis Lake pairs with Mistassini

    Lake (q.v.). Dor e é Lake is 12 miles long by about two miles at its greatest

    width, very irregular of outline, and lies in a northeast-southwest direction.

    To look at the two lakes on the map, Dor e é Lake could easily be taken for the

    western section of Chibougamau Lake, separated from it by a narrow, rocky

    promontory and an adjoining island; but Dor e é Lake, at an elevation of 1,218

    feet above sea level, is 12 feet lower than the former, and consequently

    must be considered a separate lake.

            Gouin Peninsula, which, with Ile du Portage, forms the eastern shore of

    Dor e é Lake, ex [ ?] ends for 11 miles in a northeasterly direction, varying in

    width from a quarter of a mile to about a mile and a half. Ile du Portage,

    about three miles long by two miles wide, blocks the northeastern end of

    the long, narrow strip of water constituting Dor e é Lake. Narrow passages

    connecting Dor e é Lake with Chibougamau Lake separate Gouin Peninsula and

    Ile du Portage on the east shore of Dor e é Lake, and between Ile du Portage

    and the western mainland. In addition to the water communication with

    Chibougamah Lake, between the [ northern ?] northeastern extremity of the

    peninsula and Ile du Portage, several portages across the peninsula exit.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0217                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dor e é Lake

            The shores of Dor e é Lake, including Gouin Peninsula, consist of granitic

    rocks, with the exception of part of Ile du Portage and the southwestern

    angle of the lake, near its outlet, which are covered by glacial till and

    where no rock outcrops. The lake contains many small islands, but about

    midway a group of several fairly large islands almost divides the lake into

    two sections. The southwestern end of Dor e é Lake is divided into two deep

    bays by a boreal promontory; from the head of the westernmost of these the

    Chibougamau River, the discharge of the lake, flows southwesterly. Several

    deep irregular inlets indent the west shore, of which [c?] C ache e é Bay and Cedar

    Bay, in the mid-section of the lake, are the principal. A few small streams

    flow into the lake, but its principal inflow is from Chibougamau Lake, of

    which it forms the only outlet.

            The country surrounding Dor e é Lake is well timbered with black and white

    spruce, the former predominating, balsam fir, Banksian pine, white birch,

    with tamarack in the lower, swampy parts. Much of the country has, however,

    been ravaged by fire at different times, and consequently a good deal of the

    timber is second-growth. If it were not so inaccessible, this timber might

    be commercially valuable, at least for pulp. [ ?] he lake is well stocked with

    fish, of which lake trout and whitefish are the principal ones, but quanti–

    ties of brook trout, pike, pickerel, suckers and chub also abound. For over

    a century, the region has produced excellent furs, but excessive trapping'

    has not greatly reduced the number of fur-bearing animals. Steps have been

    taken in recent years to conserve the fur-bear t e rs, but since the region seems

    destined soon to become the scene of active mining operations, wild life will

    doubtless have to give way to the demands of industry.

            The principal minerals of economic importance so far discovered are

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0218                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dor e é Lake

    gold-bearing copper culphide and gold quartz, which have been found in a

    number of places. One of the principal deposits up to the time of writing

    is on Cedar Bay, development of which was begun in 1934 by The Consolidated

    Mining and Smelting Company of Canada. No ore has yet been discovered in

    the Chibougamau area sufficiently rich to justify extensive mining operations

    in present circumstances; and therefore all holders of mining properties can

    do is to wait until better transportation facilities are provided.

            The region was visited during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries

    by fur traders, missionaries and explorers seeking a route to James Bay.

    Fur, and perhaps some day, timber, seemed all that the country could ever

    be good for, except, for local consumption, the fish with which the lakes

    are filled. The granitic rocks were not then considered likely to contain

    minerals of economic importance. In 1903, however, Peter McKenzie discovered

    what seemed to be valuable deposits of asbestos, gold and copper. At that

    time the greater emphasis was placed upon the presence of asbestos. Many

    other prospectors followed McKenzie and, despite its inaccessibility, interest

    was developed in the possibilities of the area. Since development depended

    almost entirely upon better transportation facilities, the Government of the

    Province of Quebec was pressed to build a railway into the district; but

    before engaging upon such an undertaking, the Government appointed a com–

    mission to investigate the mineral resources. The commission, known as the

    Chibougamau Commission, consisting of Dr. A. E. Barlow, Special Lecturer

    in Economic Geology at McGill University, Montreal, chairman, and E. N.

    Fairbault, of the Geological Survey of Canada, and J. C. Gwillim, Professor

    of Mining at Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, entered the region in

    1910. Its exhaustive report, made in 1911, stated that no asbestos deposits

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0219                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dor e é Lake

    of economic importance had been discovered, and that such gold and copper

    deposits as had been found were not commercially valuable. This report

    seriously retarded the development of the country.

            Opinions in geology, as with all sciences, change as further informa–

    tion becomes available. In 1911, the importance of the vast region of

    northern Canada underlain by Pre-Cambrian rocks was not yet appreciated.

    The gold mines of Porcupine and Kirkland Lake, in northern Ontario, and

    the gold-copper of Noranda, in northern Quebec, had not yet been discovered.

    The Chibougamau area, furthermore, is a difficult country to prospect; in

    addition to the handicap of distance from bases of supply, the rocks are

    thickly covered by moss, requiring costly and laborious stripping before

    their nature can be ascertained. Prospectors, however, continued their

    efforts; and many properties have since been located, some of which, with

    cheaper transportation, are capable of profitable operation. This may soon

    be forthcoming because a railway is being built into the Ungava Peninsula,

    to the northeast, to develop extensive iron ore deposits there.

            The first scientific exploration of the area about Dor e é Lake was under–

    taken in 1870 by the Geological Survey of Canada, when James Richardson con–

    ducted an investigation of its geology, Dr. A. P. Low, also of the Survey,

    devoted much of his time between 1884 and 1905 to the exploration of Labrador,

    including the Chibougamau region. Detailed work was done in 1927 and 1930

    by J. B. Mawdsley, and continued in 1930 by G. W. H. Norman, also of the

    Geological Survey of Canada.

            References:

            Low, A. P. Report of Exploration in the Labrador Peninsula Along the East

    Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of Other Rivers

    in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report,

    Vol. VIII, 1895.

            Mawdsley, J. B., and Norman, G.W.H. Chibougamau Lake Map-area, Quebec.

    Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 185, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0220                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    DUBAWNT RIVER

            The Dubawnt River, Northwest Territories of Canada, is the principal

    tributary of the Thelon River, draining a considerable area in southeastern

    Mackenzie and westerly Keewatin districts. It rises in the height of land

    northeast of Lake Athabaska and follows a generally northeasterly course of

    580 miles to join the Thelon River in Beverly Lake. Its watershed extends

    from latitude 62° 20′ N. to latitude 64° 35′ N., and from longitude 99° 30′

    W. to 107° 55′ W.; but because of the proximity of the Kazan, on the east,

    and the upper part of the Thelon, on the west, the watershed is long and

    narrow. In the Dubawnt's upper reaches, its course is through a fairly

    well-wooded region; but for the greater part of its length it traverses a

    treeless territory.

            The Dubawnt River rises in Labyrinth Lake, on the edge of the tableland

    forming the height of land between the Mackenzie River and Hudson Bay drain–

    age areas, although two streams draining chains of small lakes flow into

    Labyrinth Lake from the southwest. Leaving Labyrinth Lake at its northeastern

    end, the Dubawnt, after five miles, expands into Brule Lake, and then into

    another small lake. Flowing out of the latter, the Dubawnt continues on a

    on a northeasterly course for 10 miles, and then swings southeastward for

    half a mile into Sandy Lake, a triangular expansion about five miles long.

    Leaving Sandy Lake, the Dubawnt flows through Mountain Lake, about the same

    size as Sandy Lake, and within a short distance enters a long westerly-extending

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0221                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Dubawnt River

    arm of Smalltree Lake, which lies in latitude 61° N., and longitude 105° 30′ W.

    The river continues eastward out of the eastern end of Smalltree Lake, through

    a small lake, and then enters the northwestern end of Anaunethad Lake, an

    irregular, straggling lake about 30 miles long, lying in a northwest-south–

    east direction. Between Anaunethad Lake and Wholdaia Lake, the water merely

    spills over the edge of one rocky basin into the next, producing a series of

    slight rapids, although the difference in level between the two is very small.

    Wholdaia Lake lies at an altitude of 1,225 feet above sea level, and, in a

    sense, is an extension of Anaunethad Lake, continuing the same general axis

    and consisting of a similarly contorted and irregular outline. Its length,

    from the point where it joins Anaunethad Lake to its southeastern extremity,

    is about 50 miles; but, in addition to this, an arm stretches twenty miles

    to the northeast from the end of which the Dubawnt emerges, expanding imme–

    diately thereafter into two small lakes. Below these, the river flows north–

    ward in a fairly regular channel for six miles, expanding into Hinde Lake,

    six miles long, which inclines to the northeast. A further short stretch

    of channel in a generally northward [ ?] irection leads to Boyd Lake, about

    15 miles long to about two miles at its widest.

            During most of this distance, the surrounding country has been well

    wooded, with black and white spruce, tamarack and aspen, but below this point

    the timber begins to thin out. It is a region of innumerable lakes of all

    sizes occupying irregular, shallow depressions sccoped out of the gneissic

    rocks by the action of the glaciers in the ice age.

            From Boyd Lake, the river flows mainly northward for five or xis six miles

    into Barlow Lake, roughly wedge-shaped, about eight miles in length by about

    three miles wide at its top, which lies across the intersection of the 62nd

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0222                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dubawnt River

    degree of north latitude and longitude 103° W. Flowing swiftly over strong

    rapids, the river continues for three miles northeasterly to a somewhat

    larger, more irregular lake, lying northwest and southeast, called Carey

    Lake. Here the timber finally ceases, and from then on the country con–

    sists mainly of rolling tundra. It was at this point that the Tyrrells, in

    1893, saw a herd of caribou that covered the countryside.

            At the outlet of Carey Lake, the Dubawnt plunges down a rapid with a

    fall of 30 feet; and in the following 20 miles seven other rapids occur

    with a total drop of 120 feet. The river here runs northwesterly into

    Markham Lake, about seven miles in length by about four wide. A short

    stretch of stream connects Markham and Nicholson lakes, the latter abou [ ?]

    seven miles by five, lying in a northeast-southwest direction. Leaving

    Nicholson Lake at its northern extremity, the river swings to the northeast,

    flowing over a series of six rapids for a total drop of 100 feet, and enters

    the west side of Dubawnt Lake.

            Dubawnt Lake, with an area of 1,600 square miles, at an elevation of

    500 feet above sea level, is the largest in Keewatin District, although a

    portion of its western side is in Mackenzie District. It is cut by the

    102nd degree of west longitude (boundary between Mackenzie and Keewatin

    districts) and is also cut by the 63rd degree of north latitude. Like other

    lakes in the Pre-Cambrian region, it contains many long, narrow islands and

    is consequently a maze of channels. The red and grey gneisses through which

    the river has rup run up to this point now give way to red and grey sandstones

    and coarse conglomerates, cut and altered by dykes and masses of dark green

    trap and bright red quartz porphyry.

            Dubawnt River flows out of the northeastern angle of Dubawnt Lake and

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0223                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Dubawnt River

    shortly after rushes down a rocky gorge, not more than 50 yards wide, followed

    by three rapids in a distance of about four miles, and then expands into Grant

    Lake, about four miles long. The latter receives on its west side the Cham–

    berlain River, flowing from the southwest. The surrounding country here con–

    sists of long sandy ridges with terraces, probably of marine origin, extend–

    ing along their sides. From Grant Lake, the river flows over a rapid and

    then continues through a wider stretch of channel, where the current is slack,

    running first northward and then northeastward and over another heavy rapid

    into the south end of Wharton Lake, which lies in latitude 64° N., at an

    elevation of 300 feet above sea level. Wharton Lake is wedge-shaped and about

    12 miles long, by about four or five at its greatest width, which is toward

    the north. From its eastern side an arm extends southeasterly for about half

    a mile, expanding into a small lake a mile in length. From the eastern end

    of this expansion, the river continues eastward for a mile, flowing in a wide

    channel; and then, breaking over rapids, runs nor t hward for three miles into

    the southern end of Marjorie Lake, which is triangular in shape and about

    five miles long. In the four or five miles between Wharton and Marjorie lakes,

    the river drops 40 feet. Where the Dubawnt leaves Marjorie Lake at its north–

    western angle, a rapid occurs, after which it flows northwestward for 30 miles

    at a rate of about three miles an hour between sandy banks, and again breaks

    over rapids. Six miles below these final rapids, the river enters the

    expansion connecting Beverly and Aberdeen lakes. Between Marjorie and

    Aylmer lakes, the river drops 127 feet; and between Dubawnt and Aylmer

    lakes, the drop is 370 feet.

            The Thelon River, about the same size as the Dubawnt, flows into the

    western end of Beverley Lake, and theceforth, until the combined stream

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0224                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Dubawnt River

    discharges its waters into Baker Lake and Chesterfield Inlet on Hudson Bay,

    it goes under the Thelon name, although formerly it was known for the whole

    distance as the Dubawnt.

            The first person of European descent to see the Dubawnt River was

    Samuel Hearne, when he crossed and recrossed it on his journey to the Copper–

    mine River in 1771-72. It was first explored in 1893 by J. B. and J. W.

    Tyrrell (q.v.), of the Geological Survey of Canada, when they ascended the

    Black (now Chipman) River into Selwyn Lake and crossed the height of land to

    a lake on its northern side which they called Dely, after the then Minister

    of the Interior of Canada, and which for some time was considered to be the

    source of the Dubawnt. The name of this lake has since been changed to

    Wholdaia, while the source of the river has been found to be considerably

    farther west, as described above.

            References:

            Tyrrell, J.B. Report on the Doobaunt, Kazan and Ferguson Rivers and the

    Northwest Coast of Hudson Bay. Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. IX, 1896.

            Tyrrell, J.W. Across the Sub-Arctic of Canada . Toronto, 1908.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0225                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    EASTMAIN RIVER

            The Eastmain River, in the northern part of the Canadian province of

    Quebec, drains an area of 25,500 square miles in the southwestern portion

    of the Ungava Peninsula, or N [ e ?] w Quebec, as it is now officially called.

    It rises in the granitic hills of the tableland which lies between latitudes

    52° 30′ N. and 54° N., longitude 69° W. to 71° W., and flows in a generally

    westerly direction, discharging into James Bay not far north of the latter's

    southeastern angle. The river's chief sources are Lakes Opemiska, Wahemen

    and Patamisk, which occupy rocky basins within a short distance of each other.

    With a length of 375 miles, its watershed is long and narrow, due to the

    proximity, on the south and north, respectively of the Rupert and Fort

    George rivers; its tributaries, in consequence are many but short.

            Patamisk Lake, at an elevation of 1,800 feet above sea level, is drained

    through a succession of smaller lakes into Opemiska Lake. What is called the

    Pemiska branch of Eastmain River flows out of the south side of Opemiska Lake;

    and, as is often the case in the Pre-Cambrian regions, a heavy rapid occurs

    where it leaves the lake. At this point, the Eastmain is a small stream,

    occupying an indefinite, rocky channel. After flowing southwesterly for a

    distance of about 20 miles, it is joined by the branch draining Lake Wahemen.

    The combined stream then flows westward and, swinging to the north, takes in

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0226                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Eastmain River

    Long Portage Creek, which comes in from the northeast. Below the mouth

    of Long Portage Creek, the river, now considerably increased in volume,

    is about 200 yards wide and averages three feet in depth, flowing through

    a number of lake-expansions and over many rapids for about nine miles, after

    which it divides into two channels for a distance of nearly four miles to

    enclose a large island, and then receives the Misask River, which enters

    from the northeast. The latter is a fair-sized stream, which again con–

    siderably increases the Eastman's volume. The course is now southwesterly,

    and continues thus for about 45 miles. In this section, long islands of

    glacial till are numerous; the river bottom, a mile wide in places, is

    strewn with boulders and angular blocks of gneiss and granite. A g t the end

    of this stretch, the river takes a sharp turn, flowing almost back upon its

    course for two or three miles during which a drop of 55 feet occurs. At the

    apex of the turn, two small tributaries come in from the north. Once more

    resuming a general southwesterly direction for about four miles, Eastmain

    River again separates into two channels to take in a large island just above

    the confluence of the Kowatstakau River, which com [ ?] s in from the north.

    Following this, the course once more becomes southwesterly for about eight

    miles t o the mouth of the Tichegami River, which flows in from the southeast.

    From the headwaters of this stream, a portage route leads southward to Lake

    Mistassini.

            The country through which the river flows in this section is low and

    almost flat, with only a few isolated hills seldom rising mo [ ?] e than 100 feet

    above the general le a vel. The river occupies a shallow valley from 300 to

    1,000 yards wide, with low sandy banks. The soil is typical glacial till,

    composed of sand and clay with an admixture of boulders. The country is

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0227                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Eastmain River

    thickly timbered with black spruce, Banksian pine, poplar, tamarack and

    white birch.

            Eastmain River is here from 200 to 400 yards wide, frequently expand–

    ing into lakes of various sizes and enclosing many islands, At the point

    where Grand Island, 14 miles long by nine wide, divides the river into two

    channels, a stream comes in from the mouth, draining a chain of lakes which,

    with portages, provides another canoe route between the Eastmain and Lake

    Mistassini. Below the island, the river runs westward again for five or six

    miles, and then, turning northward, flows into and out of the eastern end of

    Lake Nasaskuaso, which extends westward for about six miles at right angles

    to the stream. This lake lies among rocky hills which rise from 200 to 400

    feet above the surrounding country. Ross River comes in from the northeast

    a mile below the outlet of Lake Nasaskuaso, after which the Eastmain, with

    many twists and turns, enters upon a northwesterly course. A short distance

    below the mouth of Ross River, the Eastmain plunges through Ross Gorge where,

    in two miles, it drops 60 feet. Then, bending to the west, it flows through

    Prosper Gorge, where in a succession of rapids a drop of 100 feet occurs.

    Continuing on a course slightly south of west, the river makes an abrupt

    turn to the northwest, where it enters the Great Bend; its width of a quarter

    of a mile now contracts to little more than 100 yards, and for the next

    fifteen miles it flows between high, rocky banks over a succession of rapids

    and cascades. At the lower end of this stretch, Broken Paddle River comes

    in from the northeast, and beyond this the river makes a curve to the northwest

    before continuing its general westerly course, during which it passes through

    Conglomerate Gorge where it is divided into a number of channels by narrow,

    rocky islands between which the water rushes with great velocity through chutes

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0228                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Eastmain River

    with a total fall of over 100 feet. Below this point, the river, previously

    flowing almost on the same level as the s [ ?] rrounding country, runs in a more

    definitely marked valley. Lake-expansions, which hitherto have been numerous,

    now become fewer, since the river is better confined between definite banks.

    A number of tributaries are received on each side in this stretch, the river

    swinging to the northwest again for 10 miles below the gorge, after which it

    makes a sharp turn and flows for a mile and a half through Clouston Gorge,

    which is a straight chute never wider than 100 feet and sometimes as narrow

    as 30, with a fall of 105 feet.

            From here to its mouth the river flows in a shallow valley across a

    succession of broad terraces of stratified sand anc clay. In its descent

    from one terrace to the next below, the river cuts a valley back into the

    sand and clay until the underlying rock is reached, and the degree of hard–

    ness of this rock determines the nature of the falls or rapids which occur

    in each case. Below Couston Gorge, the Eastmain flows slightly south of west

    for 25 miles to its confluence with the Opinsaka River, during which, among

    other obstructions, it flows through a 65-foot chute called Island Falls,

    followed by rapids bringing the total fall to 120 feet. Six miles farther on,

    another chute occurs with a 20-foot drop called the Talking Falls.

            The Opinaka is a considerable stream draining a series of lakes, largest

    of which is Eye Lake, 25 miles long by nine miles wide, lying to the northeast,

    The river now approaches its lower reaches and its valley and the surrounding

    country are fairly well wooded. Two miles below the mouth of the Opinaka,

    the valley becomes gradually narrower and the rapids heavier; the river is now

    only 100 yards wide and falls 75 feet through a shallow, rocky gorge called

    Basil Gorge. In this section the banks are from 50 to 100 feet high, and

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0229                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Eastmain River

    they decrease in height with the distance from the sea. In the eight miles

    between the mouth of the Opinaka and the head of tidewater, 17 miles from

    the coast, the river is, for most of the distance, about a quarter of a mile

    wide; below [ ?] hat point, flowing due west, it widens in places to over a mile,

    and is filled with islands of all sizes; its current is from two to four

    miles an hour, its banks low and sandy. Three miles above the river-mouth,

    on the south shore, the Hudson's Bay Company's post is situated. The East–

    main is about a mile and a half wide where it enters the bay, and is obstructed

    by many sand bars, most of which are bare at low water, leaving shallow channels

    between.

            Reference:

    Low, A. P. Report on Exploration in the Labrador Peninsula along the Eastmain ,

    Koksoak, Hamilton, Manikuagan and Portions of Other Rivers in 1892 -

    93-94-95: Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report , 1895.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0230                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FAWN RIVER

            Fawn River, northwestern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a tributary

    of the Severn River (q.v.). It rises in Trout Lake, in latitude 53° 45′ N.,

    longitude, 90° W., and flows in a generally northeasterly direction for

    about 120 mioles, after which it swings to the northwestward and flows in

    that direction for about 60 miles, entering the Severn just above Limestone

    Rapids, 56 miles from the sea. The nature of the territory through which

    the Fawn runs is similar to that traversed by the Severn. While it also

    contains many rapids, it is easier to navigate than the Severn, and conse–

    quently Indians and others wishing to reach the headwaters of the Severn

    usually ascent it, and portage across to the Severn from Trout Lake. F r om

    the Indians' standpoint, the Fawn River route is a better one because the

    lakes through which the Fawn runs are better for fishing.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0231                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FERGUSON RIVER

            Ferguson River, in the Northwest Territories of Canada, drains an

    area in Keewatin District lying westward of Hudson Bay. Serving chiefly

    to connect a series of lakes, large and small, with which that area is covered,

    its length is but 180 miles, in which distance it drops 400 feet.

            It rises in Ferguson Lake, which lies approximately in latitude 63° N.,

    longitude, 96° 10′ W., not far east of the northeastern angle of yathkyed

    Lake, which is drained by the Kazan River flowing northward into Baker Lake,

    thus draining into Hudson Bay. Ferguson River, which runs at right angles

    to the Kazan River, also discharges into Hudson Bay.

            The river emerges from Ferguson Lake as a shallow, rapid stream about

    30 yards wide and flows eastward for five miles, draining two small lakes on

    the way, and enters the western end of Kaminuriak Lake, a shallow, sprawling

    lake, which lies at an altitude of 320 feet, set in a till-covered plain,

    from which rolling, grassy plains sweep off to a distances. Flowing out of

    the south side of Kaminuriak Lake, Ferguson River, now a much larger st r eam,

    60 yards wide and two feet deep, runs swiftly for a third of a mile into a

    small lake, after which it divides to enclose a long, flat, grassy island,

    at the end of which is a cascade with a 15-foot drop. Below the rapid, the

    river continues with a strong current to a lake extending southeast for seven

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0232                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Ferguson River

    miles with a width of from three-quarters of a mile to a mile and a half.

    Emerging from this lake at its southeastern angle, the river flows south

    with a continually swift current for two and a half miles, and enters the

    northwestern end of another lake of similar size. It flows out of this lake

    at the northeast angle, continuing for two miles through a rocky gorge, and

    then turns southeast for two and a half miles among bold, rocky hills, where

    it breaks over a strong rapid. Below this point, the river flows eastward

    for two miles in a straight channel with steep rocky banks, and then passes

    through a small lake surrounded by hills. After emerging from this lake, it

    flows over a rocky rapid three-quarters of a mile in length, and, still flow–

    ing swiftly, flows into Quartzite Lake.

            The river leaves Quartzite Lake in a rather indifferent channel, and a

    mile and a half farther on rushes through another heavy rapid and into a small

    lake. Flowing through three lakes, the second and third of which are separated

    by a rapid, where it runs over boulders, after which it enters the northwestern

    end of a narrow lake, the last on the stream. Some distance below Quartzite

    Lake, a short tributary is received, which drains Kaminak Lake, which spreads over

    a considerable area a few miles to the southwest, whose longest dimension is

    about 34 miles.

            From the southeastern end of its final lake, the Ferguson River flows in

    a south-southeasterly direction down an irregular and comparatively steep decline

    in a shallow, boulder-lined channel. After continuing thus for a mile and

    three-quarters, the river turns abruptly to the east and flows with an easy

    current in a wide channel, when it is obstructed by a heavy, crooked rapid a

    third of a mile long, after which there is another half mile of east water,

    followed by a rapid with a fall of 10 feet. For the next three-quarters of a

    mile the river flows with a moderate current, contracting then and rushing

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0233                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Ferguson River

    swiftly between walls of trap and granite. Immediately below this short

    gorge, the river flows swiftly for two miles and a quarter over a wide bed

    of pebbles and, passing through a rocky gap, empties into Hudson Bay at the

    head of Nevill Bay.

            Ferguson River was first explored in 1894, when Dr. J. B. Tyrrell (q.v.),

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, portages across from the Kazan River, and

    traversed it from Ferguson Lake to its mouth. It has since been geologically

    surveyed by other members of the Survey.

            Although the west coast of Hudson Bay, as well as the greater part of

    Keewatin Districts, is underlain by granites and greisses, a group of rocks of

    volcanic and sedimentary origin outcrop along the coast between Rankin and

    Dawson inlets, and similar outcrops occur at various places along the Ferguson

    River. Since such rock assemblages in other parts of the Canadian Shield con–

    tain metallic occurrences, it is considered possible that similar deposits

    might some day be found at some point on the Ferguson River; at any rate,

    the Geological Survey suggests that such areas might well repay the efforts

    of prospectors.

            References:

            Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Dubawnt, Kazan and Ferguson Rivers and the

    Northwest Coast of Hudson Bay: Geological Survey of

    Canada; Annual Report , Vol. IX, (1896); 1897.

            Weeks, L. J. Meguse River and Part of Ferguson River Basin, Northwest

    Territories; Geological Survey of Canada; Summary Report ,

    Part C.; 1932.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0234                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FINLAY RIVER

            The Finlay River drains a narrow strip of territory along the western

    flank of the Rocky Mountains, between latitudes 58° N. and 56° N., in north–

    eastern British Columbia. It is the farthest source of the Peace River, one

    of the principal tributaries of the Mackenzie. It rises in a cluster of

    lakes occupying adjoining valleys between the Cassiar and Omenica ranges of

    mountains in or about Latitude 57° N. and longitude 127° W. The branch

    flowing out of Thutade Lake is usually considered the principal source, and

    after leaving that lake the stream runs northwestward for about 35 miles and

    then expends into a narrow, lake-like section 18 miles long. Below this, as

    it cuts through a spur of the mountains before making its great bend to the

    southeast, it contracts into a succession of canons, the most formidable of

    which is Long Ca ñ on, where for five miles the river rushes between cliffs

    600 feet high, narrowing in places to less than 100 feet. At the end of this

    southeasterly stretch, the Quachada comes in from the northeast. Owing to

    the proximity of the Rocky Mountains, most of the Finlay's branches flowing

    in from the east are small, but the Quachada, whose milk-white color gives

    the key to its glacial origin, is an exception.

            Below the Quachada, the river enters the Rocky Mountain Trench, one of

    the most remarkable transverse depressions on the continent. Beginning south

    of the International Boundary, it continues northwestward for over 800 miles

    along the western flank of the Rocky Mountains, during which it is successively

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0235                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Finlay River

    occupied by the headwa t y ers of the Kootenay, Columbia and Fraser rivers

    draining into the Pacific, and the Peace, which drains into the Arctic.

            Eleven and thirty-five miles, respectively, below the mouth of the

    Quachada, the Paul and Akie rivers flow in from the east. The Finlay valley

    in this stretch is from three to six miles wide, the channel, broken by many

    sandbars, from 100 to 150 yards wide, and the stream flowing at a rate of

    about four miles an hour. The general course is southeasterly, but the

    river twists and turns continually. Fifteen miles below the mouth of the

    Akie, the river enters Deserters' Ca n ñ on, a narrow, tortuous defile about half

    a mile in length, which at its narrowest is not more than 100 feet wide.

            Fourteen miles below Deserters' Ca n ñ on, the Ingenica, one of the Finlay's

    principal tributaries, comes in from the west. It is about 55 yards at its

    mouth and rises not far from Lake Thutade. Gold was first discovered in its

    sandbars and terraces in 1891, since when mining has been more or less con–

    tinuous, but the richest deposits have long been exhausted.

            Fort Grahame, a trading post of the Hudson's Bay Company, is located

    20 miles south of the Ingenica to supply the prospectors and Indians living

    along the upper Finlay and its branches. Thirty miles below Fort Grahame,

    the Ospica comes in from the east; and a mile farther on, the Omenica, the

    Finlay's largest tributary, enters from the west, contributing about one-fifth

    of the Finlay's volume at that point. With its many branches, it drains a

    large area lying to the east of the Omenica Range, a considerable amount of

    which has agricultural possibilities. Gold was discovered on the Omenica in

    1868, and some of its bars and benches have been worked ever since, although

    in recent years the amount of gold recovered has been negligible. A few

    miles before it joins the Parsnip, at the Forks, the Finlay receives Manson

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0236                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Finlay River

    River from the west, which, with the Ingenica and Omenica, has provided the

    bulk of gold recovered from what is generally called the Omenica goldfields.

    The Finlay meets the Parsnip head-on in latitude 56° N., longitude 123° 15′ W.,

    at which point it is about 300 yards wide. After the two streams meet, they

    turn abruptly to the eastward and, as the Peace, begin the passage through the

    main range of the Rocky Mountains on the first lap of the way to the Arctic Sea.

            The Finlay was first ascended in 1797 by John Finlay, an officer of the

    North West Company, after whom it was named; and was explored to its source

    by Samuel Black, of the Hudson's Bay Company, in 1824. Since it is not on any

    through route, and he who goes up must come down again, and also perhaps because

    of the many serious obstructions in its upper reaches, it has not been ascended

    to its source by many travelers or explorers. In 1893, R. G. McConnell, of

    the Geological Survey of Canada, surveyed it as far as a short distance beyond

    Long Ca n ñ on, surveying also its principal tributaries.

            It is the haunt of some of the largest game animals on the continent,

    the grizzly bear, the moose, the caribou, as well as mountain goats and

    sheep, and for that reason some big-game hunters have visited it. It and

    its tributaries are well stocked with fish, the most important of which are

    rainbow and Dolly Varden trout. The Indians who live along the Finlay belong

    to the Sekani tribe, a branch of the great Dene family, and they live entirely

    on fish and game, supplemented by supplies secured from traders in exchange

    for furs.

            References:

            McConnell, R. G. Summary Report . The Geological Survey of Canada; Ottawn, 1893.

            Haw ro or th, P. L. On the Head Waters of Peace River . New York, 1917.

            Burpee, L. J. The Search for the Western Sea . Toronto, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0237                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FINLAYSON LAKE

            Finlayson Lake, nine and a half miles long by about a mile wide, in

    southeastern Yukon Territory (latitude 61° 45′ N., longitude 130° 15′ W.),

    is one of the sources of the Liard River, a tributary of the Mackenzie.

    Lying in a northwesterly-southeasterly direction at an elevation of 3,105

    feet above sea level, it marks the summit of the watershed between the

    Yukon and Arctic drainage basins. It is drained southeastward by the

    Finlayson River, which flows into the west arm of Frances Lake. No rock

    exposures are seen along its shores; its beaches are mostly gravel, with

    some swamp in places. The country generally is overlain by a mantle of

    glacial drift; the glaciers responsible, however, were local and not part

    of the ice sheets which covered the greater part of the continent during

    the glacial period. Finlayson Lake was discovered in 18 4 5 0 by Robert

    Campbell of the Hudson's Bay Company when he traveled from the lower Liard

    River to the headwaters of the Yu i kon (Pelly) River by way of the Liard,

    Frances River and Lake, Finlayson River and Lake and across the 15-mile portage

    to the Pelly. River and lake were named by Campbell after Duncan Finlayson,

    Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay Company, and were explored by Dr. George M.

    Dawson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, in 1887.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N.W.T. and

    Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 . The

    Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, 1898.

            Burpee, L. J. The Search for the Western Sea . Toronto, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0238                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FINLAYSON RIVER

            Finlayson River, 35 miles in length, drains the lake of the same name

    in southeastern Yukon Territory, and is one of the sources of the Liard

    River, a tributary of the Mackenzie. It is a shallow stream, blocked by

    many sandbars and choked with fellen timber, which renders it practically

    unnavigable except for short stretches where the water is deeper. In its

    final four miles, it flows through a narrow rock ca n ñ on filled with rapids in which the

    total drop is 300 feet. Finlayson River was discovered in 1840 by Robert

    Campbell, of the Hudson's Bay Company, on his way from the Liard to the head–

    waters of the Yukon (Pelly) River, and named by him after Duncan Finlayson,

    Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay Company. It was visited by prospectors in

    the 1870′s and some gold was recovered from its bars, but not sufficient to

    justify large-scale operations. It was explored in 1887 by Dr. George M.

    Dawson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, on his exploratory journey from

    the stikine River to the Yukon, by way of the Liard and Frances Rivers.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District. N.W.T.

    and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 . The

    Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, 1898.

            Burpee, L. J. The Search for the Western Sea . Toronto, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0239                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography - Canada

    FORTYMILE

            Fortymile is a small placer mining settlement situated on the west

    bank of the Yukon River about 47 miles below Dawson at the mouth of

    Fortymile River. It has a post office.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0240                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FOND DU LAC RIVER

            Fond du Lac River, in northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, con–

    stitutes a part of the great Mackenzie waterways system, draining an area

    north of Churchill River, south of the Thelon drainage area, and west of

    the height of land separating the Mackenzie and Hudson Bay drainage basins.

    Wollaston Lake in which it rises has the almost unique distinction for such

    a large lake of providing the source of two rivers of almost equal size

    which flow in opposite directions. The Cochrane River issues from the

    northern end of Wollaston Lake, flows into Reindeer Lake, which is drained

    by Reindeer River into Churchill River, and its waters eventually reach

    Hudson Bay. Fond du Lac River, on the other hand, flows out of the north–

    western angle of Wollaston Lake, and, following a general west-northwesterly

    course through Hatchet and Black lakes, in addition to many smaller ones,

    enters the eastern end of Lake Athabaska. Its drainage basin thus extends

    from latitude 56° 30′ N. to 60° 20′ N., and from 103° 35′ W. longitude to

    106° W. It is a swift stream, broken by rapids and falls throughout the whole

    of its length.

            At the point where Fond du Lack River flows out of Wollaston Lake, it is

    narrow and runs over rapids in a bed of large granite boulders, but shortly

    widens considerably. For the first three or four miles the banks are rocky,

    but shortly after the country becomes low, without any rock in sight. The river

    here flows generally northwesterly, plunging over one serious rapid and another

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0241                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fond du Lac River

    smaller one before Hatchet Lake is reached. Hatchet Lake, irregularly

    rectagular in shape, and [ ?] otted with islands, is 12 miles long at its great–

    est length and seven miles at its greatest width. Fond du Lac River empties

    into its southeastern corner, issuing again from the opposite corner. A

    short distance below Hatchet Lake, the river drops over a rapid with a fall

    of 18 feet. This rapid is divided at its head into two channels by an island,

    and shortly below the rapid the river expends into a small lake which consists

    of a wider section of the stream lying about east and west, and from which

    project northward two narrow parallel arms about two miles in length. Below

    this lake, the river runs northwesterly over three rapids with drops of eight,

    six and twelve feet, respectively, and enters Crooked Lake, which is merely

    another expansion of the river, [ ?] g extending for seven miles. Poplar Rapids

    mark the outlet of the lake, and also the first appearance of poplar trees

    west of Wollaston Lake. The river is now between 80 and 100 feet wide.

    Three-quarters of a mile below the last rapid, another occurs with a drop of

    10 feet; and about this point the river reaches the region underlain by

    Athabaska sandstone, which from now on largely forms its banks.

            Waterfound River, rising in the height of land which separates its

    headwaters from those of the Haultain River flowing south into Churchill River,

    here flows in from the southwest. It enters a deep extension of the Fond

    du Lac, which in a sense reaches out to meet it. From the mouth of the

    Waterfound River, the Fond du Lac River flows generally northward through

    four lake-expansions of various sizes, none of any considerable size, each

    of which is separated from the next by a heavy rapid. Kondaw Lake, studded

    with islands, about 10 miles long by about five in width, marks the point where

    the river turns from its northward course and continues generally westward. The

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0242                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fond du Lac River

    country here consists of morainic hills composed of boulders intermized with

    red sand, rising from 50 to 75 feet in height. Issuing from Kosdaw Lake, the

    river is again interrupted by rapids, and passes into a long, narrow Lake–

    expansion below which is a stretch of quiet water about three and a half miles

    in length, broken, midway, however, by a slight rapid. Below this stretch,

    two further rapids occur, with drops of five and ten feet, respectively. Here

    the river splits into three channels, below which it narrows and flows with a

    swift current into the eastern end of Otter Lake, three and a half miles in

    length. Beyond Otter Lake, the river continues westward over a small rapid

    and then another with a fall of six feet and into a lake two miles long.

    Below this small lake, the river plunges down a rapid with a drop of 30 feet.

    This is known as Thompson Rapid, and it was here that David Thompson was upset

    from his canoe in 1796 and lost all his equipment. It is 60 miles from

    Wollaston Lake, and about midway between the latter and Black Lake. A short

    distance below Thompson Rapid, another one occurs where the fall is 12 feet

    and farther on, a second one, where the drop is 15 feet. Beyond this, the

    nature of the river changes, its channel becomes much more pronounced and

    fever lakes occur.

            A few miles below the last-mentioned rapids, the river goes over a fall

    of 15 feet, called Manitou Falls, where the water tumbles in two streams over

    a rocky sandstone ledge into a narrow channel about 25 feet wide, which opens

    into a shallow, rocky basin. Below these falls, the river runs northwestward

    for three miles with a swift current, where the banks on the south are mostly

    of sandstone, and of boulders on the north side. A drop of 15 feet occurs

    at the end of this stretch. Beyond this, the river flows quietly for five

    miles, continuing on a westward course through a wide, swampy valley between

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0243                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fond du Lac River

    banks of sandstone from 10 to 20 feet high, and then swinging to the north–

    west, continues thus for three miles, below which Brink Rapids extend for a

    mile with a total drop of 25 feet. Shortly below this, the river flows over

    Brasay Rapids, nearly a mile in length, where the stream is divided into two

    channels by a large island. Moose Lake, which is merely an expansion of the

    river, now extends for about six and a half miles; and below the lake two

    rapids occur between its outlet and the mouth of the Hawk-rock River, which

    flows in from g the south. Beyond the mouth of the latter, Fond du Lac River

    consists for five miles of a series of lake-expansions which terminate in an

    abrupt bend to the north. The river flows in this direction for about a mile,

    in which North Rapids occur, and then, following a further series of lake–

    expansions, it turns northeastward, continuing thus for 13 miles to the mouth

    of Perch River, coming in from the east. Just beyond the mouth of Perch

    River, the Fond du Lac swings to the north-northwest for six miles in which

    another rapid occurs between two lake-expansions. As the river swings again

    to the westwa d r d, Porcupine River enters from the northeast; and shortly below,

    the Fond du Lac, p [ ?] eviously flowing through wide banks, divides into two

    channels around in an island and plunges over Burr Falls, where the water

    rushes for 300 yards between bare rocky walls 40 feet apart, th [ ?] greater

    portion of the water flowing on one side of the island and ending with a

    drop of 25 feet. Below this, another divided fall occurs making a total

    descent of 43 feet. Three-quarters of a mile below the foot of these falls,

    the river, now about 100 yards wide, flows into the southeastern side of

    [ ?] Black Lake, through two channels whicn enclose Burr Island.

            As it emerges form Black Lake, Fond du Lac River, flows northward for

    three miles of almost continuous rapids, called Elizabeth Falls, in which the

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0244                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fond du Lac River

    descent is 110 feet, after which it enters Middle Lake, about two miles long,

    and then flows northward for half a mile and westward a mile. The whole

    distance from the outlet of Middle Lake is another continuous rapid known

    as the Woodcock Rapids, with a total drop of 81 feet. At the end of this

    stretch, the river, running northward, divides about an island, then turns

    slightly south of west, gradually widening into a lake-expansion about eight

    miles long. Carp River flows into the north side of this expansion from the

    northwest. Fond du Lac River contracts again below this point, rushing over

    Stony Rapids for a fall of 25 feet after which, wide and quiet, it enters

    the eastern end of Lake Athabaska.

            The first persons to traverse Fond du Lac River, aside from Indians,

    were undoubtedly fur traders. In 1796, David Thompson, of the Northwest

    Company, ascended Reindeer River to Reindeer Lake, from which he crossed [ at ?]

    to Wollaston Lake by way of Swan River and its chain of lakes and portages;

    and from Wollaston Lake he ascended Fond d g u Lac River to its mouth. In 1881,

    A. S. Cochrane, of the Geological Survey of Canada, made a track-survey

    from the lower Saskatchewan River, by way of Churchill and Reindeer rivers,

    to Reindeer Lake, and from there ascended the river since known by his name

    to Wollaston Lake, and from there descended Fond du Lac River to Lake Atha–

    baska. In 1892, J. B. Tyrrell, also of the Geological Survey, assisted by

    D. B. Dowling, explored the river from its source in Wollaston Lake to its

    mouth, as part of an extensive reconnaissance survey conducted by them

    between Athabaska Lake and Churchill River.

            References:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River . Geological Survey of Canada; Annual Report, Vol.

    VIII, 1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0245                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FORT GEORGE RIVER

            Fort George River, formerly called Big River, drains a considerable

    area in the central partof the Ungava Peninsula, now called New Quebec,

    in the Canadian province of Quebec. It is 520 miles long and flows slightly

    north of west form its sources in lakes lying among the granitic hills of

    the high tableland in central Ungava, near the boundary between Newfoundland-

    Labrador and New Quebec, into the upper part of James Bay in latitude 53° 50′

    N. Its drainage basin is long and narrow, like that of other rivers in the

    region, because it is hemmed on the south by Eastmain River and on the north

    by Great Whale River; nevertheless the area which it drains is given by the

    Dominion of Canada Year Book as 26,300 square miles.

            Fort George River rises in a number of lakes occupying narrow valleys

    in the hills referred to above, the principal of which is Hichikun, lying

    in an altitude of 1,760 feet above sea level, just north of latitude 53° N.,

    between longitudes 70° and 71° W., and comprising 150 square miles. Other

    lakes which contribute to its beginnings lie farther east and north, not far

    from the headwaters of the koksoak, which flows northward into Ungava Bay,

    and the Manikugan, which flows southward into the St. Lawrence River.

            What may be called the main stream leaves Lake Nichikun at its north–

    western extremity and flows northward for about 10 miles until it is joined

    by a branch draining a number of lakes to the eastward. Then, continuing

    westward in what appears to be a continustion of the valley occupied by the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0246                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fort George River

    latter, it flows through a lake-expansion called Round-eyed Lake, and shortly

    after receives from the east another branch of almost equal size. This part

    of the river was explored in 1893 by Dr. A. P. Low on behalf of the Geological

    Survey of Canada on his way to the headwaters of the koksoak River.

            A southern branch, apparently as large as the more northerly one, rises

    in a series of lakes not far from the sources of the northern branch, and,

    following a generally parallel course, joins the latter in longitude 76° 31′

    W., at a point where the two branches, having followed a course slightly north

    of west from their respective sources, turn for a few miles to the southwest

    before, as a united stream, they enter upon the final stretch to the sea. It is

    impossible to give a detailed account of the river below its headwaters because

    no record of any further exploration is available below the point where Dr. Low

    left it on his way to the headwaters of the Koksoak. That the river is not

    dotted in on the map would suggest that someone has traversed its course, but

    the almost entire lack of detail over most of its length as compared with such

    rivers as the Eastmain and the Koksoak, which are known to have been explored,

    would also suggest that much of the course of the Fort George River as shown

    on present-day maps must be largely a matter of conjecture.

            At its mouth, the river is separated into two main channels by an island

    six miles in length, on the north shore of which the settlement of Fort George

    is situated. It consists chiefly of the Hudson's Bay Company's post and that

    of Revillon Freres, as well as Anglican and Roman Catholic missions.

            The region immediately about the mouth of the river has some agricultural

    possibilities; for many years good gardens have been cultivated which produce

    excellent crops of such vegetables as can be grown elsewhere in the north

    temperate zone.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0247                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Fort [ ?] eorge River

            Fort George is said to have one of the safest anchorages on the coast

    of Hudson and James Bays.

            Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula Along the

    Eastmain, Kokeoak, Hamilton, Wanikuagan and Portions of Other

    Rivers in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual

    Report, Vol. VIII, 1895.

            Curran and Calkins. In Canada's Wonderful Northland . (W. Tees Curran and

    H. A. Calkins); New York, 1920.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0248                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FOSTER LAKES

            Foster Lakes, northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, consist of

    three long, narrow, irregular lakes, lying at slightly different levels

    and connected by short, rapid stretches of stream. They are drained

    principally southward by Foster River into Churchill River, but one of them

    is also drained by way of Wathaman River into Reindeer Lake, whose waters

    also reach Churchill River. They are called Upper, Middle and Lower Foster

    lakes, and lie en echelon , following the strike of the underlying gneiss,

    which is southwest and northeast. The area in which they are situated is

    bounded on the south by latitude 56° 28′ N., on the north, by latitude 56°

    58′ N., on the east by longitude 105° 16′ W., and on the west by 105° 36′ W.

    Upper Foster Lake, the northwestermost of the three, at an elevation of

    1,686 feet above sea level, is about 25 miles in length, not at any point

    wider than two miles, and much narrower than that over much of its length.

    A larallel section, about nine miles in length by about two miles at its

    widest, lies to the southeast of the main part of the lake, to which it

    is attached by a narrow strait. A third section, lying still farther to

    the southeast, about 12 miles in length and equally narrow, is attached to

    the second by another short, narrow strait.

            A short, rapid-filled stream connects the third section of Upper Foster

    Lake with Middle Foster Lake. The latter is shaped like an irregular H, the

    northwestern upright of which is 13 miles long, the connecting bar four

    miles long, and the southeastern upright, 12 miles long. Since the drop

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0249                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LaBourdais: Canada - Foster Lakes

    between Upper and Middle Foster lakes is 15 feet, the elevation of the

    latter is 1,671 feet above sea level.

            Lower Foster Lake, 1,650 feet above sea level, is 17 miles long and

    generally narrower than either of the others. A short, narrow passage in

    which there is a drop, at the point where it joins Lower Foster Lake, of

    21 feet, connects the latter with Upper Foster Lake. Like the two other

    sections, Lower Foster Lake has a narrow, irregular pendant lake, about 8

    miles long, on its southeastern side.

            To these main lakes and their appendages, on all sides, smaller lakes are

    connected by short streams and passages, making it often hard to determine

    where one lake ends and the other begins. The group is set, of course,

    among myriads of lakes of all sizes and descriptions, of which the Foster

    Lakes are merely the largest aggregation. Like all other lakes in this

    region, their shorelines are very irregular, broken by numerous indentations;

    and all are studded with islands.

            Foster L a kes are situated on the height of land separating the Churchill

    watershed from that of the Meckenzie, which at this point consists of a

    relatively high, level tableland studded with lakes. The shores of Foster

    Lakes consist chiefly of gneiss, more or less heavily wooded with black

    spruce and banksian pine, with, in the swamps, occasional stands of tamarack.

    In contrast to the appearance of the country immediately north of the height

    of land, where a heavy over burden of unassorted sand, gravel and boulders masks

    the underlying rocks, not much glacial debris is in evidence.

            Only the discovery of rich mineral deposits which, considering the

    nature of the rocks in the vicinity, is not beyond the bounds of possibility,

    is likely to confer any economic value upon these interesting lakes.

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0250                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Foster Lakes

    situated midway between the Churchill and Mackenzie watersheds, and accessible,

    except by sir, only by means of rapid-filled streams which only expert canoe–

    men can negotiate, it seems likely that they will continue for some time to be

    part of the little known hinterland of Canada.

            The first person, other than an Indian, to see the Foster Lakes was

    J. B. Tyrrell, of the Geological Survey of Canada, who passed through them

    in 1892 on his way from Wollaston Lake t o Churchill River. He had [ ?]

    ascended the Geikie River to its headwaters and crossed the height of land

    to the Foster Lakes, proceeding thence by way of Foster River to Churchill

    River. Owing to the lateness of the season, he was unable to spend much time

    in their exploration, but named them and the river flowing out of them in honor

    of the Canadian stateman George Eulas Foster. They, and the surrounding

    country, have since been mapped by the Topographical Survey of Canada from

    aerial photographs taken by the Royal Canadian Air Force, and the Geological

    Survey has mapped their geology.

            References:

            Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River . Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report, Vol. VIII,

    1896.

            McMurchy, R. D. Preliminary Report, Foster Lake Area, West Half, Saskatchewan.

    Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 37-17; 1937.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0251                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FOSTER RIVER

            Foster River, northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, 90 miles long,

    drains an area between the watershed of Haultain River, on the west, and

    that of Reindeer River, on the east, all of which flow southward into the

    Chur c hill River, which discharges into Hudson Bay. Foster River rises in

    a group of lakes of the same name which lie at an altitude of 1,200 feet

    above sea level in the lake-studded strip of comparatively level tableland

    which marks the divide between the Churchill and Mackenzie watersheds.

            Foster River flows out of the southwestern end of the Lower Foster Lake

    in about latitude 56° 25′ N., longitude 105° 45′ W., and follows a deep

    valley in conformity with the strike of the rocks, which there consist

    mainly of reddish gneiss. For the first 18 miles, measured in a direct line,

    the river is almost a continuous rapid, flowing over rounded boulders; but

    toward the end of this portion, the obstructions become more widely spaced

    and the intervening stretches of quiet water are longer. Hills of sand and

    boulders now begin to make their appearance among the knobs of gneiss and

    granite, hitherto prevailing.

            The end of the stretch just described is marked by a heavy, crooked

    rapid where the descent is 10 feet. The river continues its relatively

    straight course for another five and a half miles, through a series of

    basin-like depressions with wooded slopes, where it runs at a moderate rate

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0252                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography. LeBourdais: Canada - Foster River

    over most of the distance, broken, however, by three heavy rapids where

    rocky barriers cross the valley. This is followed by a section of three

    and a half miles, again measured in a straight line, where the river is

    very crooked, flowing through a low marsh, below which a beautiful fall

    occurs where the stream falls over a barrier of reddish gneiss. This is

    succeeded within a short distance by two other falls caused by similar

    ledges of gneiss. Half a mile below the second of these, Little Whitefish

    River, a considerable stream, comes in from the northwest. Thus far, Foster

    River has followed a generally direct course, flowing in a well-marked valley,

    slightly west of south. It now turns sharply eastward, flowing down another

    rapid within a third of a mile; and three-quarters of a mile farther on,

    drops over another ledge of gneiss for a fall of eight feet.

            The country now changes considerably, the rocky hills almost disappear,

    and the river, here about 50 yards wide, flows with an easy current in a

    narrow, crooked valley through a sand and gravel plain, where the channel

    is overhung with willow. Continuing through marshy country, the river swings

    abruptly northward and suddently emerges into a lake three and a half miles

    long, with bold, rocky shores, the southern shore of which is composed of

    almost bare red granite, while the northern shore is farily well wooded.

    Leaving the lake, the river rushes over a barrier of gneiss, and a quarter

    of a mile below strikes another heavy rapid. The river continues northward

    in this stretch, then turns northeastward to meet Sandy River, flowing in

    from that direction. Below the mouth of Sandy River, however, Foster River

    flows almost directly eastward, plunging over three short, rocky rapids; and

    then turns abruptly southward where another, heavier, rapid occurs, followed

    by a second, where the descent is about five feet. Continuing southward with

    a decreasing current, the river empties into the eastern end of a narrow lake,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0253                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Foster River

    three miles long; its longer axis lies almost east and west, and is out by

    the 56th parallel of north latitude. The shores of this lake are thickly

    wooded with small poplar and spruce.

            Flowing out of the west end of this lake, the river again follows a

    well-defined valley for about two miles, in the course of which a rapid

    occurs with a descent of about 15 feet, and then enters the north end of a

    lake which originally went under the name of Jumping-into-the-Water Lake,

    but which the Geographic Board has seen fit to rename Eulas, perhaps because

    the latter could more easily be identified with the statesman for whom the

    river is also named, Sir George Eulas Foster. Eulas Lake is shaped somewhat

    in the form of a right-angle triangle, with the angle to the east, and the

    distance along the hypotenuse is nine miles.

            Below Eulas Lake, the river tumbles down a heavy rapid over broken

    masses of gneiss, followed by a stretch of quiet water, which continues

    for almost three miles, when the river again tumbles over an obstruction,

    this time consisting of boulders, where the drop is 25 feet. This, however,

    is the final obstruction on the river. From this point it flows in a fairly

    direct course slightly west of south through a country consisting of high,

    barren, rocky hills; and within a short distance it cuts th r ough a rocky gap

    into the bottom of a deep bay on one of the many lake-extensions which

    characterize the Churchill River. In its short course, Foster River has

    descended about 400 feet.

            Foster River was first explored in 1892 when J. B. Tyrrell, of the

    Geological Survey of Canada, ascended the Geikie River from Wollaston Lake

    and crossed the height of land to Foster Lakes, thence following Foster River

    to its mouth. Because of its many rapids, it is not a preferred canoe route;

    and unless rich mineral should some day be discovered in its valley, it is not

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0254                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Foster River

    likely, in the foreseeable future, to become much better known than it is

    at present. However, it cuts across the contact between the western edge of

    the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, on the east, and the Palaeozoic

    rocks lying to the westward; and since minerals of economic value are found

    elsewhere in similar contacts, it is not entirely beyond the bounds of

    possibility that mineral occurrences of value might be found in the vicinity

    of Foster River.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Lake Athabaska and Churchill

    River. Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report,

    Vol. VIII, 1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0255                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FRANCES LAKE

            Frances Lake, in southeastern Yukon Territory (latitude at its outlet

    61° 15′ N., longitude, 129° 15′ W.), is the source of the river of the same

    name which flows into the Liard River. It is shaped like a tuning fork, the

    arms of which, 30 miles in length by a mile and a half wide, join about three

    miles from its outlet. The arms are about eight miles apart and are separated

    by a group of low-rounded mountains. The lake, 2,577 feet above sea level,

    lies in a north-and-south direction in a wide plateau about 300 feet above

    its own level. On the west, some distance back, a range of mountains runs

    north and south with an average height of about 7,000 feet, the highest peak

    of which is Mount Logan, 9,000 feet high.

            The water of Frances Lake is clear with a pale brownish tint and abounds

    in fish, chiefly whitefish, lake trout and pike. The country is generally well

    wooded, the principal trees being white spruce (Picea alba), which frequently

    attains a diameter of two feet, black spruce (Picea nigra), black pine (Pinus

    Murrayana), tamarack (Larix Americana), birch (Betula paprifera) and popular

    (Populus balsamifera). The lake was discovered in 1840 by Robert Campbell

    of the Hudson's Bay Company and named by him after Lady Simpson, wife of the

    Governor of Rupert's land. He established a post near its outlet, but it was

    abandoned in 1851, when, because of the hazards of navigation on the Liard,

    supplies for posts on the Yukon River were brought in instead from the Mackenzie

    by way of the portage across from the Peel River to the Bell, and thence down the

    Porcupine to the Yukon.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0256                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Frances Lake

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N.W.T.

    and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887.

    The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, 1898.

            Burpee, L. J. The Search for the Western Sea. Toronto, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0257                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography- Canada

    FRANCES LAKE

            Frances Lake is a trading post situated on the eastern shore of

    Frances Lake in southeastern Yukon. It has a priva te commercial radio

    station.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0258                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FRANCES RIVER

            The Frances River is a tributary of the Liard River in southeastern

    Yukon Territory. It rises in Frances Lake, the outlet of which is in

    latitude 61° 15′ N. and longitude 129° 15′ W., flowing slightly east of

    south a distance by river of about 90 miles to its confluence with the

    Liard. Leaving the lake, its course is through a wide valley where its

    current for the first few miles is slack and its channel broken by islands

    and gravel bars. Then the current quickens and the river runs for ten miles

    at from four and a half miles to five miles an hour, followed by a stretch

    of eight miles where the water is considerably deeper and the current less

    swift. Twenty-one miles below the lake a ca n ñ on occurs. The river here makes

    an abrupt turn to the east, continuing for four miles during which it is

    interrupted by a series of rapids extending for about a mile and a quarter.

    For the next thirteen miles the river runs south-southeasterly, and then

    southwesterly for a short distance. Here a small stream comes in from the

    northwest, draining Simpson Lake. Below this, for about 12 miles, the river

    again runs in a south-southeasterly direction, leading to another ca n ñ on, which

    is about three miles long and bordered by broken, rocky cliffs, where the fall

    is 30 feet. From this canon to the mouth of the river, the distance in a

    straight line is 13 miles, but 22 by the river's twists and turns. In its

    lower reaches, the Frances traverses a high plateau, but in its upper part is

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0259                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Frances Lake River

    flanked by mountains lying some distance away.

            Frances River was discovered in 1834 by John McLeod, Chief Trader of

    the Hudson's Bay Company, who ascended it as far as the small stream draining

    Simpson Lake, which he ascended also, naming the lake after Sir George

    Simpson, Governor of Rupert's land. In 1840, Robert Campbell, another

    Hudson's Bay Company officer, followed the Frances to its source on his

    way across the divide to the headwaters of the Yukon (Pelly) River. He

    named it after lady Simpson. It was explored in 1887 by Dr. George M. Sawson

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, who ascended it on his exploratory journey

    from the Stikine River to the Yukon. In the interval, it has been visited by

    prospectors who found gold in its sandbars, but not in sufficient quantity to

    justify extensive mining operations.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report of an Exploration in the Yukon District. N.W.T .

    and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 .

    The Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, 1898.

            Burpee, L. J. The Search for the Western Sea. Toronto, 1935.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0260                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    FRANKLIN MOUNTAINS

            The easternmost section of the Mackenzie Mountain (q.v.) area, in

    northwestern Canada, consists of the Franklin Mountains. This group of

    mountains is separated from the main ranges of the Mackenzie Mountains by

    a strip of Mackenzie Lowland, and by that portion of the Mackenzie River

    which extends from near Fort Wrigley almost to Fort Good Hope. The

    mountains rise out of the Mackenzie Lowland and extend northwestward in

    a broad are consisting of four different ranges, for a total distance of

    about 400 miles. They consist in some places of a single, high, rocky

    ridge, sloping steeply upward from the surrounding plain, and, in other

    places, of two or three parallel ridges.

            The four ranges which constitute the Franklin Mountains are: (1) the

    Nahanni Range, from Nahanni Butte, on the Liard River, northward to Camsell

    Bend, on the Mackenzie River; (2) the Camsell Range, beginning a short

    distance south of the north end of the Nahanni Range, and extending to

    Fort Wrigley; (3) the McConnell Range, on the east side of the Mackenzie River,

    beginning near the north end of the Camsell Range, and extending to a point

    about due east of Norman Wells; and (4) the Norman Range, from Beer Rock,

    at the mouth of Great Bear River, to the Mackenzie River, after its north–

    ward bend, a short distance above Fort Good Hope, where the mountains

    terminate.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0261                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: LeBourdais: Canada - Franklin Mountains

            These four ranges are not in line; each slightly overlaps the next.

    The McConnell Range lies farther to the east than the others, and provides

    the main part of the arc, supported at the north end by the Norman Range,

    and at the south end by the Camsell Range. The Nahanni Range continues

    the trend of the McConnell Range southward, while the gap between the two

    is filled by a line of low hills.

            The Nahanni Range, the most southerly of the four, rises abruptly

    from the Lowland in the angle formed by the South Nahanni and Liard rivers.

    The South Nahanni River flows past the southern end of this range as it

    empties into the Liard. The Range extends northward to where it is cut off

    by the Mackenzie River at Camsell Bend. The North Nahanni River flows along

    the base of its northern end. At its southern end, it consists of two

    parallel ridges, the more westerly of which shortly merges into the Mackenzie

    Lowland. The easterly ridge, however, rises to an elevation of 5,000 feet,

    and forms a remarkable, narrow, rugged wall, from six to ten miles wide.

            The Camsell Range, at its south end, consists of two narrow ridges

    within the horseshoe bend near the mouth of the North Nahanni River and a

    broader ridge on the west side of the river. Northward, the range expands

    into a belt consisting of several nearly parallel ridges over 4,000 feet high,

    with a breadth of nearly 30 miles. Most of these ridges are rocky and pre–

    cipitous on their eastern faces, but are smooth and sloping on the west.

    Beyond root River, the range continues toward Fort Wrigley, but it is

    overlapped on the west by a short ridge projecting southward from the main

    part of the McConnell Range to the north. The Mackenzie River has out thr g ough

    this southern projection at Roche qui-trempe-a-l'eau .

            The Camsell Range is flanked on all sides by portions of the Mackenzie

    Lowland, which comprises a low plain partly occupied by the Mackenzie River,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0262                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Franklin Mountains

    backed by hills and upland stretches that reach elevations of more than

    1,000 feet, on the east, and 2,000 feet on the west.

            The McConnell Range, at its southern end, reaches heights of 5,000

    feet. It is here about 20 miles wide, and consists of several ridges of

    broken, mountainous country, in which some of the summits have tops suggestive

    of an old, elevated plateau surface. At Great Bear River, the mountains

    converge to a single, narrow ridge, which the river has cut through at St.

    Charles Rapids. Northward, beyond the St. Charles Rapids, the ridge con–

    tinues for about 40 miles, and gradually disappears into the adjacent plains

    region.

            The Norman Range begins at Bear Rock, which occupies the angle between

    the Great Bear and Mackenzie rivers, and extends northwestward. This portion

    of the Franklin Mountains is much lower and less rugged than in the more

    southerly ranges. Its main summits do not rise to a greater height than

    about 2,000 feet. At its extremity, where the Mackenzie River swings north–

    ward, a short distance above the Ramparts, it divides into three major ridges,

    terminating respectively, in East Mountain, Rat Hill, and Beavertail Mountain,

    which form a bold escarpment overlooking the river valley to the west. The

    mountains are not continued on the west side of the Mackenzie River, where

    parallel sections of the Mackenzie Lowland and the Peel Plateau divide the Franklin

    Mountains from the main part of the Mackenzie Mountain area, of which they

    form a part.

            References:

            Williams, M. Y. Exploration of Mackenzie River, Between Simpson and Wrigley ,

    [ ?] N.W.T. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report,

    Part B, 1923.

            Bostock, H. S. Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, With Special References

    to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel. Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247, 1948.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0263                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    FREDERICK HOUSE RIVER

            Frederick House River, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a

    tributary of the Abitibi River (q.v.), whose waters flow into the southern

    end of James Bay by way of Moose River (q.v.). The Frederick House River

    rises in Night Hawk Lake (q.v.), in latitude 48° 30′ N., longitude 81° W.

    Night Hawk Lake lies at an altitude of 895 feet above sea level. Frederick

    House River flows out of the northwest angle of the lake in a broad stream,

    which runs with a sluggish current for 10 miles into Frederick House Lake.

    The drop between the two lakes is only one foot. The timmins branch of the

    Ontario Northland Railway (q.v.) runs along the south side of Frederick House

    Lake, c or ro ssing the river not far from where it enters the southwest corner

    of the lake. Frederick House Lake is six miles long and about three miles

    wide, Frederick House River continues from the northern point of Frederick

    House Lake, flowing in a general north-northwesterly direction, which it

    follows until it joins the Abitibi River in latitude 49° 20′ N., longitude

    81° 17′ W., after a course of about 75 miles. Its drainage basin is narrow,

    since it runs parallel to the Abitibi, which is a few miles to the east, and

    to the Mattagami, whose course lies from 20 to 25 miles farther west.

            In the part immediately below Frederick House Lake, the river is fairly

    swift, following a shallow valley in which it has cut a narrow channel through

    the thick glacial drift. Unlike most other streams in the area, it is not

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0264                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Frederick House River

    interrupted by rapids or falls. This is probably due to the fact that it is

    still in process of cutting its channel through the glacial detritus and has

    not reached the underlying granites. It is crossed by the National Transoon–

    tinental line of the Canadian National Railways, at Frederick Station, six

    miles east of Cochrane (q.v.). Shortly below this point, the Frederick House

    River receives its largest tributary, the Buskegau River, which comes in

    from the west. It is here a broad, rather sluggish stream, which widens

    gradually during the rest of its course, and is about three-quarters of a mile

    in width where it joins the Abitibi. Its junction with the latter is at the

    point where the Abitibi, after flowing westward for 10 miles, resumes its

    northwesterly course. The river and lake received their names from Frederick

    House, a post of the Hudson's Bay Company, established in 1783.

            The course of Frederick House River lies entirely within the Clay Belt

    (q.v.) region of northern Ontario. The region has excellent agricultural

    possibilities, and since it is well supplied with railways, might easily

    become settled. Before this can be done, except on a sporadic basis, large–

    scale clearing projects would need to be instituted, of which there does not

    seem at present to be any prospect.

            Reference:

    Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland: Ontario . Toronto. The Ryerson Press,

    1946.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0265                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    FRENCH RIVER

            French River, in northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, drains an

    area to the west of the Abitibi River (q.v.), and, as is the case with the

    latter, its waters reach James Bay by means of the Moose River (q.v.), into

    which it discharges a short distance below the mouth of the Abitibi. It

    rises in a series of small lakes in latitude 49° 40′ N., longitude 80° 32′

    W., and flows in a generally northerly direction, with a total length of

    about 100 miles. In its upper reaches, it traverses part of the Canadian

    Shield, and, as is typical of streams in that region, is interrupted by

    numerous rapids and falls. Its immediate valley in this portion is well timbered

    with spruce, poplar and tamarack, which changes to dwarf black spruce a short

    distance from the stream on either side. Considerable areas in this section

    have been burnt over. Its lower reaches are almost entirely through muskeg

    and peat bog, characteristic of the Hudson (James) Bay Lowlands, where the

    timber consists chiefly of stunted black spruce. The French receives a number

    of tributaries, most of which flow in from the east because its watershed is

    hemmed on the west by that of the Little Abitibi and Abitibi rivers.

            Extensive deposits of gypsum and china clay have been cross-cut by the

    stream, and these may some day prove of value, particularly if similar deposits

    farther west should ever be developed. If, and when, the muskeg lands of this

    region, generally, are proper r ly drained, it is possible that an extensive

    area of land suited to agriculture could be made available in the French River

    basin.

            Reference:

    Government of Ontario. Report of James Bay Forest Survey, Moose River Lower

    Basin. Toronto: King's Printer, 1923.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0266                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    FROBISHER LAKE

            Frobisher Lake, northwestern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, drains

    through Churchill Lake, to the south, into the Churchill River, which empties

    into Hudson Bay, 1,000 miles to the eastward. It is a great, sprawling

    expanse of water and rook which exhibits in an extreme manner the character–

    istics of lakes in the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield. Neither

    its area nor its length of shoreline is probably known accurately, but it is

    quite possible that its shoreline is longer in proportion to its area than

    is the case with any other lake in Canada, and that probably means anywhere

    in the world. Its southernmost point is in latitude 56° 10′ N. and its

    northernmost point is in latitude 56° 37′ N.; its easternmost point is in

    longitude 107° 53′ W. and its westernmost point is in longitude 108° 34′ W.

    From its easternmost point to its westernmost point the distance is 28 miles,

    and from its southernmost extremity to its northernmost point the distance

    is 33 miles, but these figures give no indication of its area because its

    super i ficial extent bears little relation to its actual water area. It

    consists of at least eight more or less irregular parallel vertical sections

    joined [ ?] together by narrow channels, besides which each section is occupied

    by large islands. Generally the sections increase in length to the westward;

    the shortest is the easternmost and the longest is the westernmost. The latter

    is about 23 miles long by about four miles at its widest, while the eastern–

    most section is 10 miles long and about four and a half miles wide. The

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0267                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Frobisher Lake

    intervening ones range between these two extremes. Generally a lake can be

    described as a body of water surrounded by land; but in some of these sections,

    so large are the islands they contain, they might as well be described as

    large bodies of land surrounded by narrow lanes or channels of water. Even

    on the map it is difficult to get a visual picture of this lake, and it is

    infinitely harder to convey a verbal picture of it.

            Frobisher Lake is connected at its northwestern extremity with Turnor

    Lake, to the northwest, by a short stretch of rapids-filled river; and it

    is connected with Churchill Lake on the south through Simonds Channel, which

    at one point narrows to a quarter of a mile. The level of Turnor Lake is

    10 feet above that of Frobisher Lake, but the latter and Churchill Lake are

    at the same level, consequently both are drained by Churchill River which

    flows out of the southern end of Churchill Lake.

            It is probable that the first persons other than Indians to traverse

    this lake were fur traders, since the area still produces a considerable

    quantity of furs, but there is no record of who the first explorer was.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0268                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    GEIKIE RIVER

            Geikie River, northeastern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, drains a

    narrow strip of territory lying southwest of Wollaston Lake, emptying into

    the southwestern end of the latter. Wollaston Lake has two outlets, one

    draining northwestward into Mackenzie River waters, the other, draining

    southeastward by a circuitous route into Churchill River waters; conse–

    quently, in this way, Geikie River can be said to form part of both the

    Arctic and Hudson Bay draining basins. It rises in latitude 56° 37′ N.,

    longitude, 105° 45′ W., in the lake-studded tableland forming the height

    of land between the Churchill and Mackenzie watersheds, and is about 120

    miles long. The river flows almost directly northeastward, without any con–

    siderable deviation, and because it generally follows the strike of the

    underlying Pre-Cambrian rocks, is perhaps less impeded by rapids and falls

    than most rivers in that part of the Canadian Shield. Where rapids occur,

    they are usually caused by accumulations of boulders left by the retreating

    Keewatin glacier. Geikie River flows through no lakes of any size, but

    frequently expands into lake-like stretches; and, for a for a considerable portion

    of its course, runs with a slack current. In General, it flows through a

    heavily drift-covered country between low, sparsely wooded banks.

            Geikie River begins as a rapid streamlet flowing northeastward out of

    a small straggling lake set among spruce-covered hills, and flows through

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0269                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Geikie River

    two similar small lakes before entering a lake about three-quarters of a

    mile in length with wooded, rocky shores. Flowing out of the northern end

    of this lake, Geikie River, now from six to 12 feet wide, winds for a mile

    along the bottom of a shallow valley, and then enters an oval lake about

    three miles long by three-quarters of a mile wide. It is a somewhat larger

    stream when it emerges from this lake and continues its northeastward course

    through a wooded, sandy country to the mouth of a small branch flowing in

    from the eastward. Beyond this point, it expands several times into elongated

    ponds, lying in low, marshy country, and then enters a narrow lake about 11

    miles in length, whose greatest width is about three-quarters of a mile, and

    whose shores consist of low, sandy hills, fairly well wooded. Flowing out

    of the northeastern angle of this lake, the stream, now about 35 feet wide,

    flows for three miles and a half through a fairly level, sandy country into

    another small lake.

            Beyond this point, for five miles in a straight line, the river flows

    through a heavily drift-covered region, where sand, gravel and boulders in

    the same condition as when left by the retreating Keewatin glacier, and which,

    since that time, has been practically undisturbed. The river, hitherto flowing

    northeastward, here makes a sudden turn to the east, flowing in that direction

    for a short distance, before again resuming its northeasterly course through a

    sand and gravel plain above which occasional knobs of gneiss occur. Swinging

    ab r uptly to the west, it cuts across the strike of the gneiss, running through

    a sloping valley 100 feet deep, and then resumes its regular course, flowing,

    shortly after, into the southwestern end of Big Sandy Lake, 15 miles long,

    and about half a mile wide at its greatest width.

            The stream that leaves Big Sandy Lake is much larger than the one enter–

    ing it 15 miles above. The country changes, too; more rock is exposed.

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0270                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Geikie River

    Shortly before the outlet of Big [ ?] andy Lake, the river breaks over two

    rapids, with descents of two and five feet, respectively and then, flow–

    ing between vertical walls of rock, goes over falls with a drop of about

    eight feet. Beyond this, is another narrow lake, four miles in length,

    below which two rapids occur where the descent is 12 and 30 feet, respec–

    tively. The river here flows through a sloping valley, 30 to 40 feet deep,

    in a somewhat irregular plain of sand, above which rise occasional hills of

    gneiss.

            The river now passes out of the belt of granitic rocks that it has

    recently been traversing, and for the next three miles is, for the most

    part, rapid and shallow, flowing between hills and ridges of rounded stones

    and boulders intermixed with reddish sand or silt. That the bedrock still

    consists of granitic rocks is evidences by the river's going over a fall

    between sandy banks where the obstruction is composed of massive granite.

    Below this fall, the river continues for three miles in a straight stretch

    of quiet water between sand banks to the head of White Spruce Rapid, where,

    in a spectacular descent of 18 feet, it tumbles over a series of granitic

    barriers.

            Below the rapid, the river flows wide and shallow for half a mile and

    then drops down two rapids which are a b out a quarter of a mile apart. After

    this, the river straightens out and runs for 14 miles without a break, where

    in places there seems even to be no current. At the end of this stretch,

    however, boulders again appear in the bed of a stream and along the banks,

    and for two miles the river becomes a rapid torrent, descending in that

    distance a total of 35 feet. Below this, the river widens, running between

    low, wooded hills, at the end of which it expands into a small lake, surrounded

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0271                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Geikie River

    by hills of sand and boulders. Shortly below, Poor-fish River flows in from

    the southwest, the largest tributary of Geigie River and navigable for canoes.

    Beyond the mouth of Poor-fish River, Geikie River flows between sand and

    gravel banks, and then turning suddenly below two rounded hills, cuts across

    the strike into a parallel valley, tumbling down rapids in the process. Con–

    tinuing northeastward in this valley for a mile and a half between steep,

    sandy banks about 50 feet high, Geikie River flows over a heavy rapid where

    the total descent is 45 feet, the channel wide and filled with boulders.

    Two miles below this rapid, the stream separates around an island and then

    falls over a ledge of gneiss for a drop of three feet. From the foot of

    this rapid the river, now about 100 yards wide at its narrowest, flows deep

    and quiet for four miles through low, wooded hills, and then expands into two

    lake-like stretches, studded with islands, and finally merges gradually into

    the bottom of Nekweaga Bay, the southwestern extremity of Wollaston Lake.

            Geikie River was first explored in 1892, when J. B. Tyrrell, of the

    Geological Survey of Canada, crossing from Athabaska Lake to Churchill River,

    ascended it from Wollaston Lake to its source, and then crossed to the head–

    waters of Foster River, which hetraversed to its mouth in Churchill River.

            Dr. Tyrrell gave the river its name in honor of James Geikie, of Edinburgh,

    Scotland, well-known geology authority.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River . Geological Survey of Cana [ ?] a. Annual Report, Vol. VIII,

    1896.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0272                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    GEORGE RIVER

            George River, in northwestern Ungava, now called New Quebec, in the

    Canadian province of Quebec, drains a considerable area of territory lying

    west of the height of land which separates New Quebec from Newfoundland-

    Labrador. Its course is approximately northward from its source in about

    latitude 55° N. to its mouth in the southeastern part of Ungava Bay, which

    it enters in latitude 59° N., longitude, 66° W. It is 365 miles in length

    and drains a territory of 20,000 square miles. Like most other rivers in

    Ungava, its drainage area is long and narrow, since it is hemmed between

    the height of land on the east and the Kaniapiskau and Whale rivers on the

    west, the latter of which drains the widening angle between the George and

    Kaniapiskau rivers, toward Ungava Bay.

            George River is formed by three main branches, the central and perhaps

    the thief one, rises in Lake Hubbard, slightly south of latitude 55° N.;

    the east branch drains a series of small lakes stretching off toward the

    height of land a few miles farther to the east; and the west branch drains

    a similar chain of lakes farther west, chief of which is Lake Petitsikapau.

    The central and east branches join in Cabot Lake, the second principal lake–

    expansion below Lake Hubbard; while the west branch flows into the combined

    stream a short distance below the outlet of Advance Lake, which is about 50

    miles below Cabot Lake. The George is now a considerable river, flowing

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0273                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - George River

    through a flat, boggy and sparsely wooded region in which the principal

    trees are tamarack and spruce. For 30 miles after the confluence with the

    west branch the river continues to meander through one lake-expansion after

    another, only one of which is of any considerable size. The course hitherto

    has been approximately northwesterly, but after crossing latitude 56°, it

    takes a turn sharply to the west for two miles over a series of heavy rapids

    and then enters Indian House Lake, which extends northward for 60 miles,

    varying in width from a quarter of a mile to two miles. It might more properly

    be described as two lakes rather than one, since at a narrow point a swift

    current exists, which would suggest a change in level. Except that in the

    stretches above and below this point no current exists, the whole 60 miles

    might be considered as an exceptionally wide stretch of river. It is perhaps

    significant that the Kaniapiskau River flows through a similar lake-expansion

    at Cambrian Lake due west of Indian House Lake, except that Cambrian Lake

    extends for only about half the length of the latter. In both cases the

    geological structure is apparently similar.

            Indian House Lake is bounded by hills on each side, those on the east

    rising abruptly from the water, while those on the west stand some distance

    back, with sand terraces separating them from the river. Many small tribu–

    taries enter from both directions, but none of any consequence. As is usual

    with lakes in this region, Indian House Lake terminates in a series of rapids,

    and the river continues as before, rapids succeeding lake-expansions, with

    very little quiet water anywhere.

            A few miles below Indian House Lake, the river, flowing swiftly, expands

    into Slanting Lake, below which the lake-expansions largely cease; the river

    now makes an irregular curve to the west and flows through hills on either side

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0274                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - George River

    in a deeper valley. From this point to its mouth, it is swift, with

    numerous rapids. At one point it drops over falls called Helen Falls, the

    height of which has not been ascertained. Several tributaries are received,

    the largest of which are usually from the east. Toward its mouth the hills

    seem to become higher, principally because the stream has out its valley so

    much farther below the surface of the surrounding country. It is about two

    miles wide immediately above its estuary. On the east bank, 10 miles from

    the o ep pe n sea, the Hudson's Bay Company's post is situated.

            The first descent of George River of which there is a record is that

    of Mrs. Leonidas Hubbard Jr., in 1905, who, in completing a journey begun

    by her husband three years previously, who died in the interior of Labrador,

    traversed the river from its source in Lake Hubbard to its mouth.

            Reference:

    Hubbard, Mina Benson. A Woman's Way Through Unknown Labrador. London,

    (Mrs. Leonidas Hubbard) 1908.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0275                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GRANVILLE LAKE

            Granville Lake, northern Manitoba, Dominion of Canada, is an expanded

    portion of Churchill River, which at that point flows in a northeasterly

    direction across the province to empty into Hudson Bay. It lies roughly

    in a northeast-southwest direction, 850 feet above sea level; its southern–

    most point in in latitude 56° 11′ N.; its northernmost point is in 56° 30′

    N.; its easternmost point is in longitude 100° 06′ W.; and its westernmost

    point in 100° 56′ W., 40 miles east of the Manitoba-Saskatchewan boundary.

    The lake consists of a narrow, tapering section about 30 miles long and

    about four miles wide at its widest — southwestern — end. From this central

    section radiafe long, irregular arms, the longest of which extends northwest–

    ward for 18 miles. The longest arms are nearer the southwestern end of

    the lake, so that, as seen on the map, the lake looks like a fallen tree,

    with its longest branches nearest the root and becoming shorter toward the

    top, or northeastern end, of the lake. Like many northern trees, its branches

    are longer on one (the northern) side than on the other. The main part of

    the lake, as well as its many arms, are filled with islands of all sizes.

    It's total area is 207 square miles.

            Granville Lake lies entirely within the Canadian Shield, and its features

    are typical of a large part of that region. It consists of a series of rocky

    basins which were scooped out of the rock by the glaciers. The country

    surrounding the lake consists of rounded ridges and hills composed of the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0276                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Granville Lake

    harder rocks interspersed with narrow, steep-walled valleys, low, muskeg-

    filled depressions, and small lakes in settings of either muskeg or rock,

    and connected by small, swampy streams. Most of the rock in the region con–

    sists of granite, but north of Granville Lake a belt of greenstone and sedi–

    ments occurs; and it is in these rocks that it is though minerals of economic

    importance might be found. If some day important mineral occurrences should

    be found, adequate power for their development will be available. Granville

    Falls, where the Churchill River falls 25 feet, a short distance before it

    enters the lake, is an excellent power site; and, in addition, many falls of

    varying heights occur in all of the streams that [ ?] flow into the lake. The

    Churchill flows in at the lake's southwestern angle; the Keewatin and the

    Hughes rivers drain large areas to the north; while the Laurie, which enters

    the lake at its southwestern angle, not far from where the Churchill enters,

    drains a large area to the northwest.

            The country generally has been burnt over, but a heavy second-growth con–

    sisting chiefly of poplar, jackpine, spruce and some tamarack, is springing up.

    The islands in Granville and the other larger lakes have escaped the fire, and

    on some of these stands of fine timber remain. If further fires can be pre–

    vented, the territory should some day be productive of considerable quantities

    of pulp wood, in addition to smaller amounts of merchantable timber.

            Although the Churchill River was for many years part of the great canoe

    route to the Athabaska and Mackenzie districts, the route tapped the river farther

    upstream, and consequently that part of the Churchill of which Granville Lake

    is a part, did not become so well known as the section farther west. Following

    the staking of gold claims in 1930, the area was mapped by the Topographical

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0277                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Granville River

    Survey of Canada; in 1932, detailed reconnaissance was begun by J. F. Henderson

    of the Geological Survey of Canada; and, in 1933, geological mapping was con–

    tinued by G. W. H. Norman, with the assistance of J. F. Henderson and others.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0278                                                                                                                  
    EA- [ ?] Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GREAT BEAR LAKE

            Great Bear Lake, in Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, with an

    area of 12,000 square miles, is the largest lake wholly within the Dominion.

    Only Superior, Huron and Michigan, on the continent, are larger. Crossed

    by the Arctic Circle, its most northerly point is in latitude 67° N.,

    while its most southerly point is in latitude 64° 30′ N. East and west, it

    lies between longitudes 117° 30′ W. and 124° W. If it were not for four

    large peninsulas jutting into it from opposite directions, the lake would be

    a rough rectangle; but with its five arms it looks like an irregular swastika.

            A broad-based promontory terminating in a pendant peninsula of which the

    backbone consists chiefly of the Scented Grass Hills, 2,144 feet high, forms

    the main part of the western end of the lake, separating Keith Arm, on the

    south, from Smith Arm, on the north. Keith Arm, in turn, is separated from

    a narrower arm farther south, called McVicar Arm, by a long peninsula termi–

    nated by Grizzly Bear Mountain, 1,500 feet high. Thus, at the western end

    of the lake there are three arms, separated by extensive peninsulas.

            Two broad arms and one peninsula form the eastern end of the lake.

    Dease Arm, in the extreme northeastern angle of the lake, is separated by a

    broad promontory from McTavish Arm, in the southeastern angle. From the tip

    of this promontory to the shore of the Scented Grass Hills peninsula opposite,

    is a space of open water of about 40 miles. Great Bear Lake, from the eastern

    extrmity of McTavish Arm to the mouth of Great Bear River, at the western

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0279                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    extremity of Keith Arm, is about 170 miles long, while at its greatest width

    it is about 125 miles. It lies at an elevation of 391 feet above sea level,

    and its greatest depth has not yet been ascertained, but it is known to be

    in excess of 280 feet. Its shoreline is appriximately 1,360 miles long, in

    the course of which its receives few rivers, the principal being Dease River,

    at the northeastern extremity, and the Sloan, and the Camsell, both of which

    flow into McTavish Arm. It is drained by Great Bear River, 75 miles long,

    which flows out of the western end of Keith Arm and empties into the Mackenzie

    River.

            Like all the lakes in the series extending northwestward from the Lake

    of the Woods, on the Canada-United States border, Great Bear Lake lies across

    the contact between the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield on the

    east and the Palaeozoic rocks to the west. Its shores are generally low,

    except for part of McTavish Bay, part of Dease Arm and south of Smith Arm.

    In general, the Palaeozoic rocks have withstood the action of the glaciers

    much less than the granitic Pre-Cambrian rocks, which thus stand out in bold

    cliffs.

            Keith Arm, the principal indentation on the western side of the lake, is

    about 75 miles deep by an average of about 30 miles wide, lying in the pre–

    valling northeast-southwest direction. Grea t Bear River flows out of its

    northwestern angle, four miles southwest of the site of Fort Franklin, built

    in 1825 for the explorer, Captain (later Sir John) Franklin (q.v.). The

    northwestern shore of Keith Arm is broken by two indentations of considerable

    size, the most westerly of which is Russel Bay and the other Deerpass Bay,

    the deeper of the two, which with Mackintosh Bay, extending southward from

    Smith Arm, almost separates the Scented Grass Hills peninsula from the larger

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0280                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    promontory. A range of low sandy hills follows the north shore of Keith Arm,

    never exceeding 500 feet in height. For the most part they are three or four

    miles back from the shore, but in several places they come to the water's edge.

            The Scented Grass Hills peninsula juts southeastward toward the central

    part of the lake and is the most easterly projection of the western shore,

    terminating in a prominent headland known as Etacho Point. The Scented Grass

    Hills consist of a ridge of round-topped hills, some of which are from 400 to

    500 feet high. Northwestward, along the north shore of the Scented Grass Hills,

    11 miles beyond Etacho Point, is Douglas Bay, where deposits of coal are known.

            Smith Arm, narrower than Keith Arm, and not so deep, lies in the north–

    western angle of Great Bear Lake, its end marking the most westerly point of

    the lake. Following the general trend, it, too, lies in a northeast-southwest

    direction. Except for Macintosh Bay, about midway of its southern coast, its

    shores are not greatly indented. From the western end of Smith Arm a line

    of small streams and lakes extends south almost to the mouth of Great Bear River

    and provides a traffic route between Smith and Keith arms which obviates the

    necessity of following the long course along the coast around the point of

    the peninsula.

            About midway of the north shore of Smith Arm, the Katseyedie River,

    flowing in from the north down a deep valley it has out through a range of

    round wooded hills lying to then north, some six or seven miles from the shore s

    enters the lake; eastward, beyond the mouth of the Katseyedie River, the shore

    for some distance is sandy. The northern shore of Smith Arm — running in a

    northeasterly direction — merges directly into the north shore of Dease Arm,

    which constitutes the northeastern angle of the lak [ ?] . It is about the same

    depth as Smith Arm, but is somewhat wider. About 30 miles from the end of

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0281                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    Dease Arm, at Limestone Point, Pre-Cambrian rocks outcrop, and from there

    to the site of Fort Confidence, along what might be called the north shore

    proper, the coast is marked by rocky promontories, deep water, and by

    sizable spruce in the background. The site of Fort Confidence is some six

    miles west of the mouth of the Dease River.

            The southerly shore of Dease Arm extends southwestward from the mouth of

    Dease River to Cape MacDonnel, about 50 miles in a straight line. The first

    30 miles are rough and rocky; deep bays with wooded shores and small rocky

    islets are common. Low, broken hills follow the immediate shore, and extend

    into the interior. The Narakay Islands, of which there are seven or eight,

    lie some two miles off shore, about midway between Dease River and Cape

    MacDonnel. They are a prominent feature in the topography of this part of

    the lake and can be seen for miles. They are high and rocky, presenting

    steep shores of greenstones to the water's edge. Cape MacDonnel, at the end

    of the peninsula separating Dease Arm from McTavish Arm, to the south, is a

    long, narrow gravel point, strewn with immense granite boulders and stretching

    out into the lake.

            McTavish Arm is the most easterly extension of Great Bear Lake and

    occupies its southeastern angle. Wider at the bottom than it is deep, its

    width, from the extremity of Hornby Bay to the bottom of Conjuror Bay, is

    more than 70 miles in a direction a little west of south, but its depth from

    west to east is only about 60 miles. The northern shore of McTavish Arm runs

    almost straight east from Cape MacDonnel. For the first 50 miles it is a

    repetition of the south shore of Dease Arm, except that the mainland is per–

    haps higher and better wooded. Then the country becomes rocky, and hills

    appear, terminating in a steep angular knob of greenstone called Black Rock,

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0282                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    rising 600 feet. Beyond Black R ock the shoreline trends northeast and north

    for about 15 miles, after which it bends southward and southwestward, enclose–

    ing Hornby Bay. From Hornby Bay southward the eastern shore of McTavish Arm

    is deeply indented, and dotted with islands. The whole eastern shore, in–

    cluding Hornby and Conjuror bays a [ r ?] t its north and south extremities, respect–

    tively, is surrounded by high hills of granite and greenstones. For miles

    along some parts of the shore these hills rise to a height of 600 and 700

    feet almost perpendicularly from the water. They are not associated in ranges;

    the country has the appearance of an elevated peneplain. More or less timber

    is found all along the eastern shore of McTavish Arm. White spruce is the

    prevailing forest tree, but tamarack, balsam poplar and aspen also abound,

    particularly in Conjuror Bay, although not of great size.

            Hunter Bay lies south of the entrance to Hornby Bay, trending in a

    northeasterly direction. Echo Bay lies about midway between Hornby Bay on

    the north and Conjuror Bay on the south; and at the northern extremity of the

    entrance to Echo Bay is LaBine Point, alongside of which is the Eldorado mine,

    (q.v.). Conjuror Bay marks the extreme southeastern part of McTavish Arm.

    It is a deep inlet, stretching toward the southeast; across its mouth,

    cutting it off from the main portion of McTavish Arm, is Richardson Island.

    Camsell River, draining a large part of the plateau to the south, enters an

    inlet on the south side of Conjuror Bay.

            Beyond the end of Richardson Island, a broad promontory juts northwest–

    ward toward the central part of the lake. At its extremity is Leith Point

    in latitude 65° 45′ N., longitude 119° 45′ W., which marks the southwestern

    extremity of McTavish Arm. A peninsula approximately 56 miles long by 22

    miles wide, extending in a southwest-northeast [ ?] irection, separates McVicar

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0283                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    Arm, in the southwestern angle of Great Bear Lake, from the main part of

    the lake. Grizzly Bear Mountain, a massive round-topped ridge, some 1,500

    feet high, bare of trees for sever a l hundred feet toward the top, terminates

    this peninsula. McVicar Arm, approximately 68 miles long by an average of

    about 12 miles wide, lies in the prevailing direction of southwest-northeast.

    The promontory to the east, already referred to, which terminates in Leith

    Point, almost blocks its entrance. The latter, which runs in a northwesterly-

    southeasterly direction, is about seven miles across from peninsula to

    peninsula.

            Although the records are obscure on this point, it is believed that

    Alexander Mackenzie (q.v.), after his historic trip to the Arctic Sea in

    1789, caused a post of the Northwest Company to be established at the

    western end of Great Bear Lake, not far from where Fort Franklin was later

    built. At any rate, the post, if ever established, had long been abandoned

    before Fort Franklin was built in 1825. Franklin's party spent the winter of

    1825-26 there; and Dr. John Richardson (q.v.), who accompanied Franklin,

    explored 500 miles of the lake's shores during the fall of 1825 and the

    following April, fixing many points by astonomical observations.

            Peter Warren Dease (q.v.), a Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay Company,

    and Thomas Simpson (q.v.), also an officer of the Hudson's Bay Company, who

    had been commissioned to explore the arctic coast east of the Coppermine

    River, spent the winters of 1837-38 and 1838-39 near the mouth of the Dease

    River, building Fort Confidence there; and, in 1848-49, Dr. Richardson again

    wintered at Fort Confidence on his return from the Franklin search. In 1900,

    James Mackintosh Bell (q.v.), of the Geological Survey of Canada, with Charles

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0284                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    Camsell (q.v.) as one of his assistants, explored part of the western, the

    northern, the eastern, and part of the southern shores of the lake. In 1909-

    10, C. D. Melvill (q.v.) and John Hornby (q.v.) were on McTavish Arm and else–

    where on Great Bear Lake; in 1910-11, Stefansson (q.v.) was on the shores of

    both McTavish and Dease arms, and wintered on the upper Dease, while Melvill

    and Hornby, as well as Joseph Hodgson (q.v.), wintered near the mouth of the

    Dease. That winter Stefansson explored the forest and prairie northeastward

    from the mouth of the Dease to Cape Parry on the arctic coast. George H.

    Douglas (q.v.) was at Great Bear Lake, and to the northeast of it, the winter

    of 1911-12, exploring particularly in the direction of the Coppermine River.

    D'Arcy Arden (q.v.) as a trapper, trader and, later, prospector, made his

    headquarters on Great Bear Lake from 1914 for more than 20 years, until he

    moved to Yellowknife.

            In the fall of 1929, Gilbert LaBine (q.v.) set out by airplane from

    Edmonton to prospect in the vicinity of the eastern end of McTavish Arm. He

    spent but a short time there, but what he saw, especially as he flew out over

    Echo Bay, convinced him of the desirability of further examination. Consequently

    the following spring he flew in again and this time, on the shore of Echo Bay,

    he located veins carrying silver and what later proved to be pitchblends. He

    staked several claims which eventually became the El r d orado mine, one of the

    greatest radium-uranium producers in the world. LaBine's find caused a

    flurry of staking, and development of other mines was begun in the vicinity,

    but within a few years only the Eldorado mine continued in production.

    Port Radium, on Cameron Bay, is the commercial center, aside from the

    community maintained by the Eldorado mine itself; it has among other facilities,

    a postoffice, trading posts, rooming houses, restaurants, Government wireless

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0285                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear Lake

    station, flying company base, and a detachment of Royal Canadian Mounted

    Police.

            The fishery resources of Great Bear Lake, so far as present information

    goes, seem to be considerable. Whitefish are the most important, but fresh–

    water herring, arctic trout, bluefish, loche, dorys, jackfish, and tullabees

    also abound. Whitefish are found more generally near the mouths of the rivers;

    herring, averaging a pound and a half, are found especially near the entrance

    to Great Bear River. Trout, running up to 50 or 60 pounds in weight, are

    caught principally in the main portion of the lake.

            By the end of October or early in November, the bays along the shores

    of Great Bear Lake begin to freeze over, but the center of the lake is not

    covered with ice until December. The breakup is usually some time in June,

    depending on the nature of the season, but often some of the bays are still

    ice locked until well into July, while floating ice may still be seen after

    the first of August.

            References:

            Richardson, John. Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Shores of the

    Polar Sea, in the Years 1825, 1826 and 1827, etc.

    Lodnon, 1828.

            Bell, J. Macintosh. Annual Report; Geological Survey of Canada, 1900.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0286                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GREAT BEAR RIVER

            Great Bear River, 75 miles long, drains the lake of the same name in

    northwestern Canada into the Mackenzie River. It averages from 150 to 300

    yards in width, mostly confined between clay banks, and has a current vary–

    ing from three to seven miles and hour. Its average depth is about six feet,

    except in a section of about six miles 35 miles from its mouth, where rapids

    occur, and there is not more than an average of three feet in depth. It is

    navigable for powerful river boats and below the rapids and can be navigated

    for its whole length by smaller craft which must be poled or lined upstream,

    but which can manage the rapids on the downstream course. Since it receives

    practically all its water from Great Bear Lake, its watershed corresponds

    almost exactly with that of which the lake is the reservoir and extending not

    very far beyond its margin in any direction. The only addition is that con–

    tributed by a few unimportant tributaries.

            The river leaves Great Bear Lake at the northwestern angle of Keith

    Arm, flowing at first through a broad rather shallow channel. For 10 miles

    it follows a southwesterly course and then turns to the westward, a direction

    which it holds with minor deviations throughout the whole of its course.

            The rapids are caused by the cutting [ ?] of the river through the Franklin

    Mountains which become visible shortly after the descent of the river is

    beguun. Long after every vestige of ice has left other sections of the river,

    and while its shores are profuse with grasses and flowers, its banks an either

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0287                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Bear [ Ytar ?] River

    side of the rapids are piled high with the ice that has accumulated during

    the winter and from which the banks at this point never become entirely free.

            Great Bear River flows into the Mackenzie at right-angles, its clearer

    water running side by side with the Mackenzie's darker flood for several

    miles before they finally mingle. Since the discovery of the Eldorado mine

    at the eastern end of Great Bear Lake in 1930, the river has been an impor–

    tant traffic artery for supplies going upstream to the mine, but more par–

    ticularly, for concentrates on their way outside to the refinery.

            References:

            Bell, J. Mackintosh. Annual Report . Geological Survey of Canada, 1900.

            Douglas, George M. Lands Forlorn. New york, 1914.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0288                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GREAT SLAVE LAKE

            Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, is second

    only to its northern neighbor, Great Bear Lake, among the lakes wholly within

    the confines of the Dominion. It has an area of 11,170 square miles, and as

    much is the fifth in size in North America, being exceeded only by Superior,

    Huron, Michigan and Great Bear. Like the other lakes in the series extend–

    ing northwestward from the Lake-of-the-Woods at the Canada-United States

    border to Great Bear Lake, it lies across the contact between the granitic

    Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield on the east and the younger Palaeo–

    zoic rocks on the west. Like Great Bear, its main axis lies in a southwest-

    northeast direction. Its greatest length is 348 miles and its greatest width

    (to the top of North Arm) is 150 miles, although its average is about 35 miles.

    It is widest in its western section, which, but for an occasional one near shore,

    has no islands, while its long, narrow eastern section is filled with them.

    It is 495 feet above sea level, and is the source of the Mackenzie River

    Proper, which flows out of its western extremity.

            Great Slave Lake lies between latitudes 60° 50′ N. and 62° 55′ N. and

    longitudes 108° 40′ and 117° W., and is wholly within the forest zone of

    Canada, although to the east and nor t heast the timber is small in places.

    Generally speaking, the timber resources are better on the south than on the

    north shore. The lake was once — probably in post-glacial times — in the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0289                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    form of a cross, but the south arm has been filled by the Slave River, which

    empties its silt-laden waters into the lake at that point.

            For purposes of description, the lake may be div i ded into four sections,

    the Slave River delta section, on the south; the East Arm; the North Arm;

    and the western, or Mackenzie River section. The Slave River delta, or

    central section of the lake, is the remnant of what was once the main part

    of Great Slave Lake. At one time it extended southward as far as the rapids

    at Fort Smith, 200 miles beyond the present shoreline. The Taltson River,

    the prin i c ipal stream, aside from the Slave, flowing into the lake from the

    southeast, enters about 25 miles east of the center of the Slave delta, but

    the whole distance between the two rivers is in realit [ ?] part of the delta,

    constantly advancing farther into the lake. Resolution, the principal settle–

    ment on the south shore, has been a trading post for a century and a half,

    although its exact site has frequently been changed. Its present location

    is three miles southwest of the main mouth of Slave River. The whole coast

    along the south shore to a point beyond the mouth of the Taltson is low and

    marshy, but the Taltson marks the eastern extent of the Palaeozoic rocks,

    and as soon as the harder Pre-Cambrian rocks appear the shore becomes bolder

    and the lake is filled with islands, practically all of which are of Pre-

    Cambrian formation. The lake is now much narrower, and the effects of the

    geological structure upon the physical characteristics of a lake are graphi–

    cally illustrated. In its western end, Great Slave Lake occupies a wide

    basin gouged out of the Palaeozoic rocks and its shores are low, sandy and

    marshy; while in the eastern portion, the lake is long and narrow, with high,

    rocky shores, and filled with islands which are also long and narrow, their

    axes corresponding to the general axis of the lake.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0290                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

            It is interesting to note how the islands in the narrowing section of

    the lake beyond the mouth of the Taltson, seem to line up from south to north

    across the lake, and also how their western edge corresponds with the eastern

    shore of the North Arm, which again is explained by the geological structure.

    East of the east shore of the North Arm is Pre-Cambrian territory; the

    glaciers routed out only the relatively softer sections of the rocks, leaving

    high, bold shores, and even within the space which the water could occupy,

    islands, similarly high and rocky occupy in places almost as great an area

    as the water itself. The country back from the shores has the thin soil of

    the Canadian Shield, which nevertheless provides sustenance for a surprising

    extent of forest cover. A remarkable feature of the eastern end of the lake

    is the long, narrow peninsula which, projecting westerly from the south shore,

    almost to the north shore, roughly divides the eastern end into longitudinal

    sections, that to the north called McLeod Bay and the one to the south,

    Christie Bay.

            Proceeding eastward from the mouth of the Taltson River along the south

    shore, trending here northeasterly, the elevation is moderate and the topog–

    raphy irregular for 25 or 30 miles, after which for the next 50 or 60 miles,

    the country becomes more rugged. At about latitude 62° 05′ N., an irregular

    peninsula juts out to the southwest, closely paralleling the shore, and from

    its appearance might be one of the cluster of islands lying beyond its

    extremity. North of this peninsula, a section of the lake is dyked off by

    narrow ridges of rock forming Stark Lake, connected with the main part of

    the lake by a narrow channel which in its short course is interrupted by two

    rapids. Into this lake the Snowdrift River enters from the northeast. On

    the peninsula separating Stark Lake from the lake proper, is a small settle–

    ment called Snowdrift consisting of the usual trading post and little more.

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0291                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    North of Stark Lake lie two irregular and generally westward-estending

    peninsulas which separate Tochativi Bay from McLeod Bay on the north. An

    extension of Kahoshella, the northernmost of the two peninsulas, continuing

    southward, is the one already referred to as almost reaching the north

    shore of the lake at Taltheilei Narrows.

            Charlton Bay, 16 miles in length by from two to five miles wide,

    occupies the eastern extremity of the lake, from which it is separated by

    two long rocky points, Townsend Point on the north, and Manufelly Point on

    the south, which project from either side of the narrow lake-end, leaving

    a channel only half a mile wide between them. Into the northern end of

    Charlton Bay, the Lockhart River empties, draining Artillery Lake to the

    northeast and an extensive country beyond. Old Fort Reliance, built in

    1833, and later destroyed, was located near the outlet of the river. The

    present Reliance is on the tip of Fairchild Point.

            Proceeding westward, along the north shore of the East Arm, eight or

    10 miles west of the foot of Fairchild Point, Hoarfrost River, a small

    rapid stream drops into the lake over a fall of about 60 feet. Between

    Hoarfrost River and the mouth of Barnston River the coast follows an approxi–

    mately westerly course, beyond which it curves sharply to the southwest, the

    shore rising steeply through sparsely timbered rocky slopes to a rolling

    plateau about 600 feet above the lake leve. Hearne Channel, the northernmost

    of several longitudinal channels, separates Blanchet Island from the mainland,

    and connects the East Arm with the central part of the lake. At its western

    end, Gros Cap marks the entrance to the North Arm.

            North Arm extends in a northwesterly direction for 100 miles at right

    angles to the main axis of the lake. It ends in Frank Channel, the narrow

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0292                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    passage leading to the 25-mile Marian Lake, really an extension of the North

    Arm. At its entrance, North Arm is approximately 35 miles wide, narrowing

    gradually toward the north. It occupies the contact zone between the sedi–

    mentary and Pre-Cambrian rocks, and is, in this respect, a continuation of

    the Slave River Valley. Following the east shore of North Arm northwesterly,

    about 30 miles from Gros Cap, the coast is indented by Yellowknife Bay, into

    the head of which Yellowknife River empties. The bay, about 10 miles wide at

    its mouth, extends almost due north for some 15 miles, narrowing gradually

    toward the mouth of the Yellowknife River. About 10 miles up the western

    side of the bay a small knobby peninsula juts from the shore, and on it and

    the land behind the town of Yellowknife (q.v.) is situated. It is the center

    of a rapidly growing gold-min g ing region which extends northward and north–

    eastward for a distance of 150 miles. Rae, at the head of the North Arm, was

    established as a trading post in 1852.

            Continuing along the north shore of the lake westward from the North Arm,

    the coast from Gypsum Point — the southwestern extremity of the North Arm —

    is low and flat, rising scarcely anywhere as high as 200 feet above the lake.

    The country to the north is covered more heavily than farther east with spruce,

    poplar, birch, and alder. This coast, composed mainly of softer rocks than

    farther east, contains many more indentations, but they are not, as a rule,

    very large. From Gypsum Point the coast trends southwesterly and then to the

    west to enclose a wide bay, after which it continues slightly west of south,

    past moraine and Jones points to Sulphur Bay, a double bay divided by a

    peninsula, with an island lying across the entrance. Windy Point projects

    into the lake south of Sulphur Bay, where, in 1920, Imperi a l Oil Limited

    drilled unsuccessfully for oil. Across a bay about four miles wide is Slave

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0293                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    P p oint, a long narrow headland jutting four or five miles into the lake,

    and marking the northeastern portal of Deep Bay, which extends in a north–

    westerly direction about 15 miles into the low, swampy territory which here

    borders the shore of Great Slave Lake. Off the southwestern Point of the bay,

    and forming part of its southern shore, Big Island marks the entrance to the

    Mackenzie River. Big Island is about 51 15 miles in length and lies close

    to the north bank of the river. The channel on its north is shallow, while

    on the south it is dotted with islands.

            From Point des Marais, opposite the eastern end of Big Island, the south

    shore of Great Slave Lake curves southeastward for about 25 miles to the mouth

    of Hay River and the settlement of that name. Hay River, flowing in from the

    southwest, is the largest stream entering the west arm of the lake. Twenty-

    four miles farther east, Buffalo River also flows in from the southwest. The

    shore between Hay and Buffalo rivers is low, shelving and largely of sand and

    boulders. Sulphur Point, eight miles northeast of the mouth of Buffalo River,

    gets its name from the presence of sever a l springs which emit a strong odor

    of sulphuretted hydrogen. The shore continues in a northeasterly direction

    to Pine Point, when it swings more directly eastward, and then curves almost

    northward to Resolution, forming a wide, northward-facing bay. At the bottom

    of this bay, Little Buffalo River comes in from the southeast.

            The first man other than an Indian to see Great Slave Lake was Samuel

    Hearne, on his return journey from the Coppermine River in 1771, who arrived

    at the north shore on December 24 of that year. Crossing the ice to the mouth

    of the Slave, he continued up the latter on his way to Fort Prince of Wales

    on Hudson Bay. Peter Pond may have been the first of the fur traders to see

    the lake, possibly as early as 1778 or the following year; Grant and Leroux,

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0294                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    also fur traders, erected buildings at the mouth of the Slave in 1786.

    Alexander MacKenzie crossed Great Slave Lake on his way to the Arctic Sea

    in 1789. He reached the lake on June 9 and was delayed there by ice until

    the 29th, when he finally began his descent of the river that now bears his

    name.

            Great Slave Lake has been an important center of the fur trade ever

    since. In the third decade of the twenti t e th century, because of oil seep–

    ages at different points, hopes were entertained that the Silurian and Devon–

    ian formations around the western end of the lake might prove productive of

    petroleum; and although Imperial Oil Limited drilled a well in 1920 at

    Windy Point, no oil has yet been produced. Since then, however, interest

    has shifted to minerals, and since 1934, but particularly since the end of

    World War II, gold mining in the Yellowknife area has dwarfed interest in

    everything else. The rocks in the area, however, show indications of their

    possibilities, both as regards base metals and some of the rarer metals.

            From the earliest days, Great Slave Lake has been an important link in

    the Mackenzie transportation route, although in a sense it has been somewhat

    of an obstruction to traffic, for until the ice has cleared from Great Slave

    Lake, the river below, even though ice-free for a month, cannot be used for

    through traffic. For this reason those who believe in the future possibilities

    of the Mackenzie Valley are strong advocates of a railway to tap the river

    below the outlet of the lake. The highway that has been built by the Alberta

    and Dominion government connecting the Northern Alberta Railways at Grimshaw,

    Alberta, with the settlement of Hay River, partly fulfills that need.

            Normally, ice forms on Great Slave Lake about the latter part of October.

    Because of winds, however, it is continually being broken up, sometimes until

    the middle of December; and this renders travel over the ice a dangerous

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0295                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Great Slave Lake

    a dangerous matter until the ice has become solid enough. The first open

    water in spring is often seen in May at points where a current exists; but

    it is during the month of June, in some places early in the month, at others,

    later, that it is safe to count on being able to cross the main part of

    Great Slave Lake.

            The lake's fishery resources are of considerable economic importance.

    Fish have provided the principal food for the Indians since time immemorial,

    and has been of equal value to the traders. The whitefish is the outstanding

    fish, both from the standpoint of its value as food and the abundance of its

    supply. The average weight is about three pounds, but whitefish weighing

    eight and nine pounds are not uncommon. Lake trout come next in importance,

    running in weight from 10 pounds to 50 pounds. Another valuable fish,

    especially because of its wide distribution and the quantities available

    is the inconnu (Stenodus mackenzii), which seems to be peculiar to Mackenzie

    and other northern waters. It has the appearance of a whitefish but is

    larger, varying from 10 to 30 pounds, and seem to be intermediate between a

    whitefish and a trout. Another common fish is the bluefish, which also

    resembles the whitefish but is smaller and is distinguished by an abnormally

    large back fin. Pike, pickerel and suckers are also common in the sediment–

    carrying waters, especially at the west end of the lake. Goldeyes (Hiodon

    alosoides Rafinesque) have also been found in Great Slave Lake, but as not

    so common as the others referred to above.

            References:

            Back, George. Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the

    Great Fish River, and along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in

    the years 1833, 1834 and 1835; London, 1836 .

            Tyrrell, J. W. Annual Report . Geological Survey of Canada. 1900.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0296                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GREAT WHALE RIVER

            Great Whale River, in central Ungava District, now called New Quebec,

    part of the Canadian province of Quebec, drains a large area of territory

    westward into Hudson Bay. Its length is given as 365 miles in the Dominion

    of Canada Year Book, and its course is shown on the map published by the

    Province of Quebec, but the dearth of detail would suggest that a great

    deal of its course has been put down largely by conjecture, although it

    is not marked by dots, as is the rule in such cases. According to the map,

    it rises in an unnamed lake of considerable size laying in latitude 54° N.,

    longitude 71° W., whence it flows northwestward to Lake Apiskigamish, which,

    according to the Year Book, has an area of 392 square miles. Another branch,

    rising near the main branch, and following a parallel course, through White

    Winter Lake, and Egg Lake, also flows into Lake Apiskigamish, which lies

    across the angle formed by latitude 55° N., and longitude 73° W. Great

    Whale River issues from the southwestern angle of the lake and flows slightly

    north of westward to its mouth in Hudson Bay. Leaving the lake, the river

    flows westward for 30 miles, then northwest for 25 miles, westerly for about

    100 miles, northwesterly for about 17 miles, southwesterly for 25 miles and

    then 18 miles northwesterly to the Bay. In its 17 [ ?] mile northwesterly bend

    it receives the Coast Branch, a tributary from the north, which drains the

    territory near the coast, between the Great Whale and Little Whale rivers.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0297                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Great Whale River

    On the south side, about 18 miles from its mouth, the Great Whale receives

    the South Branch, which drains a chain of lakes which, with connecting streams,

    reaches almost to the Fort George River. This stream shows a considerable

    fall, and in its short course over four falls, 15, 30, 136, and 230 feet in

    height, respectively. Below the mouth of the South Branch, Great Whale River

    itself drops over two falls, one of 230 feet and the other 65 feet in height.

    Since Great Whale River flows across the same type of country as the Eastmain,

    in which many rapids and falls occur, it may be assumed that similar obstruc–

    tions occur in Great Whale River above those already mentioned, details of

    which must await further explorations.

            A post of the Hudson's Bay Company and an Anglican Mission are situated

    on the north bank near the mouth of the river, which is in latitude 55° 20′ N.,

    longitude, 78° 30′ W. Unlike other rivers emptying into Hudson Bay, it has

    not an extensive estuary.

            Reference:

    Department of Mines, Quebec. Extracts of From Reports on the District of Ungava

    or New Quebec . 1929.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0298                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    GROUNDHOG RIVER

            Groundhog River, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a

    tributary of the Mattagami River (q.v.), which, with the Missinaibi (q.v.)

    forms the Moose River (q.v.), which empties into the southern end of

    James Bay. The Grounding River rises in Grounding Lake, which lies in

    latitude 48° 10′ N., longitude 82° 20′ W., at an altitude of 1,135 feet

    above sea level. Grounding Lake, which is about three miles long by about

    a mile-and-a-half wide, is separated from Horwood Lake (q.v.), a much

    larger sheet of water, by a short stream, on which there is a dam built

    to hold back flood waters in Horwood Lake for power purposes on the

    Mattagami River.

            A short distance below the outlet of Grounding Lake, the Winnipeg-

    Toronto branch of the Canadian National Railways crosses the river at

    Groundhog River Station. For five miles below the railway crossing, the

    river flows northeastward in a narrow channel, with steep banks cut into

    the heavy glacial drift. It then swings more nearly northward for five

    miles, spreading into a lake-expansion.about half a mile long, after which

    it continues in a northerly direction for another five miles to the junction

    with Scorch Creek. The latter flows in where another lake-expansion occurs.

    Continuing its general northerly course for a further 20 miles, the Groundhog

    River swings slightly north of west for about five miles, and then bends

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0299                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Grounding River

    again to the north, following this course for five miles to the junction with

    Ivanhoe River, which, like Scorch Creek, comes in from the west. Continuing

    slightly east of north for 12 miles, the Groundhog receives the Nat River

    from the east. At this point, it swings sharply to the west for six miles,

    after which it continues on a course slightly east of north for about 25

    miles. In this stretch it receives numerous small branches, principally from

    the west. It also receives from the west, the Wakusimi River, which is con–

    siderably larger than most of the other tributaries in this portion of its

    course. Six miles below the mouth of Wakusimi River, the Groundhog divides

    into two channels to enclose Bremner Island, which is about three miles long

    by about a mile at its greatest width. Three miles below Bremnet Island, at

    Faquier Station, the Groundhog is crossed by the National Transoncinental

    branch of the Canadian National Railways. Travelers wishing to reach points

    on the lower Mattagami, Moose River, or James Bay, often launch their canoes

    at this station. From Faquier, the Groundhog, now a large stream, flows

    almost due north for about 40 miles to its junction with the Mattagami. In

    this final stretch, it is a sluggish river, containing many islands and

    widening frequently into [ ?] lake-expansions. It is not interrupted by

    rapids in this part.

            The Groundhog River [ ?] flows for its whole length through country under–

    lain by the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, but most of the area

    is heavily overlaid by glacial drift, in places over 100 feet deep. For this

    reason, the river flows for practically the whole distance without reaching

    the underlying rock. On this account, it does not have the rapids and falls

    characteristic of many of the streams which traverse the Shield.

            The entire course of the Groundhog River is through the Clay Belt (q.v.)

    of northern Ontario, and therefore the territory which it traverses has

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0300                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Groundhog River

    excellent agricultural possibilities. These, however, will not be realized

    unless large-scale clearing and draining operations are undertaken. The

    territory is at present fairly heavily forested with black and white spruce,

    Banksian pine, white birch, tamarack and poplar. Much of this, however, is

    small and best suited to the production of pulpwood.

            Reference:

    Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland: Ontario . Toronto, The Ryerson P [ ?] ess,

    1946.


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0301                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HANBURY RIVER

            Hanbury River, in the Northwest Territories of Canada, is one of the

    principal tributaries of the Thelon River, draining a section of country

    east of Great Slave Lake. It rises in about latitude 63° 40′ W., in a

    series of connected lakes which, characteristic of lakes in the Canadian

    Shield, either spill their waters directly into another lake below or into

    a short stretch of rapid-filled stream. These lakes occupy the high table–

    land consisting of grey granite which constitutes the height of land between

    the Hudson Bay and Great Slave Lake watersheds.

            For about a mile and a half below the lake that is taken as its source,

    the river trends nearly south and consists of one long rapid, falling in that

    distance about 50 feet. At the foot of this long rapid, the river bends to

    the northeast and continues in that general direction for about 50 miles,

    passing through four small lakes and into a fifth, which has been called

    Sandy Lake because of the very remarkable high white sand hills to the north

    of it, and its shores and bottom of white sand. Sandy Lake lies about 940feet

    m a bove sea level; its length is about four miles and width less than a mile.

            Just above Sandy Lake, the river turns sharply toward the southeast and

    maintains that general direction to its junction with the Thelon. About a

    mile below Sandy Lake, however, the nature of the river changes abruptly.

    It begins to drop from the granitic heights to the sandstone plain below,

    commencing with a drop of 50 feet at Macdonald Falls. Thence for three miles

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0302                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hanbury River

    the river rushes through a narrow, deep chasm called Dickson ca n ñ on, and

    drops over 200 feet. About a mile below the canon, canother fall of 60 feet

    occurs named Ford Falls; nine miles below, Helen Falls, another beautiful

    fall of 60 feet occurs; and a short distance below this a further fall of

    10 feet occurs. Eight miles of smooth water follows before the Hanbury

    River joins the Thelon.

            The first person of European descent to see the Hanbury was David T.

    Hanbury, who, in 1899, ascended the Thelon from Chesterfield Inlet to the

    headwaters of the river now named for him, proceeding thence to Great Slave

    Lake, by way of Artillery Lake and Lockhart River.

            In 1900, J. W. Tyrrell, on an exploratory expedition for the Department

    of the Interior of Canada, reached the headwaters of the Hanbury from Great

    Slave Lake and descended it to its junction with the Thelon. He gave it the name

    it now bears and was the first to map its course and the shores of the lakes

    from which it originates and through which it flows.

            John Hornby, an eccentric Englishman, visited it a number of times previous

    to 1924-25 when he and J. C. Critchell-Bullock spent the winter in its vicinity,

    conducting exploration work on it and the Thelon. Two years later, Hornby

    died of starvation in a cabin on the bank of the Thelon, a short distance below

    the mouth of the Hanbury River.

            Since the establishment of the Thelon Game Sanctuary in 1927, which embraces

    the Hanbury River, several investigators for departments of the Canadian Govern–

    ment have traversed its course, notably W. H. B. Hoare, in 1928-29, and

    C. H. B. Clarke, in 1936-37.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0303                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hanbury River

            References:

            Hanbury, D. T. Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada. London; 1904.

            Clarke, C.H.D. A Biological Investigation of the Thelon Game Sanctuary .

    Department of Mines and Resources, Ottawa, Bull .No. 96, 1940.

            Hoare, W.H.S. Conserving Canada's Musk-Oxen. Department of the Interior,

    Canada; 1930.

            Tyrrell, J. W. Exploratory Survey Between Great Slave Lake and Hudson Bay ,

    Districts of Mackenzie and Keewatin. Annual Report, Department

    of the Interior; Sessional Paper No. 25. Appendix 26 to the

    Report of the Surveyor-General of Canada; 1902.



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0304                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HARRICANAW RIVER

            Harricanaw River, in northwestern Quebec province, Dominion of Canada,

    drains an area lying southeast of James Bay. Its length is 250 miles and

    it flows northwesterly into the southern extremity of James Bay, its lower

    portion being in the Province of Ontario. It is formed by the junction of

    three principal streams which flow northward in roughly parallel valleys,

    coming together slightly south of latitude 50° N. The easternmost branch is

    called the Octave River, the middle branch carries the name of the main stream,

    and the Turgeon is the westernmost branch. They rise near latitude 49°, which

    is about the divide between James Bay and St. Lawrencee River waters. After

    the junction, the combined river flows in a fairly direct valley to its mouth,

    spreading into occasional lake-expansions, with the usual rapids marking the

    drop from one terrace to the next.

            Its upper reaches are underlain by rocks of early Pre-Cambrian age,

    mainly Timiskaming and Keewatin, but for some distance above its mouth the

    river flows through the James Bay lowlands, which are underlain by Palaeozoic

    rocks, which extend upstream beyond the Ontario-Quebec border.

            The region drained by the Harricanaw is in the main heavily timbered

    with black and white spruce, poplars, tamarack and Jack pine, most of it of

    pulp grade, but with occasional stands of merchantable timber.

            Reference:

    Geological Survey of Canada: Various reports and map [ ?] .


    001      |      Vol_XIII-0305                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HAULTAIN RIVER

            Haultain River, northern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, is a tributary

    of the Churchill River, flowing southward into that river. It rises in Haul–

    tain Lake, which lies in about latitude 56° 51′ N., longitude 106° 25′ W.,

    and flows first in a southeasterly direction, then slightly west of south and

    finally south to its junction with Churchill River. It is broken by many

    rapids and falls, and in its lower reaches is very tortuous. Its whole course

    lies within the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, and it is character–

    istic of the rivers of that region. In its upper reaches it flows through a

    succession of lakes consisting mainly of rocky basins scooped by the ice out

    of the granite during the glacial period; and while the whole region through

    which it flows is dotted with myriads of lakes of all shapes and sizes, it

    does not flow into or through so many of them in its lower part, which would

    suggest that a considerable length of time had elapsed between the emergence

    of the lower parts of the river from the overlying ice sheets and the [ ?]

    lying recession of the ice from its upper reaches. The height of land

    separating the Churchill and Mackenzie watersheds lies at a maximum altitude of

    1,850 feet; the river has a total drop of about 500 feet. It receives many

    tributaries, chief of which is the Norbert, which enters from the northeast

    near the Haultain's mouth; but most of them are short, and donsequently its

    drainage basin does not extend very far east or west of its valley.

            From its principal source in Haultain Lake, Haultain River flows through

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0306                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Haultain River

    one irregular lake after anoth e r until it enters Mawdsley Lake, about seven

    miles in a straight line southeast of Haultain Lake. Mawdsley Lake is an

    island-studded sheet of water about two miles each way, with a shore line

    broken by many indentations. In its course between the two lakes, the Haultain

    receives a number of tributaries from the north, each draining its character–

    istic chain of lakes. As the Haultain emerges from the south side of Mawdsley

    Lake, it plunges over a rapid with a fall of eight feet, and between that

    point and its mouth it flows over 35 other rapids or falls, with descents

    ranging up to 25 feet.

            The country through which the Haultain runs is marked by many low rocky

    hills, the depressions between whi z c h are partly filled with glacial debris,

    which in the lower part of the area, in particular, take the form of narrow

    ridges of sand and fragments of sandstone, lying generally parallel to each

    other and at right angles to the direction of the ice movement, which was south–

    westerly. These ridges vary up to one and a half miles long and about 35 feet

    in height.

            The area is generally wooded, the principal forest trees being black spruce,

    poplar, birch, Banksian pine and tamarack, depending upon the nature of the

    terrain, with black spruce predominating.

            At a few points toward its lower and the geological formations might suggest

    the possible presence of minerals having economic value; but hitherto none of

    importance have been found in the area, which, however, has been but slightly

    prospected. Failing the discovery of minerals, it would seem likely that

    Haultain River and the country it traverses might remain for some time among

    those parts of the Canadian ninterland that will continue relativ e ly unknown.

            The only persons who have explored Haultain River for any distance above

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0307                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Haultain River

    its mouth are members of the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada, of

    whom F. J. Alcock, J. C. Sproule, and D. L. Downie have made the principal

    contributions. Its area have has been mapped by the Topographical Survey of

    Canada, largely from serial photographis taken by the Royal Canadian Air

    Force.

            Reference:

    Sproule, J. C. Preliminary Report, M [ ?] djatik Area, Saskatchewan . Geological

    Survey of Canada; Paper 38-B.

    Hay River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0308                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HAY RIVER

            Hay River, in northern British Columbia and Alberta and southern

    Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, drains an area of 25,700 square

    miles, flowing mainly northeastward into the western end of Great Slave Lake

    after a course of 350 miles. It traverses an excellent mixed farming

    country, which should soon be in a position to attract settlers. Hitherto

    considered as beyond the northern fringe of settlement possibilities, its

    turn is now about due. Distance from markets and lack of transportation

    have rendered settlement difficult or impossible, but the recent opening up

    of a great mining region in the vicinity of Yellowknife on the north shore

    of Great Slave Lake should soon provide a market, while the highway recently

    built through the territory by the Alberta and Dominion governments to provide

    access to the mines at Yellow i k nife will help to solve the transportation

    problem. If the mining region progresses according to present indications,

    it should be only a matter of a short time until a railway is built, and the

    most likely route for such a railway is along the Hay River valley.

            Each of the three streams which unite to form Hay River has its [ ?] ource

    in the foothills of the Rocky Mountains west of the eastern boundary of British

    Columbia (longitude, 120° W.). On the west, they interlock with the yeadwaters

    of the Fort Nelson River, a tributary of the Liard, flowing into the Mackenzie.

    The southern tributary, extending as far south as latitude 57° N., interlocks

    with tributaries of the Peace. Northward, the Hay watershed is limited by the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0309                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hay River

    nearness of the Liard and Mackenzie watersheds. Its westernmost tributary,

    the Kotcho River, rises in British Columbia in approximately 59° N., longi–

    tude 121° 30′ W., and flowing eastward into the Province of Alberta, empties

    into Hay Lake in latitude 58° 50′ N., longitude 119° W. The main branch of

    the Hay rises in latitude 58° 10′ N., approximately on the British Columbia

    boundary, flows northwestward for 25 or 30 miles, and then, bending to the

    east, flows apparently to join the Kotcho in Hay Lake, but this it does not

    do. It skirts the south shore of that shallow sheet of water, separated

    sometimes only by a dyke-like ridge, at others by extensive meadows. A short

    distance east of Hay Lake, the Hay is joined by the Omega River, a short stream

    which drains Hay Lake,

            The southern branch, called the Chinchaga River, rises also in British

    Columbia, a short distance west of the boundary in latitude 57° N., and flows

    northeastward almost to the 58th parallel and slightly east of longitude 118° W.,

    when it makes a sharp bend to the northwest and from then continues in a

    generally northerly direction until it joins the Hay about 15 miles east of

    Hay Lake. From the junction of the Hay and Chinchana, the Hay proper flows

    northeasterly to its mouth, passing through the broken western edge of the

    Caribou Mountain plateau, with Watt and Caribou mountains (elevations, 2,500

    and 3,300 feet) on the east, and, beyond 60° N., with the Cameron Hills on the

    west. About 40 miles from its mouth the Hay cuts through the escarpment of

    the Alberta Plateau, where hard limestone is superimposed on softer shales,

    plunging over two falls, Alexan [ ?] ra Falls, with a sheer drop of 140 feet, and

    Louise Falls, about a mile and a half below, with a total drop of 52 feet in

    a series of cascades. Below the latter, rapids occur for about three miles,

    the river flowing through a gorge 170 feet deep, continuing for five miles

    below Louise Falls.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0310                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hay River

            Below the falls the river passes through soft bluish-green shales, which

    rise gradually to form bold cliffs along both sides of the valley. Above the

    delta the river is about 100 yards wide; and the banks here are low and

    grassy, while the country beyond on both sides is thickly wooded. In the

    delta section the river widens, enclosing a line of alluvial islands, and

    enters the lake by two main channels.

            Hay River settlement at the mouth of the river, on its right bank, con–

    sists of the Hudson's Bay Company's post, Anglican Mission, with hospital, a

    Catholic church, and the postoffice. Trading posts belonging to the Hudson's

    Bay Company and Revillon Freres [ ?] have been maintained at the mouth of the

    Meander River, a tributary of the Hay which flows in from the south 75 or

    80 miles east of Hay Lake, for many years, but they are kept open only in

    the winter and spring months. Supplies are brought in by wagon road from

    Vermil l ion, on Peace River. This road ascends the valley of Boyer River,

    a tributary of the Peace, to the divide between the Peace and Hay river

    watersheds and then descends the Meander to its mouth. Crossing at that

    point by a fjord, the road proceeds westward along the north bank of the

    Hay through the meadows and prairies which extend practically all the way

    to Hay Lake.

            Traders were the first persons other than Indians to rea c h the Hay

    River Valley, but [ ?] sections of it have since been explored by various

    members of the Geological Survey of Canada, and it has also been explored

    by departmental officers of the Alberta Government.

            In addition to its agricultural prospects, which are exceptional, the

    geological formations underlying Hay River Valley are favorable for petroleum,

    of which the unsuccessful drilling of one well need not be taken as a cr [ ?] terion;

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0311                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hay River

    and the power which could be generated at the falls, combined with the min d eral

    resources of the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, a short distance

    to the eastward, suggest interesting industrial possibilities. Altogether,

    the Hay River district is one of the most promising of the newer regions of

    Canada.

            Reference:

    Cameron, A.E. Summary Report ; Geological Survey of Canada; 1917.

    Hayes River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0312                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HAYES RIVER

            Hayes River, in northwestern Manitoba, rises within a few miles of

    the north end of Lake Winnipeg and, following a northeasterly course of

    180 miles, flows into Hudson Bay, approximately in latitude 57° N. Its

    watershed of 28,000 square miles is bounded on one side by the drainage

    basin of the Nelson and on the other by that of the Severn. Because of

    the many serious interruptions to navigation on the Nelson, to which it

    runs parallel, the much smaller Hayes has been, since the earliest times,

    the chief boat and cance route from upper Hudson Bay into the interior.

    Fortunately, it is possible to cross from the navigable East Channel of

    the Nelson to the Hayes, near its headwaters, and the latter has few

    serious obstructions in its whole course to the Bay.

            From Lake Winnipeg, the boat route follows the East Channel of the

    Nelson, past the famous Norway House of the Hudson's Bay Company, to The

    High Rock and then swings away to the right up a small, marshy stream called

    the Echimamish, which is a Cree word meaning a channel in which the water

    flows both ways. This stream, and the intervening Hairy Lake, is followed

    for a distance of twenty-eight miles in a direct line from the Nelson to the

    watershed, marked by a low rock called the Painted Stone. A portage of

    twenty-eight yards leads to what is considered a continuation of the same

    stream, although it runs in the opposite direction to the Hayes River.

            The first serious interruption occurs at the foot of Robinson Lake,

    where the portage, the most formidable one on the whole route, is 1,315 yards

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0313                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hayes River

    long, with a drop of about forty-five feet. Seven miles below, the river

    enters a narrow and practically straight ravine through which it flows for

    another seven miles to Pine Lake. At Windy Lake, the course, hitherto

    mainly east, swings to the northwest, or at right angles to its previous

    course, and at the end of four miles falls down a chute with a descent of

    about six feet, called the Angling Place into a marsh which leads to

    Oxford Lake.

            Oxford Lake, on which is situated Oxford House, of the Hudson's Bay

    Company, is island-studded and runs northeast and southwest, in line with

    the prevailing trend of the country. It has a length of thirty miles and

    a maximum breadth of about eight or nine. An extension beyond Oxford House

    is called Back Lake, and it is from this that the channel continues south–

    easterly to the head of Knee Lake. This lake, which has a total length of

    forty miles, by about six miles at its widest, consists of two principal

    expansions, each lying northeast and southwest, but connected by a narrower

    portion, about nine miles long, running north and south. Knee Lake, too, is

    studded with islands, particularly numerous in its central portion. Ten

    miles beyond, the river expands into what is called Swampy Lake, a narrow

    strip of water ten miles long, the last lake on the route.

            Leaving Swampy Lake, the river is dotted with small islands for about

    nineteen miles, and a great number of r [ ?] pids are encountered, none of them

    offering serious obstacles to navigation. Below this, clay banks make their

    appearance on both sides and continue, varying in height, down to the Bay.

            Below Br [ ?] ssey Hill, a remarkable, isol d ated mound of gravelly earth

    392 feet in height, about three-quarters of a mile east of the Hayes, few

    islands occur and the river has an average width, for a considerable distance,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0314                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hayes River

    of about forty-five yards. Several rapids and chutes occur in the first

    thirteen miles, caused by ledges of granitic rocks. The last of these is

    called The Rock, where there is a considerable exposure of these Pre-Cambrian

    rock s.

            The character of the river changes at The Rock, and from there to the

    sea, a distance of 105 miles, no more rapids occur. Like its companion

    river, the Nelson, the Hayes in its upper reaches flows through a succession

    of lakes and river-expansions, and then, confining itself to a narrower

    channel, runs more directly to the sea.

            The stream is shallow at low water and runs with a swift current to the

    head of tidewater, about nine miles above its outlet. Fox River comes in

    from the west, seventy-five miles above the mouth of the Hayes, and, twenty–

    five miles farther on, the Shamattawa, a larger tributary, flows in from the

    southeast, bringing with it the waters of God's River, which, for a hundred

    and twenty-five miles, runs parallel to the Hayes, only a few miles to the

    south. The river here has an average width of about 220 yards, continuing

    at that width as far as the mouth of the Pennygutway, a small stream flowing

    in from the southwest about twenty-four miles above the river's mouth. Below

    this, the river widens to a quarter of a mile, gradually increasing to half a

    mile, until opposite York Factory it has become a mile.

            York Factory, on the west bank of the river, about five miles above

    Beacon Point, the extremity of the narrow tongue of land separating the

    estuaries of the Nelson and Hayes rivers, was once the most important Hudson's

    Bay Company's post on the Bay. It was established more than 260 years ago

    and has been in continuous operation since then.

            References:

    Bell, Robert. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress, 1877-78.

    Brock, R.W. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1910.

    McInnes, William. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 30, 1913.

    Horwood Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0315                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HORWOOD LAKE

            Horwood Lake, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is one of the

    sources of the Groundhog River (q.v.). It lies at an altitude of 1,140

    feet above sea level, and is separated from Groundhog Lake, a much smaller

    sheet of water in which the river of the same name has its rise. It is 20

    miles long at its greatest length, and about five miles wide at its greatest

    width. It is irregular in shape, contains numerous islands, and has long

    bays and arms extending both north and south from its main section. A dam

    in the stream between Horwood and Groundhog lakes serves to conserve water

    for power purposes on the Mattagami River, of which the Groundhog is a

    tributary. The country in which the lake lies is one of low relief, with

    very few hills or rt ridges standing above its general level. Many lakes

    abound in the surrounding region, which is typical of the Pre-Cambrian

    country, in that jagged depressions in the underlying rocks are filled with

    water which spills from one to the next. The country is well forested with

    white and black spruce, Banksian pine, white birch, tamarack and poplar. Most

    of the timber is small, however, and suited mainly to pulpwood. The soil is

    not as favorable for agriculture as far t her north in the Clay Belt (q.v.)

    proper, but small areas exist in which good agricultural land might be obtained

    if draining and clearing were to be undertaken.

            Reference:

    Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland: Ontario . Toronto, The Ryerson Press, 1946.

    Hudson Bay Lowland



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0316                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    HUDSON BAY LOWLAND

            The Hudson Bay Lowland, Dominion of Canada, occupies parts of the

    provinces of Quebec, Ontario and Manitoba, comprising an area from 50 to

    200 miles wide bordering the western, southwestern and southern shores of

    Hudson and James bays. Northward, it ends near Churchill, Manitoba, where

    its width is about 50 miles. As it extends southward, its width increases,

    its maximum width being reached between Cape Henrietta Maria and the mouth

    of the Albany River. It includes the lower valley of the Harricanaw River,

    which flows into the southeastern angle of James Bay, but does not, however,

    extend as far east as the Nottaway River.

            The Hudson Bay Lowland is underlain chiefly by rocks of P p alaeozoic age,

    although in some sections the underlying formations belong to the Mesozoic.

    The qestern and southwestern edges of the Lowland are in contact with the

    Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, which, at the point of contact,

    dip steeply beneath the younger rocks. In a few isolated spots, in the

    midst of the Lowland, small outcrops of Pre-Cambrian rocks make their

    appearance.

            Since the Pre-Cambrian peneplain ranges between 1,000 feet at its

    lowest level, and 1,400 feet at its highest, above the sea, the drop to the

    Lowland and is everywhere abrupt. The Lowland, at the point of contact

    (known as the "fall" line), ranges from about 300 feet to 700 feet above sea

    level. Thus the numerous streams that rise in the Canadian Shield and flow

    through the Lowland to reach Hudson or James bays, have many rapids and falls

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0317                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Hudson Bay Lowland

    where they drop from the upland to the lowland level.

            The Hudson Bay Lowland slopes gradually toward the sea, the land imper–

    ceptibly merging into the bottom of the bay, where it continues at about the

    same grade. The result is that, in this region, the water along the shores

    is shallow for a considerable distance offshore. The coastline is therefore

    indefinite, its position depending from time to time upon the stage of the

    tide.

            During a recent geological period, this region was covered by the sea,

    when thick strata of marine clays were deposited. The clay is now overlain

    by s [ ?] rata of glacial and post-glacial drift, which in turn, are covered by a

    layer of humus derived from decaying vegetation. It seems evident that the

    region has undergone several fluctuations in level, and that the modern plain,

    superimposed on the ancient Palaeozoic formations, must have stood above sea

    level during the deposition of the glacial drift.

            The whole area is sparsely covered with dwarf black spruce and tamarack,

    none of which, however, is of commercial importance, even for pulp. The prin–

    cipal vegetation consists chiefly of spagnum moss. This monotonous expanse of

    flat, swampy country is relieved in places by ridges of sand or gravel, which,

    especially in the Moose River basin, generally run north and south. In places,

    although not continuous, these ridges can be traced for miles. In the southern

    portion of the region, they often merge into larger areas having a slightly

    higher elevation than the general level. These higher parts support heavier

    growths of trees, in places much larger than the rule, and present a pleasant

    contrast to the dismal appearance of the prevailing muskeg.

            As the sea is approached, the proportion of muskeg increases, and the

    vistas of apparanetly never-ending swamps are broken at wider intervals by

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0318                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    sand or gravel ridges. These ridges, too, support growths of sturdy trees

    of greater height and size than those which struggle in sparse stands

    throughout the muskeg.

            Numerous shallow streams, winding their way across the top of the plain,

    have narrow strips of dry land along their edges, proportionate to their size.

    The larger streams, holding more direct courses, are bordered by strips of

    heavily timbered land, varying from several hundred yards in width to half

    a mile or more.

            The Lowland is apparently of too recent origin to be maturely dissected

    by its drainage channels, as is the case in regions older, geologically. All

    evidence here points to recent origin. The principal rivers have remarkedly

    straight courses for miles through wide, shallow valleys. Near the contact

    with the Pre-Cambrian peneplain, the height of the valley walls is probably

    100 feet, on the average, and this gradually lowers in the direction of the

    sea. As a rule, both sides of the main river valleys rise directly, or

    almost so, from the level of the river; but in much of the upper parts of

    the chief streams, they, by swinging from side to side of the valleys, have

    produced precipitous banks on one side, and alluvial flats on the other.

    Most of these rivers have already cut their way through the post-glacial and

    glacial deposits, and are now running on or near the Palaeozoic strata, which

    in many places they have also deeply cut.

            The smaller rivers show exceedingly crooked river channels, which also

    swing from side to side across the valley. Here, narrow flood-plains

    alternate with scarped banks on both sides of the stream. Most of these

    streams are still cutting their channels through the glacial drift.

            The Hudson Bay Lowland is traversed by the lower reached of the Churchill,

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0319                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    Nelson, Hayes, Severn, Winisk, and Trout rivers, flowing into Hudson Bay;

    and by the Ekwan, Attawapiskat, Albany, Moose and Harricanaw rivers, flowing

    into James Bay. Such large tributaries of the Moose as the Missinaibi,

    Mattagami, and Abitibi, also have parts of their courses within the Lowland.

            Because the Palaeozoic and Mesozoic formations which underlie most of

    this region, are productive of petroleum in other parts of Canada, some

    exploration has been undertaken with a view to determining whether petroleum

    is likely to be present in these rocks. So far, however, no favorable indi–

    cations have been found.

            On the other hand, such negative results do not entirely rule out the

    possibility of petroleum, since the heavy overburden makes the detection

    of seepages extremely difficult. Seepages are an indication upon which

    prospectors rely considerably. The most significant negative sign, however,

    is that the rock formations, where they have been examined, seem to be too flat

    to allow of the concentration of petroleum, even should the rocks beneath be

    petroliferous.

            These conclusions are conditioned by the fact, however, that large areas

    have not yet been prospected. The absence of anticline structures in these

    regions cannot therefore be assumed without question. The best that can be

    said is that no actual indications of petroleum have so far been observed;

    and that most of the available evidence seems to suggest that petroleum may

    not be present.

            Although the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield to the south and

    west comprise one of the world's greatest storehouses of minerals, few mineral

    occurrences of consequence have been discovered in the Hudson Bay Lowland.

    An exception to this statement must be made in favor of considerable deposits

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0320                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    of iron-bearing limestones. On the other hand, many of the principal rivers

    flowing through the Lowland into James Bay, cut through beds of china clay

    of excellent quality, which would suggest the possibility of an extensive

    ceramics industry. In addition, even more extensive beds of gypsum exist

    throughout the same region. These same rivers cut through beds of lignite

    coal, which, while of little present value, should some day at least be of

    value for local consumption.

            According to Dr. J. Mackintosh Bell, who reported on the Moose River

    basin for the Ontario Department of Min [ ?] s in 1904, the iron-bearing limestones

    consists "for the most part, of exceedingly pure and high-grade limonite or

    hematite, excellently suited for the manufacture of steel and commercially

    fit for any use to which the best iron ores are adapted."

            He further reported that, "when it is remembered that most of the ore is

    high-grade, that the area exposed is large, and that the actual ore-body may

    prove to be much larger when the overlying mantle of drift has been removed,

    and that finally it exists in easily workable position, the value of the

    deposit will be greatly appreciated."

            These iron-bearing limestones are seen on the Opazatika River (q.v.),

    where they are exposed for some 225 yards continuously on the east bank of

    the stream, and appear as several isolated outcrops for a somewhat shorter

    distance on the opposite side. On the Mattagami River (q.v.), about 25 miles

    above its junction with the Missinaibi (q.v.), and some 16 or 18 miles below

    the foot of the Long Portage, another extensive outcrop occurs. The mass of

    ore appears on both sides of the river, which at that point has a width of

    about 400 yards, and in low water it [ ?] can be seen in the bed of the stream.

            Nothing has ever been done with these deposits. They are still too

    remote to be of commercial value, but when the country adjoining is settled,

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0321                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    as some day undoubtedly it will, they should be utilized. The great

    quantities of water power available, should render them of even greater value.

            Probably the next most important resource of this region, at any rate

    as at present discernible, are the deposits of kaolin, of china clay. Beds

    of these clays of various thicknesses and extent are cut by most of the rivers

    in the Moose River basin. One of these deposits, on the Wabiskagami River,

    a tributary of the Missinaibi, eight miles above its mouth has been described

    by Dr. Bell.

            "The deposit lies on the south bank," he writes, "slong which it is

    traceable for about 400 feet, rising above the summer level to a height of

    at least 10 feet. The clay is soft, plastic and unctious, generally almost

    white in color, but sometimes stained deep hematite red or yellow ochre by

    impregnation of iron oxide. Much of it is remarkably free of sand, but other

    parts contain lenses and small pocket-like areas composed of grains of clear,

    glassy quartz sand, mixed with pure white kaolin."

            Here again, the proximity of ample hydro-electric power [ ?] could be

    a great advantage.

            Even more widespread are the deposits of gypsum. On Moose River, gypsum

    beds appear on both sides of the river, beginning about 12 miles below the

    confluence of the Missinaibi and Mattagami rivers. On the northwest side,

    the beds extend along the river for two and a half miles, and on the opposite

    side for two and three quarter miles. Three or four miles farther down stream,

    another deposit appears on the southwest side, and extends for about a mile.

            A well-known feature of the region is the so-called "Gypsum Mountain,"

    about 10 miles east of the Abitibi River in latitude 50° 40′ N., which con–

    sists of a mass of gypsum standing above the level of the plain. While its

    crest is only from 20 to 25 feet above the level of the muskeg, it neverthe-

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0322                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    less has an appearance of height because of the flatness of the country,

    stretching as it does in every direction as far as the eye can see. The

    outcrop in this area has been traced for three-quarters of a mile from the

    base of the "mountain." This gypsum is reported to be of excellent quality.

            Lignite beds are equally widespread. Practically all the streams from

    the French River, on the east, to the Albany River, on the west, out through

    beds of this material. The coal is of glacial age, and is therefore compara–

    tively young, as is indicated by its appearance. In many of the deposits,

    the coal resembles the "braun kohl" of Saxony, but in other deposits it more

    nearly resembles some of the tertiary lignites of southern Seskatchewan.

            From time to time, efforts have been made by the Ontario Government to

    utilize this coal, and a considerable amount of drilling has been done. For

    a time it appeared that some of the coal might be put on the market in southern

    Ontario in the form of briquettes, and considerable money was spent by the

    government in that endeavor, but in 1947 the government announced that the project

    was not commercially feasible. No further efforts have been made to develop

    the coal.

            While it is doubtful if this lignite could be transported long distances

    by rail to sell in competition with harder coals imported from Pennsylvania,

    there is no doubt that for local consumption, as and when the need arises, it

    will prove of great value. Since it occurs in a region which produces very

    little timber, its value for domestic fuel would seem to be evident as soon

    as settlement provides a market.

            In addition to these extensive lignite beds, even more widespread supplies

    of peat are available. This material varies in quality, depending upon its age,

    thickness of the beds, location, and various other factors. As a supplement to

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0323                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    the lignite, there is no doubt that it can some day be counted upon to

    provide the Hudson Bay Lowland with an almost inexhaustible supply of fuel

    close at hand.

            For industrial purposes, however, the most important source of power is

    the potential hydro-electric energy that may be derived from the many streams

    that drop from the adjoining Canadian shield. In most cases the transmission

    lines required to bring power from the point of production to where it would

    be needed would be short.

            As has been pointed out, these streams drop from 500 to 700 feet in

    their descent from the Shield to the Lowlands. This drop, moreover, occurs,

    in most cases, within a distance of a few miles. Power is already being

    produced on the upper reaches of some of these rivers, such as the Abitibi,

    the Matta v gami, and the Albany. This does not interfere, however, with the

    development of power farther north. In some cases, the highest falls occur

    beyond the present limits of development.

            Pulp and paper mills are a possibility on some of these streams, near

    the fall line. In some districts, heavy stands of spruce suitable for pulp

    grow on the uplands to the south, which could be made available for such mills.

    The possibility of pulp and paper production might depend, however, upon

    transportation by sea. As shall be discussed later, the navigational possi–

    bilities of James and Hudson bays are also a factor in any estimate of the

    economic value of this region.

            While the agricultural resources of the great Clay Belt (q.v.) to the

    south are quite well understood, the agricultural possibilities of the Hudson

    Bay Lowland are not so q well recognized. The sigh t of miles upon miles of

    dreary muskeg, producing little more than a thick blanket of moss and sparse

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0324                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    growths of stunted spruce and tamarack, does not present a very favorable

    picture. Nevertheless, this region has undoubted agricultural possibilities.

    These will not be realized, however, unless large-scale reclamation projects

    are instituted over extensive areas of the country.

            Owing to the impervious nature of the underlying clays, the rivers drain

    only narrow strips of land on either side. Back from this line, the country

    is permanently soaked with water. The moss, humus, and upper layers of

    drift, contain water which never drains. In addition to this, in may parts

    of the district, the ground never completely thaws because of the protection

    of the ice-water-soaked moss. What can happen when the land is cleared of the

    moss and the water allowed to drain away or to evaporate, is seen in places

    where fire has destroyed the sparse timber and also the moss. Here the soil

    soon becomes dry, and is covered with grass.

            Experience in other parts of Canada would suggest that the elimination

    of summer frosts to which the region is now subject would follow the draining

    and ploughing of the land. Competent authorities are of the opinion that

    immense areas could be made available for farming if reclamation projects

    of this nature, sufficient in extent, were to be instituted.

            Transportation, of course, is a vital factor with respect to the develop–

    ment of any of the resources referred to above. In this respect, the Hudson

    Bay Lowland, in its southern section especially, is fairly well situated.

    The Ontario Northland Railway (q.v.) cuts through the region from south to

    north, following the valleys of the Abitibi and Moose Rivers to James Bay.

    This railway begins at North Bay, which is on the main lines of both the

    Canadian National and Canadian Pacific transcontinental railways. The Canadian

    National Railways has another east-west line which runs through the Clay Belt,

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0325                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

    crossing the Ontario Northland Railway line at Cochrane (latitude 49° N.).

            Since the railway trends northwestward beyond Cochrane, and the southern

    edge of the Lowland southwestward, spurs northward from this line farther

    west sould be relatively short. If and when the Canadian National lines

    in this region are electrified, as some day they may be, the transportation

    problem would be simplified.

            If development of the Hudson Bay Lowland were to depend entirely upon

    the exploitation of its own resources, and if long distances through unpro–

    u ductive territory were required in order to reach the region, such development

    would undoubtedly be deferred much longer than will probably be the case. The

    territory south of the Lowland — and between it and the railway — consists

    of the highly mineralized Canadian Shield, where already many gold mines are

    in operation. Some of these at present have no means of communication other

    than the airplane and tractor train, in winter.

            As further mines are developed in the area, the building of spur lines

    northward from the nearest east-west railway will become a practicable matter.

    In fact, in order to provide the maximum traffic for the existing railways

    such feeders are most essential. When the resources of the Canadian Shield,

    immediately adjacent to the railways, and those of the Hudson Bay Lowland,

    farther beyond, are fully developed, many such branch lines will be required.

            The Ontario Northland Railway now has its northern terminus at Moosonce,

    near the mouth of Moose River, on James Bay. No facilities for ocean-going

    vessels have yet been provided, and a considerable amount of dredging will

    be needed before a port can be established there. Given sufficient traffic,

    however, such facilities could be provided quite easily. When that time comes,

    a large portion of the Hudson Bay Lowland will be within reach of the markets

    of the world.



    011      |      Vol_XIII-0326                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Hudson Bay Lowland

            Most of the resources referred to above are in the southern part of

    the Hudson Bay Lowland. This does not mean that parts of the region not

    mentioned are devoid of such resources; it is merely means that more

    information is available concerning these parts. Presumably, if equivalent

    information could be secured about the lands farther north, they would

    prove to be of equal economic importance.

            References:

            Bell, J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin . Report of

    Bureau of Mines, 1904. Toronto: The King's Printer;

    1904.

            Williams, M.Y. Palaeozoic Stratigraphy of Pagwachuan, Lower Kenogami ,

    and Lower Albany Rivers. Summary Report, 1920, Part D;

    Geological Survey of Canada; 1921.

            Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland; Ontario. Toronto: The Ryerson Press;

    1946.

    Kapiskau River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0327                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KAPISKAU RIVER

            Kapiskau River, northern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, drains a narrow

    strip of territory within the Hudson (James) Bay Lowland, between the Atta–

    wapiskat (q.v.) River, on the north, and the Albany (q.v.) River, on the

    south. It begins a small, shallow stream in about latitude 52° 25′ N.,

    longitude 86° W., and flows southeastward for about 30 miles into a group

    of small lakes, the largest of which is about a mile and a half long, by

    about half a mile wide, called the Kapiskau Lakes, which lie at an elevation

    of 400 feet above sea level. The country surrounding consists largely of

    muskeg and swamp on which little but stunted black spruce and tamarack grow.

    On occasional patches of higher ground, larger trees consisting of spruce,

    white birch, Banksian pine and poplar are found.

            Passing through Kapiskau Lakes, the river continues its southeasterly

    course, for the first five or six miles, wide and sluggish, and then, for 30

    or 35 miles, in a somewhat narrower channel cut through stratified clay banks.

    The river then makes a long curve to the northeast through low hills covered

    with poplar and birch. The river here is interrupted by a number of rapids

    caused by boulders in the bed of the stream. At most stages of water they

    do not interfere with canoe travel in either direction. The banks on either

    side are now lined with narrow strips of fairly large trees, but beyond these

    strips the country on both sides, as far as the eye can reach, presents a

    dismal view of almost endless muskeg, supporting the usual stunted black

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0328                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kapiskau River

    spruce and tamarack. The channel cuts many peat bogs, and in places a

    stratum of peat, five or six feet thick, forms part of the banks. At inter–

    vals, sand or gravel ridges stand out above the general level, and these

    are covered with larger trees similar to those which line the banks of the

    river.

            After a 20-mile stretch in which the course is slightly south of east,

    the river swings abruptly to the northeast in a long are, at the end of which

    it cuts through outcropping limestones. It has now descended about 230 feet

    from the level of the Kapiskau Lakes. Taking another abrupt turn, it again

    describes an are to the northeast, during the course of which it flows through

    clay banks with a swift current, broken in places by boulders causing rapids.

    From this point to its entry into James Bay, it continues a generally north–

    east course. About 50 miles from its mouth, it receives the Atikameg River,

    a stream about 140 miles long, which drains the area between the Kapiskau and

    Albany rivers.

            The Kapiskau River has no distinct valley, but has cut a channel through

    the post-glacial and glacial drift which overlies the Palaeozoic rocks of the

    Lowland region, cutting into the rock itself as the sea is approached. The

    average height of the banks is not much more than 25 or 30 feet. Probably

    due to the action of ice during the freshets, the land immediately adjacent

    to the banks has been elevated above the level of the country immediately

    beyond. The clay subsoil prevents drainage, except close to the channel,

    and consequently the land beyond the edges of the river is perpetually soaked

    with water. This water neither drains nor evaporates. Thick blankets of

    sphagnum moss cover land not actually submerged, which helps to keep the soil

    beneath from drying or receiving any warmth, even during hot summer days.

            The Kapiskau River is about a quarter of a mile wide at its mouth, and

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0329                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kapiskau River

    for a few miles above the head of tidewater, averaging about 150 yards as

    far up as the mouth of the Atikmeg, above which it narrows considerably.

    Its length to the kapiskau Lakes is about 266 miles, an d its total length

    is about 300 miles.

            Reference:

    Wilson, W.J. Reconnaissance Surveys of Four Rivers Southwest of James Bay .

    Summary Report, 1902; Geological Survey of Canada; Ottawa:

    The King's Printer; 1903.

    Kapuskasing River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0330                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KAPUSKASING RIVER

            The Kapuskasing River is a tributary of the Mattagami River which,

    joining with the Missinaibi, becomes Moose River. These streams drain

    a considerable area of northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, into James

    Bay. The Kapuskasing River rises in the lake of the same name, in latitude

    48° 30′ N., longitude 82° 55′ W. Its course is approximately northeast to

    its juction with the Mattagami in latitude 49° 55′ N.

            Flowing out of the northeastern angle of Kapuskasing Lake, where it

    has a width of about 100 feet, it drops down a rapid for a descent of 23

    feet. Here the line of the Canadian National Railways from Winnipeg to

    Toronto and Montreal crosses the river. In its course beyond this point,

    the Kapuskasing River descends seven falls or rapids that have power possi–

    bilities, ranging from 16 feet at the Loon Rapids to 56 feet at Big Beaver

    Falls and 64 feet at Lapingam Rapids. Only one of these has yet been

    developed, a fall at the town of Kapuskasing, where a head of 30 feet pro–

    vides 2,500 horse power. Here the National Transcontinental line of the

    Canadian National Railways crosses the river. Sturgeon Falls, 35 miles above

    the mouth of the Kapuskasing, derives its name from the fact that sturgeon

    are unable to get above the 17-foot fall at this point. No further ob–

    structions occur below Sturgeon Falls. The channel is broad and shallow

    and filled with boulders. The Kapuskasing enters the Mattagami by two mouths,

    which discharge about four miles apart.

            The country through which the Kapuskasing River flows is similar to

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0331                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kapuskasing River

    that described in the accounts of the upper reaches of the Missinaibi and

    Mattagami rivers (q.v.). Its course lies entirely within the Canadian

    Shield section of northern Ontario.

            References:

            Bell, J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin. Report of

    the Bureau of Mines, 1904. Toronto: The King's

    Printer; 1904.

            Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland Ontario. Toronto: The Ryerson Press;

    1946.

    Kazan River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0332                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KAZAN RIVER

            Kazan River, Northwest Territories of Canada, drains a considerable

    area chiefly within the District of Keewatin and its waters reach Hudson

    Bay through Chesterfield Inlet and its freshwater extension, Baker Lake.

    It rises in Kasba Lake, which lies at an elevation of 1,270 feet above

    sea level, just west of the boundary (102° S.) between the districts of

    Mackenzie and Keewatin and a few miles north of the 60th parallel of north

    latitude, which divides the provinces of Saskatchewan and Manitoba from

    the Northwest Territories.

            The drainage basin of the Kazan comprises 32,700 square miles, extend–

    ing northward from just south of latitude 60° N. to latitude 64° 05′ N.,

    and east and west from longitude 95° 55′ W. to 103° 30′ W. Since it is

    paralleled on the west for the whole of its course by the Dubawnt River,

    and on its eastern side comes close to the height of land marking the western

    limits of the Hudson Bay watershed, its drainage area is long and narrow,

    and its tributaries are all short. In its course of 455 miles it drops

    about 1,200 feet, mostly in short repids, but several falls also occur, at

    one of which, in the lower reaches of the river, the drop is considerable.

    The Kazan lies wholly within the Canadian Shield and its characteristics

    are similar to other rivers traversing that area.

            No two maps show Kasba lake in exactly the same place; some show it

    partly in the Mackenzie District and partly in Keewatin District; others

    show it wholly within Mackenzie District. Likewise, none shows its outline

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0333                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

    completely traced, consequently its area is yet unknown. It seems, however,

    to consi [ ?] t of two arms, somewhat in the shape of a Y, one arm lying approxi–

    mately east and west and the other in a northwest-southeast direction, each

    of which is about 25 miles long.

            Kazan River flows out of Kasba Lake near the latter's northwestern

    angle and for the first three-quarters of a mile flows quietly over a bed of

    boulders, after which, in a channel more definitely marked, it rushes down

    a series of swift, crooked rapids, bearing off toward the northeast. The

    rapids continue for a mile and three-quarters, ending with a cascade where

    there is a drop of 15 feet. At the top of the rapids, the channel is deep

    and narrow, but at their end it spreads out over a mass of boulders. The

    banks below this are c [ ?] mposed of sand and boulders and fairly well wooded, the

    channel well-defined, though winding, the water shallow and the current

    swift, Passing through a lake about three miles in leng g t h by about a mile

    wide, the river swings to the eastward for about two miles and then enters

    Tabanni Lake, which is somewhat larger than the one just above.

            Flowing out of the northern end of Tabanni Lake, the river continues

    With a swift current in a northeasterly direction for three miles and enters

    the south end of Lake Annadai, which is about 50 miles long and about seven

    or eight wide at its greatest width. It lies in a northeast-southwest

    direction across the angle formed by the 61st parallel and the 102nd meridian.

    While rapid occur at a number of places, the greater part of the 170-foot drop

    between Kasba Lake and Ennadai Lake is accounted for by the steady stope of the

    country.

            Below Ennadai Lake, the river flows over boulders, causing heavy rapids for

    about two miles; and then, turning sharply to the north-northeast, and still

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0334                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

    flowing swiftly, enters a small lake about a mile and a quarter in width,

    lying slightly east of north. Leaving this lake, the river then swings

    to the eastward for two and a half miles, still flowing swiftly between

    banks of boulders. The country off to the northwest is low and wet,

    moderately wooded with small black spruce and occasional tamaracks, but

    beyond this point the forest thins out and is soon left behind.

            Continuing generally eastward, expanding into a number of small lakes,

    the river flows in a shallow channel over pebbles and boulders with a rapid

    current, and then turns sharply to the north, continuing in that direction

    through several lake expansions, after which it flows northeast by east for

    five miles into the southern end of a lake about 13 miles long, lying in a

    north and south direction. This lake is merely a much wider lake expansion

    than usual, and its river-like nature is shown by the presence midway of a

    narrows where a light rapid occurs. Two miles below the north end of this

    lake, the river turns sharply to the west and continues in that direction

    for nearly 10 miles, when it again swings to the northeastward and enters

    another long, narrow lake, lying in the same general direction as the

    previous course of the river. The surrounding country is low and wet,

    broken here and there by parallel ridges of boulders. Continuing in a

    northerly direction for seven or eight miles, the river then swings to the

    northeast, and after flowing for seven miles in a channel from 120 to 200

    yards wide, enters the northwestern extremity of Angikuni Lake. In this

    stretch the banks are from 20 to 40 feet high, which gradually decrease in

    height as the lake is approached. The area and outline of this lake are

    still undetermined, but it is of considerable size and is at least 25 miles

    long, following its main axis, which lies northwest-southeast, and is about

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0335                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

    10 miles wide at its greatest width. The river emerges from the northeastern

    angle of this lake and flows almost due east for a straight-line distance

    of 44 miles. The current varies; sometimes the river rushes headlong down

    a narrow channel, and at others spreads out over beds of boulders, expanding

    twice into small lakes. About midway of this stretch, the river falls over

    a ridge of gneiss with a drop of 20 feet, and then continues with a rapid

    current to a second fall, below which a heavy cascade occurs in which the

    water rushes through a narrow, rocky gap into a gorge 60 feet deep. This

    represents the extent of the drop from the head of the upper fall, a distance

    of about a mile and a half.

            Below this point the river expands to a width of about 250 yards, and

    for the next 13 miles is almost a continuous rapid, at the end of which it

    falls 20 feet in a series of cascades. Continuing eastward for five miles,

    the river then turns abruptly to the north, flowing for 10 miles in that

    direction with a [ ?] strong current between banks of boulders. At the end of

    this stretch, the river opens into a small lake two miles long, at the outlet

    of which is a heavy rapid, where a fall of 10 feet occurs, caused by a ledge

    of gneiss. The river continues for five miles and then swings toward the

    west, flowing with a strong steady current between rocky islands, and then

    tumbles in a low fall over a rocky ledge. Below this point the river widens,

    becoming less rapid, and flows between sandy banks, where the country has the

    appearance of a fertile, rolling prairie. After a few miles it contracts and

    is deep. This is one of the points where caribou formerly crossed the river

    in their migrations, and is thought to be the spot visited by Hearne in 1770.

    Below this point, the river, deep, with a slackening current, gradually widens

    to a bell mouth and flows into the northwestern angle of Yathkyed Lake.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0336                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

            Yathkyed Lake, with an area of 860 square miles, is one of the largest

    in Keewatin District. It is roughly wedge-shaped, lying in a northwest–

    southeast direction, with its greatest dimension at the north. It contains

    many islands, one exceptionally large. The Kazan River flows out of the

    northeastern extremity with a swift current, and after half a mile enters

    a lake about four miles wide. When it emerges, it flows out by a narrow

    channel in which occurs a heavy rapid caused by a ridge of gneiss. Below

    this point, the river expands, continuing thus for a short distance between

    sandy beaches, and then breaks into a rough rapid over boulders and irregular

    ridges of gneiss. For the next three miles it flows northward over a bed

    of boulders a through a pleasant valley, which leads to a small lake about

    two miles long. Out of this, the river rushes in a narrow channel, with a

    current of five miles an hour, and then expands into a shallow, stony channel

    from 150 to 200 yards wide.

            After a course of about five miles due north, the river enters the

    southern extremity of a lake about 12 miles long and from three to four

    miles wide, lying in a northeast-southwest direction. Leaving the north end

    of this lake, the river, following a northeasterly course, passes through a

    range of low but very rugged hills, after which it swings due eastward for

    about 30 miles in a lake-like stretch where it expands at times to a width of

    about two miles. Low, rocky hills, from 100 to 200 feet high, border the stream

    in this stretch, a short distance beyond which it drops about 30 feet through a

    long cascade-like rapid. Below this it continues for about 12 miles and then,

    through a series of rapids, contracts abruptly, and flowing through three channels,

    formed by one large and one small, rocky island, it drops over the Kazan Falls

    into a gorge between perpendicular walls from 50 to 75 feet in height. Below the

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0337                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

    falls, the river continues its turbulent course through the ca n ñ on for about a

    mile before emerging into a broad and shallow valley, through which it winds

    its way between gravelly banks. The total drop from the head of the rapid

    above the falls to the foot of the ca n ñ on is estimated to be at least 100 feet.

    For the last 20 or 30 miles before entering Baker Lake, the river runs through

    banks of blue boulder clay. Between yathkyed and Baker lakes the current is

    everywhere swift — four to eight miles an hour. In addition to the Kazan

    Falls, there are 15 rapids, all but two of which can be negotisted by lowering

    the canoe at the end of a line.

            The Kazan River flows for most of its length through a region that once

    supported the central portion of the ice sheets that covered the country during

    the glacial period. It was consequently a region of less movement than was the

    case in areas farther removed from the center; and it is therefore more heavily

    overlaid with glacial detritus. For this reason very little rock is exposed

    along its course, and this makes prospecting difficult, since its general

    inaccessibility prohibits the sort of intensive prospecting necessary to

    determine mineral possibilities in such circumstances. Such being the case,

    it is likely to remain one of the later spots to attract the prospector. It

    has better power possibilities than most of the other rivers in the District,

    however, and this might make easier the development of such mineral resources

    as may be discovered.

            While the territory through which it flows is well covered with vegetation,

    it is not — except, perhaps, around Yathkyed Lake — as suitable a region as

    some others for the grazing of reindeer, such, for instance, as the sand plains

    along the Thelon and Back rivers. Reindeer-raising, however, is the only

    economic possibility, aside from mining, and perhaps fur-farming, that can be

    foreseen for Keewatin District.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0338                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kazan River

            Samuel Hearne, on his way to the Coppermine in 1779, crossed the river

    just about Yathkyed Lake, and again crossed it on his return after having

    failed to reach his objective. Until Dr. J. B. Tyrrell (q.v.) descended

    it in 1894 from Kasba Lake to about 25 miles below Yathkyed Lake, no one

    appears to have visited it. In 1930, A.E. Porsild, of the Department of

    the Interior of Canada, descended it from Yathkyed Lake to its mouth, sur–

    veying its pasturage possibilities for reindeer.

            References:

            Tyrrell, J.B. Report on Dubawnt, Kazan and Ferguson Rivers and Northwest

    Coast of Hudson Bay ; Geological Survey of Canada; Annual

    Report, Vol. IX; 1896.

            Porsild, A.E. The Reindeer Industry and the Canadian Eskimo ; The Geographical

    Journal, Vol. 88; 1936.

    Keewatin District



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0339                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBroudais)


    KEEWATIN DISTRICT

            Keewatin District is the easternmost portion of the Northwest Terri–

    tories of Canada, exclusive of the islands in the Arctic Archipelago, but

    including islands in Hudson and James bays. It lies between the 60th

    parallel of north latitude on the south and the Arctic Sea on the north;

    and between the 102nd meridian of west longitude, on the west, and Hudson

    Bay, on the east. Exclud ing ed also are two large peninsulas, Booth and

    Melville, jutting northward from the Canadian mainland, which are part of

    the District of Franklin, to the north. Keewatin District comprises an

    area of about 291,000 square miles.

            Two of these boundaries, the southern and the western, consist of

    imaginary lines; neither follows a natural geographical division, and

    consequently both cut across the general slope of the country. The four

    large rivers which drain the greater part of the District rise west of the

    102nd meridian; while, on the south, the Thlewiaza River rises south of

    the boundary, flows northeasterly across it, and then, bending to the

    southeast, [ ?] follows the 60th parallel for a considerable distance before

    swinging again to the northeast to discharge its waters into Hudson Bay.

            The northern and eastern boundaries, however, are much more varied.

    The former begins at the point where the 102nd meridian cuts the south

    shore of Queen Maud Gulf in about latitude 67° 48′ N., about a mile and

    a half west of Blackwood Point, and about half-way between the western

    and eastern extremities of Queen Maud Gulf, which extends east and west

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0340                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    for about 250 miles. At the point where the meridian cuts the coast,

    the shore trends slightly north of southeasterly, continuing thus until

    almost the 100th meridian, when it swings northeasterly to form the west

    coast of Adelaid Peninsula, whose northernmost extremity is in latitude

    68° 30′ N. The peninsula is almost severed by Sherman Inlet, which runs

    southeasterly for a distance of about 50 miles, leaving an isthmus 24 miles

    long between its head and Elliott Bay, on the eastern side. Adelaid Penin–

    sula is about 60 miles north and south, and about 50 miles wide at its

    greatest breadth. Its shoreline consists of a succession of bays and fjords,

    separated by long, narrow points, with many islands along the coast. Between

    Adelaide Peninsula and Boothia Peninsula, to the east, Chantrey Inlet extends

    southward for about 35 miles and then southeastward for about the same dis–

    tance, receiving at its head, Back River, one of the principal streams in

    Keewatin District, flowing in from the southwest.

            The eastern coast of Chantrey Inlet extends northward and then northeast–

    ward to Cape Britannia, a rocky bluff about 200 feet high. From Cape Britannia,

    the coast continues northeastward to Shephered Bay, which lies southeastward

    of an extensive peninsula jutting to the southwestward, the extremity of which

    is called Cape Colville. From the cape, the coast continues northeastward

    to Spence Bay, the western end of Boothia Isthmus, which there separates

    Franklin and Keewatin districts. The isthmus, which is about 25 miles across,

    and in which are several lakes, runs about east-northeast and south-southwest

    in approximately latitude 69° 50′ N., and terminates on the east at Lord

    Mayor Bay. South of the latter, [ ?] Pelly Bay extends southward for about 55

    miles, dividing the mainland base of Boothia Peninsula, on the west, from

    Simpson Peninsula, on the east. Committee Bay, the southernmost part of the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0341                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    Gulf of Boothia, 125 miles in depth, separates Boothia and Melville peninsulas.

    From the head of Committee Bay, Rae Isthmus, dividi n g Franklin District from

    Keewatin District (76 (87° 30′ W.), runs south to Repulse Bay, at the head

    of Roes Welcome Sound, in Hudson Bay waters.

            Roes Welcome Sound separates the mainland from Southampton Island,

    lying to the eastward in Hudson Bay. It is about 150 miles long, extending

    southward from Repulse Bay to the main part of Hudson Bay, and is about 40

    miles wide at its southern end and about 15 miles at its northern end, with

    a maximum width of about 65 miles. Southampton Island, which is part of

    Keewatin District, is about 200 miles in length by about 180 miles at its

    greatest width, comprising 16,114 square miles, lying between latitude 62° 50′

    N. and 65° 53′ N., and between longitude 80° W. and 87° 07′ W. Coats and

    Mansel islands, much smaller than Southampton, are also included in Keewatin

    District, and lie southeastward of the southern end of Southampton Island,

    between it and the western coast of Ungava Peninsula, province of Quebec.

            The mainland boundary of Keewatin District begins at the northwestern

    extremity of Repulse Bay and follows the coast southward to Wager Bay, a

    fjord-like inlet extending inland for a distance of 100 miles from the coast.

    The entrance to Wager Bay, af its narrowest, is about five miles across, but

    the bay widens at it proceeds westward, achieving a maximum width of about

    20 miles. At a distance of about 60 miles from the line of the coast, it

    divides into two arms, on the southernmost of which a trading post is established.

    From Wager Bay, the coast trends south-southwestward for 90 miles to Cape

    Fullerton, which marks the southwestern portal of Roes Welcome Sound. From

    Cape Fullerton, the coast swings westward to enclose a broad bight, the

    northwestern extremity of which is called Daly Bay and the southwestern angle,

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0342                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    Winchester Inlet. Depot Island, once a rendezvous for whalers, lies off

    the entrance to Winchester Inlet.

            From Winchester Inlet, the coast trends south-southwestward for about

    35 miles to the entrance to Chesterfield Inlet which, with its fresh-water

    extension, Baker Lake, extends in a northwesterly direction for about 180

    miles. It is about eight miles wide at its mouth, but for most of its length

    is much narrower, and is made narrower still in many places by islands of

    various sizes. Chesterfield settlement is situated on Spurrell Harbor, on

    the southern side of the entrance to the inlet.

            Proceeding southward from the entrance to Chesterfield Inlet, Baker Fore–

    land, about 25 miles to the south, consists of two hills standing above the

    generally low coastline. From Baker Foreland, the coast bears off to the

    west-southwestward for 17 miles to the entrance to Rankin Inlet, just north

    of the latter, Marble Island lies a few miles off the coast. It, like Depot

    Island, was formerly a wintering-place for whalers. Rankin Inlet extends

    inland about 22 miles in a northwesterly direction, and is about 17 miles

    wide at its mouth, which increases farther inland. It is filled with islands

    and reefs. Continuing southwestward for about 60 miles, the coast is indented

    in turn by Pistol Bay, Mistake Bay, Nevill Bay, into which Ferguson River

    discharges, and Dawson Inlet. From Dawson Inlet to the point where the

    southern boundary of keewatin District cuts the coast of Hudson Bay, a distance

    of about 100 miles, the coast continues low and monotonous, the shoreline

    depending largely upon the stages of the tide. Eskimo Point, about 50 miles

    southwest of Dawson Inlet, lies between two sandy ridges, or eskers, projecting

    from the general line of the coast, and is the site of a small settlement.

            Keewatin District consists mainly of a rolling plateau, sloping eastward

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0343                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    to Hudson Bay and northward to the Arctic Sea. Beyond latitude 65° N., the

    drainage is northward; south of that line, it is eastward. The rivers

    nearly all follow a similar pattern: in their upper reaches they flow north–

    eastward, then turn toward the east or southeast. Their valleys, in the upper

    reaches, are of recent origin and they flow almost on the surface of the ground

    among myriads of lakes and lake extensions, separated by short stretches of

    stream in which many rapids occur. Bordering Hudson Bay, a strip of territory

    appears to have but recently risen from below the sea. The drop from the

    highest point of the plateau to the sea is very gradual.

            Except for a few short rivers which drain the area between its watershed and

    the Arctic Sea, the greater part of the Arctic drainage is carried by Back

    River, which rises far west of the boundary between Mackenzie and Keewatin

    districts, crossing it at the point where the river expands into Lake Pelly,

    at the intersection of latitude 66° N. and the boundary (longitude 102° W.).

    From this point, it flows eastward approximately along the 66th parallel, through

    Lake Carry and then swings northward through Lake Macdougall, after which it

    winds alternately north and south of the 66th parallel until, after crossing

    the 98th degree of west longitude, it turns abruptly to the northeast and flows

    more or less directly into Chantrey Inlet, expanding into Lake Franklin shortly

    before.

            On the Hudson Bay watershed, the most northerly river system of importance

    is the Thelon-Dubawnt. The upper Dubawnt rises in Mackenzie District, not far

    from Great Slave Lake, and flows northeasterly through many lake expansions

    into Dubawnt Lake, which is cut by the boundary between Mackenzie and Keewatin

    districts. Below Dubawnt Lake, flowing northeastward, and then northwestward,

    the river enters a long expansion between Beverley and Aberdeen lakes in

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0344                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    latitude 64° 50′ N. The Thelon River, which also rises in Mackenzie District,

    flows into the western end of Beverley Lake. From Lake Aberdeen, the com–

    bined stream runs practically eastward and then southeast to empty into the

    western end of Baker Lake.

            The Kazan River rises in a lake that is cut by the boundary a short dis–

    tance north of the 60th parallel and runs through many lake expansions and

    a number of considerable lakes, the largest of which is Yathkyed, before it

    discharges into the south side of Baker Lake. Its course, from the point where

    it crosses the western boundary of Keewatin District until it runs into Baker

    Lake closely parallels that of the Dubawnt. Between the Kazan watershed and

    the Hudson Bay coast, the country is drained by a number of short streams, such

    as the Ferguson and the Maguse, each of which drains a network of Lakes. Along

    the southern border of the District, as previously mentioned, the Thlewiaza River

    follows a course similar to the ones followed by the Kazan and Dubawnt rivers

    farther north.

            Characteristic of the Pre-Cambrian region of Canada, the whole of Keewatin

    District is covered with a myriad of lakes of all sizes and shapes, the largest

    of which are Dubawnt (1,600 square miles), Garry (980 square miles), Baker 975

    square miles), Yathkyed (860 square miles), and Maguse (510 square miles).

    All occupy rocky basins in which they sprawl into many arms and indentations,

    while none in exceptionally deep. Most of the lakes are filled with excellent

    fish, of which the principal are lake trout, whitefish and salmon trout.

            The topography of the country bears a a d irect relationship to the direction

    of glacial movement. The chief center from which the ice spread has been placed

    by Dr. J. B. Tyrrell (q.v.) who explored this area for the Geological Survey

    of Canada, as somewhere east of Dubawnt Lake. The evidence of striae on the

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0345                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    rock and the direction of eskers seem sometimes to be at variance with the

    topography because of secondary movements of a local nature; but when the

    country is viewed from the air, according to G. H. Blanchet, the general

    slope of the land is seen to correspond with what one would expect from

    the known action of the ice. During the glacial period the country was

    ploughed into furrows, lying in a general direction about 30° south of east.

    These furrows consist of long ridges of harder rocks and the space between them

    is largely occupied by water, either in the form of streams or of lakes of

    varying sizes. The direction of glacial movement south of Chesterfield Inlet,

    for instance, varies from 10° south of east, at the north, to 20° south of east

    at Eskimo Point; while north of Beverley Lake, the furrows hold a course of

    about 25° west of north. The ice ignored local topography, and often the

    furrows lie across the slopes.

            The chief underlying rocks over most of Keewatin District are grey or

    light-red granite or granite gneiss, in large part lightly covered with glacial

    debris. Between Rankin and Dawson inlets, an area of crystalline schists,

    lavas and quartzites occurs extending inland to the vicinity of Kazan River;

    the distribution of this type of rock is irregular and tends to produce a

    rough local topography. South of Baker Lake and along the Thelon River, a

    red sandstone is found which continues to the west shore of Dubawnt Lake. It

    has broken down into a sand plain of low relief through which the Thelon

    River has worn a well-marked valley and in which it has cut its channel almost

    to grade. An immense amount of sand is carried down this river and deposited

    in Beverley Lake, while the stream connecting Beverley and Aberdeen lakes

    consist of succession of sandbars.

            The streams that go to make up the Thelon rise on the summit of the plateau

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0346                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    near waters that drain into Great Slave Lake. Dubawnt and Kazan rivers

    also rise on the summit of the plateau, but otherwise are somewhat different

    from the Thelon and the Back. They flow north-northeasterly across the

    plateau, almost at right angles to the glacial furrowing, and at an angle

    to the prevailing slope toward Hudson Bay. They both have the same general

    character, and consist chiefly of a succession of lakes, irregular in shape,

    which usually discharge tumultously through the barrier ridges that enclose

    them. The upper reaches of most of the waterways flow so nearly at the same

    level as the surrounding country that when viewed from the air little or no

    indication of a river is evident among the maze of lakes on all sides. Only

    at rapids is it sometimes possible to identify a river. Nevertheless, the

    general course of the principal rivers are remarkably direct when all these

    circumstances are taken into account. East of Kazan River, the drainage

    follows both the main country slope and the direction of the glacial movements.

            Chesterfield Inlet and Baker Lake carry the level of the sea almost 200

    miles inland, and sea-going ships can sail all the way to the western end

    of the lake, although tidal action does not extend beyond its eastern end.

    Northward from Chesterfield Inlet, the terrain, rocky and broken, rises to

    an elevation of 1,000 feet. Between Wager Bay and the arctic coast, the hills

    are lower and more scattered. The headwaters of Quoich River, which empties

    into the western end of Z C h e sterfield Inlet from the north, rise in high, rugged

    hills; but to the westward, the country spreads into a sand-and-boulder upland

    with a general level of about 600 feet above the sea. Then, in long, moderate

    slopes the country subsides to a sand plain through which Back River flows.

    This plain extends from as far east a [ ?] Meadowbank River to well into Mackenzie

    District, and Back River, in crossing it, expands into shallow lakes. The

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0347                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    upper portions of the Back and Thelon rivers both have the same general

    character; they rise near the height of land separating the Mackenzie

    watershed from that of the eastern Arctic and Hudson Bay and make an

    abrupt descent to the sand plain, across which they flow with few rapids.

    Between the two rivers lies an upland which finally merges into the interior

    plateau.

            Between Back River and the arctic coast at Bathurst Inlet, the drift–

    covered Pre-Cambrian plain with moderate relief is charply broken by the

    rugged mountains that form the seacoast. They start at the base of Kent

    Peninsula and extend southwesterly; to the east of Bathurst Inlet they have

    a depth of from 15 to 20 miles and reach about 1,500 feet high. South and

    west of Bathurst Inlet, they subside into the plateau.

            Practically the whole of the District of Keewatin forms part of the

    great Canadian shield, consisting of Pre-Cambrian rocks which transmit to

    the country its predominant characteristics. The glaciers provided the

    materials which constitute the soil of the northern plains of Canada. The

    slow movement of the ice stripped the surface of the country, grinding and

    mixing ogether wi the materials thus removed. In general, the farther from

    the center of ice movement the finer the materials were ground. As the ice

    retreated, these were left behind, sometimes layer upon layer, in other

    places deposited in irregular mounds. Following this, it was sorted and

    reassorted by the large post-glacial rivers. On the uplands, little assort–

    ment occurred, resulting in varying thicknesses and admixtures of clay, sand,

    gravel and boulders.

            Toward the center of the ice movement, the glacial debris received little

    grinding and also less assortment, resulting in soil of a coarse nature in

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0348                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    which boulders and angular rock fragments predominate. Frost and water

    continue the disintegration, while the streams carry the finer particles

    into the lowlands to form a rich culture-bed for vegetation. Consequently,

    over a large part of Keewatin District upland soils are coarse and boulder–

    filled, and those in the lowlands are heavier. The coarse soil of the hills

    allows the moisture to drain away rapidly, while the heavier soil of the

    valleys and flats retains it. This is reflected in the varying type of

    vegetation seen on the uplands and in the lowlands. On the hills it is

    sparse and restricted largely to hardy types and primitive forms, while on

    the plains it is more luxurious and varied.

            The late spring and short summer are to a certain extent offset by the

    long hours of sunlight. Vegetation carries its seed through the winter and

    drops it in the early summer on the moist earth warmed by the almost con–

    tinuous sunlight. The seed is thus favorably placed for rapid germination

    and growth and the response is phenomenal. The aspect of the country changes

    in a few days from brown to green, and successions of many-hued flowers rapidly

    follow. Summer reaches its height in July, when the vegetation is in full

    bloom. Summer winds are usually moderate, and strong winds do not persist.

    According to standards elsewhere, precipitation is scant; but plants have a

    perpetual source of moisture because of the permanently frozen soil just

    below their roots.

            Early in August, as plants mature, the green of summer quickly merges

    into the brown of autumn. The winds become stronger, holding pretty constantly

    in the northwest. By the end of August, or [ ?] arly in September, color again

    dominates the scene as the frosts of approaching winter cause the willows to

    take on their bright yellow hues and other shrubbery goes in for purples and

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0349                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    reds. The autumn is generally quite long, and winter comes almost impercep–

    tibly, with a gradual decrease in temperature. Not often is there enough

    snow for travel before the first of December. What snow does come, blows

    into drifts and packs with the wind and it is difficult to estimate its

    total depth. There is, however, scarcely ever enough to require the use

    of snowshoes.

            Vegetation varies considerably in different parts of the country,

    depending upon such factors as soil, shelter, and proximity to cold bodies

    of water. Although certain grasses and sedges, in addition to lichens and

    mosses, grow on the open plains, sometimes almost luxuriantly, the country

    has practically no possibilities from the standpoint of general agriculture.

    Cereals are out of the question; and vegetables can be grown only in excep–

    tional circumstances. The great resource, of course, is pasturage, if ever

    steps were taken to provide suitable herds of grazing animals.

            As a rule, trees disappear first on the tops of hills and continue

    longest in sheltered, well-watered valleys. When viewed from the air, the

    forests are seen to be more and more broken by bare patches as the treeline

    is approached. Bare spots tend to enlarge and then join one another, leaving

    strips and islands of trees which become smaller and smaller. Tongues of

    forest extend along the courses of the rivers. Along the smaller streams or

    in moist spots thick growths of willows occur.

            Soil, temperature, moisture and wind are the governing factors in

    setting the limits of tree growth. The hardiest specimens are found at the

    treeline; spruce and tamarack are usually the only forest trees found near

    the edge of the woods, and the spruce, in dwarf form, alone survives beyond.

    Occasional islands of trees far beyond the timber line indicate the existence

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0350                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    of some favorable circumstance of which the trees are quick to take advantage.

            A great deal of the District of Keewatin is north of the tree line. Where

    the southern boundary of the District cuts the coast, the land is bare of all

    but shrubs. Proceeding westward, the treeline curves northward to approxi–

    mately 62° 32′ N., although there are islands of timber even farther north.

    At Padlei, at the headwaters of the Maguse River, for example, far from the

    tree line, an area of several square miles of spruce and tamarack exists.

            The first Europeans to see any part of what is now the District of Kee–

    watin were undoubtedly members of the expedition which sailes from the Thames

    in April 1612 to continue the search for the Northwest Passage by way of the

    great bay that had been discovered two years earlier by the ill-fated Hudson.

    The expedition was financed by The Company of the Merchants of London Discoverers

    of the Northwest Passage, who were to do so much in subsequent years for explora–

    tion of the arctic coasts of North America. It sails in two ships, Hudson's

    Discovery and the Resolution , commanded by Sir Thomas Button. Proceeding

    westward through Hudson Strait, Button discovered Coasts Island, which is now

    part of the District of Keewatin, and gave to the cape at its southern extremity

    the odd name of Cary's Swans Nest. Continuing westward, he, much to his disgust,

    encountered the west coast of Hudson Bay somewhere between Cape Eskimo and

    Driftwood Point. Here he turned south, and after wintering in the estuary of

    the Nelson River, sailed northward the following summer along the Hudson Bay

    coast, continuing almost to the mouth of Wager Bay, and then, despairing of

    finding a passage to the westward, turned back and set sail for home, discover–

    ing also Southampton Island on his way eastward.

            In the year 1631, two expeditions sailed from England to search in Hudson

    Bay for the Northwest Passage, one under commane of Luke Foxe and the other

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0351                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    commanded by Thomas James, both of whom have left their names on the map of

    that region. Both sailed along the west coast of Hudson Bay, although

    neither entered Rankin Bay or Chesterfield Inlet, each of which might have

    seemed the entrance to the passage they were seeking, especially the latter,

    which could have taken them 200 miles inland. Foxe sai e some distance north

    of Cape Fullerton, naming an island there Sir Thomas Roe's Welcome, after

    one of his patrons, a name which has since been adopted to designate the

    passage between Southampton Island and the mainland.

            In 1742, Captain Christopher Middleton, also searching for the Northwest

    Passage, sailed northward through Roes Welcome Sound, and explored Wager Bay,

    which he named after Sir Charles Wager, then First Lord of the Admiralty,

    continuing up the coast as far as Repulse Bay, which he also named, to indicate

    his belief that no Northwest Passage existed in that direction.

            In 1761, a Captain Christopher sailed northward from Chur c hill Harbor in

    the sloop Churchill to explore Chesterfield Inlet, up which he sailed 100 miles,

    and returned to Churchill; but the following year he sailed to the western end

    of Baker Lake, which he named.

            On February 23, 1770, Samuel Hearne departed from Fort Prince of Wales at

    Churchill Harbor under instructions from the Hudson's Bay Company to proceed

    to the Coppermine River. He spent the summer and the following winter in

    part of the region now known as Keewatin District, and in the spring of 1771,

    continued his journey northwestward. On June 30, he reached the Kazan River,

    a short distance above Yathkyed Lake. He joined a party of Indians on their

    caribou hunt and with them slowly moved westward, passing to the northward of

    Dubawnt Lake. Finally, the season became so far advanced that his guides

    refused to continue to the Coppermine. Not only that, but they plundered him

    of most of his effects. His sextant was blown over by the wind and broken and

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0352                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    he therefore decided to return to Churchill, following a course that took

    him somewhat south and west of Dubawnt Lake, crossing the Kazan a short dis–

    tance above Angikuni Lake, and reaching Fort Prince of Wales on November 25,

    1771. Twelve days later, with new guides, he set out on his successful

    journey to the Coppermine, but his course lay mostly to the south of the Keewatin

    boundary.

            The next lot of explorers, although not searching for the Northwest

    Passage, were indirectly connected with that search, since they were search–

    ing for lost explorers themselves in search of the Northwest Passage. First

    of these was Captain (later Sir) George Back, who, in 1833-34, explored the

    river that now bears his name from its source to its mouth. He was searching

    for Captain (later Sir) John Ross, an arctic explorer who, however, got back

    to England some time before Back himself returned. Back reached the eastern

    end of Great Slave Lake late in 1833 and proceeded northward along a chain

    of lakes where he succeeded in locating a lake which proved to be the source

    of the river then called Great Fish River. This, he named Sussex Lake, and

    descended the river that issued from it for a short distance, but at a small

    lake called by him Musk Ox Lake, he turned back because of the lateness of

    the season, returning to the eastern end of Great Slave Lake, where he built

    Fort Reliance in which he and his party spent the winter. Although in the

    meantime word had been received of the return of Captain Ross, Back decided

    to continue his projected trip to the arctic coast; and in June and July, 1834,

    accompanied by Dr. John Richardson, surgeon and naturalist of the expedition,

    and a party of Indian guides, he descended the river to its mouth and explored

    the arctic coast as far east as Ogle Point, the northeastern extremity of

    Adelaide Peninsula. During August and September of the same year, he returned

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0353                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    up the river and spent another winter at Fort Reliance.

            In 1839, Thomas Simpson and Peter Warren Dease, officers of the Hudson's

    Bay Company, from their headquarters at Fort Confidence at the eastern end

    of Great Bear Lake, descended the Coppermine to the Arctic and explored the

    coast as far east as Rae Strait. The Hudson's Bay Company's exploratory

    program was continued by Dr. John Rae, who, in 1846, with instructions to

    connect with Simpson and Dease's farthest east, sailed north along the Hudson

    Bay coast from Fort York, wintering at Repulse Bay, and the following spring

    made [ ?] sledge journeys including the traverse of the isthmus since called by

    his name and the delineation of the Gulf of Boothia coastline. On succeeding

    expeditions, and during the Franklin search, Dr. Rae covered much of the

    northern coast of what is now Keewatin District; and in 1853, again crossing

    Rea Isthmus, in Pelly Bay came upon the first undoubted trace of the Franklin

    party. He learned from Eskimos that a boat party of 30 white men had died

    of starvation four years before near the mouth of Back River, and he bought

    from the natives a number of relics sufficient to establish the authenticity

    of his discovery.

            Since Rae had accounted for only 30 of the missing men, the British

    Government urged the Hudson's Bay Company to continue the investigation with

    a view to determining the fate of the rest of Franklin's men. The company

    ordered two of its officers, James Anderson and James Stewart, to descend

    Back River and examine the territory in that vicinity. This Anderson and

    Stewart did in the summer of 1855, and on Montreal Island, in Chantrey Inlet,

    into which Back River empties, they came upon what appeared to be the last

    camp of the men of Franklin's expedition, who had died there.

            To learn further details of the gruesome tragedy, Lieut. Frederick Schwatka,

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0354                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    U.S.A., in 1879, conducted an overland expedition from the Hudson Bay coast

    near Depot Harbor northwestward to the mouth of Back River and thence to

    the vicinity of where the Franklin party remains had been found, returning

    by a parallel route farther west, which included the ascent for a short dis–

    tance from its mouth of Back River.

            Following these explorers concerned directly or indirectly with the

    search for the Northwest Passage, come the explorers in the service of the

    Geological Survey of Canada, including such men as Dr. Robert Bell and

    Dr. A. P. Low, who worked chiefly along the coast of Hudson Bay, and Dr.

    J. B. Tyrrell, who carried his explorations inland. In 1893, the latter,

    accompanied by his brother, James Williams Tyrrell, explored the Dubawnt

    River from its headwaters in Mackenzie District to Chesterfield Inlet, and

    then continued down the coast to Churchill. In the following year, Dr. Tyrrell

    explored the Kazan and Ferguson rivers, thus filling in a considerable blank

    space between the Dubawnt and Hudson Bay. Since then, mining companies have

    covered the region by airplane, searching for minerals, and a considerable

    area has been mapped from the air by the Royal Canadian Air Force in associa–

    tion with the Topographical Survey of Canada. There still remain, however,

    many blank spots on the map of Keewatin District.

            The first commercial activities in the district were those of whalers

    operating along the west coast of Hudson Bay; but in recent years this industry

    has declined through the virtual extermination of the right whale upon which

    it chiefly depended for support. F T he fur trade has been important, too, but

    this section of the Canadian north nas contributed less to it than most others

    of equal extent. In the first place, the forested area is limited and most

    of the fur-bearing animals prefer wooded regions. The fur trade depends

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0355                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    upon native peoples to secure the pelts, and the natives of Keewatin District

    are mostly Eskimos who live mainly along the coasts and along the courses

    of the principal rivers and the larger inlets, such as Chesterfield, Rankin

    and Wager on Hudson Bay, and at a few points along the arctic coast.

            Future possibilities of the District would seem to be confined to two

    principal ones: the grazing of reindeer and the exploitation of minerals.

    So far, no attempt has been made to utilize the great tundra lands for the

    grazing of reindeer; nor has any effort been made to domesticate the musk ox,

    which would seem to be another logical development for such a country. The

    nearest approach to the latter is the setting aside by the Federal Government

    of Canada of the Thelon Game Sanctuary, the greater part of which lies within

    Mackenzie District, for the purpose of preventing, if possible, the complete

    extinction of the musk oxen.

            Lack of transportation facilities render mineral development a difficult

    matter, except in the event of deposits of extreme richness, which so far

    have not been discovered in Keewatin District. In fact, such explorations,

    admittedly inadequate, so far made have been unfavorable, rather than the

    reverse. Naturally, only those areas where rock exposures occur l can be

    prospected, either from the air or on foot. What may yet be discovered when

    the territory has been carefully covered by geophysical and other scientific

    forms of testing cannot even be surmised. In the meantime, the prospects in

    other parts of the immense Canadian northland, such as those which are

    accessible from the Mackenzie valley, are attracting the interest of prospectors

    and investors to the exclusion of Keewatin District. Probably this area will

    thus remain a reserve for that day in the possibly distant [ ?] future when the

    more accessible regions have become exhausted, and when the provision of better

    018      |      Vol_XIII-0356                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Keewatin District

    transportation facilities shall have made possible the exploration and develop–

    ment of what will most likely continue to be the least known section of Canada.

            References:

            Back, George: Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of Great

    Fish River, and along the shores of the Arctic Ocean in the

    the years 1833, 1834 and 1835; London; 1836.

            Rae, John: Narrative of an Expedition to the Shores of the Arctic Sea ,

    1846-47; with an Appendix on the Natural History of the District ;

    London, 1850.

            Anderson, James Proceeding of the Hudson's Bay Company Expedition to Investigate

    Stewart, James the Fate of Sir John Franklin and Party; Select Committee on

    Arctic Expeditions; 1855.

            Gilder, W.H. Schwatka's Search; New York; 1881.

            Tyrrell, J.B. Report of Dubawnt, Kazan and Ferguson Rivers and the Northwest

    Coast of Hudson Bay ; Geological Survey of Canada; Annual Report,

    Vol.IX, 1896.

            Blanchet, G.H. Keewatin and Northeastern Mackenzie; Ottawa ; Department of the

    Interior; 1930.

    Keno Hill



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0357                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    KENO HILL

            Keno Hill is situated in the Mayo mining district and is served by a

    good road from Mayo Landing, about 35 miles distant. The settlement has

    a post office and a Territorial assay office.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Kenogami River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0358                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KENOGAMI RIVER

            The Kenogami River, northwestern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is one

    of the principal tributaries of the Albany River (q.v.), through which its

    waters reach James Bay. It drains an area of about 2,400 square miles on

    the south side of the Albany, east of the drainage basin of the Ogoki River

    (q.v.). While its length is relatively short, it receives many tributaries

    and contributes to the Albany almost as much water as that river contains

    above the junction. It rises in Long Lake, in about latitude 49° 30′ N.,

    longitude 86° 30′ W. Long Lake is about 50 miles in length, with a maximum

    width of about five miles, occupying a southward-extending tongue of the

    height of land, which, at its nearest, approaches to within 20 miles of

    Lake Superior.

            The Kenogami River flows out of the northern end of Long Lake. The

    first 15 miles of its course are so slack that the Ontario Hydro-Electric

    Power Commission has built a dam across the river at that point which

    revers [ ?] s its flow. This has the effect of raising the water in Long Lake,

    which, instead of discharging all its water into James Bay, now discharges

    a portion of it into the St. Lawrence system through Lake Superior. This is

    accomplished by means of a channel that has been cut from the southern end of

    the lake, connecting it with south-flowing streams. This diversion was made

    in order to increase the flow over Niagra Falls, where power can be more

    conveniently used.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0359                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kenogami River

            While it may still be said that the Kenogami River "rises in Long Lake,

    since it still receives some of its waters from that source, the above

    qualification must now be made. The level nature of the height of land in

    this region is further demonstrated by similar diversionary works on the

    Ogoki, a few miles farther west.

            Below the dam, the Kenogami holds a generally northeasterly course,

    expanding into many lakes, as is characteristic of streams traversing the

    Canadian Shield. These lakes are merely separated by short sections of river,

    broken by rapids and falls. This northeasterly course continues for from 50

    to 60 miles. Swinging [ fro ?] then to the southeast, the river holds this course

    to the junction with the Pagwachuan River, which comes in from the southwest,

    about 25 miles below. This tributary provides, with the lower Kenogami and

    Albany rivers, the only uninterrupted river-route from the railway to James Bay.

            Both the Kenogami and the Pagwachuan are crossed near their headwaters

    by the Canadian National Railways. In its upper reaches, the Kenogami is

    interrupted by many rapids and falls, as has been said, and is therefore not

    suited to river traffic except for light canoes. The Pagwachuan, however,

    except in low water, is almost free from obstructions, and the lower Kenogami

    and Albany rivers are easily navigable. For this reason, the route for

    heavy freight has been from the railway at Pagwa, down the Pagwachuan to the

    Kenogami, down the latter to the Albany, thence to James Bay. For many years,

    the Hudson's Bay Company and Revillon Freres have used 15-ton scows, pushed

    or towed by power-boats, to transport their supplies down these streams to

    their posts along the rivers and on the Bay. The scows are built at Pagwa

    each season and broken up for their lumber at their destinations.

            Turning sharply to the northeast after receiving the Pagwachuan, the

    Kenogami flows in this direction for 25 miles, and then receives the Nagami,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0360                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada Kenogami River

    from the southwest, and, shortly after, the Kabinakagami, from the south.

    The Hudson's Bay Company's Mammattawa post is near the conlfuence of these

    rivers. The Kenogami now turns northward and flows in that general direction

    for about 75 miles until it empties into the Albany. In this stretch, it

    receives from the west, Little Drowning River, Drowning River, Little Current

    River, and a number of other smaller tributaries.

            That portion of the Kenogami which flows across the Canadian Shield tra–

    verses a country fairly well timbered with white and black spruce, white birch,

    balsam, poplar, tamarack, and some cedar; but after the river drops to the level

    of the Hudson (James) Bay Lowland, the timber consists chiefly of dwarf black

    spruce and tamarack, none of which is of commercial value.

            The Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield are similar in this region

    to those in other parts of the Shield where valuable mineral occurrences have

    been found. In the area adjacent to that drained by the Albany and its tribu–

    taries, a number of gold mines are being operated, and it is probable that

    others will be brought into production as the territory becomes more fully

    prospected. The surface is heavily covered with an overburden of post-glacial

    and glacial drift, and only where this is cross-cut by streams does much rock

    outcrop.

            Outside of mining, the chief re [ ?] ources probably consist of extensive

    deposits of fire clays along the river's lower reaches, underlain by the

    Palaeozoic rocks of the Hudson Bay Lowland. Lignite beds are also exposed

    in places, but these are at present of no value except for local consumption,

    if and when such a demand shall arise. Owing to the many waterfalls on the

    Kenogami and its tributaries, power would be available for any possible

    future use.



    004      |      Vol_XIII-0361                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kenogami River

            Isolated areas in the Canadian Shield within the watershed, if cleared

    of timber, would provide suitable farming land; while much larger areas,

    both in the Shield and the Lowland section, could be made available by

    large-scale reclamation projects. Such, however, do not seem likely to

    be unde e r taken while other more accessible areas still remain undeveloped.

            References:

            Williams, M.Y. Palaeozoic Stratigfaphy of Pagwachuan, Lower Kenogami,

    and Lower Albany Rivers. Summary Report, 1920, Part D,

    Geological Survey of Canada; Ottawa: Kfg's Printer, 1921.

            Keele, Joseph. Mesozoic Clays and Sands in Northern Ontario. Summary

    Report, 1920, Part D. Geological Survey of Canada; Ottawa:

    King's Printer, 1921.

    Kesagami Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0362                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KESAGAMI LAKE

            Kesagami Lake, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, lies within

    the Hudson (James) Bay Lowland region, in latitude 50° 30′ N., longitude

    80° W. It is drained by the river of the same name into Hannah Bay, an

    indentation at the south end of James Bay. Its greatest length, north and

    south, is 19 miles, and it is nine miles wide at its greatest width, with

    a total area of 90 miles. It is roughly rectangular in shape, shallow (average

    about six feet), and heavily indented on all sides. At its southeastern angle,

    Newnham Bay, a narrow inlet, extends southward for about 12 miles. Its shores

    are low, but higher on the west, where a considerable amount of black spruce

    might be available for pulpwood. On the east, however, the land is almost

    entirely muskeg in which the only trees are a [ ?] sparse growth of black

    spruce and tamarack. This muskeg country consists of a heavy mantle of

    sphagnum moss below which is a stratum of peat, upwards of 12 feet in thick–

    ness. The peat overlies deposits of marine clay. The moss, a layer of

    decayed vegetable matter and the peat are saturated with water which, be–

    cause of the moss, does not evaporate, and, because of the clay below, does

    not drain away. The land therefore is kept in what amounts to perpetual

    cold-storage. With proper drainage, much of f t his land, now a total waste,

    might be made productive. The most distinctive feature of Kesagami Lake is the

    peat cliffs which, for the most pert, form its shores. In many places they

    rise steeply from the water, which has carved them into odd-shaped pillars

    and caves.

            References:

            Bell, J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin. Ontario Bureau

    of Mines; 1904.

            Govt. of Ontario. Report of James Bay Forest Survey, Moose River Lower Bzsin .

    Toronto: The King's Printer; 1923.

    Kesagami River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0363                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KESAGAMI RIVER

            The Kesagami River, in northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, rises

    in the lake of the same name, and flows into James Bay. Its length is

    about 70 miles, and it drains an area of about 1,800 square miles. The

    greater part of its course, which is generally slightly east of north, is

    through a muskeg country in which the timber is chiefly dwarf black spruce

    and tamarack. A small section of the country is somewhat higher than the

    rest, but has been [ eandly ?] badly burned. Second-growth timber, which consists

    chiefly of Banksian pine, poplar and birch, is still immature. Owing to

    the amount of moisture in the ground, trees in this region do not attain a

    greater average height than about 30 feet, and a maximum diameter of four

    or five inches in a growing period of between 100 and 150 years.

            The entire course of the Kesagami River lies within the Hudson (James)

    Bay Lowlands, and, like all other streams in that region, it flows with a

    swift current in a channel out through the marine clay deposits overlying

    limestone rocks of Palaeozoic age. The banks are generally steep. The

    thickness of the overburden diminishes as the river nears the sea, and in

    places it flows over beds of horizontal limestone. The Kesagami has few

    tributaries, and these are small because of the impervious nature of the clay

    through which they run. No falls or rapids interrupt its course, and its

    chief economic value will probably lie in its availability as a means of

    conveying pulpwood to James Bay, if and when that need arises.

            Reference:

    Government of Ontario. Report on James Bay Forest Survey, Moose River Lower

    Basin. Toronto: The King's Printer; 1923.

    Kirkland Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0364                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KIRKLAND LAKE

            Kirkland Lake, Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a gold-mining community

    in the northeastern part of the province, in latitude 48° 15′ N., longitude

    80° W. Although about 22,000 people live in and about the town which is its

    center, Kirkland Lake is not incorporated, either as a town or as a city.

    It is still part of the Township of Teck, whose officers administer the

    affairs of the area as a whole. The reason for this arrangement is to make

    sure that the proceeds of local taxation from the seven large gold mines

    nearby might continue to be available for the needs of the community. The

    mines are actually within the limits of the community, but they might decide

    to remain outside the boundaries of the town or city in the event of steps

    being taken to bring about the incorporation.

            Kirkland Lake is on the Nipissing Central branch of the Ontario Northland

    railway, connecting Swastika, Ontario, with Noranda, Quebec. It is also

    served by the Ontario highway system, which provides excellent communication

    at all times of year with the southern part of the province, as well as with

    the communities farther north.

            Following the discovery of rich gold quartz in the Porcupine (q.v.) area,

    northwest of Kirkland Lake, in the second decade of the twentieth century,

    prospectors extended their search throughout the adjacent territory in the

    hope of duplicating the riches of Porcupine. The country carries a mantle of

    post-glacial and glacial drift, which in many places is covered with muskeg,

    Kississing Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0365                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KISSISSING LAKE

            Kississing Lake, northwestern Manitoba, Dominion of Canada, is one of

    the larger of the thousands of sprawling lakes of all shapes and sizes that

    cover the greater part of the area of Pre-Cambrian rocks forming the northern

    part of Canada known as the Canadian Shield. It possesses a distinction over

    many others, however, in that on its shore is located one of the greatest

    base-metal mines of the Dominion, the Sherritt-Gordon mine. Kississing Lake

    lies near the height of land on the southern edge of the drainage basin of

    the Churchill River, and consequently forms part of the Hudson Bay watershed.

    Although its total area is only 141 square miles, it spreads over a considerable

    extent of territory, measured from its farthest expremities in either direction.

    On all sides, long, irregular bays and arms wind back into the surrounding

    hills; and capes, points and peninsulas of all lengths, sizes and shapes projec [ ?]

    into it. While the main portion of the lake would appear to be lying with

    its longest axis in an almost east and west direction, a distance of about

    20 miles, it is approximately the same distance from the bottom of the lake's

    southernmost arm to the bottom of its northernmost arm. The main part of

    the lake, as well as all its bays and arms are filled with numerous rocky

    islands, both large and small. Consequently, if the lake were to be enclosed

    within a rectangle whose sides were equivalent to its greatest length and

    width, the surface of the land within the rectangle would be greater than

    that of the water. This, however, is not peculiar to Kississing Lake, but

    is typical of a majority of the lakes within the Canadian Shield.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0366                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Kississing Lake

            Kississing Lake's southernmost point is in latitude 55° 03′ N.; its

    northernmost point is in latitude 55° 19′ N.; its easternmost point is in

    longitude 101° 06′ W.; and its westernmost point is in longitude 101° 35′ W.

    Its elevation is 920 feet above sea level. Since it lies so nearly on the

    height of land, none of the streams in its vicinity is large, and the

    country is poorly drained. A great many short streams draining small lakes

    or chains of lakes flow into it, but its principal affluent is the Kississing

    River, which enters at its southwest angle. It is drained by the continuation

    of the Kississing River, which flows out at its northeastern angle, and

    follows a northeasterly course, through many lakes, to its junction with the

    Churchill River.

            Kississing Lake lies in a country of low elevation, isolated rocky hills

    rising from 50 to 60 250 feet above the general level, although hills of the

    latter height are uncommon. Interspersed between the hills are lakes and,

    in places, swamps. The country was once fairly heavily timbered with spruce,

    jackpine, poplar, birch and tamarack, but it has been repeatedly fire-swept.

    In only a few spots can stands of timber of any considerable size now be

    found. Although all the streams in the vicinity are interrupted by rapids

    and falls, not much potential waterpower results because the streams are small,

    but the town of Sherridon and the Sheritt-Gordon mine are supplied with power

    from the installation of the Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Company at

    Island Falls, on the Churchill River, about 40 miles to the north.

            The discovery of rich mineral deposits in the Flinflon area, about 40 miles

    to the southwest, stimulated interest in the whole region, and prospectors worked

    their way northward to Kississing Lake. In 1923, deposits of copper-zinc

    sulphides were staked on the east shore of Kississing Lake, the principal

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0367                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Kississing Lake

    of which have since become the Sherritt-Gordon mine, now served by the

    town of Sherridon. The Flinflon branch of the Canadian National Railways

    was extended northward from Cranberry Portage in 1931.

            The first geological exploration of Kississing Lake was made in 1899

    by D. B. Dowling, of the Geological Survey of Canada (q.v.), who passed

    down upper Kississing River, crossed Kississing Lake and followed lower

    Kississing River to the Churchill. Following the discovery of important

    minerals in the district, it was mapped by the Topographical Survey of

    Canada in 1928; and the Geological Survey undertook a further survey.

    In 1927-28, J. F. Wright, of the latter, mapped an area surround the lake

    and also examined the various deposits that had been discovered up to that

    time. In the interval, the Sherritt-Cordon mine has been developed into

    one of the most important base-metal producers in Canada, and considerable

    data are now available concerning the whole region.

            Reference:

    Wright, J. F. Kississing Lake Area, Manitoba . Geological Survey of

    Canada; Summary Report, 1928, Part B.

    Koksoak River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0368                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    [ ?]

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KOKSOAK RIVER

            The Koksoak River is the largest in Ungava, or New Quebec, as the

    territory is now called. It rimes in the high granitic tableland in the

    central part of the Labrador Peninsula, from which streams flow southward

    to the St. Lawrence, eastward to the Atlantic, westward to the Hudson and

    James bays and northward to Ungava Bay and Hudson Strait. With its main

    tributary, the Kaniapiskau, it is 535 miles in length and drains a terri–

    tory of 62,000 square miles, extending from latitude 53° N. to 58° 35′ N.,

    and from longitude 67° W. to 74° 30′ W. It is the only river in Ungava

    that is navigable for ocean-going stammers, which can ascend it for 60 or

    70 miles above its mouth. Its course lies through geological formations

    containing important mineral occurrences, notably iron and lead, which,

    at the time of writing, are about to be developed. Several high falls occur

    on the Kaniapiskau, providing opportunities for the generation of hydro–

    electric power that will greatly assist in the exploitation of the adjacent

    mineral resources. For these reasons, it is more than likely that the Koksoak,

    hitherto little more than a name on the map, will shortly be known as one

    of the most important rivers in Canada.

            The Koksoak's main source is Lake Kaniapiskau, 375 square miles in

    extent, but its farthest source is Summit Lake, 100 miles to the south,

    which lies on the divide and discharges southward to the St. Lawrence as

    well as northward to Ungava Bay. Lake Kaniapiskau is drained by the river

    of the same name which contributes 445 of the 535 miles attributed to the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0369                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    Koksoak. Lake Kaniapiskau discharges through three swift-flowing outlets

    into streams broken by heavy shallow rapids, full of great boulders; these

    coalesce within five miles to form a stream about 200 yards wide. Flowing

    mainly north, with frequent deviations, the river for sixty miles alternates

    between shallow lake-expansions and rapids. Shortly below the lake, a range

    of partly wooded hills appears, but generally hills are isolated and the

    country is covered with low ridges of till. The timber consists of a heavy

    growth of black spruce, tamarack, balsam fir, and white birch, none of

    which, however, is more than 10 feet high. At the end of the northward-

    trending course, the river, turning to the northeast, contracts to less

    than 100 yards and descends in a narrow valley which it has cut to bedrock

    through the till; and in five miles drops 150 feet. On the north side, the

    hills increase in height as the river descends below the general level, and

    at the lower end rise abruptly 500 feet above the stream, while those on the

    south are somewhat lower.

            From Lake Kaniapiskau to the head of this first gorge, the river wanders

    about almost on the surface of the country, spreading out into lakes where

    the surface is flat, contracting into narrow stretches filled with rapids

    where it passes between low ridges as it follows the main slope of the country,

    falling with the drop in the general elevation of the surface. Where it is

    obstructed by rapids, these are frequently over boulders without any rock

    in place. The absence of a distinct valley and the presence of rapids over

    boulder-clay suggests that the river does not follow its pre-glacial valley,

    which is still filled with glacial deposit. At the gorge this changes, how–

    ever, and the river descends into a deep, distinct valley, probably of ancient

    origin, in which it continues to its mouth. The valley is not, of course, of

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0370                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    constant depth in all that distance, bur drops in a series of steps,

    following the slope of the country.

            From the foot of the heavy rapid below the gorg [ ?] , the river takes an

    easy bend and flows in that direction for eight miles over constant small

    rapids, with a current of from four to seven miles an hour. It now averages

    200 yards in width, descending in a valley from a quarter [ ?] to half a mile

    wide, walled in by steep, rocky hills rising 500 to 800 feet above it which

    are covered to within 200 feet of their highest summits with a straggling

    growth of black spruce. The tops are treeless, and are covered with white

    moss and low arctic shrubs.

            Turning southeast, the river continues in that direction under similar

    conditions for three miles; then it turns east-northeast, while valley and

    river both broaden. The river, now a quarter of a mile wide, flows in a

    straight course for nine miles. Owing to its greater width, the water here

    is very shallow, and bouldery shoals cause a continuous rapid. The rapid

    now turns northeast for four miles and again broadens slightly, the rapids

    giving place to a strong, steady current of nearly six miles an hour. The

    hills forming the sides of the valley are about 500 feet high, which is

    approximately the level of the surrounding country. All the little streams

    entering the river fall from gaps slightly lower than the summits of the hills.

    From the head of the rapids at the gorge to this point, the river has fallen

    420 feet without any direct drop exceeding four feet.

            The river no s w bends to the southeast for six miles, with a strong current,

    in a slightly wider and lower valley, where the country is covered with

    scattered black spruce and a few tamarack, never more than 20 feet high

    nor exceeding nine inches in diameter. Turning again directly east, the

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0371                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    river flows in that direction for six miles, its channel wide and shallow,

    filled with sand and fine gravel. After a bend to the east-southwest, a

    small rapid is passed, and three miles below, Branch River falls in on the

    south side, the first tributary of any considerable size below the commence–

    ment of the river-valley proper. It comes in with a heavy fall along the

    side of a rocky hill of 800 feet. Below this, the river flows eastward for

    three miles; then a bend of a mile and a half to the northeast is followed by

    another long stretch to the eastward. Then the channel broadens somewhat and

    the current is slacker for the next eight miles. The general course for the

    next 10 miles is east-northeast; a bend of two miles to the south is followed

    by an eastward stretch of five miles, where the river is over half a mile

    wide, flowing with a strong current until it reaches the base of a low range

    of hills on the north side, 200 to 400 feet high. The river now appears to

    break through this low range, and doing so bends sharply to the southeast for

    two miles, then northeast two miles, again southeast two miles, and finally

    south for three miles, passing out into a broad valley, where it is joined by

    the Katakawanastuk or Sandy River, from the south.

            Below the mouth of Sandy River, the stream flows eastward for five miles

    to the head of a rocky gorge, down which, in a mass of foam it rushes in a

    chute from 30 to 100 feet wide, with perpendicular rocky walls from 50 to

    100 feet high, and in a mile falls 110 feet without any direct drop of more

    than five feet. Below the gorge, the channel widens to half a mile, and

    continues eastward with strong current and flat rapids for three miles. Here,

    again narrowing to 100 feet, it falls 30 feet into a rocky, narrow gorge named

    EatonCanon; and turning directly south, rushes between jagged perpendicular

    walls having a width varying from 50 to 150 feet. As the stream descends, the

    banks rise and become 200 feet higher a quarter of a mile below the first fall.

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0372                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    Here the river turns sharply to the northeast and continues as a rushing

    torrent, through a deeper and still narrower gorge with overhanging walls

    of red granite on the east side. After falling in this manner for a third

    of a mile, the river widens to 100 yards and, changing its direction to the

    east, descends less abruptly for a quarter of a mile, while the walls of the

    canon are 100 feet lower and much less abrupt. Next, turning north, it makes

    a direct fall of 100 feet into a circular basin about 50 yards in diameter.

    Nothing but seething foam is seen in this rocky basin, which resembles a

    gigantic boiling cauldron. A small creek on the north side falls in, descend–

    ing the perpendicular wall in a cascade 200 feet high. The river leaves the

    basin by a rocky channel, rushing out with a fall of 30 feet in immense waves

    that gradually subside in a second and larger basin at its foot, where it

    widens to 150 yards. A small rocky island divides the river into two narrow

    channels where it leaves the larger basin, whence it flows northeast for two

    miles, and then gradually bending south in the next mile and a half, still

    a hundred yards wide, it rushes along in heavy deep rapids between vertical

    walls of granite capped with drift that rise from 100 to 300 feet above its

    surface. Suddenly bursting out into a wider valley running north-northeast,

    it receives the Goodwood River, a large tributary flowing in from the south.

            Below the junction of the Goodwood River, the stream runs north-northeast

    for six miles, with a rapid current, in a channel 300 yards wide; then, expanding

    to nearly half a mile, it turns north, and for 15 miles flows with a moderate

    current in a shallow channel filled with sandy shoals. Contracting now to

    less than 100 yards, the river, at Granite Fall, drops 80 feet over a ledge of

    rock into a beautiful circular basin, nearly half a mile in diameter, below

    which, now about 300 yards wide, it again passes into a deep valley less than

    a mile wide, extending northwest with rocky walls that often rise sheer from

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0373                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    800 to 1,000 feet. This valley continues from three to five miles wide and

    is remarkably straight, the course being about northwest. For seven miles

    it does not average over 400 yards in width, is very shallow and greatly

    obstructed by sand and shingle bars, over which it breaks into rapids.

    Balsam poplar trees 40 feet high and 10 inches in diameter grow on the lower

    terraces, along with white spruce 60 feet high and over 18 inches in diameter.

            Continuing a general northwesterly course, the river expands into Cambrian

    Lake, which is about two miles wide and surrounded by high rugged hills of

    Huronian and associated rocks. In 14 miles the lake gradually sweeps round

    from north to northwest, and at the end of the curve, the Tipa or Death

    River flows in from the southwest.

            The physical aspect of the country changes as soon as the later Pre-Cambrian

    rocks appear. Where the underlying rock is Laurentian gneiss or granite,

    the hills, though often high and with vertical sides toward the river valley,

    always have rounded tops, with long, gently curved outlines, while the hills

    formed from the stratified rocks of the later Pre-Cambrian age are much

    sharper and more rugge [ ?] . The general dip of the rocks is toward the north–

    east, and, in consequence, the mountains which they form show steep clif

    faces toward the west, with long, gentle slopes on the opposite side. The

    cliff-faces have generally a reddish color, due to the oxide of iron present

    in all the rocks of this series.

            From where the lake gradually merges into the river again, the latter

    continues almost northward for 15 miles to the confluence of the Piachikias–

    took or Ice-dam River which enters from the southwest. Turning next to the

    northeast for seven miles in a wide sandy valley, the Kaniapiskau flows along

    with increased current in a shallow channel three-quarters of a mile wide,

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0374                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Lebourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    until, at Shale Falls, it reaches a barrier of black shale and limestone,

    where it falls 60 feet in 200 yards.

            Gradually bending around to the northwest, the river flows in that

    direction for 20 miles, until it is joined by a large tributary from the

    southeast called the Swampy-bay River. Then for eight miles below the

    mouth of this river, the stream flows northwest in a narrow valley between

    sharp, rocky hills, from 400 to 600 feet high. It next turns north-northwest

    for seven miles, and then north for seven miles more. Along the last mile

    the river narrows to 400 yards and flows swiftly between hills of limestone

    from 200 to 600 feet high. Turning sharply now to the northeast, the river

    continues to flow swiftly in a narrow, rock-bound channel for three miles,

    when it again turns northward and holds that direction for 10 miles to

    Pyrites Chute, and then falls 30 feet in half a mile over black shale on

    edge.

            Below the chute, the course is northwest for 15 miles. For four miles

    the channel averages three-quarters of a miles in width, and the surrounding

    country is low and flat, with sharp hills of rusty rock and a few exposures

    of limestone on the east side. A number of low islands of limestone occur

    in the next mile, at the end of which the river, at the Limestone Falls,

    descends 60 feet over ledges of that rock which at that point c r oss the

    valley obliquely. Below the falls, for four miles, the river, about half

    a mile wide, flows b [ ?] tween scarped banks of sand and gravel 75 feet high;

    and then, narrowing to less than 200 f yards, for five miles rushes through

    a narrow valley called Maniton Gorge out through limestone and shale, with

    walls from 50 to 300 feet high.

            Below the gorge, the river for six miles gradually bends toward the

    east until it is joined by the Stillwater-Larch, a large tributary flowing

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0375                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    in from the west through a broad valley. As the junction is approached,

    the banks on the west side become lower and form a broad sandy plain between

    the two rivers. The Indians use the Stillwater as a route to Hudson Bay,

    following it to the head and then crossing to Clearwater Lake, which is

    drained into Hichmond Gulf.

            The confluence of the Stillwater-Larch and the Kaniapiskau constitutes

    the Koksoak proper, and immediately below the junction the combined river

    turns to the northeast and for five miles is less than half a mile wide,

    flowing with a swift current between low terraced banks in a valley two or

    three miles wide bounded by sharp hills from 500 to 600 feet high. These

    hills, still composed of the later Pre-Cambrian rocks, run in sharp ridges

    from a mile to two miles apart, roughly at right angles to the river. The

    valley for five miles below the forks widens to five or six miles, and the

    river itself spreads out to over a mile; it now becomes very shallow and is

    greatly obstructed by sand and shingle shoals, as it flows with a strong current

    in the same [ ?] irection for 21 miles.

            Low ledges of gneiss cross the stream and form a number of rocky islands,

    causing a heavy rapid for nearly a mile, followed, two miles below, by another

    a quarter of a mile long. At both rapids the water is shallow and obstructed

    by reefs and large boulders. The foot of the second rapid marks the head of

    tidewater. From here the course changes to east-northeast for 18 miles. The

    river is now from two to five miles wide and broken into numerous channels by

    long, low islands of sand, bare at low water, with a deep bay on the north si [ ?] e,

    around which the rocky hills sweep; these then cross the river seven miles

    down the course, where they form a number of high rocky islands that hem the

    water into deep channels, through which it rushes rapidly in and out according

    to the state of the tide. At and below the islands the river varies from a

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0376                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koksoak River

    mile and a half in width, its valley bounded by rocky hills, rising from

    100 to 300 feet directly from the water, with only in a few places a narrow

    border of drift between. The course continues nearly northeast to the mouth

    of the river, some 20 miles below.

            Fort Chimo, the Hudson's Bay Company's establishment, is situated on

    the south shore, facing a small cover on a low terrace 200 yards wide,

    about two miles below the islands, and about 30 miles above the mouth of the

    Koksoak. It was first established in 1827 and afterwards discontinued, but

    in 1866 it was reestablished and has continued since that date.

            The Koksoak was first explored from Lake Keniapiskau to its mouth in 1893

    by Dr. A. P. Low of the Geological Survey of Canada. In recent years con–

    siderable exploratory work has been conducted by mining companies to whom

    the Quebec Government has granted large concessions, but no report of these

    explorations has yet been published.

            References:

    Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the

    Eastmain, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manikuagan and Portions of Other

    Rivers in 1892-93-94-95; Geological Survey of Canada, Annual

    Report ; 1895.

    Koyukuk River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0377                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KOYUKUK RIVER

            The Koyukuk River is one of the principal tributaries of the Yukon

    River and the second largest in the lower section of the river. It serves

    mainly to drain the slopes of the Endicott Range, flowing in a general

    southwesterly direction from the mountains to its junction with the Yukon.

    For a considerable part of its course, it is parallel to the Yukon. For

    a considerable part of its course, it is parallel to the Yukon, only a

    short distance to the south, and consequently, below its headwaters, nearly

    all its tributaries of any importance come in from the north, the northeast

    or the northwest. While, in point of volume, it is exceeded only by the

    Tanana, some persons hold that because of the disfance that it is navigable,

    and for other reasons, it should rank ahead of the Tanana. The latter,

    however, has the great advantage of increasing commercial importance, for

    its mining regions have continued to advance, and it has many other advantages

    in addition; whereas the Koyukuk, depending as it has been upon the vagaries

    of placer mining, finds itself, so to speak, the cord along which is strung

    a collection of ghost communities.

            The Koyukuk drainage basin interlocks, on the west, with those of the

    Noatak and the Kobuk, and with that of the Chandalar on the east. Since the

    area drained by the Koyukuk li v e s between the Yukon and the Endicott Range,

    where the Yukon is rapidly swinging to the southwestward, the distance

    between the mountains and the Yukon River increases — and likewise the

    relative area — with each degree westward. Therefore, while the Koyukok

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0378                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koyukuk River

    drainage extends near its headwaters only from latitude 66° to slightly

    beyond latitude 68° it extends, near its mouth — more than eight degrees

    of longitude farther west — from equally as far north to as low as 64° 50′

    N. It lies within two of the three great physiographic provinces which

    comprise the Territory of Alaska, — the Rocky Mountains (Endicott) section

    and the Interior of Yukon Plateau province, in both of which rocks of Mesozoic

    and Palaeozoic ages predominate. Along its northern boundary, high mountain

    heights prevail, which,in the eastern portion of the watershed, give way

    abruptly to the lowlands as the Yukon Flats section is reached; while in the

    western portion, the foothills extend in most places to the river valley itself.

            The Koyukuk River begins above the 68th degree of north latitude in two

    forks, neither of which is called the Koyukuk; the easternmost goes under the

    name of the Dietrich and the westernmost fork, the Bettles, both of which are

    swift mountain streams. The first tributary of consequence after the junction

    of the two forks is the Hammond River, where some gold was discovered during

    the days of the gold boom. Six miles below the mouth of Hammond River, the

    Wiseman River flows in; at its mouth is the town of Nolan, the principal

    center for the mining region that extends along the river for about 25 miles.

    Fifteen miles below Nolan, is the site of the abandoned Coldfoot, which received

    its name because some miners, intending to proceed farther up the river, there

    got "cold feet" and decided to proceed no farther.

            Below Coldfoot, the Koyukuk receives Wild Creek and the North Fork, on

    each of which varying amounts of gold have been found. Sixty miles below

    Coldfoot is Bettles, at the mouth of the John River, the principal distributing

    center for the mining district that stretches from Hammond southward to that

    point. It is the farthest point that can be reached, even with difficulty, by

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0379                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koyukuk River

    steamers; and here all supplies for points farther up the river are trans–

    shipped to specially built double-bottomed barges propelled, where the

    water is deep, by gasoline engines and hauled by horses through stretches

    where the water is shallow. Bettles also marks the transition from the

    high mountains to the lowlands; back of Bettles the Endicott Range stands

    in serried ranks, a seemingly impenetrable wall.

            About 45 miles below Bettles, the South Fork comes in from the east.

    At its mouth is a considerable Indian village. Below this the channel widens

    along which the river meanders through banks of gravel, littered with drift–

    wood. Below the mouth of the South Fork, the river turns to the west and

    while running in that direction, for the first time dips below the Arctic

    Circle.

            Red mountain, a red-topped bluff, serves as a landmark, appearing now

    on one side of the course and now on the other as the river winds its way

    southeastward. The Korutna comes in here from the east. It was by way of

    this stream that Lieut. Allen reached the Koyukuk in 1885. Some distance

    below this, at the lower end of an island which divides the river, the navigable

    channel breaks sharply, turning at the same time almost at right angles, thus

    making a nasty spot to navigate, which has received the appropriate name of

    Measly Chute. Ten miles below the Measly Chute is the site of the once

    active Hughes City, named after the former Chief Justice of the United States

    ((who had not yet reached that high office), but now abandoned. The river

    now makes a wide bend to the south, swinging off to the northwest, and just

    before it resumes its general southwesterly course, the Hogatza River comes

    in from the north just as the Koyukuk crosses the 66th degree of north latitude,

    From here to it [ ?] mouth, a distance of 300 miles, the river winds from bank

    to bank through a maze of channels and between countless islands and gravel

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0380                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada — Koyukuk River

    banks, piled with driftwood, with nothing in sight in any direction but

    scrubby timber among which willows predominate. Not a landmark is to be

    seen anywhere until near the mouth of the river, when the mountainous bluff

    overlooking the entrance of the Koyukuk into the Yukon comes in sight. In

    this final stretch it flows south, then west and finally south again; but

    in a distance by river of over 250 miles, less than a degree of latitude

    is gained.

            The Koyukuk was first explored by a white man in 1885 when Lieut. Henry

    T. Allen, U.S.A., having ascended the Copper River from the coast, crossed

    to the headwaters of the Tanana and descended it to its mouth. He then

    crossed the Yukon a few miles below the mouth of the Tanana, and with two

    soldiers and a party of packers and guides followed the divide between the

    Tozitna and Melozitna rivers to the height of land dividing the Yukon and

    Koyukok watersheds, past many small lakes and then to a tributary of the

    Kornutna river which he followed to its mouth and thence down the Kornutna

    to the Koyukuk.

            At that point Allen transferred his party to canoes and continued up

    the river as far as the present town of Bettles, where he turned back and

    proceeded down stream to the Yukon. He made a rough sketch of the river,

    indicating the approximate position of tributaries, islands and other

    geographical features. When he returned to the United States, he added

    the names of friends and others to his map, but few of his suggested names

    are to be found on present-day maps.

            Thereafter the river was visited from time to time by prospectors, but

    not sufficient gold was secured to cause a rush until the eventful year of

    1898 when in some mysterious manner word flashed down the river and along

    the lower Yukon that gold had been discovered on the upper Koyukuk. Eager

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0381                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Koyukuk River

    prospectors and others, on their way up the Yukon to the Klondike were

    easily diverted to this new strike and when the Freeze-up occurred up–

    wards of 50 steamboats and 1,000 men were caught on the upper reaches of

    the Koyukuk, where most of the stampeders found themselves short of supplies

    before the end of the winter. Not many remained to prospect after the ice

    went out and the steamers were able to head back downstream. Some stayed

    on, however, and for many years considerable quantities of gold were re–

    covered from the creeks mainly above South Fork. The Koyukuk, like the

    Chandalar, suffers under the disadvantage of having its mining region far

    above its mouth, thus requiring a long and arduous river journey, with

    consequent high costs of operation. Placer camps are notoriously short-lived,

    and unless more permanent means of making a living can be secured the com–

    munities that depend upon such an existence are usually doomed to a precarious

    lease of life. In that class, at present, are the communities along the

    Koyukuk; and with the fate of its communities that of the river is combined.

            References:

            Allen, Henry T. Report of an Expedition to the Copper, Tanana and Koyukuk

    Rivers ; Washington; 1887.

            Stuck, Hudson. Voyages on the Yukon and Its Tributaries; New York; 1917.

    Kwataboahegan River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0382                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    KWATABOAHEGAN RIVER

            The Kwataboahegan River, in northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada,

    is a [ ?] tributary of Moose River (q.v.), which empties into the

    southern end of James Bay. It rises in Moosonee Lake, a shallow sheet of

    water in latitude 50° 30′ N., longitude 83° 30′ W. The boundaries of this

    lake vary with the season of the year, and also upon how much of the sur–

    rounding muskeg is to be included. The river's course is roughly northeast,

    and its length about 125 miles. Since it lies entirely within the Hudson

    Bay Lowland (q.v.), it is characteristic of streams in that region. It flows

    through a shallow channel, which, in its upper reaches, has cut into the

    post-glacial and glacial drift covering strata of marine clays over the [ ?]

    underlying Palaeozoic rocks. Further down, it has cut through these strata

    into the rock below. The river receives a few tributaries, two of which,

    entering one from each side, considerably augment its volume. It enters

    Moose River about 29 miles above the latter's mouth. The region through which

    the Kwataboahegan flows consists almost entirely of muskeg, supporting a sparse

    growth of stunted black spruce and tamarack of no commercial value. While

    other tributaries of the Moose and their tributaries, farther south, expose

    beds of china clay, lignite coal and iron-bearing limestones, evidences of

    similar deposits on the Kwataboahegan are lacking, Although this is more

    likely to be due to lack of adequate examination than to the absence of deposits.

            Reference:

    Bell [ ?] , J. Mackintosh. Economic Resources of Moose River Basin . Ontario Bureau

    of Mines; 1904.

    Labrador: (General)



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0383                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: (GENERAL)

            Labrador is that part of the Canadian province of Newfoundland which

    occupies the easternmost angle of the continent of North America, consisting

    of 110,000 square miles. For many years its boundaries and area were in

    dispute; the Crown Colony of Newfoundland claimed all the territory between

    the Atlantic Ocean and the height of land separating the Atlantic and Hudson

    Bay watersheds, north of latitude 52° N.; the Government of Canada contended

    that all but a narrow strip along the coast was Canadian territory. In 1927,

    the Judicial Committee of the British Privy Council decided the issue in

    favor of Newfoundland. When the colony joined Canada in 1949, the importance

    of that decision was largely reduced, except insofar as some people in the

    Province of Quebec were concerned, who still feel that a large part of

    Labrador rightly belongs to their province. Since, however, the Province

    of Quebec is already the largest of the Canadian provinces, with more than

    300,000 square miles of largely undeveloped hinterland, the allocation of

    Labrador to Newfoundland now meets with general approval in Canada.

            Labrador consists of a narrow triangle on a more or less rectangular

    base. The triangular section extends northward for about 500 miles, and the

    base extends about 500 miles in an east-west direction by about 200 miles

    north and south. The eastern boundary of Labrador consists of the Atlantic

    Ocean from Anse Sablon, in the Strait of Belle Isle, to Cape Chidley, in

    latitude 60° 30′ N., longitude, 64° 30′ W. Its southern and western boundaries

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0384                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (General)

    are those which were the subject of controversy. As now established, the

    boundary extends due north from Anse Sablon to the 52nd degree of north

    latitude; thence westward along that latitude to the Romaine River; thence

    along the east bank of that river and its headwaters to their source; thence

    due

    north to the crest of the watershed; thence westward and northward along

    the crest of the watershed of the rivers flowing into the Atlantic to Cape

    Chidley.

            Since, except for a narrow strip in its southeastern corner, Labrador

    consists only of land which drains into the Atlantic, its highest points

    would seem to be along its western and southern boundaries; that, in general,

    it would slope eastward to the sea; but this is not quite correct. Its

    highest parts are actually along the northeastern coast, where the Torngat

    Mountains (q.v.) rise to heights of 6,000 feet, despite the fact that the

    drainage is nevertheless eastward.

            Labrador's more important geographical feature is probably the Hamilton River

    (q.v.), whose watershed occupies almost the whole of the broad base of the

    triangle, and comprises 29,900 square miles. The Hamilton River rises in

    the high tableland which characterizes the height of land in that region,

    where a maze of lakes, large and small, are connected by a network of short

    streams, most of which are broken by frequent rapids and waterfalls. It is formed

    by two principal tributaries, the Ashuanipi (q.v.), and the Attikonak (q.v.),

    which rise in large lakes near the southern edge of the height of land, and

    flow northwesterly to a junction in Sandgirt Lake (q.v.), after which the main

    river follows a generally easterly direction, discharging into Melville Lake

    (q.v.), partly salt, which is connected by a narrow channel with Hamilton

    Inlet (q.v.), an indentation of the Atlantic coast, some 200 miles north of

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0385                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (General)

    the strait of Belle Isle. The Hamilton River consists of two diverse

    sections, the upper part of which is characteristic of many other streams

    that traverse the Canadian Shield. It occupies no well-marked channel,

    but seems almost to flow on the surface of the ground, spreading into

    numerous lakes, which are dotted with islands, and indented by many long

    arms and bays. The river divides around large islands, sometimes flowing

    in several parallel channels; in some cases it enters a lake by more than

    one channel and leaves in the same way. The sections between lakes or

    lake-expansions are invariably broken by a succession of rapids and water–

    falls of varying lengths and heights. Then, about 200 miles from its mouth,

    the Hamilton River entirely changes its ways. It suddenly descends from the

    high tableland across which it had previously meandered in post-glacial

    channels, through banks consisting chiefly of glacial till, to the level of

    its preglacial channel, deeply out into the bedrock. In 16 miles, it drops

    1,038 feet, of which 245 feet constitute a sheer drop at Grand Falls, com–

    prising one of the most stupendous cataracts in the world, and a further

    574 feet in 12-mile Bowdoin Canyon immediately below. In this 16-mile section,

    it is estimated that 4,750,000 horse power can be developed, while the river

    as a whole is capable of providing a total of 7,000,000 horsepower, one

    million of which can be obtained at a second fall called Muskrat Falls, where

    a head of 70 feet exists, 18 miles in a direct line from its mouth.

            Labrador forms the eastern angle of the Canadian Shield which comprises

    about two-thirds of the Dominion of Canada, and provides most of its mineral

    wealth. The Shield is underlain chiefly by rocks of Pre-Cambrian Age, a com–

    plex mass of highly crystalline Archaean rocks consisting principally of

    gneisses and schists, some of which are believed to be highly metamorphosed

    materials of clastic origin, while others are regarded as fol ia ai ted eruptives.

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0386                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (General)

    These rocks in other parts of Canada, where extensively prospected, are rich

    in valuable minerals. An area in the western part of Labrador underlain by

    rocks classified as Animikie and Keweenawan, or late Pre-Cambrian, have

    been found to contain important deposits of high-grade hematite ore, which

    is now being developed, and which will probably help to transform the economy

    of this hitherto unproductive region.

            The area about the headwaters of Hamilton River contains the largest

    lakes in Labrador. Lake Michikamau (q.v.), the largest, is about 80 miles

    long from southeast to northwest, and 25 miles at its widest part. Lake

    Ashuanipi, narrow and irregular in outline, is the source of one of the

    chief tributaries of Hamilton River, and is upward of 50 miles long. Lake

    Petitsikapau, one of the lakes in the course of the Ashuanipi, is 25 miles

    long and has a maximum width of eight miles. Lake Attikonak, the source of

    the other principal Hamilton River tributary, is almost 40 miles long, and, in

    places, 20 miles wide; while Lake Winokapau, an expansion of the lower

    Hamilton River, is 35 miles in length with a maximum width of about two

    miles. Lake Winokapau is remarkably deep; one sounding gave a depth of

    427 feet. Melville Lake, already mentioned, is classified as a lake rather

    than an arm of the sea, since its water is neither entirely salt nor fresh;

    it is about 125 miles long, with a maximum width of about 24 miles.

            The two principal groups of mountains are the Mealy Mountains in the

    Hamilton Inlet Region, and the Torngats (q.v.), in northeastern Labrador.

    The Mealy Mountains rise [ ?] steeply from the south shore of Melville

    Lake, and extend east and west about 60 miles. Seven peaks exceed 3,000

    feet, the highest rising to 3,800 feet. They seem to be remnants of a

    [ ?] dissected peneplain; but their northward-facing escarpment is

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0387                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (General)

    probably due to faulting. Their name is derived from the patches of snow

    which remain on their sides during the summer, which gives them the appear–

    ance of being powdered over with meal. In winter, they are masses of

    gleaming white.

            The Torngats do not seem to be the result of mountain-building in the

    usually accepted meaning of the term, but seem also to be remnants of a

    dissected peneplain, elevated along its eastern edge and sloping toward

    Hudson Bay. These mountains do not constitute a watershed, which here lies

    to the west of them, and the drainage cuts through them to the ocean. It

    is probable that they are remnants of former mountains, reduced to the pene–

    plain level by past erosion; some of their summits indicate a previous erosion

    level. In some places there is evidence of faulting, which has raised some

    parts beyond the former peneplain level. The whole has been modified by

    ice-action during the glacial periods, which has tended to erase much of

    the legend left by previous geologic ages.

            The loftier parts of the tableland rise near the coast from Mount Thoresby

    (2,733 feet) near Nain to Ryan Bay near Eclipse Harbor, with a length of 230

    miles from southeast to northwest. In the seaward part, the mountains are

    often "razorbacks." Westward from the ocean-front, the mountains become

    more massive, with steep sides, often several thousand feet in height, the

    upper portions nearly vertical, but with gently rolling summits, indicating

    the existence of an ancient elevated peneplain. Farther west, the valleys

    out deeply into the tableland, but not across each other, thus creating no

    peaks or separate mountain masses.

            The Labrador coast is one of the most bold and rugged in the world, with

    lofty promontories standing from 1,000 to 3,000 feet above the sea, often with

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0388                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (General)

    perpendicular cliffs from 1,000 to 2,000 feet in height. Precipitous islands

    lie off the coast, often separated from each other and from the shoreline by

    narrow, deep channels, which, in local parlance, are called "tickels."

    Narrow and deep bays or fjords run inland every few miles, some, like Nachvak,

    extending 30 or 40 miles from the open sea. What adds to the picture of

    desolation is the stark bareness of the coast, which, unlike the equally

    indented coast of British Columbia, is completely devoid of trees, and often

    of vegetation.

            From latitude 52° N. to about 53° 30′, the Labrador coast runs prac–

    tically north and south, consisting of one indentation after another, some

    deep, some shallow, most of them dotted with rocky islands, and others con–

    sisting of many winding arms. Simply to list these indentations would take

    up many pages, but some of the more important ones may be mentioned. Battle

    Harbor is the largest inlet north of the entrance to the Strait of Belle Isle.

    In about latitude 53° to a number of harbors are grouped about Hawke Island;

    and at Domion Run, the coast bends to the northwest, opening in latitude 53° 50′

    into Sandwich Bay, extending southwestward about 25 miles and widening inside

    to a maximum of about five miles. Cartwright settlement is near the entrance

    of Sandwich Bay, on its south side, and consists of a trading post, homes of

    traders and others, and a 20-bed hospital operated by the International Grenfell

    Association. The next important indentation is Hamilton Inlet, which, with

    its navigable inland lakes provides the most extensive opening in the Labrador

    coast. Indian Harbor is a settlement on Indian Island, off the northern

    point of the inlet.

            From the northern extremity of Hamilton Inlet, the coast continues its

    northwesterly trend, the most conspicuous feature of which is Cape Harrison,

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0389                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    a reddish cliff marking the seaward end of a broad promontory. The wide

    bay beyond is full of islands. At Makkovik, the Hudson's Bay Company has

    a trading post, and it is also the site of a Moravian mission. The next

    point of note is Hopedale, in latitude 55° 27′ N., also the site of a

    Moravian mission, with its church and school. In addition to a trading

    post, a few white families live there and about 100 Eskimo families. Cape

    Harrison is on an island 300 feet high, with a sharp black summit; at Davis

    Inlet there is a trading post; and Zoar is next, 23 miles to the northwestward.

            Nain, in latitude 56° 33′ N. is the next point of special interest; it

    is the headquarters of the Moravian missions. At Port [ D ?] M anvers, Mount Thoresby

    is seen rising from the southern shore of the bay. Between Nair [ ?] Nain and Port

    Manvers a number of deep indentations penetrate the mountainous seafront. The

    trend of the coast holds very generally to its northwesterly course, but

    is badly broken by inlets, promontories, and islands too numerous to mention.

    The most conspicuous feature of the coast immediately beyond Port Manvers

    is the Bishop's Mitre, an outstanding double summit, about 3,750 feet high,

    with a cleft in the middle about 500 feet deep. The northern end of this

    headland terminates in Cape Mugford, with a sheer, 2,000-foot cliff. The

    small settlement of Okak is on an island in the bay of the same name. The

    Kiglapait Mountains, a range of the Torngats, extend for about 12 miles along

    the coast at this point, rising to nine peaks ranging from 2,500 to 4,000 feet

    in height.

            Hebron settlement, on the fjord of the same name, in latitude 58° 12′ N.,

    is the principal settlement most northern ? principal settlement along the Labrador coast, and has a population

    of about 200 Eskimos, in addition to a few whites, mainly associated with the

    Moravian mission. Saglek Bay, is a deep and wide indentation a few miles

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0390                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    north of Hebron, immediately beyond which is Bear's Gut, with Blow-me-down

    Mountain s on its northern side. The next important indentation is Nachvak

    Fjord, extending back about 30 miles and dominated by Mount Razorback. The

    ocean face consists now of the Torngat Mountains; cliff succeeds cliff, with

    deep, steep-sided indentations between. A short distance beyond Nachvak

    Fjord, Cape White Handkerchief is a conspicuous sight, with its patch of

    light-colored pegmatite extending upward from its base for about 500 feet,

    with a total height of about 1,720 feet. Seven Islands Bay, in latitude

    59° 22′ N., is dominated by the Four Peaks, which range from 3,800 to 4,000

    feet above the water. Eclipse Harbor, behind Aulatsivik Island, with Mount

    Bache Point, is the next feature of interest, after which comes Cape Kakkiviak,

    Clark Harbor, and then McLelan Channel, which separates Killinek Island from

    the mainland, at the end of continental Labrador. Boudoin Harbor is on the

    east side of Killinek Island; and at the island's extremity is Cape Chidley,

    where the cliffs are about 1,200 feet high.

            The southern part of Labrador, except for a narrow coastal zone, is

    fairly thickly forested, if due allowance be made for large areas of swamp

    and muskeg and the tops of ridges and hills, which are usually bare. The

    principal trees here, in the order of their abundance, are, black spruce,

    white or canoe birch, tamarack, balsam fir, white spruce, balsam poplar,

    yellow birch, and aspen poplar. Black spruce is the dominant tree throughout

    the greater part of the southern portion of Labrador, which in the lower

    Hamilton valley and tributary valleys is found up to 26 inches in diameter

    and 100 feet in height. On the higher and poorer ground, the trees are much

    smaller, but in many places areas exist which contain sufficient r quantities

    of the smaller timber to provide material for pulp and paper mills. In the

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0391                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    vicinity of Melville Lake, it is estimated that at least two large pulp

    and paper plants could be supplied, and Kindle describes stands of merchant–

    able timber in the same region that co u ld provide sawlogs for sawmills.

            In the lower Hamilton River valley, and at the head of Melville Lake,

    potatoes and other root vegetables do well; but generally, except in favored

    spots, the agricultural possibilities of Labrador are not great. Extensive

    tundra areas exist in the northern part which once grazed herds of caribou,

    and on some of these reindeer could undoubtedly be herded.

            Every lake and stream contains an abundance of fish. Lake trout,

    whitefish, and brook trout are found almost everywhere. In most of the

    streams flowing into the Atlantic, salmon abound. The great fish of Labrador

    is, of course, the cod, which has provided the chief industry for most of its

    people for more than four centuries. Except for those who live along the

    Labrador coast, called "liviers," cod fishing is carried on by fishermen

    from the island of Newfoundland, most of whom work from small boats and

    cure their fish on shore, where they live during the summer in huts, or

    "tilts" built for the purpose. Others, called "floasters," 3 in 1954 also from the

    island of Newfoundland and elsewhere, fish from schooners with trawls or

    nets, packing the fish away in the hold in ice or salt.

            The main source of income of the people in the inland portions of

    Labrador is still the fur trade. Along the coast, polar bears, seals, and

    white foxes are the chief fur-bearing animals; while inland the principal

    ones are mink, marten, muskrat, weasel, beaver, otter, lynx, and foxes of

    all varieties. The Hudson's Bay Company has maintained trading posts in

    Labrador since the earliest days, and some of its competitors have followed

    it there.



    010      |      Vol_XIII-0392                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: (Labrador (general)

            Until recent mining development brought about new communities at the

    head of the Hamilton River watershed, the people of Labrador consisted of

    four groups. The first are the Newfoundland fishermen, who do not live

    there, but spend the fishing season along the coast. The next group con–

    sists of the liviers, many of whom are mixed white and native blood. They

    devote themselves in summer to salmon fishing, and in winter to trapping.

    Unlike the native, who is often improvident, the liviers are generally

    industrious and, although, ignorant, often succeed in maintaining a certain

    degree of comfort for their families, although most of them are in more or

    less perpetual bondage to the traders.

            The other two groups consist of the Eskimos and Indians, the former

    inhabiting the coast settlements in the northeastern part of the coast; while

    the Indians occupy the interior and southern parts. When the white man first

    came to Labrador, the Eskimos extended far south, some along the Gulf of

    St. Lawrence; but for many years none have been seen south of Hamilton Inlet.

            The Indians belong to two groups, the Montagnais, in the south, and the

    Naskaupis, in the north. Formerly the Hamilton River was the boundary between

    the hunting grounds of these two groups, but latterly these lines have tended

    to disappear. In recent years, both groups have been greatly decimated by

    disease, and now consist of but a remnant of their former numbers.

            The climate of Labrador is conditioned by two conflicting influences;

    the generally recognized characteristics of a continental climate of

    relatively warm summer weather with summer rainfall, and cold winters; and

    an oceanic climate characterized by wet fall and winter weather, but much

    milder than the climate inland. In a certain sense, the higher land of the

    interior has only two seasons; summer and winter. The sudden transition

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0393                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    from winter to summer occurs usually in the first part of June. With the

    disappearance of the snow and ice from the smaller lakes, the daytime

    temperature rapidly increases, and trees and bushes immediately burst into

    leaf. Frosts on clear summer nights often continue, however.

            As a general thing, the summer weather continues well into autumn;

    but, when it comes, winter sets in as suddenly as summer comes. Snow falls,

    and ice generally begins to form in the small lakes about the middle of

    September. In the interior, the higher summits become covered with snow

    while the lower land is still free, but along the coast, probably because of

    the influence of the Labrador Current, the reverse is the case. The winter

    temperatures of the interior are generally low and remain fairly constant

    throughout the winter, when lows from 40° to 50° F. are recorded in most

    places, often much lower.

            Labrador was the first part of the North American continent to be seen

    by Europeans. No one knows the exact location of the Vinland of the Norsemen,

    but there is little doubt that people from Iceland and Greenland were familiar

    with the shores of Labrador five centuries before the time of Columbus. The

    Cabots cailed along the coast of Labrador, and shortly afterward fishermen

    from European waters found their way to the Labrador fishing grounds, the like

    of fo which [ ?] had never before been seen. In 1504, the town of Brest, on

    Bradore Bay, in the Strait of Belle Isle, was founded by fishermen; and in

    1517, as many as 50 vessels called there; while at the height of its pros–

    perity, about the year 1600, Brest contained 200 houses and a population

    of about 1,000 persons. In 1586, John Davis sailed along the Labrador

    coast, discovering two inlets there, one of which still bears his name;

    the other, now known as Hamilton Inlet, he called Ivutoke Inlet.



    012      |      Vol_XIII-0394                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

            In 1763, with the transfer of Canada from French to British rule,

    the southern and eastern coasts of Labrador were placed under the juris–

    diction of the Governor of Newfoundland; they were restored to the juris–

    diction of the Government of Canada ten years later; and returned to the

    jurisdiction of the Government of Newfoundland in 1809. Much confusion

    existed, however, as to what actually constituted Labrador; and this was

    not settled for more than a century until, in 1927, the Privy Council

    handed down its decision, as already mentioned.

            In 1838, John McLean, then in charge of Fort Chimo, on the lower

    Koksoak River, in northern Ungava, crossed overland by way of Lake Michikamau

    to Hamilton Inlet, where the Hudson's Bay Company had established a post the

    previous year. The following year, he again started for Hamilton Inlet with

    canoes, but at Grand Falls, which he was the first person not an Indian to see,

    he was unable to find the portage and returned to Fort Chimo. In the follow–

    ing two years, however, he was successful in reaching Hamilton Inlet. About

    1875, Roman Catholic missionaries established an Indian mission at Northwest

    River, near the west end of Melville Lake, and during the following two

    summers, Pere Lacasse crossed overland from Northwest River to Fort Chimo,

    returning by sea in the Hudson's Bay Company's boat.

            In 1891, two separate expeditions from the United States ascended the

    Hamilton River as far as Grand Falls. Austin Cary and E. M. Cole who were

    the first to reach the falls, lost their boat and outfit by fire when a

    short distance below the falls, and were obliged to walk the 2510 250 miles

    to the coast. In the meantime, Henry G. Bryant and C. A. Kennaston were on

    their way up the river, but the two parties did not meet.

            In 1893, Dr. A. P. Low, of the Geological Survey of Canada, spent the

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0395                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    the early part of the winter near the head of Melville Lake, and between

    January 19, 1894, and the middle of May transported canoes and supplies up

    the Hamilton River with sleds as far as the Grand Falls. The summer was

    spent in exploring the river and its chief tributaries and Lake Michikamau.

    In the fall, Low descended the Romaine River to within 100 miles of the

    St. Lawrence River, and crossing to the St. John River descended it to the

    St. Lawrence. Low's account of the country is the most detailed yet published,

    and in some respects is the only one available. In recent years considerable

    serial exploration has been carried on by mining companies, and many aerial

    photographs have been taken, but the results of these have not yet been

    published.

            Low was the first to describe the extensive iron ore deposits that

    exist in a zone that extends from near the headwaters of Hamilton River to

    the west shore of Ungava Bay. Their existence remained a matter of academic

    interest only for over half a century. In 1936, the Hollinger Consolidated

    Gold Mines Limited (q.v.), through a subsidiary, was granted a concession

    conferring on it the exclusive exploration rights covering 20,000 square

    miles of territory near the headwaters of Hamilton River. This adjoins an

    area of 3,900 square miles in the Province of Quebec, for which exploration

    rights have been secured from the Quebec government. The Labrador Mining

    and Exploration Company, which is the subsidiary of the Hollinger Company

    referred to, is owned partly by the M. A. Hanna Company, of Cleveland, Ohio.

    Another subsidiar y, the Quebec, North Shore and Labrador Railway Company

    was incorporated to build and operate 350 miles of railway from Seven Islands

    Bay, on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, to the spot where the

    company proposes to mine the ore.



    014      |      Vol_XIII-0396                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

            Diamond drilling has been conducted at a number of points, and extensive

    deposits of high-grade hematite ore have been disclosed. The ore is in

    high ridges, in many places considerably above the general level, and can

    be loaded directly into cars strung along the bases of the ridges. Suffi–

    cient ore was found to justify the expenditure of $200,000,000. in devel–

    opment work. The present objective of the company is a production of

    10,000,000 tons a year, with double that amount eventually if markets for

    it can be found. While it is expected that this amount of ore will be taken

    out by rail to the St. Lawrence, it is believed that the iron ranges extent

    so far to the eastward as some day to justify the building of a railway to

    some point in the lower Hamilton River valley where, because of the immense

    power potential of that stream, the ore could be smelted by electrolytic process.

            Since the earliest times, the east coast of Labrador has been claimed

    by Newfoundland; and while what later became the Dominion of Canada disputed

    the claim, the exact boundaries were never defined. Canadians claimed that

    Newfoundland had been granted a mere strip of territory along the coast

    sufficient for the purpose of curing fish and for other activities connected

    with the fisheries. The Newfoundland government, however, granted licenses

    to lumbermen entitling them to cut timber in the Hamilton River Valley, which

    the Canadian Government protested was within the territory of Canada. The

    verdict delivered on March 1, 1927, conceded the entire Newfoundland claim;

    in fact, the award was much more favorable to the Newfoundland cause than

    most Newfoundlanders even dared to hope. This dispute had held up the

    development of the country; but it must be admitted that in the more than

    20 years that have elapsed since the dispute was settled, Labrador made very

    little progress.



    015      |      Vol_XIII-0397                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

            So far as the coast of Labrador is concerned, the greatest influences

    there in recent years have been the missions maintained by the Moravians

    and by the ministrations of Dr. Wilfred Grenfell's organization. The

    Moravians were first on the scene, their first establishment being under–

    taken in 1752, when they attempted to found a mission at what later became

    known as Hopedale. They were attacked by Eskimos soon after landing, and

    one missionary and five sailors were killed. Almost 20 years elapsed

    before they made their second attempt, this time successfully at Nain, in

    1771. Five years later, a second mission was established at Okak, and in

    1782, they were successful in establishing a mission at Hopedale. These

    sufficed them for almost half a century, and then, in 1830, their settlement

    at Hebron was founded. In the meantime, they had extended their missions to

    the region of Ungava Bay, which is in northern Quebec. While the Moravians

    brought the Scriptures to the Eskimos, their missions were largely maintained

    by trading with their charges, with results not always to the advantage of

    the Eskimos.

            When Dr. Wilfred Grenfell first came among the people of Labrador in

    1892, as an officer of the Royal National Mission for Deep Sea Fishermen

    (of Great Britain), he was deeply impressed by the terrible poverty, the

    almost permanent half starvation of the people, their ignorance, and the

    total absence of even the simple s sanitary habits, which in the Eskimos'

    nomadic way of life had not been necessary, but which became necessary when

    they began to live in permanent abodes. Thenceforth Grenfell's life was

    to be dedicated to the work of improving the lot of these miserable people.

    He eventually founded the International Grenfell Association, which is

    supported by voluntary subscriptions. Its staff has grown to over 100 persons,

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0398                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    including voluntary workers, and its ships sail under their own interna–

    tionally recognized flag.

            Hospital ships patrol the coast all summer. They go from their base s

    at St. Anthony, in the island of Newfoundland, and North West River at head of Lake Melville as far north as Hopedale,

    and sometimes to Hebron. In winter, the doctors travel with dog teams,

    visiting the people all along the coast up to Hebron . Makkovik, where the Moravian ?

    sphere of influence begins. The Grenfell Association tries ? not to ? overlap

    with the work of others. Association hospitals have been established at

    strategic points, besides which nursing stations are set up at a number of

    other places for use during the fishing season. In addition to the medical

    work, the Association carries on charitable and educational activities.

    Modern schools, with facilities for boarding pupils, have been established

    at the principal settlements. The schools are free, both for study and for

    practical training.

            Cooperative stores were also established, but not without much opposition

    from the traders; the first was at Red Bay, in the Strait of Belle Isle, in

    1896, and in 1901 a cooperative sawmill was established. At attempt, in

    1907, to bring in domestic reindeer did not succeed because of lack of

    experience on the part of the Eskimos.

            Now that Labrador, as part of Newfoundland, is part of Canada, the

    people will get the benefit of social legislation which the former colony

    could not provide. Each Labrador mother will be eligible for Mother's

    Allowance, consisting of a monthly payment amounting to from five to eight

    dollars for each child under sixteen years of age. Old age pensions will

    also be available for the aged. The amounts thus received are not large;

    but, in a land like Labrador, where poverty is so general, even such

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0399                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador (general)

    payments must mean a great deal to those who hitherto have had so little;

    and undoubtedly the increased opportunities which will come with the devel–

    opment of mines and the establishment of pulp and paper plants should help

    to raise the pitiful standard of living of many of the people. Communities

    will be organized in which hospitals, schools and other essentials of

    civilized living will, for the first time, except in a very limited sense,

    be made available for the people of Labrador.

            References:

            Hubbard, Mina B. A Woman;s Way Through Unknown Labrador ; London, 1908.

            Kindle, E. M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District ,

    Labrador Peninsula . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Memoir No. 141; 1924.

            Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along

    the Eastmain, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions

    of Other Rivers in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of

    Canada, Annual Report, Vol. VIII, pp.1L-387L, 1895.

            MacKay, R.A. (ed.) Newfoundland, Economic, Diplomatic, and Strategic

    Studies . Toronto: Oxford University Press; 1946.

            Tanner, V. Outlines of the Geography, Life and Customs of

    Newfoundland-Labrador (2 vols.) Cambridge: The University

    Press; 1947.

    Labrador: The Backway



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0400                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: THE BACKWAY

            The Backway is one of three remarkable deep basins which drain into

    the Melville Lake - Hamilton Inlet indentation in southeastern Labrador,

    Province of Newfoundland, Canada. It [ ?] oins The Narrows, which connects

    Melville Lake and Hamilton Inlet, at the point where The Narrows expands

    about Henrietta Island, and its maximum depth is 80 fathoms. Its length

    is about 30 miles, with a maximum width of about five miles, except at and

    near its entrance, where it is not more than half that wide. It lies in a

    generally east and west direction; but [ ?] for the first 10 miles inside the

    entrance its direction is northeast-southwest; its eastern portion lies

    roughly parallel to the south shore of Hamilton Inlet, from which it is

    not more than six or seven miles distant. The land about its entrance is

    high, hills rising to 1,350 feet above the sea, but the elevation falls

    away toward the east. No large streams discharge into it, and such drainage

    as exists comes from the high hills to the south, but the streams are shore

    and their volume not great.

            The present outlet of Hamilton River (q.v.), the largest river in

    Labrador, is by way of Melville Lake and Hamilton Inlet, which with The Narrows,

    provide a navigable waterway inland for a distance of 177 miles for ships of

    considerable draft. Melville Lake, 125 miles long, has a depth of 160 fathoms,

    and was evidently part of the pre-glacial Hamilton River channel, which reached

    the sea by way of The Backway. The Narrows has a depth of only about 10 fathoms,

    and Hamilton Inlet is but from 20 to 50 fathoms deep. According to Dr. E. M. Kindle,



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0401                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Labrador: The Backway

            who surveyed the region in 1921 for the Geological Survey of Canada, "the

    inference that the preglacial Hamilton flow seawards by The Backway instead

    of by The Narrows is based on the much greater depth and width of The Backway,

    and the fact that the land is very low between the seashore and the eastern

    end of The Backway... When the final retreat of the great valley glaciers

    which marked the late stages of glaciation began it may be presumed that the

    high mountains southwest of the Backway, together with the mountain ridges

    immediately north of the western half of it, supplied an abundance of glacial

    ice to the terminal end of Hamilton valley, which kept it blocked for a long

    period after the ice-sheet had vanished from much of the adjacent parts of

    the valley."

            This damming up of the old outlet, caused the water to find an alternative

    one, and an existing valley which now constitutes The Narrows became the new

    channel. When the ice finally cleared from The Backway, its former eastern

    outlet was blocked by glacial detritus, and the direction of its flow was

    reversed to discharge into The Narrows, which in the meantime had lowered

    its own level sufficiently to serve as the outlet for all the streams converging

    on Hamilton Inlet.

            Reference:

    Kindle, E. M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District, Labrador

    Peninsula. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No.141; 1924.

    Labrador: Double Mer



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0402                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: DOUBLE MER

            Double Mer, in southeastern Labrador, Province of Newfoundland,

    Canada, is one of four fjore-like stretches of water, all of which are

    drained into the sea by way of Hamilton Inlet, and which constitute one

    of the most striking geographical features of that region. Malville Lake,

    the largest of these, receives the waters of Grand Lake and The Backway,

    but Double Mer discharges directly into the sea through Hamilton Inlet.

    Of the four, only Grand Lake is entirely fresh; the others are tidal. All

    show by their depths that they are vestiges of preglacial valleys which

    have been gouged even deeper by glacial action. Double Mer is the shallow–

    est of the four, with a maximum depth of 46 fathoms, which, however, is con–

    siderably deeper than the head of Hamilton Inlet into which it empties, where

    the depth is not more than 23 fathoms.

            Double Mer lies in an east-west direction parallel to the north shore

    of Melville Lake and 10 to 15 miles distant from it. The two bodies of water

    are separated by high hills which present a scarp-like face along the south

    shore of Double Mer, but which slope away to a lowland zone along the north

    side of Melville Lake. The former consists of Pre-Cambrian rocks, while the

    latter is underlain by rocks of Palaeozoic age. The north shore of Double

    Mer is also low, consisting of similar Palaeozoic rocks.

            Double Mer has a length, over all, of about 40 miles, with a maximum width

    of about five, narrowing in places to less than a mile. It consists of two

    prin cipal sections, each about 20 miles in length, of which the western one

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0403                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Labrador: Double Mer

    is the wider and deeper. These two sections are connected by a narrows

    only a few hundred yards across. The outlet to Hamilton Inlet is about

    a mile wide. Double Mer is much more salt [ ?] than any of the others because

    it receives relatively little fresh water from incoming streams, and this

    is indicated by the much greater extension along its borders of seashore

    conditions.

            Since this region is part of the Canadian Shield, most of its

    rocks belong to the Pre-Cambrian groupings, the most common of which are

    gneisses of various kinds. These are cut in places by dykes of almost

    white quartzite, and on this account have been given the name "Domino

    gneiss." Sometimes an island can be seen, half of which is composed of

    dark trap-rock, and the other of light-colored quartzite.

            As has been said, the northern shores of Melville Lake and Double Mer

    [ ?] are low-lying, underlain by Palaeozoic rocks, as so far observed, of a

    single formation — a coarse red sandstone. It is a firmly cemented, dull

    red, arkose sandstone of coarse texture, containing, in some layers, numerous

    small pebbles. The best outcrops of this sandstone occur along the north

    shore of Double Mer, indicating a total thickness of 500 feet. Low, who,

    in 1894, observed outcrops on the north shore of Melville Lake, called in

    Cambrian sandstone, but because of the greater exposures on the shore of

    Double Mer, and because a name seemed desirable, Kindly has suggested that

    it be called Double Mer sandstone.

            Reference:

    Kindle, E. M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District, Labrador

    Peninsula. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No.141, 1924.

    Labrador: Grand Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0404                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: GRAND LAKE

            Grand Lake, in southeastern Labrador, Province of Newfoundland, Canada,

    is one of four fjore l -like stretches of water, all of which are drained into

    the sea by way of Hamilton Inlet, and which constitute one of the most

    striking geographical features of that region. Grand Lake, which consists

    entirely of fresh water, is drained into Melville Lake, which is tidal; the

    latter,125 miles long, is connected with Hamilton Inlet by The Narrows, a

    channel 12 miles in length and averaging about a mile in width. These four

    lakes — Grand, Melville, The Backway, and Double Mer — are all vestiges

    of preglacial valleys, as is evidenced by their depth; Melville Lake is the

    deepes, with 160 fathoms, and Grand Lake is the next with 90 fathoms. Grand

    Lake lies to the northwest of Melville Lake, into which its water is drained,

    and is 40 miles long by an average of about four miles wide. Unlike most

    lakes whose basins lie within the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield,

    its shores are very regular; viewed on the map, it resembles a frankfurter,

    with one tapered and bent. In reality, no such resemblance exists, for it

    is bordered by high mountains that rise abruptly [ ?] from the water's edge,

    without any lowland margin, as in the case of Melville Lake and Double Mer.

            Only three streams of any size flow into Grand Lake, the Beaver, Susan,

    and Naskaupi, the latter of which is a large river. The first two enter at

    the head of the lake, in the narrow se [ ?] c tion that is bent almost at right-angles.

    The Naskaupi, 280 yards wide at its mouth, enters about five miles below, at

    the point where the narrow upper section begins. Susan and Beaver rivers

    unite in a small lake, which is connected wi f t h the head of Grand Lake by a

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0405                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador: Grand Lake

    channel only a few rods long. Beyond this small lake, the two streams

    occupy [ ?] well-developed valleys on opposite sides of a mountain ridge,

    which ends a mile and a half northwest of Grand Lake. It was up the

    Susan River that the ill-fated Leonidas Hubbard traveled, under the mistaken

    impression that the stream he followed was the larger Naskaupi.

            Grand Lake is drained at its lower end by a short channel which spreads

    into a small shallow lake, which in turn is connected with Melville Lake

    by what is called the Northwest River, only 300 yards long. Northwest

    River enters Melville Lake a short distance east of the mouth of Goose

    Bay, at the western end of the lake. Northwest settlement, the largest in

    the area, is at the outlet of Northwest River. It consists of trading posts,

    and the homes of traders, trappers, Indians, and others; and a 5-bed hospital

    is operated there by the International Grenfell Association.

            Reference:

    Kindle, E. M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District, Labrador

    Peninsula . Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No.141; 1924.

    Labrador: Hamilton Inlet



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0406                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: HAMILTON INLET

            Hamilton Inlet is a funnel-shaped indentation on the lower Labrador

    coast of Canada, about 200 miles north of the Strait of Belle Isle. It

    is about 40 miles deep and, from headland to headland, the distance is

    about 35 miles. The inlet contains a number of rocky islands and a fringe

    of islands also extends along the coast. The shores are high and rocky, with

    precipitous cliffs in some places. Depth of water varies from 20 to 50 fathoms,

    which is approximately the depth over the continental shelf, to the east.

            Hamilton Inlet is connected with Melville Lake, extending westward for

    125 miles and about 24 miles at its widest, by a channel 12 miles long with

    an average width of about a mile. Melville Lake has a maximum depth of 160

    fathoms, and differs physiographically from Hamilton Inlet. The former, in

    pre-glacial times, was evidently part of the Hamilton River channel, which

    seems to have reached the sea through The Backway (q.v.), which has a present–

    depth of 80 fathoms.

            The shores along the outer part of Hamilton Inlet are devoid of trees,

    and the vegetation is distinctly of the subarctic type, but 15 miles west of

    the line of coast the shores of the mainland and the islands begin to show

    patches of dwarfed black spruce, appearing in the distance as dark green

    blotches against the lighter green of the moss-covered hillsides. Toward

    the head of the inlet, the stunted spruce give way to much larger trees,

    and at its head, the country round about is well covered with trees, still

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0407                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton Inlet

    however, much smaller than those to be seen farther inland.

            The principal factor is keeping the eastern portion of the inlet destitute

    of trees is undoubtedly the presence of floating ice, which persists in the

    outer parts of the inlet until the latter part of July; whereas, in midsummer,

    ice is seldom seen toward the head of the inlet. The rapid transition in the

    summer climate as between the coastal region and a short distance inland has

    been described by one observer as "like passing from winter to summer."

            For the above reasons, and also because raw materials and power sources

    are nearer, such industrial development as [ ?] may in future be undertaken

    in the region of Hamilton Inlet is likely to be located farther west, probably

    in the vicinity of Goose Bay, at the head of Melville Lake, where the Goose

    Airport has already been established.

            Reference:

    Kindle, E.M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District, Labrador

    Peninsula. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No.141; 1924.

    Labrador: Hamilton River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0408                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR : HAMILTON RIVER

            Hamilton River, in the Labrador portion of the Province of Newfoundland,

    Canada, is, next to the St. Lawrence, the largest river system on the Atlantic

    coast of North America. To the head of its longest tributary, its length is

    about 600 miles; it drains an area of 29,900 square miles, extending from

    latitude 52° N. to 54° N., and over seven degrees of longitude. It is formed

    by the junction of two large tributaries, the Attikonak and the Ashuanipi,

    which come together in Sandgirt Lake, below which the river is called the

    Hamilton. These two main tributaries rise in the relatively high tableland

    which constitutes the height of land separating the Hudson Bay and Atlantic

    watersheds, on the one hand and the Arctic and St. Lawrence watersheds, on

    the other. They meander across the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield

    in shallow channels, widening frequently into lake-expansions and receiving

    innumerable branches draining long strings of lakes of all sizes and shapes.

    The upper portion of Hamilton River also flows through the same sort of

    territory, generally in several roughly parallel channels. This portion of

    the river is obviously post-glacial. Below Grand Falls, 72 miles from Sandgirt

    Lake, the river resumes its ancient channel, which is from 500 to 900 feet

    below the level of the surrounding plateau. In the transition from the higher

    to the lower level, the river descends 1,038 feet in a distance of 16 miles,

    in one place making a sheer drop of 245 feet. It is estimated that in this

    stretch a total of 4,750,000 horsepower of hydroelectric energy can be developed.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0409                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Hamilton River

    Hamilton River empties into Melville Lake, 125 miles long, which in turn

    discharges into Hamilton Inlet, the largest indentation on the Labrador

    coast, about 40 miles deep and about 35 miles from headland to headland.

    Melville Lake is tidal, and, except when the tide flows inward, a current

    exists between Melville Lake and Hamilton Inlet, and its water is neither

    salt nor fresh.

            Hamilton River flows out of Sandgirt Lake (q.v.) by several outlets,

    the two principal ones continuing as separate channels for 15 miles, when

    they unite in Flour Lake. The southern channel is considered the principal

    one, and it also leaves the lake in two channels which remain separate for

    10 miles. The principal branch of the southern channel leaves Sandgirt

    Lake from the head of a deep bay at its southeastern angle. It varies

    in width from 100 yards to over a mile, and is broken by numerous islands.

    The current, however, is ve r y strong, and in the 15 miles between Sandgirt

    and Flour Lakes is interrupted by seven short, heavy rapids, usually where

    the stream is contracted by the presence of islands. At these places the

    river-bed consists of large, rounded boulders. The northern channel is

    somewhat smaller in volume than the southern or principal channel. It is

    also filled with islands and frequently spreads into lake-expansions, the

    largest of which is called Lobstick Lake, five miles below Sandgirt Lake.

            Flour Lake is 10 miles long, and about two miles wide, but it has long

    bays extending from it on both sides, and is so filled with rocky islands

    that its shores are hard to determine by merely passing up or down the

    main channel.

            The surrounding country in this stretch is low and rolling, with long

    ridges of glacial drift, which lie, in conformity with the strike of the

    rock, in a general northwest-southeast direction.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0410                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Hamilton River

            Hamilton River is wide where it leaves Flour Lake, its channel broken

    by numerous islands, but it soon contracts to a width of about half a mile,

    flowing with a swift current, which is interrupted by two shallow rapids

    filled with large boulders. The banks here are generally low, composed of

    glacial drift, of which the islands also consist. The distance is about

    eight miles from Flour Lake to Jacopie Lake, which is about seven miles

    long and about two miles wide, with two deep bays on each side. It is

    surrounded by low, rounded, rocky hills, and, on the east side, a chain of

    low islands almost masks the mouths of the bays. A heavy rapid called

    Louis Rapids occurs at the entrance to Jacopie Lake, and another at its

    outlet, which is at its southeastern angle.

            The river now enters a wide lake-expansion about a mile in width and

    about three miles long, which is filled with spruce and tamarack covered

    islands, at the outlet of which the stream flows for a mile with a strong

    current, broken by heavy rapids. Beyond this point, it turns to the south–

    east and contracts to half its width, rushing along for three miles over a

    channel filled with boulders. In this stretch the river gradually narrows,

    decreasing to about 160 yards in width, and flowing through a gorge cut into

    the solid rock, which at its lower end is more than 100 feet below the

    general level of the country.

            Dr. A. P. Low, who explored the river in 1894, gives this account of the

    Grand Falls:

            "The last 300 yards are down a very steep grade, where the confined

    waters rush in a swirling mass, thrown into enormous, long surging waves,

    at least twenty feet from crest to hollow, the deafening noise of which completely

    drowns the heavy boom of the great falls immediately below. After a final

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0411                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

    great wave, the pent up mass of water is shot down a very steep incline of

    rock for 100 feet, where [ ?] breaks into a mass of foam, and plunges into

    a part of the fall being [ ?] sufficient to carry it well out from the

    perpendicular wall of rock at the bottom."

            This fall was measured in 1947 by G. H. Desbarats, in charge of a

    survey of the Hamilton's power possibilities for the government of Newfoundland,

    and he established it as 245 feet from the crest to the basin below. This

    basin, nearly circular, and about 200 yards in diameter, is surrounded on all

    sides by nearly perpendicular rocky walls 400 feet in height, except at the

    points where the river hurls itself over the cliff, and at its outlet, which

    is a narrow canyon at right-angles to the falls.

            Now begins what is known as the Bowdoin Canyon, a stretch of 12 miles

    by the river, but not much more than one-third of that distance in a direct

    line. The channel zigzags between southwest and east, following the direction

    of two sets of fractures, or cleavage planes, in the rocks. In its course

    through the canyon, the river drops 574 feet. The walls are not more than

    100 yards apart, narrowing in places to little more than 100 feet. Although

    the general slope of the surrounding country is toward the east, the grade

    of the river is much greater, with the result that walls about 400 feet in

    height at the head of the canyon increase to 900 feet above the surface of

    the water at its foot.

            Below the canyon, the river continues for about 45 miles with a swift

    current, which, for the first 12 miles below the mouth of the canyon, is

    almost a continuous rapid, on a generally southeasterly course. In this

    stretch it varies in width from 50 to 100 yards, and the banks are precipitous,

    although in some places the channel expands to about 400 yards. It contracts

    again, however, about half a mile above where the Metchin River comes in from

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0412                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

    from the north.

            Continuing its southeasterly course for about seven miles past the

    mouth of Metchin River, Hamilton River enters the head of Lake Winokapau,

    which is about 35 miles long, and, in the first 20 miles is from one and a

    half to two miles wide, and in the lower 15 miles, not more than a mile

    wide at any point. The lake has high hills on both sides, and is very deep.

    Dr. Low made a sounding about 15 miles from its lower end and got a depth

    of 427 feet. This lake seems to occupy the pre-glacial bed of the river,

    which, however, was gouged to a greater depth by the glaciers.

            At the outlet of Lake Winokapau, the river banks are almost 800 feet

    higher than the level of the lake, and the river flows in a narrow channel

    with a rapid current for six miles in which the direction is almost due south.

    The channel here is from 100 to 300 yards wide, and this entire stretch is

    occupied by the Muni Rapids, which culminate in what is called Devil's Hole.

    Below this point, the river swings to the southeastward again as far as the

    junction of Cache River, coming in from the northeast, and then bends south

    again, widening in places to two miles where the current is very slack, and

    contracting again to less than 300 yards. Rapids occur above where the

    Minipi River flows in from the south, with rapids below. For the next 10

    miles, the Hamilton River flows due north in a narrow channel, broken by

    rapids. At the end of this stretch, it takes a sharp turn to the east, where

    a heavy rapid called the Horseshoe occurs. From the bend, the river runs

    slightly south of east for five miles into Gull Lake, passing over Gull Island

    Rapids.

            Gull Lake is six miles long, but Low says the name is a misnomer, since

    a perceptible current is present; the name, however, has stuck. Whether river

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0413                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

    or lake-expansion, Gull Lake is never more than a mile wide. At its head,

    the river's course changes to the northeast, which it holds in a general

    way until it reaches Muskrat Falls.

            Immediately below Gull Lake, the river breaks over Porcupine Rapids,

    extending for about three miles. The channel here is deep and about 300

    yards wide, gradually widening to about a mile, where a large island divides

    it into two channels. Below this it opens into what is called Sandy Island

    Lake, where the expansion is caused by a sandy shoal which extends across the

    river, forcing it to cut a deep bay on the south side into a bank of white

    sand, which rises in a vertical wall to a height of about 100 feet. Below

    Sandy Island Lake, a rapid about two miles long occurs, called Toms Rapid.

    The river is now about a quarter of a mile wide. Following this, the river

    narrows to less than one-third of a mile for a distance of about three miles.

    A narrow island obstructs its course in the upper part of this stretch, at

    the end of which is Flates Rapids, just above the entrance to Sandy Lake,

    15 miles long. At the outlet of this la [ ?] e, the river contracts to about

    100 yards and, at Muskrat Falls, pours down a rocky chute with a drop of

    about 25 feet; then it rushes along a rocky canyon for another 400 yards, and

    plunges into a circular basin for a further drop of 25 feet, the total descent

    being about 70 feet. The basin into which the river falls is about two miles

    across. As the river leaves the basin at the foot of Muskrat Falls, it is

    not more than one-third of a mile in width, and for about a mile is obstructed

    by a long, narrow island, below which it divides again about Muskrat Island,

    a mile and a half in length, and then widens to abouta mile. Twelve miles

    below Muskrat Island, a small stream called Caroline Brook comes in from the

    south, and three miles and a half below this Traverspine River comes in, also

    from the south.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0414                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

            The western extension of the Mealy Mountains, visible for some time

    from the river, now approaches and forms the southern wall of the valley.

    The river's north bank consists of a long, low point of sand and gravel,

    forming also the south shore of Goose Bay, which is an extension of Lake

    Melville.

            A short channel, on the south side, drains Mud Lake, a shallow body of

    water about two miles long, separated from the river by two low islands,

    which extends to the foot of the Mealy Mountains.

            Hamilton River is three-quarters of a mile wide as it flows into the

    western end of Melville Lake, but a [ ?] few miles above its width is about

    a mile and a half. Its lower reaches are filled with sand bars, but the

    river is navigable for boats of considerable draft as far as Muskrat Falls.

    Near the lake, the river banks are low, barely rising above highwater level,

    but they rise by successive terraces until they are about 100 feet high,

    15 miles from the lake.

            Probably the first person other than an Indian to see the upper

    Hamilton River was John McLean, of the Hudson's Bay Company, who first saw

    it in 1839. Then in charge of Fort Chimo, on Ungava Bay, he crossed over–

    land to the headwaters of the Hamilton and descended it as far as Grand Falls.

    Unable to discover the portage route past the falls and canyon, he turned back;

    but the following year was successful in reaching Hamilton Inlet, and the

    trip was repeated in each of the two following years. An account of these

    trips is given in his book, Twenty-five Years in the Hudson's Bay Territory.

            Missionaries and fur traders occasionally traversed the stream in the

    intervening years, but generally the region remained largely a terra incognita

    until 1891, when two different American expeditions visited the river within

    a few days of each other. Austin Carey and D. M. Cole had the mi [ ?] fortune

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0415                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

    to lose their boat and outfit by fire when within a short distance of

    Grand Falls, and were forced to walk the 250 miles to the coast. At the

    same time, Henry G. Bryant and C. A. Kenaston were on their way up the

    river, but the two parties did not meet.

            In 1893, Dr. A. P. Low and party, of the Geological Survey of Canada,

    spent the early part of the winter at the head of Melville Lake, and

    between January 19, 1894, and the middle of May they hauled their canoes

    and provisions up the Hamilton River by sled as far as the Grand Falls.

    During the summer, the upper river and its two main tributaries were

    explored, after which they descended the Romaine River to within 100 miles

    of the St. Lawrence, crossed to the St. John River, and thence to the

    St. Lawrence. This was the first thorough exploration of Hamilton River,

    and the last of its kind until aircraft made aerial exploration possible.

            In 1947, the Newfoundland government commissioned G. H. Desbarats

    to make a survey of the power possibilities of the river, which he did in

    that and the following year. His party had the benefit of aircraft to

    transport men and supplies the longer distances, but canoes were also

    extensively used. Low's estimate of 302 feet for the sheer drop at Grand

    Falls was found to be too high, and is given as 245 by Desbarats; but, on

    the other hand, the total descent from the lake-expansion above the falls

    to the mouth of Bowdoin Canyon was found to be 1,038 feet, instea [ ?] of the

    760 estimated by Low, which greatly increases the power potential.

            This region has also been surveyed in recent years by subsidiaries

    of Hollinger Consolidated Gold Mines, in connection with the concessions

    granted to them by the Newfoundland and Quebec governments. Extensive

    aerial surveys of Labrador and northern Quebec have been made by these

    companies, but details are not yet available.



    009      |      Vol_XIII-0416                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Hamilton River

            Consequently, this part of Labrador, until recently so little known, is

    likely to become of great importance in the future industrial development

    of Canada. According to Desbarats' estimates, the Hamilton River is capable

    of developing 7,000,000 horsepower of hydro-electric energy, which is three–

    fifths of the present installations in Canada. Grand Falls [ ?] is about 115

    miles from the iron-ore deposits now being developed by the Hollinger interests,

    with a possibility of other deposits being [ ?] opened up even nearer. From

    the falls to tidewater on Melville Lake, the distance is about 160 miles.

    Hamilton Inlet and Melville Lake constitute the easternmost harbor in Canada.

            Muskrat Falls, only 25 miles from the head of Melville Lake (18 miles in

    a direct line), is capable of producing 1,000,000 horsepower. Mr. Desbarats

    estimates that pulpwood is available in the lower Hamilton area to accomo–

    date at least two large pulp and paper mills, all of which suggests that

    the development within a short while of an extensive industrial community

    somewhere in that vicinity is more than likely.

            During World War II, the Canadian Government built a large airport at

    Goose Bay, which was used to ferry aircraft and other supplies across the

    Atlantic by way of Greenland and Iceland. Since the war, the airport has

    been continued as an alternative to Gander Airport on the island of New–

    foundland, which is much more subject to fog than is Goose Airport.

            References:

            Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the East

    Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan, and Portions of Other Rivers

    in 1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada Annual Report,

    Vol. VIII, pp. lL - 387L, 1895.

            Desbarats, G.E. Surveying on the Hamilton River, Labrador; Canadian Geographical

    [ ?] Journal, Vol. XXXVII, No. 5 (Nov. 1948).

    Labrador: Melville Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0417                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: MELVILLE LAKE

            Melville Lake, Labrador portion of the Province of Newfoundland,

    Canada, is a tidal lake, 125 miles long and 24 miles at its widest. It

    is connected with Hamilton Inlet (q.v.) by a channel 12 miles long and

    about a mile wide. Lake Melville appears to be a remnant of the sunken

    valley of Hamilton River; but since its depth is 960 feet, and the depth

    of the sea over the continental shelf beyond the mouth of Hamilton Inlet

    does not exceed 20 to 50 fathoms, which is about the depth of Hamilton

    Inlet itself, it would appear that the ancient valley has since been deeply

    eroded by glacial action. In the early British Admiralty maps, Melville

    Lake is shown as part of Hamilton Inlet, but the two bodies of water have

    since been given separate names and are no longer considered as part of the

    same geographic feature.

            Melville Lake, with its great depth and its mountain scarp on the south

    side, rising to an elevation of 2,000 feet, might be considered an inlet

    of the fjord type, especially since, like a fjord, it becomes considerably

    wider and deeper inside than at its entrance; but Dr. E. M. Kindle, who

    surveyed the region for the Geological Survey of Canada in 1921, decides

    against that designation because of the accepted definition that "no great

    river flows into a fjord, for the main drainage of the land is away from the

    fjord coast"; and Melville Lake is the outlet of Hamilton River, the largest

    river in Labrador, and several other large streams, and the drainage of the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0418                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBroudais: Labrador - Melville Lake

    region is all toward the coast. The most exact definition would therefore

    seem to be that Melville Lake is an expansion of Hamilton River.

            Although Melville Lake is tidal, a current passes through the Narrows

    from the lake to Hamilton Inlet, except when the tide is flowing inward;

    and its water is not entirely salt.

            Goose Bay, 20 miles deep and about nine miles wide, is at the northwestern

    angle of the lake, near the mouth of Hamilton River, and separated from the

    latter by a long tongue of sand and gravel. Goose Airport is near the head

    of Goose Bay, a short distance back from the shore of the bay.

            In addition to Hamilton River, Hamilton Lake receives Goose River, flowing

    into the head of Goose Bay; Northwest River, which is the name now used to

    denote the short stream draining Grand Lake into Melville Lake (the Naskaupi,

    Susan, and Beaver rivers flow into Grand Lake); and, farther east, on the

    north side the two principal streams discharging into Melville Lake are the

    Sebaskachu and the Mulligan; on the south side, the Kenamu, Kenemich and

    English are the principal streams flowing into the lake.

            The lowlands and the slopes of hills bordering Melville Lake and the

    other large bodies of water which drain into The Narrows or Melville Lake,

    such as The Backway, Double Mer, and Grand Lake, are more or less heavily

    timbered. The principal trees in the approximate order of their abundance

    are: black spruce, white or canoe birch, tamarack, balsam fir, white spruce,

    balsam poplar, yellow birch, and aspen poplar. Much of the spruce, both white

    and black, and the balsam fir is large [ ?] nough in many places for lumber.

    According to Kindle, black spruce in this district "probably reaches a greater

    average size than in Nova Scotia," and he mentions one measured on Kenemich

    River which was 9 feet 10 inches in circumference and appeared to be 100 feet

    high. The largest trees are found in the river valleys, those on the higher

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0419                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Melville Lake

    ground are smaller and best suited for pulwood. G. H. Desbarats, who made

    a survey of the Hamilton River region in 1947-48, estimates that a suffi–

    cient quantity of such timber is available in the vicinity of Melville Lake

    to support at least two large pulp and [ ?] paper mills.

            Electrical power, which can be generated at Muskrat Falls, on Hamilton

    River, about 18 miles in an air line from the head of Melville Lake; and

    immediate access to the sea, are advantage ages s which render this region an

    obv ious center for future industrial development. Sufficient hydrographic

    and meteorological information is not yet available to determine the length

    of the navigation season, which would probably be governed by a variety of

    factors.

            References:

            Kindle, E. M. Geography and Geology of Lake Melville District, Labrador

    Peninsula . Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No.141;

    1924.

            Desba [ ?] ats, G.H. Surveying on the Hamilton River, Labrador: Canadian

    Geographical Journal, Vol. XXXVII, No.5 (Nov. 1948).

    Labrador: Lake Michikamau



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0420                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    Lake (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LABRADOR: LAKE MICHIKAMAU

            Lake Michikamau, in western Labrador, Province of Newfoundland, Canada,

    is the largest lake in Labrador. Triangular in shape, its longest axis

    extends northwest and southeast, with its base at the southeast. The 54th

    parallel of north latitude cuts about midway through it, and the 64th meridian

    of west longitude bisects it the other way. Its greatest length is about

    80 miles, and its greatest width is about 25 miles. The mainpart of the lake

    is about 60 miles long, with a narrow bay extending for about 25 miles from

    its southeast corner. Its widest part is in its southern third, where islands

    are numerous beyond the shore line; in the northern part of the middle section,

    a long point and a line of large, high islands extend far out from the north–

    west side, contracting the width to six miles. Beyond this, to the northwest

    end, the average width is eight miles. The shore line is irregular, especially

    on the west side, and small ridges of drift form points behind which long,

    narrow bays run off. The lake receives a number of small streams on all sides,

    but none of any great size.

            The north shore is low and sandy, with shallow water extending far out.

    Boulders of red granite are scattered about the shore and in the water, and

    in some places are ranged in rows along the shore, having been pushed into

    position by the expansion of ice in spring. A small river enters the north

    end, the discharge from Little Michikamau Lake, 25 miles long, which occupies

    a continuation of the valley occupied by Lake Michikamau, from which it is

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0421                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Lake Michikamau

    separated by a long, narrow interval of drift. A ridge of drift-covered

    granite about 300 feet high, on the west side, extends northwest far beyond

    the north end of the lake.

            The east shore, for the first 20 miles from the north end, is also

    low, with bouldery points and reefs. A sharp, rocky ridge, 300 feet high,

    runs parallel to the shore, and about six miles distant. The interval

    between it and the lake is occupied by small lakes and swamps lying between

    low ridges of drift; and from there to the outlet, or for the next 30 miles,

    the shore is high and rocky, with deep water close in, and only a few small

    rocky islands along shore. Ten miles from the southeastern end of the main

    part of the lake, the Naskaupi River, the main discharge of the lake, flows

    out to the southeastward. The Naskaupi flows into Grand La k e (q.v.), which

    is drained into Lake Melville by Northwest River. From the discharge

    to the southeastern end of the main body of the lake, the shore is again

    low and sandy, with boulder-covered points and swampy land behind. A deep,

    narrow bay extends for about 25 miles farther to the southeast from this

    corner.

            The south end of the lake is very irregular and rocky; the water is

    shallow and dotted with many small granite islands. The country behind is

    broken by several ridges from 200 to 300 feet high. Another deep bay, into

    which flow two small streams, extends from the south shore.

            The country along the west side is broken by low ridges, with a wide

    interval of swampy land along the shore. The coast line is indented by

    deep bays, between wide, swampy points, fringed with boulders. For almost

    the full length of the lake, a wide fringe of islands composed of sandy

    drift that rise only a few feet above the water, follows the shore.

            Lake Michikamau occupies a deep basin that is evidently very ancient ,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0422                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Labrador - Lake Michikamau

    surrounded by rounded, Pre-Cambrian hills rising from 200 to 500 feet above

    the level of the lake. The hills are wooded for only about 200 feet above

    the water, their tops being covered with white lichens and small arctic shrubs.

    The outer islands and exposed points are treeless, and the trees growing on

    the more protected islands and shores are small black spruce and tamarack,

    with only an occasional clump of white birch on the lower slopes of the

    hills. The country behind is quite rough, rising in irregular hills from

    50 to 250 feet high.

            The water in the lake is very clear and cold, and the lake abounds with

    fish of which the principal species are, lake and brook trout, land-locked

    salmon, whitefish and pike.

            Reference:

    Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the Eastmain ,

    Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan and Portions of Other Rivers in

    1892-93-94-95. Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report,

    Vol.VIII, pp.lL-387L; 1895.

    Lake Laberge



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0423                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LAKE LABERGE

            Lake Laberge, 20 miles north of Whitehorse, is really an expansion

    of the Lewes River, although its size entitles it to be classed as a lake

    in its own right. It is slightly more than 30 miles long, and varies from

    a mile and a half to five miles wide, lying in an approximately north-and-

    south direction. It was named after Michael Labarge, an officer of the

    Collins Overland Telegraph Company (q.v.), but is probably best known to the

    general public as the scene of Robert W. Service's The Cremation of Sam McGee .

            The lake, which lies at an elevation above sea level of 2,050 feet, is

    horded nearly everywhere by hills or mountainous country, thez hills along

    its lower part, on the east side, rising abruptly 300 to 1,000 feet above the

    water, with white limestone summits. Farther up the lake, the mountains attain

    a height of 2,000 feet, but are not so striking in appearance as those lower

    down. On the west side, the hills gradually back from the shore to a height

    of about 2,000 feet and are wooded to their summits, but are not so noticeable

    as those on the opposite side. In the distance, to the back of them, is the

    Miners Range of mountains, so named by Dr. George M. [ K ?] D awson of the Geological

    Survey of Canada, in 1887.

            Ogilvie Valley, running northwesterly from the lower end of the lake, was

    evidently once the outlet by which the river emerged, although its drainage is

    now toward the lake. The river, on the other hand, seems to have broken through

    a range of hills to the northeast. Richthofen Valley, which joins the Lake

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0424                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lake Laberge

    Laberge depression near its upper end, just opposite the island of the

    same name, likewise bears off to the northwest. It contains Richthofen Lake,

    about 10 miles long, which is drained into Lake Laberge by Richthofen Creek.

    Leaf River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0425                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LEAF RIVER

            Leaf River, 295 miles long, in the northern part of Ungava Peninsula,

    in that portion of the Canadian province of Quebec now called New Quebec,

    flows in a northeasterly direction from its source near the east coast of

    Hudson Bay to its mouth in the southwestern angle of Ungava Bay. Like most

    of the rivers that drain the peninsula, its drainage basin is long and narrow,

    because it is hemmed in on both sides by parallel streams. On the south,

    the Stillwater River limits its drainage basin, the northern limits of which

    still remain unknown owing to the fact that the region to the north, between

    the Leaf and Payne rivers, has not yet been sufficiently explored to deter–

    mine its extent in that direction.

            Leaf River has its source in Minto Lake, 485 square miles in area, the

    southern shore of which touches latitude 57° N., and which lies between

    longitude 74° 35′ and 76° 25′ W. The main part of the lake is about 60 miles

    long by about 15 at its greatest width, its axis lying almost due east and

    west; joined on the north by a narrow opening, two long, parallel arms extend

    in the same general direction as the main portion of the lake. The northern–

    most of these continues northeastward for over 50 miles, more like a wide stretch

    of river g t han a lake; but since it is presumed to be without current it is

    taken to be part of the lake. A series of rapids marks the beginning of the

    river, which, at this point, has a width of about 5 400 feet and an average

    depth of 10 feet. For some distance below the lake, it flows th r oough a region

    of small rounded hills, with little clumps of dwarf trees here and the r e in

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0426                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Leaf River

    sheltered valleys. For the first 20 miles the stream is a succession of

    lake-expansions. Following this section, the river enters a region of

    granite hills 500 feet in height, flanking each side of a gravel plain about

    1,000 feet in width, down which the river meanders. Unlike most of the other

    rivers in the Ungava Peninsula, Leaf River does not tumble over any falls;

    but in one section continuous rapids occur for about nine miles. About 70

    miles from the coast, terraces along the granite valley walls, about 200 feet

    above the water, make their appearance, increasing to a maximum height of 250

    feet near the river's mouth. In its final 50 miles, the river averages 1,500

    feet in width, still bordered by granite hills from 400 to 500 feet high.

    Leaf River empties into rock-walled Leaf Gulf, or Leaf Lake, an arm of Ungava

    Bay with its longest dimension of 40 miles parallel to the Bay. It is

    separated from the latter by a narrow strip of rock, across which a narrow

    gap, not unlike that at Richmond Gulf, on the opposite side of the peninsula,

    communicates with the bay.

            Leaf River traverses an area that has been very little explored. In

    March and April of 1912, Robert J. Flaherty made a traverse with dog teams

    from Hudson Bay to its headwaters, thence downstream to its mouth. From his

    chart and written account most of the above information has been secured.

    According to Flaherty, the Eskimos were wont to hunt fresh-water seals in

    Minto Lake, and both lake and river are abundantly stocked with Atlantic salmon,

    arctic salmon, and whitefish.

            Reference:

    Flaherty, Robert J. Two Traverses Across Ungava Peninsula, Labrador;

    Geographical Revies, Vol. VI, No. 2 (August 1918).

    Lewes River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0427                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LEWES RIVER

            The Lewes River, southernmost tributary of the Yukon, in Yukon

    Territory, Canada, rises on the eastern flank of the Coast Range in

    latitude 59° 50′ N., longitude, 135° 08′ W., although some of its branches

    head still farther south. It flows in a generally northwesterly direction,

    through several considerable expansions into the lakes, and, after a course

    of 338° miles, joins the Pelly in latitude 62° 48′ N., and longitude 137° 25′

    W. The Lewes proper heads in a small stream rising i o n the eastern side of

    the divide which separates Canadian from American territory. It was the

    principal route of the stampeders to the Klondike in 1898 and subsequent

    years, and its valley provides the route for the White Pass & Yukon Railway,

    from Skagway, Alaska, 111 miles, to Whitehorse, Y. T. Except for the inter–

    ruption caused by Miles Ca n ñ on and the Whitehorse Rapids, comprising a dis–

    tance of three-and-a-half miles, it is navigable for boats or scows from

    Lake Lindeman, and for river steamers from Lake Bennett to its mouth. Until

    the completion of the railway in 1900, the part played by the Lewes River in

    supplying the transportation needs of Yukon Territory was a considerable one,

    a role it has continued to play below Whitehorse, although the airplane has

    since reduced the importance of steamboat transportation. Of the two rivers,

    the Pelly and the Lewes, which combine to make up the Yukon proper, the Lewes

    is considerably the larger, having an estimated discharge at its mouth of

    of 37,672 cubic feet per second under conditions of normal flow, although

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0428                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    its volume does not fluctuate as greatly as that of many of the other Yukon

    tributaries. This is because of the presence in its course of the lake–

    expansions referred to, which serve to hold the water during freshet periods.

    These lakes, however, also have the effect of delaying the opening of navi–

    gation on the river in spring until about three weeks after the Yukon and

    other streams farther north are free of ice.

            The Lewes River drainage area consists of about 35,000 square miles,

    part of which is in British Columbia and the rest in Yukon Territory. It

    is a relatively narrow strip, hemmed by the Coast Range on the west and by

    the drainage basin of its companion river, the Pelly, on the east. It extends,

    north and south, across four degrees of latitude, from 59° N., to 62° 48′ N.,

    and at its widest comprises six-and-a-half degrees of longitude, from 130° 30′

    W. to 137° W. It is mainly a mountainous region, with the highest mountains

    on its western flank, the foothills of the St. Elias Range. On the south,

    its [ ?] sources are in the northern outliers of the Cassiar Range, whose

    highest peaks are much lower than even the foothills of the Coast Range.

    On the east, its sources are in the Simpson Mountains, a local chain lying

    between the headwaters of the Lewes and the Pelly, probably a continuation

    of the granitic bath o lith which, farther south, gives rise to the Cassiar

    Mountains.

            The Lewes drainage basin contains practically all the lakes of any

    importance in the Yukon watershed. Kluane Lake is an exception, since it

    is drained by White River, but the latter reaches the Yukon only 90 miles

    below the mouth of the Lewes. Of these lakes, Lindeman, Bennett, Tagish,

    Marsh and Laberge may be termed river-expansions, while Teslin and Atlin,

    occupying parallel valleys farther to the east, are drained, too, by the Lewes.

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0429                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    The whole of the Lewes drainage basin is in excess of 1,555 feet above sea

    level, the elevation at the mouth of the Lewes. It follows generally the

    line of contact between the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Coast Range and the

    Paleozoic rocks of the Interior of Yukon Plateau, which has been produc–

    tive of most of the mineral wealth so far found in the region, and which

    holds most promise for the future. In addition to gold, silver, copper

    and coal indications are promising.

            The Lewes is commonly said to have its rise in Lake Lindeman, which

    is fed by streams flowing into it from the northeastern slopes of the

    mountains of the Coast Range, beyond the crest of which Pacific tidewater

    lies only a few miles away, although other tributaries originate farther

    from its mouth. Lindeman is a narrow mountain lake about five miles long

    having an average width of about half a mile, at an elevation of 2,170 feet

    above sea level. A small, rocky, rapid stream three-quarters of a mile

    long leads from the foot of Lake Lindeman to Lake Bennett, where, in Klondike

    days, most of the boats and rafts were built for the descent of the river to

    the goldfields. Lake Bennett is 25.8 miles long, lying almost north and

    south between high mountains. Toward its lower end an arm projects to the

    westward, and another arm, 2.7 miles long, which goes under the name of Lake

    Nares, connects Bennett with Tagish Lake on the east. Tagish Lake occupies

    a series of narrow valleys, between mountains, lying in a general northwesterly

    direction, but with many ramifying arms. Only its lower sixteen miles are

    included in the Lewes waterway system. Beyond the outlet of Tagish Lake the

    Lewes first appears as a river for five miles, although in places with a

    barely perceptible current. [ ?]

    It then widens into Lake Marsh, 20 miles long and about two miles wide, curving

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0430                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    slightly to the northwestward and occupying a broad, well-marked valley.

    Near the lower end of this lake, the McClintock River en d t ers from the north;

    and a short distance beyond, the Lewes River flows down a continuation of

    the same wide valley. This wide, well-marked valley continues in a north–

    westerly direction most of the 23 miles to Miles Ca n ñ on, where a local basaltic

    intrusion crosses, through which the river has been forced to cut a path for

    itself. This results in the only serious obstruction to navigation on the

    whole Yukon system. The river here contracts to about 100 feet in width,

    rushing between vertical walls from 50 to 100 feet in height. Miles Ca n ñ on,

    hetfirst part of the obstacles, is about five eights of a mile long, uninter–

    rupted by rocks or other obstacles. The water, however, pours through [ ?] with

    such force that upstream navigation is practically impossible, although

    scows and rafts have often gone through safely on the way down. Midway of

    the canon, the stream expands and seems to gather its forces for the next dash

    through the confining basalt. Then comes about two miles of very swift and

    rough water before the Whitehorse Rapids are reached. Here, while the river

    is not so constricted as in Miles Ca n ñ on, the current is as swift and the bed of

    the river is strewn with huge granite boulders, thus rendering navigation

    perilous in the extreme. Despite this the Whitehorse Rapids, where the worst

    part extends for about three-eights of a mile, were frequently run in the days

    of the gold rush, when time was one of the most important factors in the lives

    of the eager goldseekers or those who catered to their needs.

            The town of Whitehorse is on the left bank of the river about a mile

    below the foot of the rapids, and is now the effectual head of navigation on

    the Yukon system. During the summer months, steamboats ply regularly between

    Whitehorse and Dawson, 460 miles below. Whitehorse was an important center in

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0431                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    years of World War II, during construction of the Alaska Highway and the

    Canol Project. With the end of the war, however, it reverted to its former

    status of a town of but 500 people, although with several airplane services,

    the Alaska Highway, the White Pass & Yukon Railway and the Yukon River

    steamers all making it a principal point of call, its importance far out–

    strips what its relatively small population might suggest.

            The river, from Whitehorse to Lake Laberge, although curving slightly to

    the west, flows almost directly northward; about half way, it takes in the

    Takhini, coming from the southwest and draining the large and beautiful

    Lake Kusawa. Lake Laberge, 31 miles long and with a maximum width of five

    miles, is an expansion of the river, occupying a broad valley which, under

    the name of Ogilvie Valley, bears off to the northwestward beyond the lake's

    lower end. The Lewes, however, does not occupy this valley, which would seem

    to provide its logical channel, but cuts a narrow gash to the northeastward,

    and after flowing on this course for twenty miles, swings sharply to the east

    and southeast, continuing thus for seven miles to the mouth of the Teslin

    River. In this stretch it is a swift stream about 200 yards wide, running in

    places at the rate of six miles an hour. The Teslin River, a considerable

    stream, comes in at an acute angle from the southeast, after a course from

    Teslin Lake closely paralleling the Lewes. Hootalinqua is at the mouth of

    the Teslin River.

            From this point for a further 30 miles to the mouth of the Big Salmon,

    which enters from the southeast, the river follows a generally northerly

    course, with many sinuosities. Below the Big Salmon, the Lewes turns sharply

    on a course slightly north of west and continues so for 34 miles to the mouth

    of the Little Salmon, coming in from the northeast. Forty miles below on the

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0432                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    opposite side, the Nordenskiöld enters from almost due south. In its course

    from the lower end of Lake Laberge, to the mouth of of the Nordenskiöld, the

    Lewes describes a giant bow inclining to the eastward, and the latter repre–

    sents the string to the bow. In order to provide the easiest and most

    direct route, the road from Dawson to Whitehorse leaves the Lewes Valley

    at this point and turns up the Nordenskiöld. From the head of the latter,

    it crosses to a branch of the Takhini, which takes it back to the Lewes a

    few miles below Whitehorse.

            Below the Little Salmon, the river widens considerably and the current

    slackens, but before the mouth of the Nordenskiöld is reached it becomes

    much more tortuous and the current quickens. Tantalus Butte, a well-known

    landmark, is passed at this point where the river also repeatedly twists

    back upon itself in its course. Here, extensive deposits of high-grade

    bituminous coal have been discovered which have been mined for half a century.

    Just below the Nordenskiöld, the river swings sharply to the north, running

    in that direction for about 15 miles, to Five Fingers Rapids, where a con–

    glomerate dike crossing the course of the stream has been so cut by the river

    as to leave isolated pinnacles of rock standing like the piers of an abandoned

    bridge. They do not, however, offer any serious impediment to transportation

    but provide an added feature of interest for the traveler; in summer this

    stretch of the river is widely visite [ ?] by tourists who make the regular trip

    from Skagway to Dawson and return. Five miles below the Five Fingers Rapids,

    is Yukon Crossing, where the winter road from Dawson to Whitehorse crosses from

    the right to the left bank of the Lewes.

            From the Five Finger Rapids to the confluence with the Pelly is 55 miles,

    the river following a nearly straight course in a northwesterly direction.

    The current is swift, averaging about four-and-a-half miles an hour. The

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0433                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

    river here, where not broken by islands, averages about 150 yards in

    width. In the final five miles, it is thickly studded with islands,

    which in places increases its width from bank to bank to about a mile.

    Selkirk, near the confluence of the two rivers, established first in 1848

    and abandoned in 1852, was re-established as a community in 1898 and since

    then has maintained a mission church and two or three trading establishments.

            The discovery of the Lewes is due to the efforts of an officer of the

    Hudson's Bay Company, Robert Campbell, who was commissioned in 1840 by

    Sir George Simpson, Governor of Rupert's Land, to proceed northwestward

    from the headwaters of the Liard in the hope of finding a westerly-flowing

    river that might become a link in a Northwest Passage. Campbell reached

    the headwaters of a stream flowing in the desired direction, which he named

    the Pelly, after the governor of his company. He built a fort there which

    he called Pelly Banks, and in 1843 descended the Pelly to its confluence

    with a somewhat larger stream flowing in from the southeast, which he named

    the Lewes, after John Lee Lewes, Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay Company.

    Returning to Pelly Banks, he descended the river again five years later and

    began the building of a considerable post at the confluence of the two

    rivers, which he called Fort Selkirk, later abandoning Pelly Banks and

    conducting all trading operations from the new fort. The Indians with

    whom the Hudson's Bay Company traded had previously been in the habit of

    securing their supplies from other Indians living in the Chilkoot and

    Chilkat passes, which divide the headwaters of the Lewes from the Pacific

    slope. Consequently a considerable traffic up and down the river existed,

    but there is no evidence to show that Campbell ever carried on any explora–

    tion above the confluence of the Lewes and Pelly.



    008      |      Vol_XIII-0434                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

            The first white man to reach the Lewes from the coast by way of one of

    the passes through the mountains was a prospector named George Holt who,

    in 1878, accompanied by Indians, crossed either the Chilkoot of the White

    pass and followed the Lewes to the lower end of Lake Marsh, crossing by

    trail to the Teslin River, and subsequently returning to the coast by

    the same route. Holt's expedition was followed in later years by other

    parties of prospectors, few of them proceeding below the Big Salmon,

    although, in 1882, one party appears to have reached the mouth of the

    Pelly and ascended it for some distance. The Lewes was first surveyed

    in 1887, when two different surveys were made. One was by Dr. G. M. Dawson,

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, who followed in Campbell's tracks of

    47 years before up the Liard and its tributaries and down the Pelly. From

    the confluence with the latter, he followed the Lewes River to Lake Lindeman

    and from thence proceeded out of the country by way of Lynn Canal. His

    account of the river and its lake system is still one of the most complete

    that has been published. The same year, William Ogilvie, commissioned by

    the Canadian Government to determine the point at which the International

    Boundary crosses the Yukon River, ran a line from a fixed point at the head

    of Lynn Canal down the full length of the Lewes and on to the boundary.

            In 1883, Frederick Schwatka, U.S.A., floated on a raft with his party

    from Lake Bennett as far down the Yukon as the mouth of the Tanana, where

    they transferred to a native boat for the rest of the journey f t o the mouth

    of the Yukon. His account of the river may still be read with interest.

    Lakes Bennett and Marsh, the Nordenskiöld River, and many other points

    received their names from him; but his suggested name for the Big Salmon

    (D'Abbadie) was fortunately not adopted, although it is a pity that some

    other name more appropriate had not been suggested and established him

    or someone else.



    009      |      Vol_XIII-0435                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Lewes River

            When the gold fields of the Klondike lured the adventurous from all the

    world, the principal route to the diggings was by way of Chilkoot Pass and

    the Lewes River. It thus for a time because one of the most actively-traveled

    streams to be found anywhere. The White Pass & Yukon Railway, begun in 1898,

    and completed in 1900, for most of its distance follows the valley of the

    Lewes, and in consequence every foot of it was surveyed and mapped. Below White–

    horse, it is, of course, part of the scenic route to Dawson which thousands

    of tourists traverse every year. From Tagish, at the head of Lake Marsh, to

    Selkirk, at its mouth, the line of the Yukon Telegraph Service, operated by

    the Department of Public Works of Canada, closely follows the river, except

    for the stretch between the foot of Lake Laberge and Hootalinqua, when it

    follows the opposite side.

            The future of any part of Yukon Territory is bound up with the general

    development of the country. The Yukon is a long distance from the markets

    of the world, and any resources which it may have will need to be exceptionally

    rich to allow of profitable development. Two assets of the Lewes Valley, how–

    ever, stand out as possibilities when the general development of the country

    is accomplished; the copper deposits in the vicinity of Whitehorse and the

    bituminous coal deposits at Tantalus and other points along the river. These

    are already known; but since the river largely follows the line of contact

    between the granites of the Coast Range and the Palaeozoic rocks of the

    Interior Plateau, the prospects are favorable for a much greater and more

    varied type of mining activity when the time comes. One thing that might

    be predicted is that its beautiful lakes should some day draw to themselves

            pleasure seekers from all over the world.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N. W. T. and

    Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia 1887 ; Ottawa, 1898.

            Schwatka, F. [ ?] A Summer in Alaska ; New York; 1891.

            Ogilvie, W. Early Days in the Yukon ; Toronto, 1913.

    Liard River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0436                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LIARD RIVER

            The Liard River, in northwestern Canada, 570 miles in length, is one

    of the principal tributaries of the Mackenzie. It rises far west of the

    Mackenzie Valley in Yukon Territory, not far from Pacific tidewater; and

    after traversing a portion of southeastern Yukon, it crosses into British

    Columbia at longitude 128° 45′ W., looping down through the northern part

    of that province for over 200 miles, and again crossing the line where the

    boundary between Yukon and Mackenzie territories meet the British Columbia

    boundary (latitude 60° N., longitude 121° 20′ W.).

            In its upper reaches, it derives from two sources, the stream which

    carries the Liard name, rising not far from the source of the Yukon (Nisutlin

    River) in latitude 61° 15′ N. and longitude 131° 20′ W.; and the Frances,

    which might perhaps have been considered the main river, source of which

    is near the divide leading to the Yukon (Pelly) watershed. Its farthest

    source is Finlayson Lake, which is drained by Finlayson River into Frances Lake

    and from that lake into Frances River, which flows southward to join the main

    branch of the Liard a short distance before it crosses the line into British

    Columbia. The Liard receives a number of tributaries in its course, the

    Hyland, Coal, Smith, Beaver and South Nahanni being the principal ones flowing

    in from the north, while the Rancheria, Dease, Turnagain, Rabbit, Trout, Toad,

    Fort Nelson and Petitot are the principal ones from the south. From its sources

    to the point where it cuts through the northern escarpment of the main range

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0437                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    of the Rocky Mountains, it is a rapid, tortuous stream; beyond that point

    its current slackens somewhat, but it is never sluggish as it flows through

    its wide valley across a flat country.

            The Liard's drainage basin extends through five degrees of latitude,

    from 57° N. almost to 62° N., and its branches interlock with those of the

    Yukon, Stikine, Skeena and Peace, while its waters are drawn from both sides

    of the Rocky Mountains.

            The river is navigable for small, flat-bottomed river steamers as far

    as the mouth of the Fort Nelson River; but above that point it is navigable

    for craft no larger than cances, and then only if innumerable rapids and

    falls are overlooked. In practically no part of its course, especially west

    of the eastern portals of the mountains, could progress be made upstream by

    paddling, and even poling is difficult, arduous labor.

            The Alaska Highway strikes the Liard at the mouth of prout River, cross–

    ing there to the north bank, which it follows at greater or less distance

    until near Lower Post, at the mouth of the Dease, it re-crosses the river

    and proceeds up the Rancheria River on its way to Whitehorse. The Northwest

    Staging Route also follows the Liard Valley along the same general course.

            Above the mouth of the Frances River, the Liard is narrow and swift,

    but after receiving the Frances its volume more than doubles and its valley

    expands to about two miles set in a wide rolling plateau some 500 feet above

    the level of the stream, rising in places to twice that elevation. The water

    in the main stream is turbid, with a yellowish tinge, while that of the

    Frances is much more clear; the two refuse to mingle for several miles.

    The valley generally is well wooded, the principal trees being spruce, black

    pine and poplar; the channel is filled with islands and sandbars; and the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0438                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    current is about four miles an hour. From the mouth of the Frances to the

    mouth of the Dease, a distance of 45 miles, the course is generally southeast.

            Thirty-six miles below the mouth of the Frances, the river rushes through

    a narrow canyon three miles in length, the lower end of which is approximately

    on the boundary between British Columbia and Yukon Territory. Six miles

    below, the Dease River comes in from the southwest; its source is within

    a few miles of the valley of the Stikine, which flows into the Pacific.

            Near the mouth of the Dease, the Liard is 180 yards wide, with a depth

    of six feet over about one-third of its width, giving it an estimated volume

    of 19,000 cubic feet per second. The Dease contributes about half that

    amount in addition. Below the mouth of the latter, the southeasterly course

    continues, the river averaging 250 to 400 yards in width, extending in places

    to more than half a mile. Many islands and sandbars are still the rule.

    Twelve miles below the mouth of the Dease, Hyland River, about 75 yards

    wide at its mouth, its water clear and sparkling, comes in from the north.

    Six miles beyond, the river makes an abrupt turn to the northeast and runs

    in that direction for 18 miles, almost touching the boundary again. For the

    first 12 miles of this stretch, the river is wide, with many islands; but

    it gradually contracts and the banks become steeper, while the current

    increases from four-and-a-half miles an hour to seven. This leads to what is

    known as the Little Ca n ñ on, about half a mile in length and at its narrowest

    not more than 200 feet wide, where at different times in the past a number

    of boatmen have been drowned.

            Below the Little Ca n ñ on, the river expands to over half a mile, con–

    tinuing so for three miles, after which it again contracts, followed by another

    canyon through which the river rushes with great velocity. These variations

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0439                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    in the width and velocity of the river are due primarily to changes in the

    nature of the formations through and over which the river runs; where it

    cuts through the rock, usually shales and sandstones and occasional beds

    of limestone, the river contracts, causing rapids or other obstructions.

    In the intervals, the banks are generally composed of silts, sand and gravel,

    where the current undercuts the banks and allows the stream to spread over a

    wider area.

            Below the canyon mentioned above, the Liard again widens out and, after

    rounding a bend, enters another southeasterly stretch, averaging 300 yards

    in width but closely confined by sloping banks through which it runs at a

    rate of five miles an hour. Bending south, it continues southerly for 12 miles

    and enters another canyon about 100 yards in length, where it contracts to not

    more than 150 feet. Below this, it spreads into an island-studded basin,

    contracting again to its usual width of 300 or 400 yards, and then runs

    eastward for five miles to Cranberry Rapids.

            Cranberry Rapids extend for about a mile and a half, with a stretch

    of comparatively quiet water about midway. In the upper portion of these

    rapids, the river-bed is filled with masses of rocks against which the current

    dashes with great force, Below the rapids, the river widens again, but the

    current remains strong. A short distance beyond this, Turnagain River,

    about 120 yards wide, comes in from the south. It drains a considerable

    extent of territory lying north of the headwaters of the Finlay, from which

    it is divided by Sifton Pass.

            Below the mouth of Turnagain River, the Liard turns north, and two miles

    farther on it reaches the Mountain Portage Rapids, where it tumbles over bands

    of shales extending for about half a mile. A short distance below these rapids,

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0440                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    Rabbit River, 200 yards wide, brings in a considerable volume of clear water

    from the south. Beyond this, for two miles, the river runs without obstruc–

    tions; and then, for a mile, it expands and contracts three times, producing

    ominous-looking whirlpools.

            Below Whirlpool Rapids, the river makes another bend and receives Coal

    River from the north; and then, running swiftly and smoothly, it rushes over

    the rapids at Portage Brule, which are about two miles long and where

    numerous rocks and small islands interrupt the course until near the lower end

    the river flows between high vertical cliffs.

            The stream proceeds without further interruption until Devil's Portage

    is reached. This rapid, despite its sinister name, is not so formidable an

    obstacle to navigation as many of the others and can be run with a canoe.

    Immediately below, the river, still running southeasterly, heads for what

    appears to be a gap in the mountains. The mountains here, however, have ended

    their 1,000-mile extent, which begins south of the International Boundary.

    Nevertheless, the river's path is not smooth; the mountains throw out rugged

    outliers, and in cutting through this escarpment the Liard meets with many

    obstructions. Shortly after it enters this region, Trout River, a swift,

    clean mountain stream, about 100 feet wide, comes in from the south, and

    with it the Alaska Highway to cross the Liar at that point. About half a

    mile from the river, on the north bank, are springs of sulphur water which

    comes from the ground at a temperature of 150° F.

            Below the mouth of Trout River, the Liard bends abruptly to the north,

    continuing in that direction for a short distance and then, turning east,

    runs with increasing swiftness between banks that quickly increase in height,

    eventually merging into the famed Devil's Canon. In its course through this

    canyon, the river makes a great bend to the northeast, and for the next 30 or

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0441                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    or 40 miles plunges through a succession of canyons and expansions known

    as the Grand Canyon. One, called the Rapids, of the Drowned, fittingly

    describes the whole series. Hell Gate marks the point where the river,

    boiling and churning in its passage through the mountain gorges, and having

    cut through the terminal spurs of the Rocky Mountains, debouches onto the

    plateau beyond. Nevertheless, before quiet water is assured, one more canyon

    is encountered, where the river flows for a mile through vertical banks 300

    feet high and about 150 yards in width. Shortly beyond this, the Liard re–

    ceives Toad River, coming in from the south.

            The river now runs in a northerly direction for about 30 miles. It is

    filled with islands and sandbars and varies in width from 500 yards to over

    a mile, with a steady current of four-and-a-half miles an hour, although the

    valley is narrow and trough-like. At the end of this section, the river is

    over a mile wide; and after suddenly bending at right angles, passes through

    a narrow gap and enters a much lower country, leaving behind a steep escarp–

    ment, running generally north and south with a height of over 1,000 feet,

    beyond which Beaver River enters from the north.

            Beyond the mouth of Beaver River, the Liard runs southeastward again,

    making a couple of bends before it receives the largest of its tributaries,

    the Fort Nelson River, which comes in from the south, where it and its branches

    drain a large territory extending [ ?] outhward almost to the valley of the Peace.

    Below the Fort Nelson, the Liard flows in an almost northerly direction, and

    then, bending to the northeast, continues in that direction as far as Fort

    Liard. In this stretch, it skirts the southern end of the Mackenzie Mountains,

    which, in a sense, are a continuation of the Rockies, although they differ

    geologically. The river is now a broad stream with many islands and sandbars,

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0442                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    running through a wide valley, which is well timbered, the trees consider–

    ably larger than those seen farther up. Petitot River, coming in from the

    southeast, enters at Fort Liard.

            From Fort Liard to its confluence with the Mackenzie, a distance of

    200 miles, the river flows generally northeasterly through the Mackenzie

    lowlands, with many channels, broken by numerous islands and sandbars,

    receiving in this stretch the South Nahanni, which comes in from the north.

    Within 30 miles of the Mackenzie, the Liard Valley deepens and gives the

    appearance of a wide canyon where for ten miles the stream breaks over a

    series of ripples. Before it finally joins the Mackenzie, it expands to

    a width of two miles, still filled with islands and sandbars.

            The Liard River, originally known as the Riviere aux Liards, from the

    abundance of cottonwoods along its banks, was first sighted by Alexander

    Mackenzie on his way to the Arctic Sea in 1789. Later, it became one of

    the routes of Hudson's Bay Company traders working their way westward and

    northward to the Yukon country. One of the first posts on the river was

    Fort Halkett, at the mouth of Smith River, from which, in 1834, John McLeod,

    chief trader of the Company, ascended the Liard to a point beyond 60° N.,

    where a tributary flows in from the north. He ascended it to the mouth of

    a branch coming in from the northwest which he then ascended to a small

    lake, naming the latter after Sir George Simpson, Governor of Rupert's Inland

    Land.

            Robert Campbell, also of the Hudson's Bay Company, acting under in–

    structions from Sir George Simpson, undertook the exploration of the upper

    Liard in 1840, in the hope of discovering a westward-flowing river. He

    turned up the tributary that McLeod had ascended to a lake which it drains,

    naming both after Lady Simpson, and then proceeded across the divide to the

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0443                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    headwaters of the Pelly, which, although he did not then realize it, was

    one of the sources of that westward-flowing river he was seeking. The

    Liard route was maintained for some years to supply posts established by

    Campbell on the Pelly and Yukon, but after Pelly Banks, [ ?] the post on

    the upper Pelly, was abandoned in 1850, supplies were brought in for the

    Yukon posts from Fort McPherson, at the Mackenzie Delta, by way of Rat,

    Bell and Porcupine rivers to Fort Yukon, at the mouth of the Porcupine.

    It was later revived by prospectors when mining activity in the Cassiar

    district of British Columbia was at its height, and some placer mining was

    done on the Liard and several of its tributaries, but its many canyons and

    rapids were against it as a traffic route. It was first surveyed in 1887,

    when Dr. George M. Dawson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, traversed

    its upper reaches from the mouth of the Dease at to its source in Finlayson

    Lake; and R. G. McConnell, also of the Survey, explored it from the Dease to

    its mouth. During the Klondike excitement in 1898, and for a few years

    thereafter, prospectors attempted to reach the Yukon goldfields by way of

    the Liard, but few [ ?] succeeded. Because of the difficulty of navi–

    gating the upper Liard, supplies for posts on the Dease and other tribu–

    taries of the Liard west of the mountains have generally been brought in

    from the Pacific by way of the Stikine River. In its lower reaches, however,

    it is navigable for river steamers to the mouth of the Fort Nelson River,

    274 miles above its confluence with the Mackenzie, and the Fort Nelson is

    also navigable up to Fort Nelson, a further 126 miles.

            What the Alaska Highway and the Northwest Staging Route will do for

    the Liard country still remains to be seen. That it is well-mineralized is

    recognized; but not sufficient prospecting has yet been done to indicate

    whether its mineral deposits are sufficient in quantity or value to justify

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0444                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Liard River

    exploitation. In the lowland region between Fort Liard and the Mackenzie,

    a large extent of arable land exists which may some day provide homes for

    many people; but so far the vast area drained by the Liard remains prac–

    tically unpopulated.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N.W.T .

    and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 .

    Ottawa: 1898.

            ----. The New North-West . Toronto: 1947.

            Burpee, Lawrence J. The Search for the Western Sea. Toronto: 1935.

            Camsell, Charles and The Mackenzie River Basin . The Geological Survey of

    Malcolm, Wyatt Canada, Memoir No. 108; Ottawa, 1919.

    Little Abitibi River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0445                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LITTLE ABITIBI RIVER

            The Little Abitibi River, in northeastern Ontario, Dominion of

    Canada, is a tributary of the Abitibi River (q.v.), which itself is a

    tributary of Moose River (q.v.), through which the waters of both reach

    James Bay. The Little Abitibi drains a section of territory comprising

    about 1,800 square miles, north of Abitibi Lake, and flows into the Abitibi

    River from the east.

            It rises in Little Abitibi Lake, in latitude 49° 25′ N., longitude

    80° 30′ W., and follows a northwesterly course of about 100 miles to its

    junction with the Abitibi River. Little Abitibi Lake is the southernmost

    of a series of consisting, besides that lake, of Williston, Pierre, Mont–

    reuil and Harris lakes. The first three are connected by short stretches

    of river, but Pierre, Montreuil and Harris flow most directly from one to

    the other, as is characteristic of many lakes in the Canadian Shield regions

    of northern Canada.

            From three-quarters of a mile below the outlet of Harris Lake to within

    two miles of its mouth, the Little Abitibi River consists of a continuous

    series of rapids and falls. In a number of places, it narrows to a width

    of but a few yards, where the river rushes in a torrent for miles through

    steep-walled canyons.

            Some of these rapids and falls will doubtless one day be utilized for

    power. The lakes in its upper reaches are capable of providing a considerable

    storage-area, an important factor in any power development. Whether this

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0446                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Little Abitibi Lake

    power will be used in the appreciably near future will depend upon the need

    for power within a practicable radius. The most likely fields for such

    power are mining and pulp and paper production, both of which are indicated

    by the nature of the country.

            While the Little Abitibi River traverses an area underlain by the Pre-

    Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, these are so heavily covered by glacial

    drift that effective prospecting is almost impossible. This is probably the

    chief reason why no mineral occurrences of consequence have yet been discovered,

    although relative inaccessibility is another. The increase in the use of

    geophysical and similar scientific prospecting methods may, however, soon

    change this.

            The Little Abitibi River flows through a country which is fairly heavily

    timbered with black and white spruce, birch, Banksian pine and poplar. None

    of this timber is very large, but considerable stands suitable for pulpwood

    exist. These stands would be much more extensive had not large areas, within

    recent years, been overrun by fire. Nevertheless, a pulp and paper plant

    somewhere along the Little Abitibi River would seem to be a distinct possibility.

            Since the Little Abitibi River cuts across the eastern end of the Ontario

    Clay Belt (q.v.), its basin probably has good agricultural possibilities.

    The land would need to be cleared, however, and much would have to be done

    in the way of providing transportation facilities before settlement could

    be undertaken on any large scale. The country drained by the Little Abitibi

    River is therefore most likely to be one of the last portions of the Moose

    River drainage basin to be opened up. Important mineral discoveries in the

    region could, of course, radically change the situation at any time.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0447                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - Little Abitibi River

            References:

            Government of Ontario: Report of the Survey and Exploration of Northern

    Ontario, 1900 . Toronto: The King's Printer, 1901.

            Government of Ontario: Report of James Bay Forest Survey, Moose River

    Lower Basin. Toronto: The King's Printer; 1923.

    Little Buffalo River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0448                                                                                                                  
    (D. M. LeBourdais)

    LITTLE BUFFALO RIVER

            The Little Buffalo River, in southern Mackenzie District, northwestern

    Canada, drains an area lying between Peace River on the south and Great Slave

    Lake on the north, running almost parallel to Slave River on the east. It

    rises in a group of small lakes in 59° 30′ N., about 10 miles north of the

    source of the Jackfish River, which flows southeast into the Peace. Although

    its length is only 213 miles, its drainage area is limited.

            It drops 415 feet in its descent to the lake, but by far the greater

    part of the fall occurs at the point where it drops over the escarpment of

    the Alberta Plateau. Farther up, it is narrow, braided and sluggish and in

    its upper section is only 15 to 20 feet wide, broken by innumerable rapids.

            Rising in a region of muskegs and small lakes, the principal of which

    are Thultue and Conibear, it flows in a northeasterly direction till a short

    distance beyond the 60th parallel, near Salt River settlement, when it turns

    sharply and runs generally northwesterly to its mouth. Shortly below this

    point, it cuts through the escarpment, resulting in a canon where, after

    rushing in many preliminary rapids over a limestone bed, it plunges over three

    falls, five 5, 16 and 49 feet high, respectively. Below these falls, a winding

    canon, varying in width from 100 yards to almost half a mile, has been cut for

    about eight miles to Lobstick Creek, in which, at intervals along the bends,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0449                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Little Buffalo River

    spectacular limestone cliffs rise to more than 100 feet. The canon and the

    surrounding country are wooded with spruce, Banksian pine, poplar and aspen.

            The principal tributaries that enter the Little Buffalo from the west

    are the Sass, Klewi and Nyarling, all of which drain the northwestern part

    of the Alberta Plateau. The Sass and Klewi are small; the Nyarling, or

    underground river, is navigable for a considerable distance. Beyond 113°

    40′ W., it disappears at intervals in a subterranean channel. The lower

    reaches of the Little Buffalo are very beautiful, and such an authority as

    Ernest Thompson Seton, writing in 1911, declared that "the Little Buffalo

    is the most beautiful river in the world, except, perhaps, its affluent, the

    Nyarling." He also wrote that "the heavenly beauty of the shores, with virgin

    forest of fresh, green spruces towering a hundred feet on every side, or

    varied in open places with long rows of thick-set hedges of the gorgeous

    wild red Athabaska rose, made a stream that most canoemen, woodmen and natural–

    ists would think without a flaw, and with every river beauty in its highest

    possible degree."

            Much of the country through which the Little Buffalo runs has distinct

    mixed farming possibilities. It is now the home of the only wild bison herds

    in existence. In addition to salt deposits of unknown extent, its geological

    structure is considered favorable for the production of petroleum.

            References:

    Camsell, Charles. Summary Report ; Geological Survey of Canada; 1902.

    Seton, Ernest T. The Arctic Prairies; New York (revised ed.) 1943.

    Little Churchill River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0450                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LITTLE CHURCHILL RIVER

            From Lake Winnipeg to the lower Churchill River the route most commonly

    followed is down the Nelson River to Split Lake and thence by way of a series

    of lakes, streams and portages to the Little Churchill River. The latter is

    126 miles in length from its source in Waskaiowaka Lake to where it empties

    into the Churchill, about 105 miles from the shore of Hudson Bay.

            Leaving Split Lake, a portage is made from the head of a small bay

    running north from the Hudson's Bay Company's post on the lake. This portage,

    which is a mile and three-quarters long, leads to the shore of Fox Lake, a

    small lake forty feet above the Split Lake level. The course follows the

    stream that leads northward out of this lake two and a half miles to Assean

    Lake, which is about twelve miles long and an average of about a mile wide.

    From the eastern extremity of Assean Lake the course follows the Ouatawi

    River, small and crooked, a distance of fourteen miles to Ouatawi Lake, which

    is about three miles long by half a mile wide.

            From this point, five portages and four lakes are crossed in a total

    distance northward of six miles in a straight line to a bay of Waskaiowaka

    Lake. This lake is about sixteen miles long, with two expansions; the southern

    one, ten miles in length by five in breadth, is connected to the northern one,

    six miles long by four wide, by a short narrows.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0451                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Little Churchill River

            The Little Churchill River flows out of the northern end of Waskaiowaka

    Lake, and four miles down stream expands into a lake two miles long and one

    and a quarter wide. Three miles farther on, Beaver River, twenty-two yards

    wide, flows in from the northwest; and a mile below is the first portage,

    where a strong rapid with a total fall of seventy feet in a distance of about

    five hundred yards obstructs the course. In the next seven miles, two other

    portages are encountered, the longest measuring five hundred and thirty yards,

    with a total fall of fifteen feet.

            Six miles of swift current from this point leads to comparatively quiet

    water, where the river spreads out and forms many expansions and islands,

    leading to Recluse Lake, the last of the river's lakes and expansions. Below

    the outlet of Recluse Lake are two short portages, beyond which is a strong

    rapid that can be run, covering a total fall of twenty feet in a distance of half

    a mile. The last portage on the Little Churchill is two and a half miles below

    this rapid. From this point the river, following a generally northward course,

    is of a uniform width of about sixty-five yards and maintains a swift, smooth

    current until it merges with the Churchill. During its final reaches, the

    Little Churchill runs through a valley about six miles wide, flanked by clay

    hills rising to 300 feet above the river.

            References:

    O'Sullivan, Owen: Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1906.

    McIhnes, William: Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 30, 1915.

    Little Whale River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0452                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LITTLE WHALE RIVER

            Little Whale River, in Ungava District, now called New Quebec, in the

    Canadian province of Quebec, drains an area north of Great Whale River and

    south of the Stillwater-Clearwater watershed. It rises in Upper Seal Lake

    which lies across the angle formed by 58° N. latitude and 74° W. longitude.

    The lake is about 40 miles long at its greatest length and about 13 miles

    wide, tapering at both ends. The Canada Year Book gives it an area of 260

    square miles. The map, however, shows no details concerning other lakes that

    the river undoubtedly passes through on its way to the coast, nor of rapids

    and falls which with equal certainty obstruct its progress. Its mouth is in

    latitude 56° N., longitude 77° 30′ W. According to maps of the Geological

    Survey of Canada, it traverses near its mouth an area of rocks similar to those

    in the Ungava Depression, in which extensive mineral occurrences have been dis–

    covered.

            Reference:

    Department of Mines,

    Quebec: Extracts from Reports on the District of Ungava or

    New Quebec; 1929.

    Lockhart River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0453                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    LOCKHART RIVER

            The Lockhart River, in Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, drains

    a considerable area east and northeast of Great Slave Lake. It rises in

    MacKay Lake, latitude 64° N., longitude 111° 30′ W., at an altitude of 1,415

    feet above sea level and flows through a continuation of the great transverse

    valley of Great Slave Lake, into the eastern extremity of which it empties

    in latitude 62° 45′ N., and longitude 109° W., after a semicircular course

    of 300 miles composed mostly of lakes, one after another. The Lockhart River

    is a potential power source, in its lower reaches dropping about 700 feet in

    25 miles.

            MacKay Lake, out of which the Lockhart River issues, is about 60 miles

    in length, lying approximately east and west, except for its eastern end,

    which swings to the northeastward. The river, after leaving MacKay Lake,

    runs south for a few miles and then eastward into a series of lakes called

    the Outram Lakes, which lead to Aylmer Lake. This stretch of river and lake–

    extensions is 30 miles in length, in the course of which the river, in passing

    over a succession of granite ridges, drops about 200 feet. Aylmer Lake, with

    an area of 340 square miles, is shaped like an irregular L facing the opposite

    way, its outlet being at the southeastern angle, where the Thanakoie Narrows

    separate it from Lake Clinton-Colden, extending to the southeast. The latter

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0454                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Lockhart River

    is a great sprawling lake with an area of 253 square miles. Hitherto the

    chain of lakes and streams which composes the Lockhart River system has

    trended eastward and southeastward, but after issuing from the southeastern

    extremity of Clinton-Colden Lake, the river turns sharply to the southwest

    where, at Caribou Narrows, it cuts through a granite ridge and flows into

    Ptarmigan Lake, 16 miles long by two to three in width, lying slightly west

    of south. Below Ptarmigan Lake, the river passes through a series of expan–

    sions, joined by narrows in which rapids exist. In the 15 miles to Artillery

    Lake, the river falls 32 feet. Artillery Lake, about 55 miles long by about

    seven at its widest part, lies at an altitude of 1,190 feet, and from there

    to Great Slave Lake, a distance of only 25 miles, the drop in elevation is

    almost 700 feet. The most spectacular point is at Parry Falls, where the

    river makes a straight leap of 85 feet into a rocky cavern from 30 to 50

    feet wide.

            Lockhart River was first explored by Skr George Back while searching

    for Sir James Ross in 1833. From his headquarters at old Fort Reliance,

    near its mouth, he ascended the river and its connecting lakes, which he

    named. J. W. Tyrrell (q.v.), who followed him in 1900 on an expedition for

    the Geological Survey of Canada, makes some scathing references to Back's

    lack of accuracy. Tyrrell ascended the Lockhart River as far as the eastern

    arm of Clinton-Colden Lake, from whence he crossed the divide to the Thelon

    River. Other Canadian government survey parties have since done exploratory

    work in the region, but it is still very little known.

            References:

            Back, George: Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of Great

    Fish River and Along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in the

    Years 1833, 1834 and 1835 ; London; 1836.

            Tyrrell, J. W.: Annual Report ; Geological Survey of Canada; 1900.

    MacKay Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0455                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    [D. M. LeBourdais]


    MACKAY LAKE

            MacKay Lake, Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada, lying approximately

    along latitude 64° N. and between longitudes 110° and 111° 15′ W., north of the

    East Arm of Great Slave Lake, is the source of Lockhart River, which, after a

    circuitous route through several lakes, empties into the eastern end of Great

    Slave Lake. MacKay Lake, like the majority of lakes in the Canadian Shield,

    spreads over a wide area, extending into many long narrow bays, but its main

    axis is approximately east and west, except that its eastern extremity bends

    to the northeast. It is about 60 miles in length and lies at an altitude of

    1,415 feet. The Lockhart River issues from the eastern end of the northeastern

    extension of MacKay Lake.

            Around and south of Warburton Bay, at the southwestern end of MacKay Lake

    are rolling plains where the relief is less than 40 feet, with isolated rocky

    ridges rising to a height of about 120 feet. To the east, the ruggedness of the

    terrain is more pronounced, and the granite hills rise to a height of 200 feet

    or more. From a high observation point south of MacKay Lake, a confusion of hills

    stretches south, east and west, with lakes appearing everywhere in the valleys.

    The bare appearance of the rocky summits is relieved by vegetation in the valleys

    — grass in the lowlands and alders on the hillsides, with small spruce in shel–

    tered valleys and occasional clumps of larger trees. The country to the north is

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0456                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada - MacKay Lake

    practically bare of timber, such growth as exists being confined to willows and

    other small shrubs. Like the rest of the country, it is dotted thick with lakes

    of all size d s and shapes.

            MacKay Lake was first explored by George (later Sir George) Back, who, in

    1833-35, headed an expedition searching the Canadian mainland for the lost British

    explorer, Sir James Ross, who, however, reached England before Back himself returned.

            Economic prospects in this region are confined almost entirely to the possi–

    bility of securing gold or other valuable minerals from its rocks. In 1940-41,

    J. F. Henderson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, examined the geology of the

    MacKay Lake region and his report disclosed the presence of several bodies of sedi–

    mentary rock and two large bands of greenstone considered by him to be favorable

    for the occurrence of metallic mineral deposits. Owing to the relative inacces–

    sibility of the region, it is possible that development of any deposits that might

    be found would have to await the provision of better transportation facilities,

    which willprobably depend upon the ex g t ent to which the mineral possiblities of

    the Yellowknife district, about 100 miles to the southwestward, are developed.

            References:

            Back, George: Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the Great

    Fish River, and along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in the Years 1833 ,

    1834, and 1835 ; London, 1836.

            Henderson, J. F.: MacKay Lake ; Geological Survey of Canada; Paper 41-1; 1941.

    Mackenzie Bay



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0457                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    [D. M. LeBourdais]


    MACKENZIE BAY

            Mackenzie Bay, on the north coast of Canada, is the broad indnetation

    into which the Mackenzie River discharges. Its western portal is marked by

    Herschel Island, in approximately latitude 69° 30′ N., longitude 139° W.; and

    its eastern portal, 100 miles east-northeastward, is at the northern extremity

    of Richards Island, in latitude 69° 44′ N., longitude, 134[ 30′ W. At its

    southernmost point, in latitude 68° 52′ N., the Mackenzie River enters through

    its three main channels. The bay is cup-shaped, with its western side sloping

    at a wider angle than its eastern side. The former contains few indentations

    and few islands lie offshore; while the eastern side consists almost entirely

    of islands. Herschel Island, triangular in shape, and with an elevation of

    about 500 feet at its high t est point, is terminated at its northeastern ex–

    tremity by a hooked sandspit, and is about 10 miles at its greatest length by

    about half that broad; its southern extremity lies about two miles off the

    mainland. At one time it was an important whaling and trading center; for many

    years the Hudson's Bay Company maintained a post there; and it was also the

    headquarters of a detachment of Royal Canadian Mounted Police. Since the estab–

    lishment of Aklavik, midway up the Mackenzie delta, and Port Brabant, on the

    northeastern side of the bay, these two places have divided between them the

    business former l y tributary to Herschel Island.

            About 29 miles southeastward of Herschel Island, the Babbage River flows

    in from the south, emptying into the head of Phillips Bay, a shallow indentation,

    the western side of which is a narrow tongue of land extending north-northwest–

    ward called Kay Point, which has an elevation of about 200 feet. From the base

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0458                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie Bay

    of Kay Point, the shore of Mackenzie Bay continues southeasterly for another

    27 miles to Shingle Point, which consists mainly of a sandspit. Blow River

    flows in from the southwestward about midway between Shingle Po i nt and Tent

    Island, which lies off the mouth of the westernmost channel of the Mackenzie

    River, a distance of about 16 miles from Shingle Point. In this stretch are two

    shallow indentations, one on each side of the small delta thrown up by Blow

    River. Pitt Island, about four miles across in eachdirection, lies about 15

    miles north-northeast of Tent Island.

            Many islands are caused by the channels of the Mackenzie delta. Uniformly

    low, and criss-crossed by smaller channels, they belong to the delta rather

    than to Mackenzie Bay. Just to the west of the mouth of the Mid middle

    channel of the Mackenzie River, however, a group of islands lie within the bay.

    The nearest of these to the coast, from which it is separated by a narrow channel,

    is about 20 miles long, pear-shaped, and about nine miles wide at its widest.

    Its axis is in a northwesterly-southeasterly direction; and lying close to its

    western side is a long, narrow island, about five miles long by about a mile

    wide, neither of which seems to have a name. Extending northwestward from the

    extremity of the larger island, from which it is separated by a narrow channel,

    is Ellice Island, about 18 miles in length, also somewhat pear-shaped. Lying

    close to its northwestern extremity are two small islands, extending toward Pitt

    Island, from which they are separated b y a passage not more than three miles in

    width. To the eastward, between the middle and eastern mouths of the Mackenzie

    River, another group of islands extends northwestward from the coast. The nearest,

    apparently unnamed, is an irregular, narrow island about 16 miles long lyin [ i ?] g

    itself in a north-and-south direction. A group of smaller islands, including

    Kendall and Garry islands, lie to the northwestward; they are long and narrow,

    none greater than eight or nine miles in length. To the eastward of these,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0459                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie Bay

    Richards Island, the largest in Mackenzie Bay, about 50 miles long at its

    greatest length, extends approximately in a north-and-south direction. It is

    irregularly diamond-shaped, its southeastern side separated from the mainland by

    a narrow channel, which might be [ ?] considered an extension of the eastern

    channel of the Mackenzie, except that it is tidal and consists of salt water.

    The southern extremity of Richards Island is just opposite the mouth of the

    eastern channel; Pullen Island, about three miles long, about half of which con–

    sists of a sandspit extending to the northeast, lies off its northern extremity [ ?]

    Whale Island, about nine miles long by about two miles wide, lies close to the

    west side of Richards Island, slightly south of its middle part.

            Mackenzie Bay is generally shallow over a considerable part of its area,

    but beyond a line extending from Garry to Herachel islands the depth is said to

    be about 80 fathoms. In the main, the eastern part of the bay, as indicated

    by the presence of so many islands, is considerably shallower than most of its

    western part.

            While Alexander Mackenzie was the first to reach the mouth of the Mackenzie

    River, which he did in 1789, he did not proceed beyond the delta, and consequently

    did nothing to explore Mackenzie Bay. It was first explored in 1826 by Captain

    (later Sir) John Franklin when he proceeded westward from the Mackenzie delta and

    explored the coast of what is now Yukon Territory and a large part of the north

    shore of Alaska; while his associate, Dr. John Richardson, proceeded eastward

    along the coast to Coronation Gulf to the mouth of the Coppermine River, which

    he ascended to rejoin Franklin at Great Bear Lake. Seaward of the Mackenzie delta,

    is the Beaufort Sea, which once was the scene of extensive whal i ng operations based

    upon Herschel Island.

            Reference:

    Franklin, John, and Richardson, John: Narrative of a Second Expedition to the

    Shores of the Polar Sea, in the Years 1825, 1826 and 1827 ; London; 1828.

    Mackenzie District



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0460                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    MACKENZIE DISTRICT

            Mackenzie District is the westernmost portion of the Northwest Territories

    of Canada, bounded by Franklin District and the Arctic Ocean, on the north; Yukon

    Territory on the west; the provinces of Saskatchewan, Alberta, and part of

    British Columbia, on the south; and the District of Keewatin, on the east. Its

    boundaries consist of the crest of the M a ckenzie (Rocky) and Richardson Mountains

    on the west; the Arctic Ocean and part of Franklin District on the north; the

    102nd degree of west longitude, on the east; and the 60th parallel of north

    latitude, on the south. It comprises an area of 527,490 square miles, of which

    34,265 consist of fresh water.

            The southern and eastern boundaries, consisting of imaginary lines, cut

    across the slope of the land and do not constitute natural geographical divisions,

    such as the western and northern boundaries do. With the exception of the Liard

    River, all the principal rivers that go to make up the Mackenzie River come from

    south of the 60th parallel. On the east, the four large rivers that cross Keewatin

    District, the Kazan, Dubawnt, Thelon and Back, all rise within Mackenzie District.

    Even the western boundary, consisting though it does of high mountains, cannot

    confine the Mackenzie watershed within the limits of Mackenzie District, since

    the Liard and Peel rivers rise far to the westward of the mountains. Only the

    northern boundary, the Arctic Ocean, constitutes a fixed and constant boundary;

    where the ocean begins, the rivers, mountains and other geographical features must

    come to an end.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0461                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            The northern boundary of Mackenzie District begins at a point on the Arctic

    coast in latitude 68° 55′ N., longitude, 136° 05′ W., near the western edge of

    the Mackenzie River delta. The broad indentation into which the Mackenzie River

    flows, called Mackenzie Bay, is filled with islands, [ ?] especially on its eastern

    side, the largest of which is Richards Island, whose northern extremity is in

    latitude 69 [ 1 ?] ° 44′ N., longitude 134° 30′ W.

            From the easternmost channel of the Mackenzie delta, the coast trends north–

    easterly behind Richards Island to Cape Dalhousie, in latitude 60° 15′ N., longi–

    tude, 129° 10′ W., which is the end of a long peninsula separated from the mainland

    by the narrow entrance to the Eskimo Lakes. The latter extend southwesterly from

    the west shore of Liverpool Bay, which lies between Cape Dalhousie and Bathurst

    Peninsula, the next prominent point to the eastward. Liverpool Bay runs south–

    ward for about 60 miles, taking in, at its southern extremity, Anderson River, a

    considerable stream, which flows into the head of the bay from the southwest.

    Bathurst Peninsula, in latitude 70° 36′ N. longitude, 127° 30′ W., is, next to

    Boothia Peninsula, the most northerly point of the Canadian mainland; the Baillie

    Islands, a cluster of three, lie off its extremity. From Cape Bathurst, the coast

    swings sharply to the southeast, forming the western side of Franklin Bay, with

    Langton Bay at its southern end. Horton River, one of the principal streams

    entering the Arctic east of the Mackenzie, flows into the western side of Franklin

    Bay.

            Parry Peninsula, ending in a cape of the same name, forms the eastern coast

    of Franklin Bay. It is a high, narrow, rocky promontory, jutting northward from

    the mainland just east of the 125th degree of west longitude. Darnley Bay,

    about 35 miles across and extending south-southwestward for about 40 miles, lies

    on the eastern side of Parry Peninsula. The eastern shore of this bay is formed

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0462                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    by a broad promontory, facing northwestward, the northwestern point of which

    is bold Cape Lyon, and the northern extremity, a few miles to the northeast–

    ward, is Pearce Point, in latitude 69° 47′ N., longitude 122° 33′ W., where there

    is an excellent harbor. From Pearce Point to Keats Point, 17 miles, the coast runs

    approximately eastward, but here it swings to the southeastward, continuing in

    that general direction for 147 miles to the bottom of Stapylton Bay, which lies

    behind a northwest-southeast-trending promontory ending in two capes, the southern

    of which is Cape Hope. Beyond the northernmost of these, Cape Bexley, in latitude

    68° 58′ N., longitude 115° 59′ 58′ W., the coast again trends southeastward to

    Cape Krusenstern (latitude 68° 28′ N., longitude, 113° 55′ W.), which mark e s the

    southwestern portal of Coronation Gulf. About half-way between Cape Bexley and

    Cape Krusenstern is Bernard Harbor, which for some time was the base of the

    southern party of the [ ?] Canadian (Stefansson) Arctic Expedition, 1913-1918.

            The distance straight across from Cape Krusenstern to Cape Flinders, the

    western extremity of Kent Peninsula, in longitude [ ?] 109° W., which marks the

    southeastern portal of Coronation Gulf, is little more than 100 miles, but

    the distance, following the undulations of the shore, is several hundred miles.

    From Cape Krusenstern, the coast turns due south for 15 miles to Cape Hearne,

    and bends westward for about 30 miles, then again swinging south and around to

    the east to form the western end of Coronation Gulf. The Coppermine River,

    rising a short distance north of Great Slave Lake, flows into Coronation Gulf

    not far from its western end. At the river's mouth is the settlement of Copper–

    mine, with its trading posts, missions, detachment of Royal Canadian Mounted

    Police and radio station.

            The south coast of Coronation Gulf bends to the south in the shape of a bow,

    of which the 68th parallel constitutes the string. At Cape Barrow, just about

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0463                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    where longitude 110° crosses the 68th parallel, Bathurst Inlet cuts a gak gash

    in the coast extending about 135 miles southeasterly from a line between Cape

    Barrow and Cape Flinders. Hood River flows into Arctic Sound, an indentation

    just inside Bathurst Inlet on the western side, and Burnside River also flows in

    to the west side farther south, while Western River flows into the bottom of the

    inlet.

            Kent Peninsula, about 100 miles long and 30 wide at its widest, is an oddly–

    shaped piece of territory lying parallel to the mainland east of Coronation Gulf.

    It is attached to the mainland by a narrow neck of land at its eastern end, and

    is separated from the mainland by a narrow, irregular stretch of water which, at

    its mouth and eastward to a point where peninsula and mainland nearly meet, is

    called Melville Sound, and which farther eastward is called Elu Inlet. From

    Cape Flinders, the coast trends northeastward for 30 miles to Turnagain Point

    (longitude 108° W.), so-named by Sir John Franklin to mark his farthest eastern

    point in 1821. From Turnagain Point, the coast of Kent Peninsula trends east–

    northeast to Cape Alexander, and then, in a long sweep to the southeast, becomes

    the western part of Queen Maud Gulf. Midway along the gulf, the 102nd meridian

    marks the eastern boundary between Mackenzie and Keewatin districts.

            The waters lying north of the Coast thus delineated, are Beaufort Sea, from

    longitude 136° to 124°; Amundsen Gulf, from 124° to 118°; Dolphin and Union Strait,

    from 118° to 114°; Coronation Gulf, from 115° 50′ to 109°; Deast Strait, from 109°

    to 105°; and Queen Maud Gulf, from 105° to 102° W. Opposite Franklin and Darnley

    bays, the south end of Banks Island forms the north shore of Amundson Gulf;

    while stretching eastward from 119° to 111° W., the land opposite is the south

    shore of Vi t c toria Island.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0464                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            The coast eastward from the western boundary of Mackenzie District, across

    the face of the Mackenzie delta, is low, and continues generallyso till beyond

    Cape Bathurst, where the Melville Mountains begin. This range follows the coast,

    from five to ten miles inland, eastward for about 135 miles from Franklin Bay,

    at times approaching quite close to the shoreline. On the western side of Franklin

    Bay, cliffs of carbonaceous shale from 200 to 300 feet in height, smoldering

    underground, send up clouds of smoke and steam. At Pearce Point, the cliffs rise

    to a height of about 250 feet, and a rugged coast continues to the eastward. Cape

    Bexley stands out boldly, but beyond that the coast is again low to Cape Krusen–

    stern, where the cliffs are about 300 feet high. The western end of Coronation

    Gulf is high and rugged, but the coast becomes low again farther east. Cliffs

    are bold at the entrance to Bathurst Inlet, but die away as the inlet proceeds

    southward, Eastward along the coast of Kent Peninsula, with the exception of an

    occasional headland, the coast is low, continuing generally so to Queen Maud Gulf.

            Mackenzie District is comprised of three physiographic provinces, which

    extend parallel to each other from its southern boundary to the Arctic Ocean, their

    margins lying generally in a northwest-southeast direction. The easternmost province [ ?]

    consists of a [ ?] portion of the great Canadian Shield, which extends westward from

    Hudson Bay and embraces practically all of the adjoining Keewatin District. This

    area is underlain chiefly by rocks of [ ?] pre-Cambrian age. The oldest of

    these are assemblages of sediments and volcanics which are cut and surrounded

    by granitic and gneissic rocks which occupy by far the greater part of the region.

    Younger than most of the granitic rocks are local developments of sedimentary rocks.

    Adjoining this region on the west is an extension of the great depression that

    occupies the central part of the North American continent from the Arctic to

    the Gulf of Mexico, east of the Cordilleran chain, underlain chiefly by rocks of

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0465                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    Palaeozic age. The westernmost province consists of the Mackenzie and Richard–

    son Mountains, extensions of the Rocky Mountain chain, underlain chiefly by

    Palaeozoic and Mesozoic rocks.

            The Canadian Shield section comprises an area 350 miles wide at the 60th

    parallel, increasing to about 500 miles north of Great Bear Lake, and about 630

    miles in length at its greatest north and south dimension. Its western boundary

    follows Slave River from the 60th parallel to the southern shore of Great Slave

    Lake. Crossing the lake, it follows the North Arm, continuing northward along

    the line of riv e rs and lakes drained by Camsell River to the south shore of Great

    Bear Lake from that flowing northward, beyond which an area, not yet fully ex–

    plored, of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic rocks, borders the Arctic coast.

            It is a region of low relief, practically unbroken by hills rising much

    more than two or three hundred feet above the general level of the plain, some

    of which are of glacial origin, consisting of gravel or sand. Its chief

    characteristic is the innumerable lakes, ranging in size from mere ponds to

    such giants as Great Slave and Great Bear, although only the eastern portions

    of these lakes lie within the Shield. Connecting streams are usually short,

    broken by frequent rapids and waterfalls. Since its present level is the result

    of glacial action, the Shield is generally but thinly covered with the types

    of soil left behind by the retreating ice. Near the center of ice action, the

    movement was less than at the periphery, and consequently glacial detritus in

    such regions tends to consist largely of coarser materials, sand, gravel and

    clay, intermixed with boulders and angular fragments of rock. Farther from

    the center the materials have been more finely ground, resulting in the heavy

    alluvial soils of the Canadian plains. Local areas exist where every gradation

    between these two extremes can be found. Mainly, however, the chief characteristic

    of soils within the Shield is their sparseness.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0466                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            Only the southern and western edges of the Shield section are forested.

    The edge of the timber zone crosses the 102nd meridian in about latitude 63° N.,

    swinging northward along the upper Dubawnt and Thelon rivers, skirting the

    eastern ends of Great Slave Lake and Great Bear lakes and continuing down the

    vallcy of Horton River, northward to within a few miles of the Arctic Ocean.

    North and east of this line, the country consists of rolling, open country

    usually carpeted with a thick covering of vegetation, ranging from mosses and

    lichens on the upper parts of hills or on land where the soil is poor, to

    grasses and sedges where the soil is heavier. The latter constitutes the region

    that once provided pasture for millions of head of caribou, and still does to

    a lesser degree. In certain parts of the eastern portion of the district,

    musk-oxen also are to be found, but their numbers have been greatly reduced,

    not through inability of the land to support them, but because of the inability

    of the creatures to protect themselves against modern firearms.

            The line of contact between the pre-Cambrian rocks of the Shield and the

    Palaeozoic sediments of the lowland region has provided most of the minerals

    of economic value so far found. It is here that the gold of Yellowknife and

    the uranium ores of Great Bear Lake have been discovered. In the Palaeozoic

    rocks evidence of [ ?] oil has been found in a number of places and a commercial

    oil field has already been established at Norman Wells, on the Mackenzie River,

    just beyond latitude 65° N. In addition, coal and salt deposits have been found

    at a number of places.

            The lowland section occupies the area lying between the western edge of the

    Canadian Shield and the base of the mountains, varying in width from 300 miles

    at the 60th parallel to about 200 miles at latitude [ ?] 63° N., and narrowing

    still more farther northwest. The central feature of this region is, of course,

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0467                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    the Mackenzie River below Great Slave Lake, and the Slave River south of that

    point. The Mackenzie Lowland region is a continuation of the Alberta Plateau,

    which ends in an escarpment running parallel with Slave River as far as a

    short distance south of Great Slave Lake, swinging then to the westward and

    following the west bank of the Mackenzie River as far north as the Liard River,

    generally standing above the adjacent lowlands at an elevation of about 400 feet.

    Beyond this escarpment, the lowland section slopes gradually toward the Arctic

    with a grade of not more than five inches to the mile. Rising above the general

    level of the lowland are several ranges of hills or mountains, such as the Horn

    Mountains and the Franklin Mountains; Grizzly Bear Mountain and Scented Grass

    Hills, on the shores of Great Bear Lake; and the Reindeer Hills, lying to the east

    of the Mackenzie delta. The Horn Mountains, the southernmost of the above, lie

    north of the Mackenzie River between Providence and Simpson, and stand about

    1,000 feet above sea level, presenting a steep escarpment toward the river and

    a gentle slope to the north. The Franklin Range, on the east side of the river

    from near Wrigley to beyond Great Bear River, is considered to be an outlier

    of the Mackenzie Mountains. Rising out of the lowland as a wooded ridge, it

    continues northward in a series of round-topped hills, gradually increasing in

    height, until it terminates in Mount Clark, which lies about 8 or 10 miles from

    the river and rises to between 3,000 and 4,000 feet. Beyond Mount Clark, the

    mountains continue as a lower range northward beyond Great Bear River, which cuts

    a wide gap through it, where [ ?] Mount Charles rises to about 1,500 feet.

    Grizzly Bear Mountain, which dominates the peninsula between Keith and McVicar

    bays of Great Bear Lake, and Scented Grass Hills, forming the backbone of a

    peninsula on the western shore of the lake, represent aggregations of Palaeozoic

    rocks which have resisted the [ ?] action of the ice which has gouged out the

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0468                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    surrounding softer rocks. A number of smaller isolated knobs occur at various

    places along the course of the Mackenzie River. The well-known Rock-by-the–

    River-Side, near Wrigley, which rises about 1,500 feet above the water, is one

    of these; Bear Rock, which occupies the angle between Great Bear River and the

    Mackenzie, and Roche Carcajou, about 100 miles below Bear Rock, are others.

            The westernmost portion of the Mackenzie District, the Cordilleran physic–

    graphic province, is made up principally of two mountain ranges, the Mackenzie

    Mountains, extending from about 60° N., and the Richardson Mountains into which

    the former merge in latitude 66° N. These are but extensions of the great Rocky

    Mountain chain which forms the backbone of the continent. Where the Liard River

    cuts its course through its northern outliers, the Rocky Mountains proper come

    to an end, leaving only a spur to cross the river and die away in the plateau to

    the north. The Rockies are succeeded by the Mackenzie Mountains, which, however,

    are not exactly a continuation of the former, but lie about 80 miles [ ?] farther

    east than a line projected northward from the end of the Rockies. The Mackenzie

    Mountains continue to w where the Peel River causes another transverse break; and

    the mountains which toninue onward from there are known as the Richardson Moun–

    tains. These, however, are no more a continuation of the Mackenzie Mountains

    than the latter are an extension of the Rockies, since in each case features

    exist which differ from the those in the range farther south; but there is a closer

    resemblance between the Rockies and the Mackenzie Mountains than there is between

    the latter and the Richardson Mountains. The Richardson Mountains are lower and

    not so wide as the Mackenzie Mountains. At Fort McPherson, they have a width

    of about seven miles, while their highest peaks are not more than about 4,000

    feet above the sea. The Mackenzie Mountains, on the other hand, resemble the

    Rockies in general characteristics, and consist of a series of parallel ranges,

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0469                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    striking northwesterly in the southern part and almost east and west in the

    northern part. According to Joseph Keele, of the Geological survey of Canada,

    "they are the greatest mountain group in Canada and appear to consist of two

    ranges, an older western range, against the eastern edge of which a newer e range

    has been piled." Their highest summits are about 8,000 feet.

            As previously mentioned, the central feature of Mackenzie District is, of

    course, the great river which extends for 1,000 miles from the western end of

    Great Slave Lake inlatitude 61° N., longitude, 117° W., northwesterly to the

    Arctic Ocean in latitude 69° N., longitude 136° W. The [ ?] bulk of its waters

    comes from its great tributaries, the Athabaska, Peace and Liard, all of which

    have their sources far beyond the borders of Mackenzie District. Tributaries

    lying within the district are short, since the height of land on the east is not

    far from the Mackenzie Valley, while, except for the Liard and Peel, which cut

    through the mountain barrier at the south and north extremities of the district,

    respectively, all other [ ?] rivers flowing in from the west rise in the mountains

    and therefore are necessarily short. An exception is the South Nahanni, which

    rises in about latitude 63° N;, longititude 129° 20′ W., and runs southeasterly,

    cutting transversely across the ranges of the Mackenzie Mountains to flow into

    the Liard in latitude 61° N., longitude, 123° 50′ W. The Arctic Red River, at the

    opposite end of the Mackenzie Valley, is another exception; it, like the South

    Nahanni, flows parallel to the main course of the Mackenzie, only in this case,

    instead of flowing southward, the Arctic Red rises in about latitude 65° N.,

    longitude 130° W., and flows between parallel ranges of the Mackenzie Mountains

    until it breaks through into the lowlands at the head of the [ ?] Mackenzie

    delta in latitude 67° 30′ N., longitude 134° 20′ W. Between the South Nahanni

    and the Arctic Red, the many other tributaries that flow into the Mackenzie are

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0470                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    short. An exception is Keele River, which, with its tributary the Twitya,

    drains an extensive area between the Mackenzie River and the mountains at a

    point where the two are at their greatest distance apart. Great Bear River,

    draining the lake of the same name, and Hare Indian River, which drains an area

    northwest of Great Bear Lake, are the two principal tributaries of the Mackenzie

    on the east. Slave River, two-thirds of which is within Mackenzie District,

    flows between Lake Athabaska and Great Slave Lake, bringing the waters of the

    Athabaska and Peace rivers. At Fort Smith, just within the southern boundary

    of Mackenzie District, a gneissic spur extends westward from the Canadian Shield

    over which the Slave River drops in a series of heavy rapids extending for

    16 miles for a total drop of 125 feet. Its banks, 100 feet high at Fort Smith,

    gradually decrease in height and practically disappear before Great Slave Lake

    is reached.

            The Canadian [ ?] Shield section is drained by a number of important rivers.

    The Talton is the principal one in the southern part of the district. Rising

    slightly north of latitude 62° N., longitude 109° W., it flows by a circuitous

    route of 265 miles into the south side of Great Slave Lake, and drains an area

    of about 19,000 square miles. The Dubawnt, Thelon and Back rivers rise on the

    eastern slope of the interior plateau, near the height of land, and flow in a

    generally northeasterly direction. The first two, combining, discharge into

    Hudson Bay at Chesterfield Inlet, while the other , flows into the Arctic Ocean

    at Chantrey Inlet, in longitude 96° 40′ W. The Lockhart River, which rises near

    the source of the Back, after following a roundabout course through a series of

    lakes, empties into the eastern end of Great Slave Lake, its waters eventually

    finding their way to the Arctic Ocean through the Mackenzie River. Burnside River

    flows into the western side of Bathurst Inlet; and Hood River follows a parallel

    course a few miles farther north to empty into Arctic Sound.



    012      |      Vol_XIII-0471                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            The Coppermine River is the principal stream draining the Canadian Shield

    northward in the northeastern part of Mackenzie District. It rises within a

    few miles of the head of Back River, and after flowing through one lake after

    another, as is characteristic of rivers in this region, eventually achieve a

    more distinctly-defined channel. It follows a generally northwesterly course of

    525 miles and empties into the Arctic Ocean near the western end of Coronation

    Gulf. Several other large rivers drain into the Arctic. The first west of the

    Coppermine is Horton River, which has a length of about 200 miles, and flows

    northwesterly, passing east of the Melville Mountains and emptying into the west

    side of Franklin Bay. Flowing roughly parallel to the Horton, and draining

    a considerable area lying north of Great Bear Lake, the Anderson River, 465 miles

    long, flows into the bottom of Liverpool Bay.

            A short river, but one that is beginning to bulk very largely in importance,

    is the Yellowknife River, which flows southward draining a chain of lakes into

    Yellowknife Bay, on the east side of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake. It forms

    part of a canoe route to the Coppermine River from Great Slave Lake and traverses

    the famous Yellowknife gold mining area. Camsell River, a stream characteristic

    of the pre-Cambrian region, drains a large area of closely clustered lakes north–

    ward into Great Bear Lake. Dease River rises on the southern slope of the Copper–

    mine watershed and flows southwesterly into the southeastern extremity of Dease

    Arm, Great Bear Lake. South of Great Slave Lake, Hay, Buffalo and Little Buffalo

    rivers, although rising south of latitude 60° N., drain an extensive portion of

    the southern part of the District into Great Slave Lake.

            With such a proportion of its territory lying within the Canadian Shield,

    Mackenzie District is naturally a region of lakes. This would render it notable

    for its lakes a in any event, but when to these [ ?] are added such immense lakes

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0472                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    as Great Slave and Great Bear, it can probably be said that Mackenzie District

    contains a greater proportion of its area in lakes than is the case with any

    other areas in the world. Great Slave Lake, 11,170 square miles, is the fifth

    lake in size in North America, being exceeded only by [ ?] Superior, Huron, Michigan

    and its great neighbor, Great Bear Lake. Its greatest length is 348 miles and

    its greatest width (to the top of the North Arm) is 150 miles, with an average

    width of about 35 miles. It lies at an altitude of 495 feet above sea level, across

    the contact between the pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, on the east,

    and the Palaeozoic rocks, on the west. Receiving the waters of the Athabaska

    and Peace rivers through Slave River, it is the source of the Mackenzie River.

    At one time a southern arm corresponding to the North Arm opposite, extended

    for about 100 miles up what is now Slave River, but the latter has, in the inter–

    val, obliterated it by the accumulation of silt brought down from the great rivers

    to the south.

            Great Bear Lake, with an area of 12,000 square miles, is the largest lake

    lying wholly within the territory of the Dominion of Canada, and is exceeded on

    the North American continent only by Superior, Huron and Michigan. Its northern–

    most extremity is in latitude 67° N., and it lies between longitude 117° 30′ W.

    and 124° W. Its greatest length is about 170 miles, which gives no indication

    of its shape, which is somewhat in the form of an irregular swastika. It lies

    at an elevation of 391 feet above the sea, and although its greatest depth has not

    been ascertained, it is known to be in excess of 280 feet. Like its southern

    neighbor, Great Slave Lake, it lies across the contact between the pre-Cambrian

    rocks of the Canadian Shield, on the east, and the Palaeozoic rocks of the Mac–

    kenzie Lowland on the west, and its shores are influenced by these different

    types of rocks. Thus, in the east, its shores are bold and rocky, while in the

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0473                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: [ ?] Canada: Mackenzie District

    west they are generally low, but relieved in places by hills where the barder

    rocks in the Palaeozoic column have successfully withstood the shearing action

    of the glaciers.

            Lakes in the Mackenzie Lowland are much fewer in number than in the Canadian

    Shield section, and where they do occur they are usually shallow and often sur–

    rounded by swamp or muskeg. Most of these lie west and south of the western

    end of Great Slave Lake, such as Trout Lake, in longitude [ 120[ ?] 120° W., which

    is drained into the Mackenzie River by the river of the same name; Tathlina

    and Kakisa lakes, drainedinto the western extremity of Great Slave Lake by the

    Beaver River; and Buffalo Lake, drained by the river of the same name, also

    into Great Slave Lake.

            Of the lakes that lie within the Shield, Lac la Martyr, 840 square miles,

    lying in an east-west direction in latitude 63° N., between longitude 118° 15′

    W. and 120° 20′ W., is drained by the river of the same name flowing eastward

    into Marian Lake, an extension of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake. Hottah

    Lake, lying in a north-south direction in longitude 118° 20′ W., and cut about

    midway by latitude 65° N., has an area of 377 square miles. It is one of the

    chain containing many lakes drained into Great Bear Lake by Camsell River. Lac

    de Gras, 345 square miles, is the source of the Coppermine River, and lies in

    that area of lakes which provides the sources of the Back River, emptying into

    the Arctic in Keewating District, and the Lockhart, which is drained into the

    western Arctic through Great Slave Lake and the Mackenzie River. Aylmer Lake,

    340 square miles, is one of many lakes forming the Lockhart drainage system; while

    Nonacho Lake, 305 square miles, is one of the chain of Lakes of all sizes and

    shapes through which the Taltson River flows in its northwesterly course to Great

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0474                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    Slave Lake. Dubawnt Lake, 1,600 square miles, lies almost wholly within [ ?]

    Keewatin District, but the boundary between Keewatin and Mackenzie districts cuts

    across its western end.

            Because of its general rocky character, its thin, light soil and the nature

    of its climate, none of the Canadian Shield is suited to field crops. A great

    part of it, however, is covered with mosses, lichens, grasses, sedges and other

    forage plants; and since it was at one time the home of millions of caribou,

    which are but reindeer in the wild state, this region should some day, perhaps

    when pasturage resources elsewhere have become over-grazed, provide pasturage

    for vast herds of reindeer. At the time of writing, a reindeer reserve of 6,600

    square miles east of the Mackenzie delta, not far south of the Arctic Ocean, has

    been established by the Canadian Government. Here a herd of reindeer, bought by

    the government from Lomen Brothers, in Alaska, and driven overland to new pastures

    in Mackenzie District (where they arrived in March, 1935) have done very well.

    From these, it is possible, other areas in the Canadian north suitable for rein–

    deer grazing, which aggregate an immense territory, may be stocked.

            The mountainous part of the District, with the exception of small areas of

    valley or tableland, is also out of the question, of course, so far as field

    crops are concerned. The absence of [ ?] foothills also makes impossible the utiliza–

    tion of any of the mountain section for grazing. But, when it comes to the

    Mackenzie Lowland, the possibilities for agriculture are considerable. South of

    Great Slave Lake, west of Slave River, considerable areas of excellent agricul–

    tural land are to be found, especially along the Little Buffalo, Buffalo and

    Hay river valleys, where field crops could be raised successfully. In addition,

    considerable areas of pasturage for horses or cattle are available in this

    region, as is evidenced by the existence, west of Slave River, of the northern

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0475                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    half of the Wood Buffalo Park in which roam at large the last remnants of the

    great buffalo herds of the west. Extensive areas of possible agricultural land

    also exist in different parts of the territory bounded by the Liard River, on

    the west, the Mackenzie, on the north, and the Kakisa-Beaver River, on the east,

    extending south to the 60th parallel.

            At Fort Smith, which is almost on the 60th parallel, oats and wheat have

    been grown for many years, while all the usual varieties of garden produce as

    well as small fruits, such as strawberries and raspberries, do extremely

    well. In latitude 61° 15′ N., is a settlement called Brow's Farm, which con–

    sists of a clearing in the spruce forest of about 40 acres, of which about half

    is devoted to hay crops, principally alfalfa, which the owner raises to feed

    horses and cattle, and to supply such local market as has hitherto existed.

    At Simpson, which has been the site of a trading post for nearly a century and

    a half, good gardens have been cultivated and field crops raised during the

    greater part of that time; and similar conditions are found at each of the

    settlements along the Ma c kenzie River. At Good Hope, for instance, just south

    of the Arctic Circle, gardens have been cultivated for over a ce [ ?] tury, producing

    all the usual types of vegetables common to the north temperate zone. Similar

    conditions exist at Arctic Red River, in latitude 67° 30′ N., while at Aklavik, within

    the Mackenzie delta, gardens are cultivated and forage crops raised for the

    feeding ofdairy cattle.

            The average temperature at Good Hope for July is 60° F., which is much

    the same as that along the coast of New Brunswick, while in mid-June and mid–

    August, the average is about 54° F. The long period of sunlight in these lati–

    tudes results in rapid growth. The 55-degree summer isotherm, for example, runs

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0476                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    through the middle of Great Slave Lake and the west end of Great Bear Lake to

    Good Hope, where it swings west to the mountains. The winter climate, however,

    is governed more by latitude than is the summer climate, with the result that

    a decrease of temperature coincides with increase in latitude. This, however,

    is not an important factor in determing the agricultural possibilities of the

    District. What counts is the amount of sunshine in summer, and compared with

    Ottawa, for example, Simpson has an average of about three hours more sunlight

    daily for the three summer months. Precipitation is fairly uniform throughout

    the District, and is somewhat higher than obtains on the prairies of Alberta

    and Saskatchewan to the south. The total precipitation ranges between 15 and

    20 inches annually, and snow usually lies to a depth of about two feet, except

    in the mountains. The existence of permanent frost (permafrost) over a large

    part of the District also has a bearing on the supply of moisture for plants.

            The forest area includes practically the whole of the Mackenzie Lowland

    region to within a short distance of the Arctic Ocean. The varieties of trees

    consist only of eight, five conifers and three deciduous trees. White spruce

    ( Picea alba ), is the most important tree in the region, the principal one used

    in building and for general construction purposes. It can be found as far north

    as trees grow, and also extends tongues eastward along the valleys of streams

    into the otherwise treeless areas of the Canadian Shield beyond the general

    timber line. It grows best along the banks and on the islands in the streams;

    and even as far north as the mouth of the Peel, at the head of the Mackenzie

    delta, trees which grow to a height of over 100 feet and measure 18 inches on the

    stump are not uncommon. Black spruce ( Picea mariana ) is found together with

    white spruce, but it never reaches the same size and therefore its value for

    building purposes is limited. In some localities it is sufficiently plentiful

    018      |      Vol_XIII-0477                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    to become available some day for pulpwood. Banksian pine ( Pinus banksiana ),

    growing on sandy or gravelly ridges, is found generally throughout the Mackenzie

    Lowland, as far north as latitude 64° 30′ N. Temarack ( Larix americana ) is found

    everywhere throughout the Mackenzie Lowland, principally in the muskegs, as far

    north as trees grow. It does not reach sufficient size to be of value for

    building purposes, but since it is tough, it has many uses. Balsam fir

    ( Abies balsamea ) grows principally in the valleys of the mountain section and on

    the lower slopes of the mountains, but it is not as abundant as the other confers.

    Balsam poplar ( Populus balsamifera ), aspen ( Populus tremuloides ) and birch

    ( Betula papyrifera ) also extend over most of the region. The latter is an im–

    portant tree, with a wide variety of uses. It has the hardest wood of any tree

    that grows in the District, and is therefore useful for all purposes requiring

    a hard wood.

            The District of Mackenzie offers a variety of commercial opportunities.

    The first commercial undertaking was, of course, the fur trade. It was to the

    fur trade that the region owed its first exploration, and for over a century after

    the first traders arrived their posts constituted the principal settlements, and

    the fur trade provided the main occupation of its inhabitants, whites as well

    as natives. Most of the principal fur-bearing animals have for many years been

    plentiful over most of the region, such as the fox, beaver, marten, mink, lynx,

    muskrat, ermine and otter. At a time when the fur production of Canada was worth

    $5,000,000 a year, the Mackenzie basin (including some portions outside the

    present District) produced furs to the value of $2,000,000. While the greater

    part of the furs exported from the District are caught by Indians and Eskimos,

    about 20 percent of the total catch is the product of white trappers. The leading

    furs, in order of their greatest contribution to the total, are: muskrat, white

    019      |      Vol_XIII-0478                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    fox, beaver, ermine, red and cross fox, mink, marten and lynx. This order

    changes somewhat from time to time. The annual catch of muskrats in Mackenzie

    District at the time of writing is about 225,000 pelts. The beaver was once

    the chief fur animal in the territory, but it is early esterminated, and it

    has been found necessary to protect it by frequent closed seasons. A century

    ago the annual catch of marten was about 30,000 pelts, but it has since dropped

    to as low as 5,000, and lower; and consequently protective measures have also

    been necessary with respect to this animal. It is likely that Mackenzie District

    will always remain a fur-producing region; but as settlement increases and

    certain areas are given over to mining and other industrial purposes, the fur–

    bearing animals will naturally be driven from some of their previous haunts.

    There is no reason, however, to anticipate the extinction of any of the fur–

    producers if adequate conservation measures are continued. On the contrary - with

    proper conservation, there is no reason why most of these animals should not

    increase, since large areas of the District will probably always be more suited

    to wild life than to anything else.

            Until the development of the Yellowknife mining community began just before

    World War II, the principal inhabitants of Mackenzie District consisted of

    Indians and Eskimos, the former occupying the area extending northward as far

    as timber grows; the latter occupying chiefly the treeless regions beyond, especially

    along the Arctic coast. While the Indians have separated into a number of

    different groupings, not properly referred to as tribes, such as the Chipewyan,

    Slave, Dogrib, Nahanni and Hare, they all belong to the great Athapaskan com–

    munity. The Eskimos, likewise, over the whole of their territory, maintain an

    almost identical culture. They, too, have regional groupings, but essentially

    they are one people.



    020      |      Vol_XIII-0479                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            From the appearance of things at the time of writing, the greatest resource

    of the District would seem to be its mineral deposits. While the greater per–

    centage of Mackenzie District is underlain by pre-Cambrian rocks, a very large

    area consists of sediments of later deposition. The pre-Cambrian area consists

    mainly of granites and gneisses, with small areas here and there of older, highly

    metamorphosed rocks such as quartzite, slate, and sericite and chlorite schists.

    Also there are later sandstones that have beenintruded by basic igneous rocks.

    The wide stretches of granite and gneiss have so far not by themselves been

    productive of minerals of economic importance; but the older, much altered rocks

    and the more recent basic dykes, sills, and flows are often found to carry

    metallic minerals in commercial quantities.

            The sediments lying to the west of the pre-Cambrian region consist of lime–

    stones and shales of Devonian age, as well as shales and sandstones of Creta–

    ceous and Tertiary age. The Devonian limestones and shales form a broad belt

    stretching from the southern boundary northward nearly to the Arctic coast. In

    the southern part of the District, they are overlaid by Cretaceous rocks, and

    also toward the mouth of the Mackenzie. These later sediments also overlie

    the Devonian rocks in long stretches along the Mackenzie above and below Great

    Bear River and are exposed to the west and north of Great Bear Lake. Small areas

    Of Tertiary sediments are found at the mouth of Great Bear River and on Peel River.

    In the Tertiary sediments seams of lignite coal have been located at different

    points, while in the Devonian, petroleum has been found at a number of places,

    either seepages of by the drill.

            Following the discovery of light oils in Turner Valley, Alberta, in 1914,

    prospectors worked northward and an examination of various seepages in the

    Mackenzie River about 50 miles north of Fort Norman at a point where what is

    021      |      Vol_XIII-0480                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    now known as Bosworth Creek flows into the Mackenzie from the east, since known

    as Horman Wells. These leases were later acquired by Imperial oil Limited,

    Canadian subsidiary of Standard Oil Company (New Jersey); and in 1919 development

    was undertaken by Northwest Company, a subsidiary of Imperial Oil Limited.

    Theodore A. Link, then a young geologist in the employ of Imperial Oil Limited

    (now its chief geologist), was commissioned to proceed to Norman Wells to

    supervise the drilling of a number of wells. The first drilling was begun in

    1920 at a point near the site of the seepages at the mouth of Bosworth Creek.

    Drilling was by cable-tool rig; bedrock was reached under frozen glacial drift

    at a depth of less than 20 feet; and at 83 feet, a flow of fresh water was

    struck, below which the first showing of oil was encountered. This was in what

    came to be known as the Imperial formation, which at that point was 255 feet

    thick. Some oil was found throughout the entire thickness of this formation.

    Passing out of the Imperial formation, the drill penetrated what was called

    the Fort Creek shales, which also were oil-bearing; and, at a depth of 783 feet,

    drilling was discontinued because the flow of oil (rising at times 75 feet in the

    air through 6-inch casing) seemed sufficient for the moment. In 1923, this

    (Discovery) well was deepened to 1,025 feet, still in the Fort Creek shales, and

    a further flow resulted. In the next few years Northwest Company drilled five

    additional wells in various locations in the Norman Wells field, in all but

    one of which various quantities of oil were secured. In 1921, the Fort Norman

    Oil Company drilled a well about eight miles up the river from Imperial's Discovery

    well, but no oil had been secured when the well was [ ?] abandoned at a depth of

    1,512 feet.

            Since no market existed for oil in the lower Mackenzie at that time,

    Imperial Oil Limited capped its wells to await future developments. Then a demand

    022      |      Vol_XIII-0481                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    arose in an unexpected quarter. In 1930, Gilbert La Bine staked the Eldorado

    mine at the eastern end of Great Bear Lake and began the production of radium. The

    development of what became eventually a large mining enterprise created a need

    for fuel, which Imperail Oil Limited was able to supply. The company re-opened

    its wells and installed a small refining plant with a capacity of 850 barrels

    a day, which operated only in summer. Imperial's equipment was adequate to the

    need until the United States entered World War II, but that event changed the

    whole picture. Before the entry of the United States, the Canadian Government

    had completed the construction of a line of airports between Edmonton, Alberta,

    and Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, within eas e y reach of Fairbanks, Alaska; and

    shortly after the entrance of the United States, the U.S. Army built a highway

    through Canadian territory to Fairbanks. Soon both highway and airports were

    busy conveying war materials to Alaska and to the Soviet Union; but for this,

    oil [ ?] was required. Since tankers were not available to bring in supplies by

    way of the Pacific, a plan, known as the Canol project was evolved under which

    additional wells would be drilled at Norman Wells and a pipeline laid between

    Norman Wells and Whitehorse, where a refinery was to be erected to convert

    the crude oil into aviation gasoline and other products required. This neces–

    sitated the building of a pipeline thro u gh passes of the Mackenzie Mountains, a

    distance of approximately 600 miles, which was one of the most spectacular

    projects of the whole war, and built at an enormous cost. Following the end of

    the war, the pipeline was scarpped.

            When the Japanese were driven out of the Aleutians, and oil requirements

    in northern Canada and Alaska became less urgent, at the end of 1944, the drilling

    program was discontinued. Up to that time, 62 well had been drilled, of which [ ?]

    023      |      Vol_XIII-0482                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    56 were oil-producers. The drilling went far toward determining the extent of

    the Norman Wells field and established the fact that the oil-producing forma–

    tion consisted of coralline limestones. In addition to the drilling, an in–

    tensive prospecting program was undertaken. Early in 1942, arrangements were

    made to put 13 geological survey parties in the field, and these began a

    systematic survey of the Mackenzie valley from below Great Slave Lake to the

    Mackenzie delta. The parties were flown to their assigned locations by U.S.

    Army transport planes, and were serviced and supervised by airplanes. The

    geological examination of the Mackenzie Valley under the Canol Project was

    the most extensive and intensive project of its kind every undertaken anywhere.

    It was planned and directed by Dr. T. A. Link. While the Norman Wells field

    was the only one drilled, an immense amount of geological information was secured

    which will be of inestimable value to future generations engaged in the

    development of the great oil-bearing structures which were indicated by the

    survey as underlying the Mackenzie Valley. At many points, in addition to Nor–

    man Wells, strata of coralline limestone were found to exist in structural condi–

    tions favorable to the concentration and retention of oil.

            Before Gilbert LaBine staked the Eldorado claims in 1930, the general feel–

    ing among mining men and geologists had been that the most productive portion

    of the Mackenzie Valley would probably prove to be that underlain by Palaeozoic

    rocks, and much [ ?] of the attention of the Geological Survey of Canada and others

    had been directed to ward the examination of such areas, especially with a view

    to the securing of oil. At that time, the great Canadian Shield to the east–

    ward was largely unknown geologically, and such examinations as had been made,

    while indicating areas in which the prospects seemed favorable, had not disclosed

    much to encourage prospectors to undertake the expense and labor required for

    024      |      Vol_XIII-0483                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    its more intensive examination, particularly while more accessible regions else–

    where in Canada still lay untouched. Ia Bine's discovery helped to turn the

    eyes of the mining fraternity to the P re-Cambrian rocks on the eastern margin

    of the Mackenzie Valley. This led to important gold discoveries at Yellowknife

    Bay, on the west shore of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake, along the Yellow–

    knife River, and east and west of that stream. By the outbreak of World War II,

    despite high transportation costs, resulting in high costs of operation, five

    producing mines had been developed, and the town of Yellowknife was growing

    rapidly. The war forced the mines to discontinue production, and development

    generally was suspended until the end of hostilities; but since then the produc–

    tive area has been widely extended, many additional mines have been brought into

    production, and the field is believed by many whose opinion is worth while to

    become eventually the greatest in North America, while some even go much

    beyond that.

            Since the first days of the fur trade, the Mackenzie system of rivers and

    lakes has been the chief transportation route through the country, and the canoes

    of the traders constituted the first medium of transport. These were later

    supplemen t ed by heavier cargo boats, rowed or sailed down stream and tracked up–

    stream. Mackenzie District is, of course, dependent upon transportation facilities

    which extend beyond its borders to the south. In fur-trading days, the entrance

    to the District was by way of Methye Portage, leading from the Churchill River

    and a long series of waterways culminating in the St. Lawrence River at Montreal.

    River steamers operating on the North Sask [ ?] tchewan first reached Edmonton in 1875,

    and a few years later a road was [ ?] built north to the Athabaska River, 100 miles,

    to Athabaska Landing. [ ?] Thereafter, much of the traffic followed that route to

    025      |      Vol_XIII-0484                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    Athabaska Landing, down the river by boat or scow to Fort McMurray, where

    freight was transshipped to streamers [ ?] operating from there to the head

    of the rapids on Slave River, where a 16-mile portage was necessary, but below

    which, to the Arctic, no further interruption occurred.

            The railway reached Edmonton in 1891, which ended steamer traffic on the

    Saskatchewan, and also put an end to the Methye Portage route. When the railway

    reached the town of Peace River on the river of the same name in 1916, traffic

    bound for Mackenzie District went by way of the Peace, which was interrupted

    only once (at Vermilion Chute), which made it preferable to the Athabaska because

    the latter, in its upper reaches, contains many heavy rapids and could be navi–

    gated — and then with difficulty — only by small boats and scows. The Atha–

    baska came back into the picture, however, in 1921, where a railway from -

    Edmonton reached Waterways, on the Clearwater River, a few miles above its con–

    fluence with the Athabaska at Fort McMurray. The first steamer appeared on the

    upper Athabaska in 1884, and the first on the lower river in 1886. Since then

    steamers have been the principal transportation agency on the Mackenzie system.

            With the rapid development at Yellowknife, a highway became imperative and

    a road previously used only in winter time, from Grimshaw, on the Northern Alberta

    Railways, northeastward to the mouth of Hay River, a distance of about 400 miles,

    has been, by the joint efforts of the Alberta and Federal governments, converted

    into an all-year road. In winter, tractor-trains consisting of a caterpillar

    tractor drawing a number of 15-ton sleds and a caboose, operated between

    Grimshaw and Hay River settlement.

            The airplane first invaded the Mackenzie in 1921, and by 1926 an air mail

    service had been inaugurated. The discovery of the [ ?] Eldorado r mine in 1930, and

    the subsequent activity at Yellowknife, have greatly accelerated the use of

    026      |      Vol_XIII-0485                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    planes, both for fright and passenger transportation. At the time of writing,

    practically all airplane services from Edmonton to points in Mackenzie District

    are controlled by Canadian pacific Air Lines, which acquired and consolidated

    several separate lines previously operating out of Edmonton. Regular schedules

    are maintained to Yellowknife, Aklavik, Port Radium, Coppermine, and other points

    in Mackenzie District, the frequency depending upon the amount of traffic available.

            Any scheme of economic development is dependent upon power, and in this

    respect Mackenzie District is fortunately situated in having large quantities

    of potential hydro-electric energy, widely distributed over the country. To

    begin with, the rapids at Fort Smith, on the southern boundaryof the District,

    could produce from 200,000 to 500,000 horse-power. The Lockhart River, which

    flows through a number of large lakes suitable for water-storage, has a fall

    of 700 feet in its final 25 miles. At Alexandra Falls, on Hay River, the river

    drops 140 feet and at Louise Falls, on the same river, there is a further [ ?]

    drop of 52 feet. At White Eagle Falls, on Camsell River, a few miles south of

    Great Bear Lake, a head of 70 feet [ ?] could be secured, providing a maximum of

    10,000 and a minimum of 4,000 horse-power. Falls on the South [ ?] Nahanni, the

    Peel, the Coppermine and many others could, as required, contribute their quota

    of power.

            The first person of European descent to visit any part of what is now the

    District of Mackenzie was Samuel Hearne of the Hudson's Bay Company, who, in 1769,

    set out from Fort Prince of Wales at Churchill Harbor to investigate the reported

    deposits of copper on the river that has since been called the Coppermine. He

    made three attempts to reach his objective, the third of which was successful.

    His first attempt was begun on November 6, 1769, when he departed with a party

    consisting of two white men and a number of Indians, the latter of whom deserted

    027      |      Vol_XIII-0486                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    before the expedition had gone very far, and Hearne was forced to return to Fort

    Prince of Wales. Setting out again on February 23, 1770, with none but Indians

    in his party, although different ones from those on his first attempt, he spent

    all summer wandering about in what is now Keewatin District, following the hunt

    with his Indians, but making slow progress toward the Coppermine. The nearest

    he got was a point north and west of Dubawnt Lake, when his guides decided the

    season was too far advanced to admit of proceeding to the Coppermine, advising

    him to winter with them and defer the attempt until spring. When, however, his

    sextant was blown over by the wind and broken, Hearne decided to return to Fort

    Prince of Wales, and prepare for another attempt. This he did, reaching Fort

    Prince of Wales on November 25, 1770. Twelve days later, Hearne was off again,

    this time under better Indian auspices, following a more southerly course than

    previously. His party reached the present Mackenzie District when they crossed

    Kasba Lake on the ice. Continuing west by south, they had, by the beginning of

    March, reached Wholdaia Lake, near the headwaters of the Dubawnt River. From

    there they moved on slowly to Clowey Lake, where they were joined by upwards of

    200 Indians who proposed to join the expedition. Hearne now discovered that their

    purpose in doing so was to attack their hereditary enemies, the Eskimos. Leaving

    Clowey Lake, their course was almost due north; and on May 30, they reached

    Peshew Lake, where most of the women were left behind to follow at a more leisurely

    pace. On July 12, a branch of the Coppermine was crossed, and the following day

    they reached the main stream about 40 miles from its mouth. Here, scouts reported

    an Eskimo encampment some distance down the stream, which the Indians made prepara–

    tions to surprise; and then followed the massacre that has given the place its

    name — Bloody Fall. Following the massacre, Hearne descended the river to its

    mouth, a further eight miles, and then began the return journey. On this part of

    028      |      Vol_XIII-0487                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    the trip, he continued south by west between the Coppermine and Yellowknife rivers,

    reaching the north side of Great Slave Lake on December 24, 1771. Crossing the

    lake on the ice, he reached the south shore near the mouth of Slave River, which

    he ascended for about 40 miles, and then turned east, crossing the Dubawnt and

    Kazan rivers near their headwaters, and arrived at Fort Prince of Wales on

    June 30, 1772.

            The first of the fur traders to reach Mackenzie District — aside from

    Hearne — was Peter Pond, a partner in the Northwest Company who, in 1778, estab–

    lished the first fort in Mackenzie territory on the Athabaska River about 30

    miles above its mouth. The following year he dispatched two traders, c Cuthbert

    Grant and Laurent LeRoux, to Great Slave Lake to establish a fort there, which

    he probably visited himself. Pond was succeeded in charge of the Athabaska

    district in 1788 by an ardent young Scottish fur trader, Alexander Mackenzie,

    who established Fort Chipewyan on the south shore of Lake Athabaska and the

    following year descended the Mackenzie to its mouth, making the return journey

    in 102 days.

            In 1820, Captain (later Sir) John Franklin, accompanied by Dr. Richardson,

    George Back and Robert Hood, proceeded from Old Fort Providence, on the north

    arm of Great Slave Lake, on an overland trip to the Coppermine River and the

    Arctic coast. At Winter Lake, they erected a small structure which they called

    Fort Enterprise; and, in 1821, descended the Coppermine [ ?] and explored the

    Arctic coast eastward, including Coronation Gulf, Bathurst Inlet, Melville Sound

    and part of Kent Peninsula as far as Turnagain Point, in longitude 108° W. On

    the return journey, they ascended a river named after Franklin's Companion, Hood,

    as far as Wilberforce Falls, and proceeded overland to Fort Enterprise, enduring

    great hardship and privation before their destination was reached;in fact, they

    ver nearly starved to death.



    029      |      Vol_XIII-0488                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

            Three years after his return to England, Franklin was again in Mackenzie

    District, this time for the purpose of exploring the Arctic coast west of the

    Coppermine River. After spending the winter at Fort Franklin, at the western

    end of Great Bear Lake, Franklin and his party [ ?] descended the Mackenzie River

    to the head of the delta, where, at a spot since known as Separation Point,

    they divided. Franklin and Back descended the western branch of the Mackenzie

    and explored the Arctic coast westward for 374 miles. Richardson and a young

    naval officer named Kendall descended the eastern branch and followed the

    coast by boat eastward to the Coppermine, a distance of nearly 1,000 miles. He

    then ascended that river as far as a tributary now known as Kendall River,

    and from it crossed to the headwaters of Dease River and thence to Great Bear

    Lake, where Franklin shortly joined him at Fort Franklin.

            In 1833, George Back, now commander of his own expedition, reached the

    eastern end of Great Slave Lake to search for possible evidence of the fate

    of Captain (later Sir) John Ross, who had sailed into the Arctic four years

    before and of whom nothing had yet been heard. In prosecuting the search, Back

    proposed to descend the Great Fish River (now Back River) to the Arctic coast.

    That autumn he explored a number of lakes about the headwaters of the Lockhart

    River, one of which a mile north of Lake Aylmer, proved to be the source of Great

    Fish River. After wintering at Fort Reliance, near the mouth of Lockhart River

    at the eastern end of Great Slave Lake, Back, accompanied by Dr. Richardson,

    descended Great Fish River in June and July, 1834, and explored the Arctic coast as

    far east as Cape Ogle, the northeastern extremity of Adelaide Peninsula, return–

    ing up the river later in the same year, to spend another [ ?] winter at Fort –

    Reliance.

            Although exploration had been one of the conditions of the charter which

    030      |      Vol_XIII-0489                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie Distrit

    the Hudson's Bay Company had secured from King Charles II of England in 1670,

    very little exploration accomplished by the company, except for the journeys of

    Samuel Hearne. During the first part of the nineteenth century, the company

    was subject to considerable criticism because of this failure and, as a measure

    of justification, in 1837, dispatched one of its officers, Thomas Simpson, ac–

    companied by another officer, Peter Warren Dease, to Mackenzie District to conduct

    explorations. In that year, they explored west of the Mackenzie, spending the

    winter at the eastern end of Great Bear Lake, where they built Fort Confidence.

    The following June they ascended Dease River, crossed Dease River, crossed to

    the Coppermine and descended it to the Arctic coast, which they explored east–

    ward as far as Cape Alexander, returning to Fort Confidence for a second winter.

    In 1939, they returned to the Arctic by the same route as the previous year

    and succeeded in penetrating eastward as far as Rae Strait.

            In 1848, Dr. John Richardson, returning to Mackenzie District for the

    fourth time, descended the Mackenzie and continued eastward to the Coppermine,

    which he ascended, proceeding thence to Great Bear Lake.

            After Dr. John Rae had secured evidences of the fate of the Franklin ex–

    pedition of 1845 in Pelly Bay, east of i Boothia Peninsula, the Hudson's Bay

    Company, at the request of the British Government, dispatched James Anderson

    and James Stewart to make a fuller investigation of the scene of the last camp

    of the Franklin party. In 1855, they descended Back River and after having

    found further evidences of the fate of Franklin's men on Montreal Island in Chantrey

    Inlet, near the mouth of Back River, returned up that river later in the same

    year.

            With the transfer of Rupert's Land from the Hudson's Bay Company to the

    Dominion of Canada in 1869, responsibility for the exploration of the country

    devolved upon the Government of Canada. The first exploratory journey of any

    031      |      Vol_XIII-0490                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    consequence in Mackenzie District made under Canadian Government auspices was

    made in 1887 by R. G. McConnell (q.v.), who had accompanied Dr. George M.

    Dawson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, from the Stikine River, on the Pacific

    coast, to the confluence of Dease River (not to be confused with the river of

    the same name east of Great Bear Lake) and the Liard, descending the latter to

    the Mackenzie. In the following year, he made a geological survey of the river

    from Fort Smith, on Slave River, to the mouth of the Peel, and up Rat River to

    the Bell and Porcupine rivers, thence to the Yukon.

            The following year, William Ogilvie, of the Department of the Interior,

    reached the Mackenzie Valley from Yukon Territory by way of Porcupine, Bell and

    Peel rivers, and carried a survey up the Mackenzie to Great Slave Lake, thence

    up Slave River to Lake Athabaska, for the first time definitely fixing many of

    the most important geographical points in the country.

            In 1893, Dr. J. D. Tyrrell, accompanied by his brother James, portaged from

    the eastern end of Great Slave Lake, and explored the Dubawnt River from Wholdaia

    Lake to its confluence with the Thelon River, and explored the latter to its mouth

    in Baker Lake. During the summer of 1899, explorations were conducted on Great

    Slave Lake by Dr. Robert Bell and his assistant Dr. J. M. Bell; and in 1900,

    the latter explored Great Bear River and the northern and eastern shores of

    Great Bear Lake. After making a traverse to Coppermine River, he returned to

    Great Bear Lake and proceeded by way of a series of rivers and lakes from the

    southern shore of Great Bear Lake to the North Arm of Great Slave Lake. In the

    same year, Dr. J. W. Tyrrell explored the upper Thelon River, making a portage

    across from the eastern end of Great Slave Lake. In 1905, Charles Camsell made

    a reconnaissance of the Wind and Peel rivers from the Yukon side of the mountains,

    returning to the Yukon by an alternative route. In 1914, Camsell explored the

    032      |      Vol_XIII-0491                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    Tazin-Taltson river system from the source of the Tazin, a short distance north

    of Lake Athabaska, to the mouth of the Taltson in Great Slave Lake. Since then,

    many members of the Geological Survey of Canada have contributed to the explora–

    tion of different parts of Mackenzie District,culminating in the great amount

    of work that has been done in the region north of Great Slave Lake and in the

    vicinity of Great Bear Lake, as well as the extensive investigations that have

    been made in the Palaeozoic rocks of the Mackenzie Lowland.

            In 1908, Vilhjalmur Stefansson, accompanied by Rudolph M. Anderson, began,

    under the suspices of the American Museum of Natural History, New York, and the

    Geological Survey of Canada, an exploration of the Arctic coast of Canada,

    especially with respect to the way of life of the Eskimo peoples, and the fauna

    and flora of the region. The first winter was spent mainly along the coast

    west of the Mackenzie delta, and it was not till the fall of 1909 that Stefansson

    began what he considered his main work. In a general way, the existence of

    Eskimos between Cape Parry and Coronation Gulf was taken for granted, but no

    one, so far as was known, had ever visited them. Camp for the winter of 1909-10

    was established at LangtonBay, at the foot of Franklin Bay, but much of the time

    was spent in travelling about the country, up and down Horton River, to secure

    food for the paty party, which consisted, in addition to Anderson, of several

    Eskimos. In April 1910, Stefannson, accompanied by three Eskimos, set forth on

    a trip eastward along the coast to visit the unknown people, and early in May,

    near Cape Bexley, came upon the first groups of Copper Eskimos. After spending

    a few days with these people, Stefansson continued eastward to Coronation Gulf,

    and in June ascended the Coppermine River, and spent the summer in the vicinity

    of Dismal Lake, wintering on a branch of the Dease River, from which various trips

    were [ ?] made. The expedition remained another year along the Arctic coast

    033      |      Vol_XIII-0492                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    but no new territory in Mackenzie District was explored.

            The southern party of the Canadian Arctic (Stefansson) Expedition, 1913-18,

    spent the greater part of the time from the winter of 1913-14 to 1916 along the

    Arctic coast of Mackenzie District, where from a base at Bernard Harbor geologi–

    cal, geographical and ethnological explorations and studies were conducted.

            In addition to the above, a great deal of exploration has been carried on by

    private individuals, largely by airplane, in the search [ ?]

    for minerals. Accounts of most of these are unpublished and any contribution

    which they have made toward geographical discovery cannot yet be determined;

    but gradually the region is emerging from the mists that have for so long ob–

    scured it from all but the very few.

            Mackenzie District is administered by the Federal Government of Canada. On

    June 22, 1869, an act was passed by parliament entitled an "Act for the temporary

    government of Rupert's Land and the North-West Territory when united with Canada."

    A year and a day later, the imperial parliament at London transferred these

    lands to Canada, which have since been administered under the name, Northwest

    Territories. From time to time, sections have been removed to become new provinces

    or to be included in provinces already formed. Thus, in 1870, the province of

    Manitoba, considerably smaller than its present dimensions, was created; and in

    1905, the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan came into being, occupying all the

    territory between the provinces of Manitoba and British Columbia, from the 49th

    parallel to the 60th parallel. After various changes of boundary and jurisdiction,

    the Northwest Territories were divided into three districts, Mackenzie, Keewatin

    and Franklin, effective January 1, 1921, and their boundaries were set as they

    are today. Following the creation of the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan,

    a Northwest Territories Amendment Act was passed setting forth, among other

    033      |      Vol_XIII-0493                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    but no new territory in Mackenzie District was explored.

            The southern party of the Canadian Arctic (Stefansson) Expedition, 1913-18,

    spent the greater part of the time from the winter of 1913-14 to 1916 along the

    Arctic coast of Mackenzie District, where from a base at Bernard Harbor geologi–

    cal, geographical and ethnological explorations and studies were conducted.

            In addition to the above, a great deal of exploration has been carried on by

    private individuals, largely by airplane, in the search [ ?]

    for minerals. Accounts of most of these are unpublished and any contribution

    which they have made toward geographical discovery cannot yet be determined;

    but gradually the region is emerging from the mists that have for so long ob–

    scured it from all but the very few.

            Mackenzie District is administered by the Federal Government of Canada. On

    June 22, 1869, an act was passed by parliament entitled an "Act for the temporary

    government of Rupert's Land and the North-West Territory when united with Canada."

    A year and a day later, the imperial parliament at London transferred these

    lands to Canada, which have since been administered under the name, Northwest

    Territories. From time to time, sections have been removed to become new provinces

    or to be included in provinces already formed. Thus, in 1870, the province of

    Manitoba, considerably smaller than its present dimensions, was created; and in

    1905, the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan came into being, occupying all the

    territory between the provinces of Manitoba and British Columbia, from the 49th

    parallel to the 60th parallel. After various changes of boundary and jurisdiction,

    the Northwest Territories were divided into three districts, Mackenzie, Keewatin

    and Franklin, effective January 1, 1921, and their boundaries were set as they

    are today. Following the creation of the provinces of Alberta and Saskatchewan,

    a Northwest Territories Amendment Act was passed setting forth, among other

    034      |      Vol_XIII-0494                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    things, provisions for the administration of what remained of the Northwest

    Territoirires. This act provided for the appointment by the federal government

    of a chief executive officer called the Commissioner of the Northwest Territories,

    and a Council of not more than four members to assist him. This was modified in

    1921 to provide for the appointment of a Deputy Commissioner and to increase

    the membership of the Council to six. The Commissioner and members of the Council

    are usually all senior civil servants at Ottawa, generally headed by the Deputy

    Minister of the Department through which the Council is responsible to the Gov–

    ernment. For many years this was the Department of the Interior, and now is

    the Department of Mines and Resources. The Council sits at Ottawa, but an admini–

    strative center has been maintained at Fort Smith, and since much of the admini–

    strative work now concerns Yellowknife, [ ?] an office has also been established

    there, where mining claims may be recorded, miner's licences secured, and from

    where the enforcement of regulations concerning the operation of mines is controlled.

    The regular government departments at Ottawa, such as Health and Welfare, Agricul–

    ture, and any others concerned cooperate with the Council to provide such services

    as may come under their respective jurisdictions. For example, all medical

    doctors in the District, except perhaps, some now in Yellowknife, and those

    employed by mining and oil companies, are full-time employees of the Department of

    Health and Welfare, but serve as medical health officers for the enforcement of the

    sanitation and health regulations of the Council.

            According to the census of 1941, the population of the Northwest Territories

    consisted of 12,026 persons, of whom 2,248 were whites, 4,334 Indians and 5,404

    Eskimos, and consequently, with such a small and scattered population, there was

    little demand for much change in the administrative set-up. No community was

    sufficiently large to wish to incur the expanse of local government. But [ ?]

    since the development of gold mining in the Yellowknife district, and the estab-

    035      |      Vol_XIII-0495                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    lishment [ ?] of the town of Yellowknife, there has been a considerable amount of

    demand for a change in the system, especially for [ ?] representation in the House

    of Commons. The latter demand was met in part by the Redistribution Act of 1947,

    under which Mackenzie District will in future be represented in parliament by the

    member who formerly represented only Yukon Territory. It is inevitable, however,

    that as the population increases and other considerable communities grow up, the

    demand for provincial status will increase. At present, in the town of Yellowknife,

    tital to all land is vested in the Government and those requiring lots for business

    or residential purposes secure them on lease. The Government consequently maintains

    most of the services. For example, it has constructed a power project on Snare River,

    about 90 miles north of Yellowknife town, from which power is being distributed

    both to small consumers and to mining companies.

            Here and there a voice is raised in favor of the joint develoment of their

    adjoining territories — Yukon Territory, Mackenzie District and Alaska — by Canada

    and the United States, by the creation of a joint planning and administrative

    board to which should be given broad powers to provide for long-range planning

    and the execution of whatever plans are agreed upon. It is recognized that the

    methods by which the Canadian and American west were opened up are not applicable

    to the north, even if it were admitted that the plan followed in the case of the

    former was the best possible in the circumstances. It is realized that the

    opening of the north is a field where cooperative, large scale operations are

    the only ones likely to succeed, and that governmental agencies are the ones most

    capable of planning and executing them. An instance is the establishment of domestic

    reindeer in the northern part of Mackenzie District. The original herd of 2,370

    head which arrived from Alaska in 1935 was bought by the Government of Canada.

    The Northwest Territories administration supervises the main herd (which has more

    than doubled in the interval), the slaugh a tering of surplus animals, the distribu-

    036      |      Vol_XIII-0496                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    tion of meat to mission hospitals and residential schools, or for other purposes,

    the development of small herds under Eskimo management, and the training of

    Eskimo herders in order that the industry may continue as far as possible in the

    hands of the native population.

            On the other hand, there is pressure from interested parties to have the

    District, or sections of it, divided into large parcels and leased to mining

    corporations, each of which would be given a monopoly over the exploration and

    development of the mineals in its respective area. Already one such lease [ ?]

    has been granted to two corporations jointly — The Consolidated Mining and

    smelting Company of Canada Limited and Ventures Limited — covering an area of

    500 square miles in extent on the south shore of Great Slave Lake, where zinc–

    lead prospects are believed to be extremely promising. If the plans of the

    lessees materialize as formulated, a railway will be necessary, which presumably

    the lessees are prepared to build. A railway into Mackenzie District is required

    for its proper development, but those who feel that the planning and development

    of Mackenzie District and Yukon Territory should be carried out in conjunction with

    the planning and development of Alaska, are apprehensive lest the setting up of

    vested interests such as the above will prevent or seriously interfere with the

    co-ordinated development of the whole region. In their view, the time must

    come when a great international highway crossing these territories shall unite

    North America and Asia by means of a tunnel under Bering Strait. To those who

    think thus, all other considerations are subordinate in importance.

            References :

            Hearne, Samuel: A Journey from Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the

    Northern Ocean. Undertaken by Order of the Hudson's Bay Company, for

    the Discovery of Copper Mines, a North-West Passage, etc., in the Years

    1769-1772; with notes and introduction by J. B. Tyrrell; Champlain

    Society, Toronto, 1911.

            Mackenzie, Alexander: Voyages from Montreal, on the River St. Lawrence, through

    the Continent of North America, to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans in the

    037      |      Vol_XIII-0497                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie District

    years 1789 and 1793. With a Preliminary Account of the Rise, Progress

    and Present State of the Fur Trade of that Country . London, 1901.

            Franklin, John: Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in 1819-22 .

    London, 1823.

            ----. Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Shores of the Polar Sea in the

    Years 1825, 1826 and 1827. . Including the Progress of a Detachment to

    the Eastward by John Richardson . London, 1828.

            Back, George: Narrative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the North of the Great

    Fish River and Along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in the Years 1833 ,

    1834 and 1835 . London, 1838.

            Simpson, Thomas: Narrative of the Discoveries on the North Coast Effected by the

    Officers of the Hudson's Bay Company During the Years 1836-39. London,

    1843.

            McConnell, R. G.: Geological Survey of Canada, Reports, Vol. IV, 1888-89.

            Stefansson, V.: My Life with the Eskimo [ ?] , New York, 1913.

            Department of Naval Service: Reports on the Canadian Arctic Expedition , 1913-1918.

    Ottawa, 1917-28.

            Camsell, C. and Malcolm, W.: The Mackenzie River Basin. Geological Survey of

    Canada, Memoir No. 108, 1921.

            Stockwell, C. H. and Kidd, D. F.: Metalliferous Mineral Possibilities of the Main-

    land Part of the Northwest Territories . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Summary Report, 1931.

            Kidd, D. F.: Rae to Great Bear Lake, Mackenzie District, N.W.T. Geological Survey

    of Canada, Memoir No. 187, 1936.

            Bethune, W. C.: Canada's Western Northland: Its History, Resources, Population,

    and Administration , Ottawa, 1937.

            Lord, C. S.: Mineral Industry of the Northwest Territories . Geological Survey

    of Canada, Memoir No. 230, 1941.

            Finnie, R.: Canada Moves North, Toronto, 1942.

            Hume, C.S. and Link, T.A.: Canol Geological Investigations in the Mackenzie River

    Area, Northwest Territories and Yukon . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Paper 45-16, 1945.

            Dawson, C.A. ed.: The New North-West , Toronto, 1947.

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Mackenzie Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0498                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    MACKENZIE MOUNTAINS

            The Rocky Mountains are often thought of as the "backbone of the conti–

    nent," but, as as a matter of fact, they terminate far short of the extremity

    of North America. South of latitude 60° N., where the Liard River, on its way

    to join the Mackenzie River, cuts across the last outliers of their escarpment,

    the Rocky Mountains come to an end. Other mountains, different in some respects,

    continue the Cordilleran chain. The first of these are the Mackenzie Mountains,

    which are sometimes considered to be a continuation of the Rockies, but which,

    in fact, constitute an entirely different group of mountains. They run in the

    same general direction as the Rocky Mountains, but they are not a continuation,

    since their axis is about 80 miles farther east than a line projected northwest–

    ward from the terminal ranges of the Rocky Mountains would follow.

            The Mackenzie Mountains occupy a crescent-shaped area extending from latitude

    61° 10′ N., longitude 124° W., to latitude 65° 25′ N., longitude 135° 50′ W.

    They have a maximum width of about 100 miles. The Mackenzie Mountains fall into

    two fairly district parallel groups of ranges, the easternmost of which is called

    Canyon Ranges, and the westernmost, the Backbone Ranges. These mountains are dis–

    tinguished from the Selwyn Mountains, to the west, once considered part of them,

    by the fact that they are composed almost entirely of sedimentary rocks, while

    the Selwyn Mountains consist largely of metamorphic and intrusive rocks.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0499                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie Mountains

            The Mackenzie Mountains are cross-cut by two principal river valleys, in

    addition to many smaller ones. Keele River occupies a deep depression across

    the mid part of the mountains. Redstone River, [ ?] farther south, also cuts a

    deep and wide valley. The Canol Road (q.v.) crosses the mountains just north

    of the main portion of the Keele River valley.

            Except in one or two places, the Mackenzie Mountains rise abruptly from

    the Mackenzie Plain, presenting a steep escarpment through which tributaries of

    the Mackenzie River have cut deep canyons. Among the principal rivers cutting

    such canyons are the North Nahanni, Root, Redstone, Carcajou, and Arctic Red

    Rivers. These canyons have given the Canyon Ranges their particular name.

            The area covered by the Canyon Ranges may be divided into three sections.

    In the northwest, the mountains consist of a mass of ranges including small

    plateau areas. In the central part, from south of Mountain River to Redstone

    River, the principal features are plateau, on the summits of which remnants of

    old erosion surfaces are widespread. One of these plateaus is familiar to those

    who were engaged in the construction of the Canol Road as the Plains of Abraham.

    These plateaus form a tableland more than 6,000 feet high, composed of nearly

    horizontal strata in the central part of a broad anticline. In the south part,

    which lies south of Redstone River, the country rises and again becomse mountain–

    ous. South of Redstone River, the mountain ridges converge, thus narrowing the

    valleys and the Canyon Ranges as a whole to a width of about 15 miles at the west

    fork of Root River.

            Backbone Ranges comprise the eastern part, and form the summits of the Mackenzie

    Mountains. As a whole, they constitute a compact group, with few broad valleys

    and almost no plateaus or remnants of former land surfaces, such as [ ?] characterize

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0500                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie Mountains

    the Canyon Ranges. Peaks here reach a higher level than in the latter ranges,

    with an average height of about 7,000 feet. Near the northern and southern ex–

    tremities of the Backbone Ranges, the general level rises, and peaks of 8,000

    and 9,000 feet occur.

            A difference exists between northern and southern Backbone Ranges. In the

    north, the mountains are said to resemble a vast plowed field, in which uniformity

    of level and closely spaced ridges and narrow valleys are striking characteristics.

    The valleys of Snake and Arctic Red rivers cut great gashes across the main

    trend of the mountains. Farther south, the southern head of [ ?] Redstone River

    and the heads of Root and North Nahanni rivers have great U-shaped valleys with

    floors one and two miles wide, in which they have cut deep channels.

            Most of the rivers which rise in the Mackenzie Mountains originate in the

    Backbone Ranges, and, on their way to the Mackenzie River, cut channels through

    the Canyon Ranges. Some of these, however, draw part of their drainage from the

    slopes of Selwyn Mountains, which lie beyond the Backbone Ranges, to the west.

    On the other hand, none of the streams which flow into the Yukon River has its

    source in the Mackenzie Mountains.

            References:

            Keele, J.: A Reconnaissance Across the Mackenzie Mountains on the Pelly, Ross, and

    Gravel Rivers, Yukon and Northwest Territories . Geological Survey of

    Canada, Publication No. 1097, 1910.

            Bostock, H.S.: Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, with Special Reference to

    the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Memoir No. 247; 1948.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Mackenzie River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0501                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog.

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    MACKENZIE RIVER

            The Mackenzie River is one of the greatest in North America, the

    largest flowing into the Arctic Ocean. While the Mackenzie proper begins at Great

    Slave Lake, in latitude 62° N., and longitude 115° W., its sources lie much farther

    to the south and west. The Athabaska River, its most southerly tributary, rises

    near latitude 52° 30′ N., while another tributary, the Liard, rises beyond longi–

    tude 131° W., and the Peele, entering near its mouth, reaches almost as far west

    as the boundary between Alaska and Yukon territories. From the headwaters of the

    Peace, its longest tributary, to its mouth in latitude 69° N., is a distance of

    2,514 miles.

            The length of the Mackenzie to the Arctic Ocean from Great Slave Lake is

    1,056 miles, and it varies from half a mile to two miles in width over a large part

    of that distance, in some places extending to four and five miles. While its

    course swings through every point of the compass from southwest to east, it is

    mainly northwesterly, cutting diagonally across twenty degrees of longitude.

            The Mackenzie's principal tributaries, the Athabaska, Peace, Slave and

    Liard, are all great rivers in their own right; and its immense size is largely

    due to the contribution they make to its volume. With the exception of Great Bear

    River, draining the lake of the same name, which enters from the east 500 miles

    above the Mackenzie's mouth, and the Peel, its other tributaries are relativel

    negligible.

            Except for a break at the rapids, 16 miles long, on the Sla [ ?]

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0502                                                                                                                  
    EA [ ?] Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    at latitude 60° N., the Mackenzie and its northern tributaries, with Athabaska

    and Slave, are navigable for river steamers from waterways, end of railway

    transportation, on the Clearwater River, a tributary of the Athabaska, to the

    Arctic Ocean, a distance of about 1,700 miles, while the upper Athabaska is navigable

    for smaller steamers for over 300 miles beyond the Grand Canon, 90 miles above

    McMurray. The Peace is also navigable for the greater part of the distance between

    the foothills of the Rockies and its mouth, with one serious obstruction — at

    Vermilion Chutes — 220 miles from its mouth, where a drop of 30 feet occurs.

            First explored to its mouth by Alexander Mackenzie in 1789, the river

    which bears his name remained for over a century and a half but a fur-traders'

    highway, its principal settlements being the various posts of, first, the North–

    west Company and then the Hudson's Bay Company. Although a few far-sighted

    persons, notably Vilhjalmur Stefansson, have for some years been stressing the

    strategic importance of the Mackenzie as a highway to Asia, even World War II

    failed to impress the Canadian authorities with its great importance in this

    respect; and with the end of hostilities [ ?] what little recognition it had gained

    during the war seemed in danger of being forgotten. On the other hand, its

    importance as a local traffic artery was, however, increasing steadily with the

    growth of mining activity in different parts of the district.

            The Mackenzie drainage basin of 682,000 square miles is greater in

    area than some of the mighty empires of the past. Although not as large as that

    of the Mississippik, no other system on the continent can compare with it. The

    St. Lawrence, for example, no mean river itself, drains a territory of but 498,500

    square miles. The Mackenzie basin, at its greatest length is 1,350 miles long,

    900 miles wide at its broadest, and comprises three lakes which are [ ?] among the

    largest in the world, comparable only to those in the St. Lawrence basin.

            In comparatively recent geologic times, the greater part of the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0503                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    Mackenzie basin was submerged beneath the waters of the ocean. Then the land rose

    and the mountains which now form the backbone of the continent were upthrust. It

    comprises three distinct physiographic provinces: the Canadian Shield section on

    the east, a central plain section, and the Cordilleran section on the west.

            The Canadian Shield section, from 80 to 280 miles wide and about

    800 miles long, constitutes the western contact of the hard pre-Cambrian rocks

    of the Shield with the Palaeozoic sedimentary rocks of the central plain section.

    It slopes gently westward from the height of land, and also northwestward with

    the general contour of the country. It is fairly uniform in elevation, as is

    characteristic of the Shield, and has the pitted appearance given it by the pre–

    sence of innumerable lakes ranging in size from mere ponds to such giants as

    Great Slave and Great Bear, both of which lie partly within the [ ?] Shield and

    partly within the central plain section.

            Most of these lake depressions were caused by the gouging of glaciers

    when the country was being ground to its present level. At the same time, its

    new face was swept clean of all detritus except an occasional small terminal

    moraine with its typical nest of boulders. In the interval since the ice age a

    sparse layer of soil has accumulated which nourishes a fairly heavy — consider–

    ing the rockbound nature of the country — growth of trees, the principal of

    which are spruce, banksian pine and tamarack, with poplar, birch or willows

    wherever fire has once raged.

            So recent, form a geological standpoint, has been the action of the

    glaciers that the whole region, despite the age of its rocks, has a fresh-looking

    appearance. Marks of glacial reamers can plainly be seen on the surface of the

    granite; lake-bottoms are generally of relatively smooth rock, free of mud or mire,

    weeds or reeds. Beaches are usually rocky, with practically no sand or gravel

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0504                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada:Makenzie River

    anywhere. Connecting streams have rocky channels which they have not yet had time

    to cut down to a uniform level, and nearly all tumble fromone level to another,

    constituting the country a vast potential power house. Very often these streams

    connect lakes in series, like beads on a string. The water is clear and fresh; in

    most cases filled with fish.

            The central plain section is a continuation of the great depression

    that lies east of the mountains from the Gulf of Mexico northward. It extends

    the full length of the Mackenzie basin, and is from 200 to 400 miles wide. Topo–

    graphically, it falls into two main regions, a plateau region and a lowland

    region. The former occupies almost the whole area south and southwest of Great

    Slave Lake, and is a continuation of what farther south is called the Alberta

    Plateau. From the foothills, it slopes gradually toward the northeast, ending

    [ ?] in some places in an escarpment that overlooks the adjacent lowlands by about

    400 feet. Rivers like the Athabaska and the Peace have carved channels across

    the plateau from 800 to 1,200 feet below the level of the surrounding country

    where they first enter it, but diminishing in depth as they continue northeast–

    ward. The plateau is not uniform in elevation, but is relieved by other plateaus

    or ridges, some rising 2,500 feet above the general level.

            The lowland region extends northward from the plateau escarpment

    along both sides of the main stream, except when the mountains and another

    plateau region near the Mackenzie delta encroach upon it. Its general elevation

    is low. At the west end of Lake Athabaska it is 700 feet above the sea, sloping

    northwestward to the Arctic Ocean at an average grade of not more than eight

    inches to the mile. This region, too, is relieved in places by the emergence of

    hills or mountains, some rising to 4,000 feet; otherwise it is a flat plain,

    thickly forested with small spruce, tamarack and willow. Where drainage is

    poor, considerable areas of muskeg exist.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0505                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

            The Mackenzie basin is bounded on the west by the Cordilleran section, from

    20 to 200 miles wide, comprising the Rocky Mountains and their northern extensions

    the Mackenzie and Richardson mountains. The main ranges of the mountains do not

    at all points, however, form the western boundary of the basin. The Mackenzie,

    like a northern pine, has most of its branches on one side, the west; and, unlike

    any other river on the continent, draws its waters from both sides of the great

    Cordilleran upthrust. The Peace and Liard both rise beyond the mountains, the

    Liard reaching across part of northern British Columbia [ ?] into Yukon Territory

    to find its source within a short distance of Pacific tidewater.

            The Athabaska, the most southerly tributary of the Mackenzie, rises in that

    plexus of glaciers and high mountain peaks of the Rocky Mountains that also is

    the source of giant rivers that flow into the Pacific and Hudson Bay. It runs

    mianly northeasterly into Lake Athabaska, a distance of 765 miles, carving a

    deep, picturesque valley across the Alberta Plateau. Lake Athabaska, 195 miles

    long and with a maximum width of 35 miles, extends in a northeasterly direction

    from the mouth of the Athabaska River, entering near its western end.

            Slave River, which flows out of Lake Athabaska almost opposite the mouth

    of the Athabaska, flows northward 300 miles to Great Slave Lake. The Peace,

    abbut a mile wide at its mouth, empties into the Slave River about 30 miles below

    Lake Athabaska; and 71 miles farther down, an outlying spur of the Canadian Shield,

    cutting across the course of the stream, interrupts its placid course in a

    sixteen-mile series of rapids w ith a [ ?] drop of 125 feet, the only serious

    obstacle to navigation between the head of navigation on the upper Athabaska

    River and the Arctic Ocean. Great Slave Lake, 288 miles long and 60 miles wide

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0506                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: CanadaD: Mackenzie River

    at its widest, with an area of 11,170 square miles, ranks fifth among the lakes

    on the continent, being exceeded only by Superior, Huron, Michigan and its

    neighbor, Great Bear. It also lies in a northeasterly-southwesterly direction,

    Slave River flowing in about 100 miles east of its western end.

            About 1934, promising gold prospects, were discovered in the pre-Cambrian

    rocks on the west shore of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake, and during the next

    few years many thousands of claims were staked and several large mines were

    brought under production. The war held up development, but since its end pros–

    pecting and development have increased at an accelerating rate, and the town of

    Yellowknife (q.v.) had a population in 1948 of about 4,000.

            Hay River, 300 miles long, flows into the western end of Great Slave Lake,

    emptying into the wider part of the funnel through which the lake pours its waters

    into the Mackenzie proper, which here has its inception. Unlike most rivers,

    which begin as streamlets, the Mackenzie, having inherited the waters brought down

    by the Athabaska, Peace and their numerous tributaries, together with the water

    that has accumulated in its great lakes with their many feeders, is a mighty

    river from the start. Five to seven miles wide where it leaves Great Slave Lake,

    and filled with islands, it is still four miles wide fifteen miles below. Soon

    it narrows, however, to half that width, the current quickening to four miles

    an hour. At Pro [ ?] idence, on the north or east bank, 45 miles below the lake, are

    located a Hudson's Bay Company's post, wireless station, Royal Canadian Mounted

    Police post, and a Roman Catholic Mission, the latter, with its church, school

    and other buildings looking very much like its counterparts along the shores of

    the St. Lawrence.

            The river, hitherto flowing northwest, widens below Providence into what

    is known as Mills Lake, where Horn River, characteristically linking a chain of

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0507                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    small lakes, comes in from behind the Horn Mountains to the north. Shortly

    below Mills Lake is what was called the Head of the Line, because it was

    here that the towing line could be discarded by boats coming up the river.

    Below here, too, the banks close in; the river first turns southwest, then west,

    and [ ?] finally, just above the mouth of Trout River, which flows in from the

    west, again swings to the northwest. One hundred and fifty-six miles below

    Providence, the Liard comes in from the southwest, to pour its silt-laden

    flood into the clear water of the Mackenzie with which it will not merge for

    many miles. Just below the mouth of the L [ ?] ard, on the north side of a small

    island, is Simpson, established in 1804 by the Northwest Company, and for many

    years one of the most important of the Hudson's Bay Company's posts on the

    Mackenzie.

            The valley of the Mackenzie is not very well defined over most of the way

    between Great Slave Lake and Simpson. The river flows with a fairly swift

    current through a wide, flat plain, bordered on either side by low hills stand–

    ing a long way back from the water, its channel wide and broken by many islands.

            Seventy-five miles below Simpson, at the mouth of the North Nahanni, a

    change occurs in the nature of the country, the river strikes against the base

    of the Makenzie Mountains and flows within sight of them for several hundred

    miles. There, at Camsell Bend, the river is deflected from its northwesterly

    course to almost due north. The top of the escarpment is 2,000 to 3,000 feet

    above the plain, and the North Nahanni and Root rivers enter through narrow

    gaps in the escarpment face. Not only are mountains seen on the [ ?] west side,

    but soon a low wooded range rises out of the lowland on the east side and follows

    the river for about 200 miles, gradually increasing in height. This is the

    Franklin Range, named after Sir John Franklin, who first explored it.



    008      |      Vol_XIII-0508                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

            The river continues a northerly course until, 142 miles below Simpson,

    near Wrigley, it again swings off to the northwestward, continuing in that

    direction to just above Norman, where a sharp turn to the west occurs. After

    a few miles, the northwesterly course is resumed, continuing to the mouth of

    the Carcajou River and the Sans Sault Rapids, where the Mackenzie flows over

    a ridge of rock.

            At the site of old Fort Wrigley, 25 miles above the present post, the

    Mackenzie is about a mile and a half wide; but below this for 100 miles high

    hills press closely down on either side and confine the river to a channel only

    half a mile wide, where the current quickens to five miles an hour. The present

    Wrigley is almost opposite the Rock-by-the-River-Side, a perpendicular, round-

    topped butte rising from the water's edge to a height of 1,500 feet. About 80 miles

    below Wrigley, the river expands again and, until it shoots through the Ramparts

    325 miles below, is never less than a mile wide, frequently twice that width.

            Norman, almost on latitude 65° N., 162 miles below Wrigley, occupies a

    commanding position on the east bank of the river at the mouth of the Great Bear

    River. Bear Rock, a landmark visible for miles, rises from the river's edge to

    a height of 1,400 feet. A few miles above Norman, on the same wide of the river

    as the settlement, columns of smoke can be seen where seams of lignite coal are

    burning. Alexander Mackenzie reports having seen the fires when he passed in

    1789 and they have been burning ever since. The burnt-out fires leave a red

    pigment, which Indians use for paint.

            Fifty miles below Norman is Norman Wells, where Imperial Oil Limited is

    developing an extensive oil field. In 1920, two shallow wells were sunk by the

    Northwest Company, a subsidiary of Imperial, but were capped because no market

    then existed for the product. After the Eldorado mine at Great Bear Lake was

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0509                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    developed gasoline and fuel oil were produced from a small plant to supply the

    local demand. During World War II additional wells were drilled and the produc–

    tion enormously increased in connection wit h the Canol Project (q.v.).

            Thirty miles below Norman Wells, Roche Carcajou is seen rising above the

    river to a height of 1,000 feet. Looked at from a certain position, it seems

    to resemble a wolverine, hence its name. Twenty-five miles farther on, while

    the river is expanded to a width of nearly two miles, it suddenly seems to [ ?]

    end in a cul-de-sac, but turning to the east, and contracting to about 500 yards,

    it rushes between vertical walls of rock. The Ramparts, as this section is

    called, is an impressive sight, extending for seven miles. At the upper end,

    the limestone cliffs average about 125 feet in height, which increases to about

    250 feet toward the lower end. The Indians say that the river, tired of traveling

    on its belly so far, now turns on its side.

            Good Hope shows up next, on the right bank, about two miles below the

    Ramparts, its whitewashed buildings an inviting sight as they come into view.

    Because of its proximity to the Arctic Circle, its extensive gardens are always

    an object of special interest.

            For the next 125 miles, the Mackenzie, again on a northerly course, is never

    less than a mile wide and in what is known as the [ ?] Grand View, extends to

    about three miles. Then for about 60 miles the river flows westward between clay

    banks through a low flat country. When once the river has resumed its usualy

    northwestward course, its valley somewhat resembles a wide canon in the section

    known as the Lower Ramparts, or Narrows. Immediately below, is Arctic Red River,

    at the mouth of the river of the same name flowing in from the west.

            Twenty miles below Arctic Red River, the delta begins, extending 100 miles

    toward the ocean, although only about 70 miles wide because it is hemmed in be-

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0510                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    tween the Richardson Mountains on the west and the Reindeer Hills on the east. At

    the head of the delta, Peel River flows in from the west. Aklavik, the only place

    except Yellowknife of all those referred to here that has been established in

    recent years, is located on the Mackenzie delta, and is the farthest-north

    community on the river. Tuktoyaktuk is a settlement on the Arctic Coast, 187

    miles northeast of Aklavik, east of the Mackenzie delta, locally called Tuktuk,

    although, according to the Post Office Department, its name is Fort Brabant.

    Properly speaking, it [ ?] is not in the Mackenzie Valley, but it is reached chiefly

    by way of the river, and is a port of call for some steamers and airplanes handling

    valley traffic.

            While the Mackenzie frequently changes its course, it is not a meandering

    stream, and always appears to know where it is going. Although in low water

    slight rapids appear in one or two places, it is a deep river, with always plenty

    of water for navigation. Its variations in width and swiftness of current are due

    mainly to the fact that in its course it cuts through a succession of relatively

    hard dolomites and softer cretaceous formations. Unlike the Mississippi and

    the Fraser, its water is usually clear, due, of course, to the fact that its

    lakes act as storage basins. They also regulate its flow — which has been

    estimated at 500,000 cubic feet per second — and consequently the Makenzie does

    not show such great variations in the amount of water it carries at different times

    of year as do many other large rivers.

            The story of the fur trade comprises the greater part of Canadian history;

    over a large part of Canada it still remains a living link with the past. Most

    of the principal cities in Canada have grown up where furtraders built their

    stockades to barter for peltries with the Indians. The first transportation routes

    across the continent were blazed by furtraders; and from the fur trade was derived

    the first wealth the country ever knew.



    011      |      Vol_XIII-0511                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

            In 1670, not knowing — nor perhaps caring — that in 1493 Pope Alexander

    VI had divided the New World between Spain and Portugal, King Charles II of

    England, by a stroke of the [ ?] regal pen, granted to his cousin Prince Rupert

    and "Company of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay," "The

    whole trade of all those seas, streights and bays, rivers, lakes, creeks and

    sounds . . . within the streights commonly called Hudson's streights together

    with all the lands, countries and territories upon the coasts and confines

    of the seas, streights, bays, lakes, rivers, creeks and sounds aforesaid . . ."

            The English adventurers established trading posts on Hudson Bay; [ t ?] and

    Indians from far and near brought their furs to barter for such goods as the

    Company cared to give them; for the Company had a monopoly. Its nearest competitors

    were French monopolists operating out of Montreal, Three Rivers and Quebec, who,

    although they eventually extended their forts to within sight of the Rocky

    Mountains, were never a serious threat.

            When, however, Canada was ceded to England in 1763, the Company for the

    first time faced real competition. The relatively easy-going French fur–

    traders were succeeded by tough Scottish adventurers, in the fur trade not solely

    because they like the life, but because of the profits that could so [ ?] easily

    be made. Chief of these competitors was the Northwest Company, organized in

    1783 by Joseph and Benjamin Frobisher and Simon McTavish of Montreal. While

    nominally required to observe the chartered rights of the Hudson's Bay Company,

    the Northwest Company followed the trade wherever there was promise of profit.

    Not only did it offer competition within the territory specifically reserved

    to the Hudson's Bay Company, but it penetrated beyond to lands that drained into

    the Pacific and the Arctic.



    012      |      Vol_XIII-0512                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

            The Northwest Company attempted to gain official status in the regions be–

    yond the territory included in the Hudson's Bay Company's grant by offering to

    explore at its own expense "between the latitudes of 55 and 65, all that tract

    of territory extending west of Hudson's Bay to the North Pacific Ocean," in return

    for exclusive trade rights for ten years. Probably because of Hudson's Bay Company

    influence, the offer was not accepted by the British Government. Nevertheless, it

    was largely due to the efforts of the Nor'-westers that exploration was extended

    to both the Arctic and Pacific shores.

            In 1778, Peter Pond, a partner in the Northwest Company, built a trading

    post on the Athabaska River, about 30 miles above where it flows into the lake

    of the same name. Pond was a successful trader, and, although illiterate, had

    an active and inquiring mind. He was especially interested in exploration,

    and his map, [ ?] [ ?] based on his own explorations and information received

    from the Indians, a curious mixture of fact and fiction, was for years the only

    available one of the northwestern portion of the continent. He seems to have

    visited Great Slave Lake, although he probably did not reach the mouth of the

    river which drains it. He had heard of the river, however, from the Indians,

    and was convinced that it led to the western sea, for at that time the belief

    was still strong in many minds that a navigable waterway existed across the northern

    part of North America joining the Atlantic and the Pacific.

            [ ?] Pond's views, soon current among the furtraders, had a definite influence upon

    one of their number, young Alexander Mackenzie, [ hho ?] who, in October, 1787, succeeded

    him in charge of the Northwest Company's trade in the [ al ?] Athabaska Country. By

    this time knowledge was general of Cook's explorations along the Alaskancoast;

    and Pond had persuaded himself, and presumably Mackenzie, that Cook's River, so–

    called, was the Pacific outlet of Great Slave Lake.



    013      |      Vol_XIII-0513                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

            Mackenzie, after taking over from Pond, moved the post to a new location —

    on the south shore of Lake Athabaska — which he called Fort Chipewyan. It

    was soon to become the most important point in all the country west of Hudson

    Bay and north of the Missouri River, the center of the richest fur-producing

    region on the continent, half a million square miles in extent.

            Chipewyan was the terminus of a transportation system that reached one-third

    of the way round the world. Most of the trade-goods bartered to the Indians

    there came from England by boat to Montreal. The following winter they were

    gathered together at Lachine, on the St. Lawrence River, eight miles above

    Montreal, where they were securely packed in parcels of 90 pounds each. In

    the spring, when the ice had cleared from the inland lakes, birch-bark canoes

    capable of holding upwards of five tons each, and paddled by eight or ten men,

    were loaded with these parcels as well as with food for the journey. Up rivers,

    across lakes and over portages, the Voyageurs followed a course across the

    continent, arriving in October at Chipewyan.

            It was June 3, 1789, when Alexander Mackenzie, his new post built and things

    running smoothly at Chipewyan, set off in a birch bark canoe on what he fondly

    hoped was a voyage to the Pacific Ocean. His crew consisted of four French

    Canadians, two of whom brought their Indian wives, and another man referred to

    by Mackenzie as a German. He was accompanied, in addition, by an Indian called

    English Chief, with his two wives, who travelled in a small canoe; and, in

    another canoe, two young Indians engaged to act as hunters and interpreters.

            Mackenzie was not one to waste daylight, of which there was no dearth in

    those latitudes at that season of the year; and day after day his diary records

    the time of breaking camp as five, four, three and even two o'clock in the morning.

    Great Slave Lake was reached on the morning of June 9, but the lake was still

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0514                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    covered with ice, and it was not till June 29 that the journey down the great

    river actually began. On July 1, the mouth of the Liard was passed, and two days

    later camp was made at the foot of the Rock-by-the-River-Side, then called by its

    French name, Roche-tempe-l'eau . Two days later, they passed the mouth of Great

    Bear River, and without knowing it had travelled half way to the Ocean. On July 10,

    also without realizing it, they were at the head of the Mackenzie delta. That they

    had reached tidewater became evident three days later when they found their camp

    inundated by the sea.

            Mackenzie was a disappointed man. The r river upon which he had set such high

    hopes wasted itself in the Frozen Ocean; it was not to be a link in the long–

    sought Northwest Passage. For a century and a half Mackenzie's 'River of Dis–

    appointment,' as he called it, continued to roll on to the sea, providing a high–

    way mainly for those who were eager to secure the skins of animals or to save the

    souls of men.

            Like Mackenzie, the early travellers on the river used birch bark canoes;

    most of them came from the east and were accustomed to such craft. Later, as

    tonnage increased, canoes for heavy freight gave place to the York boat, a shallow–

    draft, wooden craft about 40 feet long, constructed for use on rivers. It was pro–

    pelled chiefly by cars, but a square sail was also used when the wind was fair. For

    upstream traffic, it was towed a from along the bank; and since the footing was

    usually of the worst possible sort, such towing was the most arduous work

    imaginable.

            While the York boat remained in use for many years thereafter, its end was in

    sight when the Grahame , the first steamer on the Mackenzie system, appeared in 1884.

    It ran between McMurray and Smith's Landing (now Fitzgerald), at the head of the

    rapids on Slave River. The first steamboat on the Mackenzie proper was the Wrigley ,

    which made its initial run in 1886. In 1908, the Mackenzie River , a much larger

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0515                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    boat, with accommodation for passengers, was added. This was followed, some years

    later, by the Distributor , a still larger boat. These were all owned and operated

    by the Hudson's Bay Company through, in later years, its department known as

    Mackenzie River Transport. Freight is carried mainly on barges which are lashed to

    the forepart of the steamer, which pushes them along. Two trips a year between

    Waterways and Aklavik is the usual schedule. The down trip usually takes sixteen

    days, with about twice that long for the return journey.

            A number of other cmpanies have entered into the transportation picture on

    the Mackenzie system since the development of Yellowknife, but most of these

    are engaged in the traffic to Yellowknife and do not handle freight for points

    below Gre [ ?] t Slave Lake. The other principal firm in the river freight business

    is Northern Transportation Company, a subsidiary of Eldorado Minng and Refining

    (1944) Limited, the government-owned corporation which operates the Eldorado

    mine on Great Bear Lake. This company, established in 1931, was taken over by

    Eldorado in 1936 and transferred to the Government of Canada when the other interests

    of the Eldorado company passed into government control. The Canadian government

    has provided the company with ample funds for the improvement and increase of its

    equipment, and it is now perhaps in a better position to handle frieght than any

    other company on the Mackenzie system. The Hudson's Bay Company, on the other

    hand, has decided to go out of the business of operating a common carrier, main–

    taining its boats chiefly to serve its many posts along the river.

            Most of the passenger traffic up and down the valley is now by air. Airpla [ ?] e

    service on a charter basis in the Makenzie valley began as early as 1921, and

    regular schedules have been maintained since 1929. But it was not until the

    discovery of the Eldorado mine and its subsequent development that any considerable

    amount of air traffic was available. Canadian Airways and Mackenzie Air Service,

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0516                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada: Mackenzie River

    Limited, were the two chief operators in the valley until they were amalgamated

    in 1941 to form United Air Service Limited, which a year later became part of

    Canadian Pacific Air Lines, Limited, a subsidiary of the Canadian Pacific Railway.

            While planes equipped with either floats or skis were the rule before World

    War II, owing to the absenceof airports, the latter deficiency was corrected

    when the United States authorities, as part of the Canol Project, built [?] air–

    ports at McMurray, Fort Smith, Resolution, Hay River, Providence, Mills Lake,

    Simpson, Wrigley and Norman Wells, as well as others of a less permanent nature,

    which have since made possible the use of wheeled craft — at least half-way

    down the Mackenzie — thus avoiding the loss of flying time formerly experienced

    during the break-up and freeze-up periods.

            For freight transport to Yellowknife, a highway has been built jointly by

    the Dominion and Alberta governments from Grimshaw, Alberta, [ ?] on the Northern

    Alberta Railways, to Hay River. In addition to serving Yellowknife and other

    points in the vicinity of Great Slave Lake, it will provide a means of reaching

    the head of transportation on the Mackenzie river proper at least a month earlier

    than was formerly possible because of the ice-locked lakes farther south.

            References:

            Mackenzie, Al [ ?] xander: Voyages from Montreal on the river St. Lawrence through

    the Contienent of North America to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans in

    the years 1789 and 1793 with a preliminary account of the rise, progress,

    and present state of The Fur Trade of that Country. London, 1801.

            Stewart, Elihu: Down the Mackenzie and Up the Yukon in 1906 . London, 1908.

            Camsell, Charles, and Malcolm, Wyatt: The Mackenzie River Basin. The Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 108; 1921.

            Waldo, Fullerton: Down the Mackenzie , New York, 1923.

            Weig [ ?] rt, Hans W. and Stefansson, Vilhjalmur (Ed.) Compass of the World: A Sympo-

    sium on Political Geography . New York, 1944.

            Dawson, C. A. (Ed): The New North-West . Toronto, 1947.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Mayo Landing



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0517                                                                                                                  
    EA: Geog. Canada

    MAYO LANDING

            Mayo Landing, situated on the north bank [ ?] of Stewart River about 180

    miles from Yukon River, is the commercial headquarters of the Mayo mining

    district. It has a mining recorder's office, a detachment of Royal Canadian

    Mounted Police, a public school, Church of England and Roman Catholic churches,

    a post office, a Government radio station (Department of National Defence), a

    weather station, hospital, and several stores. A landing field is located

    near the town. Roads extend from Mayo Landing to the silver mines on Galena

    and Keno Hills, and to placer gold mines on Highet, [ ?] Haggart, and Dublin

    Creeks.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April, 1950.

    Moose River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0518                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog.

    j(D. M. LeBourdais)


    MOOSE RIVER

            Moose River, one of the principal str e ams in northern Ontario, Dominion of

    Canada, flows northeastward into James Bay. The river proper is only 16t miles

    in length, but to the head of the Mattagami, its longest tributary, which marks

    the southern extent of its watershed, the distance is 340 miles to tidewater.

    With its many tributaries, the Moose has a total drainage area of 42,100

    square miles, extending from latitude 47° 50′ N., on the south, to James Bay,

    in latitude 51° 21′ N.; and from longitude 80° W. to 84° 30′ W. The Mattagami

    and Missinaibi rivers, by their junction in latitude 50° 54′ N., form the Moose,

    which receives thereafter the Abitibi and French rivers, in addition to many

    smaller streams, most of which flow in on the east side.

            The Moose River basin is one of the most important in central Canada, drain–

    ing a territory hitherto little known, with resources whose value has been but

    little realized. It constitutes the main trunk by which several rivers, each

    important in its own right, discharge their waters into James Bay. These tribu–

    tary streams rise in the Clay Belt which overlies the pre-Cambrian rocks of

    the Canadian Shield, at an average elevation of about 1,000 feet above the sea;

    and after flowing across this zone, they drop over a series of rapids and falls

    which provide many opportunities for the future development of hydro-electric

    power, in addition to some installations already made. They [ ?] then drop from

    500 to 700 feet within a few miles over the edge of the escarpment that marks

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0519                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Moose River

    the contact between the pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield and the Palaeo–

    zoic rocks of the Hudson (James) Bay Lowland. While this area is referred to as

    part of the Canadian Shield, it lacks most of the latter's characteristics,

    familiar in other places. Here, the pre-Cambrian hills and valleys which were

    prominent in pre-glacial time have been deeply buried by glacial drift, con–

    sisting chilefy of till in the southern section, changing to marine clays farther

    north. Wells sunk considerably over 100 feet have failed to reach the bottom of

    this overburden.

            The whole course of the Moose proper lies within the lowland region bordering

    on James Bay, which consists mainly of muskeg with very little relief, having a

    gradual descent to the Bay of slightly more than 3 feet to the mile. The river

    is wide and filled with islands and sand bars, entering the southern end of James

    By Bay through an estuary over three miles wide at its mouth, which is also studded

    with islands. A sand bar at the mouth of the river limits navigation at present.

    The depth over the bar at high tide is about 12 feet, and the normal tidel rise

    is about 5 feet, increasing to 12 in certain winds. Engineers who have surveyed

    the navigational possiblities of the estuary report that dredging would not be

    a difficult matter, if and when traffic requirements render this advisable.

            Four main streams, in addition to several smaller ones, go to make up Moose

    River. The most westerly is the Missinaibi, with its principal tributaries, the

    Opazatika and the Kabinakagami; the longest, the Mattagami, comes next, on the

    west, together with its tributaries, the Groundhog and the Kapuskasing. Then comes

    the Akitibi, with its principal tributaries, the Little Abitibi and the Frederick

    House, after which comes the French, the easternmost, with a cluster of branches.

    The latter is not to be confused with the other river of the same name in northern

    Ontario, flowing westward [ ?] into Lake Huron.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0520                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Moose River

            These streams follow a generally northeasterly direction, flowing in shallow

    channels roughly parallel to each other, in places broken by rapids several miles

    in length, or else by short, steep chutes, separated by stretches of sluggish

    water. Along the contact of the hard rocks of the Canadian Shield with the

    softer rocks of the lowland region, the descent in all the rivers is the greatest.

    These falls, howevr, are now mostly in the harder rocks, into which, in the

    course of time, the rivers have succeeded in cutting their channels some distance

    upstream from the actual points of contact, with the result that these transitional

    points are nearly always marked by steep-walled canyons cut into the harder rocks.

    That where the Abitibi flows over the escarpment is a good example. Here, the

    stream, having dashed for some four miles over a series of falls and chutes,

    debouches by a narrow entrance into a wide, deep basin, from which it emerges on

    the opposite side in a cascade and then runs for two miles through a further

    canyon. The walls of this canyon rise abruptly to a height of 200 feet, after

    which the bank slopes back fully 100 feet more.

            From the junction of the Missinaibi and the Mattagami, the Moose [ ?] follows

    a northeasterly course almost without deviation to James Bay. Immediately below

    the junction, it is about three-quarters of a mile wide as it spreads to enclose

    an island. Then, for the next five miles, it narrows to about half a mile and

    contains no islands of any size; but from the end of this stretch to its mouth it

    is seldom less than [ ?] a mile in width and filled with islands, except for one

    or two short stretches unbroken by islands. In its final 18 miles, it is from

    three to three and a half miles wide.

            Beginning a few miles below the junction, the river cuts through two beds of

    lignite and gypsum, each extending along both banks for almost a mile, and at

    other points further deposits are exposed. All the tributaries of the Moose

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0521                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Moose River

    cross-cut similar deposits as they flow through corresponding zones. At a

    number of place on these rivers, extensive deposits of high-grade fireclay

    have also been exposed, while in other places deposits of kaolin exist.

            The coastal plain of the Moose River basin has a mean height above the sea

    of about 300 feet along the southern edge of the Palaeozoic rocks, [ ?]

    sloping gradually to the sea. The various tributaries of the Moose dissect

    it like the ribs of a fan. Althrough no falls or serious rapids exist in this

    area, the rivers nevertheless flow with a swift current. The whole territory is prac–

    tically a muskeg, thinly timbered with stunted black spnuce and covered with a

    heavy mantle of sphagnum moss. The rivers, in cutting their channels, have gone

    through thick clay deposits. Ice, forced down these channels by the freshets,

    has puddled the banks with clay so that they have become impervious to water.

    For this reason, the land on both sides, although covered with water, receives

    no drainage.

            If this land were to be drained so that the warmth of the sun could penetrate

    beneath the present insulating surface, especially if the country were drained

    on an extensive scale, there is little doubt that large areas could be reclaimed

    for settlement. Doubtless, too, the prevailing temperature could be raised many

    degrees by such a process. At present, the impervious soil, covered with a thick

    mantle of moss and saturated with ice-water, renders the country a perpetual

    ice-box.

            With waterpower avai [ ?] ble along the escarpment, the great deposits of gypsum,

    fireclay and kaolin could quite possibley provide the basis of an important

    ceramics industry. Farther south, where extensive forests of pulpwood exist, sev–

    eral pulp and paper mills are already in operation, and others will probably

    be established in the future. The region already has railway transportation.

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0522                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais; Moose River

    The Ontario Northland Railway connects to the south with the Canadian National

    Railways, at Cochrane, which is within the [ ?] area, and to the north, with

    tidewater at James Bay, where contact could be made with ocean-going vessels.

    This region would appear to be one of the most extensive that is [ easiy ?] easily

    accessible, and capable of immediate development in the whole of the Canadian

    sub-Arctic territory.

            The lowlands bordering on James Bay merge imperceptibly with the sea bottom,

    which continues its northward slope at about the same gradient. Moose River

    therefore enters [ ?] James Bay through low-lying, level country without well–

    defined banks, resulting [ ?] in a widespreading estuary, with many bars and shoal

    sections. Six miles above the bar that marks the outer limit of the estuary,

    the river has a width of over three and a half miles. It is still three miles

    wide at a distance of 18 miles upstream, and at the head of tidewater, 26

    miles above the outer [ ?] bar, it is slightly more than a mile and a half from bank

    to bank. The Fishing Tent Rapids, which are no bar to river navigation, mark

    the transition from river to tidal waters. From a short distance above the

    Fishing Tent Rapids, to within a few miles of its mouth, the river is divided by

    islands into two distinct channels, known [ ?] as the north and south channels,

    respectively. [ ?] Both channels unite, however, before the mouth of the river

    is reached.

            On the north channel, the trading post of Revillon Freres has been established

    since 1903, while on an island in the south channel the Hudson's Bay Company's

    post, known as Moose Factory, has been located since 1671. The Ontario North–

    land Railway's townsite of Moosonee is located on the west (or north) bank, a

    few miles south of Moose Factory. The railway, which generally follows the valley

    of the Abitibi River over most of its route, swings to the westward a short

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0523                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Moose River

    distance below the Blacksmith Rapids, and crosses the Moose about 60 miles from

    its mouth, following the west side of the river to Moosonee.

            The spring break-up, near the mouth of Moose River, occurs as a rule between

    April 20th and May 20th, an average date being May 5th. Navigation on the Bay

    itself opens some time in June, and continues to the end of October.

            Moose River was one of the earliest river highways in Canadian history. In

    1662, it was followed to James Bay by Radisson and Groseilliers, on their first

    visit [ ?] to Hudson Bay, which later led to the formation of the Hudson's Bay

    Company. A quarter of a century later, after the Hudson's Bay Company had become

    well established on the Bay, representatives of official New [ ?] France, the

    Chevalier de Troyes and the young Pierre d'Iberville, followed that route to

    the Bay to capture the posts of the Hudson's Bay Company, which remained in

    French hands until recaptured by the Company in 1693.

            While Indians followed the Moose and its tributaries north [ ?] ard to trade with

    the Hudson's Bay Company, the latter did not use the rivers — at least not till

    railways tapped them farther south. Its means of access was by sea. Although,

    in these days, doubts are sometimes cast concerning the navigability of Hudson

    and James bays, in its history of nearly three centuries, the Hudson's Bay Company

    never seems to have had any such doubts. Navigating those uncharted waters with

    little sailing ships, they rarely lost a cargo. When surveyors, laying out a

    course for the Ontario Northland Railway, arrived at Moose Factory, they discovered

    that in all those years, with ships coming and going, the Company had never troubled

    to keep a record of tidal variations, nor had they any record of soundings.

            Their ocean-going vessels did not generally attempt to enter the Moose River

    estuary, but transferred cargoes to smaller vessels at Charlton Harbor, where a

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0524                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Moose River

    good harbor exists. Not all ships with cargo for Moose Factory did this, how–

    ever; some preferred to lie off the shoals until the tide was at its height

    and go in over the bar.

            References:

            Bell, J. Mackintosh: Economic Resources of Moose River Basin. Report of the

    Bureau of Mines, 1904; Toronto, The King's Printer, 1904.

            Kindle, E. M.: Geology of a Portion of the Northern Part of Moose River

    Basin, Ontario. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1923,

    Part Cl, Ottawa, 1924.

            Williamson, O. T. G.: The S [ ?] x Northland Ontario. Toronto: The Ryerson Press, 1946.

    Nisutlin River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0525                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canad. LeBourdais: Nisutlin River

    NISUTLIN RIVER

            Nisutlin River, Yukon Territory, Dominion of Canada, is the most distant

    source of the Yukon River. It rises in Nisutlin Lake, lying at an altitude

    of 3,000 feet above sea level, in latitude 61°, longitude 132° W., and flows

    into Nisutlin Bay, on the east side of Teslin Lake. After leaving Nisutlin

    Lake, which has a length of about two miles, the river flows in a northwesterly

    direction for about 16 miles; then, making an abrupt turn to the southwest,

    it continues in that direction for about 15 miles. Making another abrupt turn,

    the river flows northwestward for four miles, and then swings again to the

    southwest, continuing in this general direction for three miles. After receiv–

    ing Rose River from the north, it follows a generally southerly course for

    about 36 miles.

            The Nisutlin Valley here runs parallel to that occupied by Quiet Lake, [ ?]

    four miles to the westward. Quiet Lake is the source of the Big Salmon River,

    which is a tributary of the Lewes River. At about 20 miles from the beginning

    of the southward stretch, Cary Portage connects the Nisutlin Valley with the

    head of Quiet Lake. This portage, four miles long, is made shorter by the

    presence of three lakes in its course. Sixteen miles below Cary Portage, Sidney

    Creek comes in from the northwest. Despite its designation as a creek, it is

    the Nisutlin's largest tributary. At the mouth of Sidney Creek, the Nisutlin

    is divided into two channels to enclose an island about a mile and a half in

    length.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0526                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada: LeBourdais: Nisutlin River

            Below the mouth of Sidney Creek, the Nisutlin swings somewhat east of

    south, and holds this course, with many twists and turns, until, about seven

    miles from its mouth, it turns to the southwest and flows into Nisutlin Bay.

    Three miles and a half above its mouth, it receives Wolf River, a consider–

    able stream, from the northeast. The Nisutlin has a total length of about

    135 miles.

            Nisutlin River is wide and shallow, and for the greater part of its distance

    has a width of from 60 to 130 yards. Near the mouth of Wolf River, and imme–

    diately below, it has a current of about six miles an hour; above that point

    to a short distance below the mouth of Sidney Creek, the current averages from

    from one to three miles an hour; but above that point it is more often nearly

    five miles an hour. In its upper reaches the river is interrupted by numerous

    rapids, but none of any consequence occur below Sidney Creek. It is navigable

    for small motor boats beyond the mouth of Sidney Creek, and for canoes above that

    [ ?] point. Many sand bars are found in the lower reaches, with gravel bars

    farther up. The country through which the river runs is mountainous, but no

    peak rises in the immediate vicinity of its valley higher than 5,000 feet above

    sea level.

            The surrounding country is fairly heavily timbered with white and black spruce,

    balsam fir, black pine, aspen and balsam poplar, white birch and tamarack, some

    of which is of considerable size.

            The region is geologically similar to that which provided the rich placer

    gold deposits of the Klondike, and some of the tributary streams, as well as the

    river itself, are known to be gold-bearing.

            The Geological Survey of [ ?] Canada recommends the area as worthy of more inten–

    sive prospecting. The Alaska Highway, which crosses the river near its mouth, may

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0527                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Nisutlin River

    now make the region more accessible than it has been in the past.

            References:

    Lees, E. J.: Geology of Teslin - Quiet Lake Area, Yukon. Geological

    Geological Survey of Canada; Memoir No. 203, 1936.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Ogilvie Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0528                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais

    OGILVIE MOUNTAINS

            The Ogilvie Mountains, northwestern Canada, constitute a group of ranges

    lying northwestward of the Selwin Mountains (Q.V.) and north of the Yukon

    River. They continue westward for a short distance into Alaska. At one time

    they were understood to occupy a considerably larger area than that now

    accorded to them, when part of the Selwyn Mountains were also included. As

    delineated at present, they comprise a roughly rectangular area extending from

    latitude 64° N. to a spur which projects a short distance beyond the Arctic

    Circle; and from longitude 135° 30′ W. to the 141st Meridian. Their main axis

    lies in a northwesterly direction. On the northwest, they are bordered by the

    Porcupine Plateau, and on the southeast by the Stewart Plateau.

            These mountains are probably the least known of any in the Canadian

    Cordillera. One reasonfor this is that they are not penetrated by any navigable

    river; and, although the territory immediately south and east provided one of

    the world's greatest placer gold mining regions, no important gold discovery was

    ever made in any part of the Ogilviex Mountains.

            The Ogilvie Mountains appear to comprise two distinct regions. These consist

    of a belt along their southwestern side, about 35 miles wide, containing intru–

    sions of granitic and basic rocks; and a much larger section lying northeast of

    this belt, and continuous with it, about 60 miles wide and about 160 miles in

    length, which consists, so far as is known, exclusively of sedimentary rocks.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0529                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Ogilview Mountains

    The mountains in the southwestern belt are the only ones about which very much

    is known. They have a rugged appearance, with long, branching ridges connect–

    ing steep-sided peaks that are separated by deep valleys. In some places, be–

    tween elevations of 5,000 and 6,000 feet, the ridge-tops present rolling sur–

    faces, above which the peaks rise to from 6,300 to 7,100 feet above sea level.

    Little definite information is available about the main body of the mountains,

    but it is not thought that peaks in this portion will exceed in general the

    height of those in the southwestern belt.

            Reference:

    Bostock, H. S.: Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, With Special

    Reference to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel ; Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247, 1948.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Old Crow



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0530                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada

    OLD CROW

            Old Crow is a fur trading center and Indian village on the north bank of

    Porcupine River at its junction with Old Crow River. It has (1950) a Royal

    Canadian Mounted Police detachment, a trading post, and a Church of England

    mission, and has two-way radio communication.

           

    From Nor'West Miner



    March, April 1950.

    Peel River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0531                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada

    PEEL RIVER

            Peel River, in northwestern Canada, is one of the principal tributaries of

    the Mackenzie River, entering from the west, near the Mackenzie Delta. With the

    Porcupine, it divides the drainage of northern Yukon Territory; the Porcupine

    flows westward to the Yukon, while the Peel flows mainly eastward. Like the

    Liard, farther south, but like other tributaries of the Mackenzie in between,

    the Peel's watershed extends west of the first line of mountains. The headwaters

    of the Peel and Porcupine interlock in the Porcupine Plateau; streams now feeding

    Peel River once ran the other way to the Porcupine; but the Peel, by more quickly

    lowering the level of its valley, has gradually encroached upon territory forermly

    drained by the Porcupine. Its total [ ?] length is given as 365 miles, but the

    extent of its drainage area gives it an importance much greater than that suggested

    by its length.

            The Peel draws its waters from the Porcupine Plateau and the eastern slopes of

    the Ogilvie Mountains, which lie to the west of the Richardson Mountains, and

    from the northwestern flanks of the Selwyn and Mackenzie mountains, which mark the

    southern border of the Peel drainage basin. The river flows through the gap be–

    tween the Mackenzie and Selwin mountains, on the south, and the Richardson Moun–

    tains, on the north. In its upper half, the river follows an easterly course

    across the Porcupine and Peel plateaus; then, turnign abruptly toward the north,

    it continues across the Peel Plateau, emerging upon the Mackenzie Lowland before

    discharging its waters into the Mackenzie Delta.

            The Peel's largest tributaries come from the south, and include such rivers

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0532                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada LEbourdais: Peel River

    as the Wind, Bonnet Plume and Snake, which very greatly add to its volume. Above

    the mouth of the Wind, which enters about 220 miles above the Peel's mouth, the

    Peel Valley has not been very fully explored, except by aerial photography. For

    many years, the Peel and some of its tributaries have been used as routes

    between the Mackenzie and Yukon rivers, but the one most followed utilizes

    very little of the Peel, since it ascends Rat River, which enters the Peel not

    far bove its mouth.

            What may be termed the main branch of Peel River rises in the Ogilvie

    Mountains in about latitude 65° N., longitude 138° W. Its first principal

    tributary is the Blackstone River, which flows in from the southwest; shortly

    after, the Hart enters from the same general direction. The Peel here has

    already cut a deep valley, ending in a canyon 10 miles long.

            A mile below the canyon, Wind River comes in from the south, from its sources

    in theSelwyn Mountains. It flows into the eastward-flowing portion of the Peel,

    which continues this course for another 52 miles. Bonnet Plume River, which

    follows a course parallel to that of Wind River, comes in 14 miles east of the

    mouth of the latter. Below the mouth of Bonnet Plume River, the Peel flows through

    another canyon, the walls of which are about 500 feet high. Below the canyon,

    the river continues eastward for a further 38 miles to Snake River, coming in

    from the southeast. Here, the Peel makes its abrupt turn to the northward,

    following this general course to its junction with the Mackenzie. In this section,

    the Peel Valley is about a mile wide and filled with gravel bars and wooded flats.

            In its lower reaches, the Peel receives few tributaries; the principal ones,

    however, are from the west. Its watershed is limited on the east by that of

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0533                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Peel River

    Arctic Red River, which closely parallels the lower Peel some 30 or 40 miles to

    the east. Satah River, 62 miles below the mouth of Snake River, marks the

    transition from the high Peel Plateau to the level of the Mackenzie Lowland.

    Here, the plateau ends in a bold, semi-circular escarpment, from 400 to 1,000

    feet above the lowland. The Peel has cut a deep valley through the Plateau, the

    walls of which increase in height as the river proceeds toward the escarpment.

            Fort Macpherson, one of the early trading posts of the Hudson's Bay Company

    in the Mackenzie River region, is on the east bank of the Peel, about 18 miles

    above the latter's mouth, in latitude 67° 30′ N. The line of separation between

    the Mackenzie River delta and that of the Peel itself is not very well defined.

    Twelve miles below Fort Macpherson the Peel divides into two channels; the

    western, or Husky, channel of the Mackenzie could be considered as an extension

    of the Peel.

            Until it emerges into the lowland, Peel River is a rapid stream, with a

    current varying from four to eight miles an hour; in its final stretch through

    the lowland it becomes quite sluggish, with a current near Fort Macpherson of

    not more than two miles an hour. A measurement made at Fort Macpherson at the

    end of July gives a volume of 49,206 cubic feet per second.

            In 1905, Charles Camsell, of the Geological Survey of Canada, ran a micro–

    meter survey from the mouth of Wind River to the Mackenzie Delta, and examined

    the geology of the region through which the river flows. During World War II,

    a considerable amount of exploration was conducted on the Peel and some of its

    tributaries by geologists of the Canol Project. Many structures favorable to

    the accumulation of petroleum were discovered by these explorations, and it is

    possible that some day the region may become part of an extensive [ ?] oilfield.

            References :

            Camsell, Charles: Peel River, in the Yukon and Mackenzie Districts Summary Re–



    port, Geological Survey of Canada, 1905.

            Hume, G. S. and Link, T.A.: Canol Geological Investigations in the Mackenzie

    River Area, Northwest Territories and Yukon . Geological Survey Papers

    45-16; Ottawa, The King's Printer, 1945.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Pelly Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0534                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada

    PELLY MOUNTAINS

            The Pelly Mountains occupy a large region shaped like a spear-head

    in the south-central part of Yukon Territory, Dominion of Canada. Their main

    axis lies in a generally northwesterly direction, with the point of the spear

    at the westernmost extremity. The southwestern and southeastern ends project

    beyond the general line, and are separated by a triangular plateau area. The

    Glenlyon Range occupies the northwesternmost point, while the southwestern

    projection consists of the Big Salmon Range and the larger, southeastern,

    lobe contains the St. Cyr, Campbell and Simpson ranges. Large U-shaped

    valleys divide the mountains, while the Big Salmon and Magundy rivers and

    Harvey Creek cut through them from side to side. The Pelly River flows for

    a considerable distance along their northeastern border.

            At places along the borders on all sides, the adjoining plateaus merge with

    the mountains, forming tablelands and long, smooth-topped spurs. Particu [ ?] larly

    in the Glenlyon Range, high tablelands occur at elevations of between 4,500

    and 5,500 feet, above which the mountains peaks stand, and the peaks are said

    to show in places rem [ ?] nants of at least one, higher, older surface.

            The St. Cyr Range, which is 180 miles long and 40 miles wide, constitutes

    the principal part of the Pelly Mountains. Its main summits reach heights of

    from 7,000 to 8,000 feet, while in the other ranges the peaks are from7,000 to

    7,500 feet high.

            It is estimated that during Pleistocene time the main ice surface of the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0535                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly Mts.

    final glaciation throughout most of the Pelly Mountains stood at an elevation

    of more than 6,000 feet, and was probably higher in the St. Cyr Range. A large

    part of the Glenlyon Range is believed to have been above the surface of the

    ice, the general level of which rose toward the south and southeast, leaving

    less of these ranges above it.

            Reference

    Bostock, H.S.: Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, With Special

    Reference to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel : Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247; 1948.

           

    D. M. LeBourdais

    Pelly River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0536                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada

    PELLY RIVER

            The Pelly is one of the principal wholly-Canadian tributaries of the Yukon

    River. It rises slightly south of latitude 63° N., in longitude 129° 30′ W.,

    in the foothills of the Mackenzie Mountains, the extension into the Yukon Terri–

    tory of the great Rocky Mountain chain. For most of its course it flows throgh

    a mountainous country, first southwesterly and then northwesterly, after which

    it joins the Lewes in latitude 62° 48′ and longitude 137° 25′ W. Its length is

    given as 330 miles; but it is possible that more complete surveys will modify

    that slightly in one direction or the other. The smaller of the two branches

    which together form the Yukon, it has a volume of about 29,283 cubic feet per

    second, while the Lewes has an estimated volume at a normal stage of water of

    37,672 cubic feet per second. It is navigable for small light-draft river

    steamers to the foot of Hoole Canon, over 200 miles from its mouth, although

    so far there has been little need for boats of that description venturing on

    its waters. Prospectors have worked its bars at different times, and some gold

    has usually been receoved, but no strikes of any importance have been made in

    its valley or that of any of its tributaries. The country through which it

    flows is an excellent fur country, and one of its tributaries, the Macmillan, is

    noted for big game, especially mountain sheep, goats and grizzly bears. Since

    it flows but a short distance to the east of the Lewes River watershed, and one

    of its own great tribuataries, the Ross, parallels its upper reaches for many

    miles; while the Macmillan, its other great tributary, parallels its lower

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0537                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

    reaches, its branches, aside from these, although many, are not of any con–

    siderable length and each drains but a small area.

            The Pelly River drainage basin extends from latitude 61° 30′ N., on the

    south to 63° 25′ N., on the north, and from longitude 129 [ ?] ° 10′ W., on the east,

    to 137° 25′ W., on the west, with an aggregate area of 21,300 square miles.

    While, for the greater part of its course, it flows through the Yukon Plateau

    physiographic division of Yukon Territory, its [ ?] source and the sources of

    its principal tributaries are in the Rocky Mountains division of the Territory.

    Therefore, while for the entire length of its [ ?] course it is bordered by

    mountains, those nearest its valley along the greater part of its course consist

    principally of the dissected remnants of the once great Yukon peneplain which has

    since been cut by the various rivers and streams into isolated mountain masses; [ ?]

    whereas the Rocky [ ?] Mountains division consists of a true range of mountains,

    with foothills and outliers, generally attaining greater heights, although of

    approximately the same relative geologic age as the Plateau section. Of the

    three physiographic divisions into which Yukon Territory falls, the Pelly basin

    is confined entirely to the two mentioned; and nowhere does it come in contact

    with the granitic Coast Range section. An exception must be made to the generality

    of the preceding statement because among mountains mainly of Mesozoic and Paleo–

    zoic ages, mountains with a granitic axis also appear, apparently a continuation

    (or reappearance) of the batholiths that give rise to the Cassiar Range farther

    south. It is possible that these intrusions are responsible for such evidences

    of mineralization as have so far been discovered. Geographically, the Pelly drain–

    age basin can be said to occupy the midsoutheastern section of the Territory,

    and represents a rather wide trough, having the eastern edge much higher than

    the western one, the whole, sloping gradually toward the northwestward.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0538                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

            The Pelly River rises as a small branching stream high in the Mackenzie

    Mountains on the southwestern flanks of Mt. Christie (7,300 ft.), and flows

    at first in a southeasterly direction, curving then to the southwest till it

    reaches the 130th meridian of west longitude, when it flows southward for about

    five miles, swinging again to a southwesterly course for ten miles and enters

    Wolf Canon, during the course of which it bends abruptly to the southeast for

    another mile, and then after resuming its southwesterly course for six miles,

    it makes a sharp bend to the south, flowing in that direction for 25 miles to

    the confluence of Woodside River, flowing in from the east and draining the

    Pelly Lakes, once thought to be the source of the Pelly. From the mouth of the

    Woodside, it swings to the southwest again and continues in that direction till

    it reaches the Slate [ ?] rapids approximately on the 130th meridian where it again

    turns southward continuing so till Campbell Creek comes in from the east. It

    was about here that the Pelly was first sighted by Robert Campbell, its dis–

    coverer. [ ?] Continuing for a few miles farther on a southwesterly course,

    it then bends gradually to the northwestward, holding that general course almost

    the entire distance to its mouth. The river near the entrance of Campbell Creek

    is about 110 yards wide, flowing at the rate of not more than two-and-a-half

    miles an hour, with a middle depth in fairly low water of about seven feet.

            Hoole River is the first important tributary below Campbell Creek, and it

    comes in from the south about 33 miles down stream. The current has quickened

    in that distance and is now about four-and-a-half miles an hour. Just below

    the mouth of Hoole River a rapid occurs in which there is a fall of 10 feet in

    about 200 yards. Seventeen miles below the mouth of Hoole River is Hoole Canon,

    which marks the upper limits of navigation for any craft that cannot be portaged.

    Here the river makes a right-angle bend to the northeastward, where it is

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0539                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

    confined between vertical cliffs about 100 feet in height and extending for

    three-quarters of a mile. This canon and the river of the same name were named

    by Robert Campbell, who [ ?] was responsible for naming most of the other tribu–

    taries. A number of small streams are received on each side between Hoole

    Canon and the mouth of the Pelly's chief tributary, Ross River, which enters from

    the northeast, 23 miles below, but they are of little importance. Nearly all

    the streams that come in from the north and northeast are turbid, [ ?] while

    those from the south, all short, are generally of a clear, bluish color.

            Although the general direction of the river below the mouth of Campbell Creek

    is but a few degrees north of west, it curves to the south with many twists

    and turns, flowing through a hilly, irregular tract of country with no well–

    defined river valley. This hilly country extends back from the river on the

    south a distance of 10 or 12 miles to an integrated mountain range called the

    Pelly Range; but on the north the dissected peneplain continues without visible

    termination.

            One hundred and seventy miles below the mouth of the Ross, the Pelly's [ ?]

    other large tributary, the Macmillan, comes in from the northeast, joining the

    parent stream at an acute angle after following a parallel course for a consider–

    able distance before the confluence. The Macmillan is almost as large as the

    Pelly, and contributes to the general turbidity of the latter. Between the

    Ross and the Macmillan the Pelly [ ?] follows a general northwesterly course, but

    with many convolutions. It is bordered on the south by the Glenlyon Mountains,

    a local range, mainly of granite. For part of the distance, mountains are also

    seen on the north side, rising to [ ?] heights of 4,000 and 5,000 feet.

            From the mouth of the Macmillan to the confluence with the Lewes the course

    is mainly westerly and the distance 74 miles, although in a straight line, little

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0540                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

    more than half as much. Thirteen miles below the mouth of the Macmillan, the

    river turns southwestward and then almost south to pour through Granite Canon,

    four miles in length, where granite cliffs rise on each side to a height of from

    200 to 250 feet. While the current here is swift, there is plenty of depth, and

    navigation need not be interrupted for steamers having sufficient power. Below

    Granite Canon, the river trends northwestward, but with many more twistings and

    turnings. It is now much wider and contains many islands, while for 15 miles

    or so the country on each side is low; but as the mouth of the river approaches

    hilles appear on either side, although they do not exceed about 400 feet in

    height. The current in this final stretch is about two-and-a-half miles an hour.

            The Pelly was discovered in 1840 by Robert Campbell of the Hudson's Bay

    Company who that year was commissioned by Sir George Simpson, Governor of

    Rupert's Land, to ascend the upper Liard and seek a north-or westward-flowing

    river that might provide an overland Northwest Passage. Accordingly, with one

    canoe and seven men Campbell ascended the Liard to its confluence with a river

    coming in from the north. This he named the Frances, after Lady Simpson, and

    continued up the stream till he reached its source in a fairly large bifurcated

    lake, which he likewise named after the Governor's lady. [ ?] Leaving the

    canoe and part of the crew behind, he set off with three Indians up a river coming

    in from the northwest, which ended in a lake 10 miles long, both of which he

    named after Duncan Finlayson, Chief Factor of the company. This lake seemed

    to be about on the height of land between the area which drained southward and

    and that which he expected would drain to the north or northwest. He continued

    overland. "For three days on this trip," he writes, "we had neither the luck

    to kill nor the pleasure to eat . . . On the sixth day we had the satisfaction

    of seeing from a high bank a large river in the distance flowing North West.

    I named the river Pelly River after our home governor Sir J. Pelly. Descending

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0541                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBoudais: Pelly River

    to the river we drank out of its pellucid waters to waters to Her Majesty and the

    Hudson's Bay Company."

            In 1842, Campbell built a fort at the point on the Pelly where he had

    first encountered it, which he called Pelly Banks. The following year he

    descended the river in a birch bark canoe till he came to its confluence

    with another large stream coming from the southeast. This he named the

    Lewes, after another Chief Factor of his company, returning to Pelly Banks

    which remained the principal trading-station of the company, receiving its

    goods from the Mackenzie over the same route by which Campbell himself had

    reached Pelly Banks. During the winter of 1847-48, boats were built at

    Pelly Banks to assist in the further extension of the company's operations;

    and in June 1848, Campbell again descended the Pelly to the Lewes, and there

    at the junction of the two rivers he built a post which was called Fort

    Selkirk. The Pelly Banks post was abandoned two years later and all supplies

    were transferred to Fort Selkirk, and at the same time the route up the

    Liard and Frances was discontinued, for in the meantime, in 1847, a post

    had been established by A. H. Murray of the same company at Fort Yukon,

    480 miles below Fort Selkirk, near the confluence of the Yukon and Porcupine,

    and it was considered easier to bring supplies up the river from that point

    than by the arduous Liard route. Thenceforth all traffic between Fort

    Selkirk and the posts on the Mackenzie was by way of Fort Yukon.

            [ ?] The Indians who traded at Fort Selkirk were mostly those known to

    the traders as Stick or Wood Indians, who, previous to the establishment

    of Fort Selkirk, had secured their supplies from the Chilkoots and Chilkats.

    The latter controlled the passes at the head of Lynn Canal, and received

    their supplies from white traders who came by sea. These coast Indians

    had built up a lucrative trade of which they were very jealous, and they

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0542                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

    did not care to see it pass into the hands of the Hudson's Bay Company.

    In the summer of 1852, rumors reached the post that the Chilkoots and

    Chilkats were planning a raid; and, in consequence, the Wood Indians, in

    order to protect it, had remained within reach of the fort all summer.

    Unfortunately, they were absent for a few days in August when, on the 21st,

    the Chilkoots and the Chilkats made their raid upon the unprotected fort,

    The occupants were expelled and the place pillaged. Two days later Campbell

    returned with the friendly Indians, but by that time the pillagers had fled,

    leaving behind a scene of desolation. Campbell had no alternative but

    to abandon the place. After sending members of the staff to Fort Yukon for

    the winter, he himself set off up the Pelly in a small canoe, retracing the

    steps by which he had entered the country 12 years before. He hoped to

    secure permission for the re-building of Fort Selkirk, but this permission

    he never received, and the p l ace remained a ruin for nearly half a century.

            The next travelers on the Pelly were prospectors who descended the

    Lewes in 1882 and ascended the Pelly as far as Hoole Canon, and perhaps

    some distance farther up. They secured some showings of gold, but evidently

    not sufficient to justify their engaging in any very extensive mining

    operations.

            The first survey was made of the Pelly in 1887, when Dr. George M.

    Dawson, Assistant Director of the Geological Survey of Canada, ran a

    reconnaissance survey up the Liard from the mouth of the Dease River to

    Frances river and lake, up the Finlayson River to Finlayson Lake, and from

    thence to the Pelly, which he reached in latitude 61° 48′ 52″ and longitude

    131° 01′ 06″ W., not far from where Campbell had first reached it. He

    then descended the river to the confluence of the Lewes, which he considered

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0543                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Pelly River

    to be the principal stream. Dawson continued his survey up the Lewes to

    its headwaters in Lake Lindeman and crossed the mountains to Lynn Canal by

    way of the Chilkoot Pass.

            A few prospectors attempted to reach the Klondike in 1898 by the

    Liard and Pelly route, but most of them failed to get as far as the Pelly;

    those who did, had little difficulty thereafter, since from a navigational

    standpoint the Pelly is much superior to the Liard. During the placer gold

    era in the Yukon Territory, prospectors panned its many sandbars, but when

    nothing very rich was discovered they drifted away and finally the stream

    was deserted. It has been much more productive of furs and trappers with

    trap lines along its valley have done well. The Royal Canadian Mounted Police

    maintain a post at the mouth of the Ross, but it has never been kept very

    busy.

            References:

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N.W.T.

    and Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia 1887 ; 1898.

            Mackay, D. The Honourable Company A History of the Hudson's Bay

    Company ; Toronto; 1938.

    Porcupine River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0544                                                                                                                  
    EA-Canada: Geography

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    PORCUPINE RIVER

            The Porcupine River, one of the principal tributaries of the Yukon, rises

    and flows for more than half its length in Canadian territory, and then crosses

    into Alaska Territory to join the parent stream after a total course of 550

    miles. Like most of the other rivers that flow into the north Pacific — the

    Columbia, Fraser, Stikine and the Yukon itself — the Porcupine follows a

    northerly course for its first long stretch, and then bending to the westward,

    flows southwesterly to its mouth. It rises in a cluster of lakes called the

    Nahoni Lakes in latitude 65° 30′ N., and longitude 140° W., not far from the

    valley of the Yukon, but 300 miles above the point at which it eventually

    empties. Thus, with the Yukon as a base, it follows the other two sides of a

    rounded triangle; perhaps the area enclosed might be described as resembling

    an arrow head. In its roundabout course to its mouth on the Arctic Circle, in

    longitude 145° 10′ W., it receives many tributaries, the principal of which

    are the Bell, the Old Crow, bringing what is probably the most northerly waters

    of the Yukon watershed, and the Black, which rises not far from where the Por–

    cupine itself has its origin. It is navigzble for light-draft boats for more

    than 300 miles, but traffic has never required any regular steamer or other

    boat service.

            The Porcupine drainage basin lies entirely within the angle formed by the

    Mackenzie Mountains in making their great bend to the westward to become the

    Endicott Range of Alaska. The Porcupine Valley follows the sane general course;

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0545                                                                                                                  
    EA-Canada: Geography. LeBourdais: Porcupine River

    its principal branches rise in the Mackenzie Mountains. The main stream of

    the Porcupine rises, however, among local mountain masses, known as the Keele

    and the Ogilvie Mountains, which seem to be but more resistant remnants of the

    dissected peneplain which comprises the Interior or Yukon Plateau physiographic

    province, between which and the Mackenzie Mountains province the Porcupine flows

    for the whole of its course. The geological formations in which the river flows

    are therefore chiefly of Mesozoic and Palaeozoic ages. The Porcupine drainage

    area comprises 24,600 square miles, extending from latitude 65° 30′ N., on the

    south to 68° 30′ N., and from longitude 137° W. to 145° 10′ W. For the greater

    part of its course the Porcupine flows through a mountainous country; the final

    90 miles traverse the low, flat, monotonous Yukon Flats region.

            Rising in a chain of small lakes in the Ogilvie Mountains called the Nahoni

    Lakes, the Porcupine, a small swift stream, flows almost directly northward for

    30 miles, receiving in this stretch three short branches from the west. It then

    turns sharply to the east, flowing for 10 miles in that direction, after which

    it swings to the northeastward, continuing thus for 30 miles, during which it

    receives a number of small tributaries from the east. The Mackenzie Mountains

    are h [ ?] re parallel to the river at no great distance; consequently streams flow–

    ing from their slopes into the Porcupine are short. The river now makes a de–

    tour of several miles to the eastward, almost retracing its course, and then

    runs nearly due north for 20 miles, receiving at this point an important trib–

    utary, the Bell, a stream about 100 yards in width in its lower reaches, which

    comes in from the east, where it connects with the portage to the headwaters of

    the Rat, flowing into the Peel, and thus providing an almost continuous water

    route between the Yukon and Mackenzie rivers.

            After receiving the Bell, the Porcupine tends generally northwesterly, with,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0546                                                                                                                  
    EA-Canada: Geography. LeBourdais: Porcupine River

    however, one or two twists to the northeast. It is now from 100 to 200 yards

    in width, with a current of about 2 miles an hour, flowing down a wide, shallow

    valley, which, about 10 miles below the mouth of the Bell, contracts to what

    might be described as a wide canon, where the banks are high and steep. 40 miles

    below the mouth of the Bell, the Driftwood River comes in from the north, which

    considerably swells the Porcupine; it is now much wider, extending from 200 to

    300 yards, interrupted by islands and many gravel bars. Its valley is wide,

    and the hills close by are low. The river has not yet reached its greatest

    northing and thus for a few miles after receiving the Driftwood it continues

    in a northerly direction and then turning to the west, follows a course slightly

    south of west for 75 miles. About 40 miles below the mouth of the Driftwood,

    the Old Crow, one of the Porcupine's chief tributaries, comes in from the north,

    and 30 miles farther on, flowing in from the south, the Bluefish River enters.

            At the end of this stretch, the Porcupine makes a sudden bend to the south

    and shortly after enters the section known as the Ramparts in which it follows

    a general southwesterly course for about 30 miles and then runs slightly west

    of south for another 12 miles. Bending sharply to the eastward, the river with–

    in a mile reaches Rampart House, the most westerly post of the Hudson's Bay Com–

    pany, on a small flat between the bordering hills on the north bank and the river

    front. In the Ramparts the river is hemmed by limestone and sandstone cliffs,

    which have been weathered into all sorts of shapes and colors, presenting one of

    the most picturesque sections of the whole Yukon River system. While not as

    deep nor as rugged as the famous Ramparts on the upper Yukon, they have a dis–

    tinction all their own, and afford a pleasing contrast to the dreariness of the

    Yukon Flats section which is soon to follow.

            The Ramparts are divided into two sections which follow one upon the other

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0547                                                                                                                  
    EA-Canada: Geography. LeBourdais: Porcupine River

    within a few miles, the upper section ending at what is called Howling Dog Rock,

    where the river flows through sheer bluffs rising from the water's edge. Shortly

    below this point, the Coleen River enters from the north. The Ramparts then con–

    tinue in a southwesterly direction, and when they give way to the Flats, the

    Sheenjik River comes in also from the north, while 30 miles below, the Big Black

    River enters from the south. This is a large stream and is navigable for about

    200 miles. Near the mouth of the Porcupine a small channel breaks away and

    joins the Yukon above the main mouth and only about a mile-and-a-half below

    Fort Yukon. At different stages of water, the current in this channel runs

    from the Porcupine into the Yukon; while at others, it is from the Yukon to the

    Porcupine.

            The first white man to reach the Porcupine seems to have been John Bell

    of the Hudson's Bay Company, who, in 1842, crossed from the Peel by way of the

    portage to the river that now bears his name and thence reached the porcupine,

    which, in 1844, he descended to its junction with the Yukon. In 1847, A. H.

    Murray, also of the Hudson's Bay Company, traveled down the Bell and Porcupine

    to the confluence with the Yukon and a short distance above that point established

    Fort Yukon. Since the nearest point fixed by survey was many hundreds of miles

    distant, there was no way of knowing whether the new fort was in British or Rus–

    sian territory, although Murray had a shrewd suspicion that the latter was the

    case. Fort Yukon was the center of an excellent fur country and since no con–

    tact was made with the Russians (except for the visit of a Russian fur trader

    in 1863), the post continued on its original site until Alaska passed into United

    States hands. Even then it was two years after the cession before Captain Charles

    W. Raymond, Corps of Engineers, United States Army, made an astronomical survey

    which proved that the post was indeed within United States territory.



    005      |      Vol_XIII-0548                                                                                                                  
    EA-Canada: Geography. LeBourdais: Porcupine River

            Rampart House, 138 miles up the Porcupine, was then built to replace

    For Yukon, but when John Henry Turner, of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey

    ran a further survey in 1889, and proved that it was still within United States

    territory, the post was moved 35 miles upstream to its present site. The Por–

    cupine continued to be an important part of the route by which the Hu sd ds on's

    Bay Company supplied Rampart House, and, in return, transported the annual fur

    catch to the Mackenzie River and eventually to the markets of the world.

            In 1888, R. G. McConnell of the Geological Survey of Canada, crossed the

    portage from the Peel to the Bell and Porcupine, running a survey from the Peel

    to the mouth of the Porcupine, In the same year, William Ogilvie, D.L.S., who

    had been dispatched by the Canadian Government to do preliminary work in con–

    nection with the determination of the International Boundary between Alaska and

    Yukon territories, ascended the Tatonduk River from its mouth, below Circle City,

    Alaska, on the Yukon, to the divide separating the Yukon and Porcupine water–

    sheds and surveyed the Porcupine to the mouth of the Bell, proceeding thence

    to the Mackenzie by way of the Bell and Rat rivers. Thus, in that year, for

    the first time, the Porcupine was completely explored and mapped from its source

    to its mouth.

            References:

            Murray, A. H. Journal of the Yukon 1847-48 . Ottawa, 1910.

            McConnell, R. G. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon and Mackenzie Basins

    1887-1888 . Geological Survey of Canada, 1898.

            Stuck, Hudson Voyages on the Yukon and its Tributaries . New York, 1917.

    Ptarmigan Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0549                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog.

    )D. M. LeBourdais)


    PTARMIGAN LAKE

            Ptarmigan Lake, in the District of Mackenzie, northwestern Canada,

    about 16 miles long and from two to three miles wide, connects Clinton-Colden

    and Artillery lakes in the series of lakes and streams which constitute the

    Lockhart River system. The Lockhart River rises in Mackay Lake and before

    reaching Ptarmigan Lake flows through Aylmer and Clinton-Colden lakes with

    their connecting streams. Its level is not much less than that of Clinton–

    Colden, but in the 15 miles between Ptarmigan Lake and Artillery Lake a drop

    of 32 feet occurs. Ptarmigan Lake lies in a southwest-northeast direction,

    but at its lower end, a deep bay extends southward for about four miles.

            A massive granite ridge at the north end of the lake marks the change

    in the course of the Lockhart waterway system from southeast to southwest,

    as well as a change from the rugged topography characteristic of Clinton–

    Colden, Aylmer and Mackay lakes and their connecting streams and river–

    expansions. This granite ridge is the cause of Caribon Narrows separating

    Ptarmigan Lake from Clinton-Colden. At Tyrrell Point, on the east bank

    of Caribou Narrows, an outcrop exists in the form of a high dome. It is

    partly covered by glacial drift, but the grey granite beneath is exposed

    on the south and east sides, and it outcrops at a number of points along

    the west shore, as far south as Butte Island, below which metamorphic rocks

    are exposed and the country becomes more open and gently rolling with long,

    uniform slopes leading back from the lake. The prevailing rock of this series

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0550                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada: LeBourdais: Ptarmigan Lake

    is soft brown to grey mica schist.

            At the narrows, about 12 miles southwest of Butte Island, granite appears

    on a high point jutting into the lake, and forms a high rugged ridge on the

    west side of the bay and a more or less continuous ridge from there north–

    eastward. This granite is different from that formerly observed, being

    usually red and pink in color and very coarse grained. It crosses to the

    west side of the northeastern end of the lake and continues westward to

    Aylmer Lake and possibly extends eastward along the north shore of Clinton–

    Colden Lake.

            Ptarmigan Lake, the Lockhart River and the other lakes in the Lockhart

    River system were named and first explored by George (afterwards Sir George)

    Back who, in 1833-35, headed an expedition searching for the lost British

    explorer Sir James Ross, who succeeded in getting back to England, however

    some time before Back himself returned. The lake has been visited by others

    in the interval, notably by J. W. Tyrrell in 1900 who traversed it on his

    way to the Thelon River on an exploratory expedition for the Geological

    Survey of Canada. Other Canadian government expeditions have made surveys

    since then, but the area is still relatively little known.

            Like the other lakes in this series, it is in a district at present

    comparatively inaccessible, and since its timber and agricultural possibilities

    are negligible, its only hope of economic importance lies in such mineral

    possibilities as ma n y be contained in its underlying rocks. Similar formations

    [ ?] in other

    parts of the country have been found productive, and it would therefore not

    be unnatural if some day when the country is more fully prospected valuable

    mineral deposits should be discovered.

            References:



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0551                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. Canada. LeBourdais: Ptarmigan Lake

            References :

            Back, George. Nar [ ?] ative of the Arctic Land Expedition to the Mouth of the

    Great Fish River, and Along the Shores of the Arctic Ocean in

    the Years 1833, 1834 and 1835 ; London; 1836.

            Tyrrell, J. W. Annual Report ; Geological Survey of Canada; 1900.

    Quebec, Subarctic Section



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0552                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    QUEBEC, SUBARCTIC SECTION

            The subarctic section of the Canadian province of Quebec consists of

    the western portion of the Labrador Peninsula, comprising the region formerly

    known as the district of Ungava, but now called New Quebec which was added

    to the province in 1912, in addition to part of Old Quebec south and east

    of James Bay. The boundaries of this area would therefore be as follows:

    Commencing at a point on the Ontario-Quebec boundary (longitude 79° 30′ W.)

    in about latitude 48° 15′ W., where it crosses the height of land between

    the St. Lawrence and James Bay drainage areas; thence, northward along the

    boundary to the south shore of James Bay; thence, eastward along the inden–

    tations of the south shore of James Bay to its southeastern angle; thence,

    along the eastern shore of James and Hudson bays in a generally northward

    direction to Cape Wolstenholme, in latitude 62° 35′ N., and longitude 77°

    31′ W., at the northeastern extremity of Hudson Bay; thence, in a generally

    southeasterly direction along the south coast of Hudson Strait (including

    the shoreline of Ungava Bay) to Cape Chidley, in latitude 60° 30′ N., long–

    itude 64° 30′ W., thence, southward and southwestward along the divide separ–

    ating the Atlantic and Hudson Bay watersheds to a point where it intersects

    the height of land separating the Hudson Bay watershed from that of the St.

    Lawrence in about latitude 52° N.; thence, westward along the height of land

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0553                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    to the point of commencement, aggregating about 343,259 square miles.

            The area, which attains its greatest elevation along its eastern and

    southern borders, slopes gradually northwestward. The highest part consists

    of a granitic region lying between latitude 52° 30′ N., and 54° N., and

    longitude 69° and 71° W., in which some of the largest rivers in the region

    have their sources, and which in some places attains an elevation of about

    2,500 feet above sea level. From this point the land rolls westward and

    northward in undulating folds to the shores of James and Hudson bays and

    Hudson Strait. It is traversed by ridges of low, rounded hills, seldom

    rising more than 500 feet above the general level of the country. In the

    Southern portion, that which drains into James Bay, the descent is gradual;

    nevertheless, the rivers flowing through that area are interrupted by quite

    as many falls and rapids as those farther north which flow into Hudson Bay,

    where the land within a short distance of salt water attains heights of

    about 1,000 feet, resulting in many great waterfalls as the rivers drop

    down the escarpment to the sea.

            The rivers of the area, commencing at the southwestern angle, are:

    the Harricanaw, 250 miles long, which, although flowing into the southern

    tip of James Bay in the Province of Ontario, nevertheless drains a consid–

    erable portion of the area being here described; the Nottaway River, 400

    miles long, which flows northwesterly into the Bottom of James Bay; the

    Eastmain River, 375 miles long, a few miles north of the latter, also flow–

    ing mainly westward into James Bay; Fort George River, 520 miles long, also

    flowing westward into James Bay, a short distance north of the Eastmain

    River; Great whale River, 365 miles long, flowing westward in a parallel

    valley into Hudson Bay; Little Whale River, a few miles farther north,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0554                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    running parallel to Great Whale; the Clearwater and Nastapoka rivers, still

    farther north, running northwesterly into Hudson Bay; and north of that, the

    Kogaluk and Povungnituk rivers draining the peninsula between Ungava and

    Hudson bays, in a portion of the area still largely unexplored. No rivers

    of consequence enter that portion of Hudson Strait between Cape Wolstenholme

    and Cape Hopes Advance, the western extremity of Ungava Bay, but several large

    rivers discharge into the latter. On the west side, Payne River drains an

    extensive area to the westward, its headwaters interlocking with those of the

    Kagaluk, thus providing an almost continuous cance-route across the peninsula.

    A similar situation exists with respect to Leaf River, 295 miles long, which

    drains Minto Lake, lying not far east of the Hudson Bay shore, and emptying

    into the southwestern angle of Ungava Bay. The Koksoak River, 535 miles long,

    the largest in the area, drains a large portion of the interior; its western

    tributary, the Stillwater-Larch, rising a short distance from the headwaters

    of the Nastapoka and the Clearwater, constitutes another water route between

    Ungava and Hudson bays. The Koksoak's other great tributary, the Kaniapiskau,

    rising far to the south in the high granitic area already mentioned, drains

    a strip of territory lying between the head of the westward-flowing rivers

    and those that flow eastward into the Atlantic. Whale River, a small stream,

    flows northward into the extreme southern point of Ungava Bay; but George

    River, 365 miles long, farther to the east, and flowing approximately north–

    ward into the eastern side of Ungava Bay, is an important river, draining a

    considerable area lying north of the watershed of the Hamilton River, the

    principal river flowing eastward through Labrador. Most of the rivers in

    their lower reaches occupy deep valleys, evidently of ancient origins, but

    inland, toward their sources, they seem to flow almost on the surface of the

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0555                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    ground, hence the great number of lake-expansions, arms and bays, while

    the ancient channels are still filled with glacial detritus.

            New Quebec, or Ungava, forms, with Labrador, the northeastern angle

    of the Canadian Shield which comprises about two-thirds of the Dominion of

    Canada, and which provides most of its mineral wealth. The Canadian, or

    Laurentian, Shield is underlain chiefly by rocks of Pre-Cambrian age, a

    complex mass of highly crystalline Archaean rocks consisting chiefly of

    gneisses and schists, some of which are believed to be highly metamorphosed

    materials of classic origin, while others are regarded as foliated eruptives.

    A narrow strip of rocks classified as Animikie and Deweenawan, or late Pre–

    Cambrian, extends southeasterly from Ungava Bay in which important mineral

    occurrences have been discovered and of which, at the time of writing, de–

    velopment was in progress. Similar rocks are found in a number of other

    places, but generally the rocks of the area belong to the earlier Pre-Cambrian

    series.

            New Quebec, typical of Pre-Cambrian territory, is a land of lakes, rang–

    ing in size from mere ponds to sheets of water such as the Mistassini, with

    an area of 840 square miles, the Clearwater, 410 square miles, the Apiski–

    gamish, 392 square miles, Minto Lake, 485 square miles, and Upper Seal Lake,

    with an area of 260 square miles. These are but a few of the largest among

    the myriads, most of them still unnamed, that cover the landscape and feed a

    network of rivers and streams. The rivers of New Quebec have no mountains

    to feed them as is the case with most rivers; they depend upon the run-off

    from precipitation which, in the aggregate, amounts to an enormous volume of

    water. In most cases, they occupy rocky basins, free from weeds or swamp,

    generally with rocky rather than sandy shores. Most of them are very irregular

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0556                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    in outline, with long arms or bays and dotted with rocky islands of all sizes

    and shapes.

            The climate ranges from temperate to cold, and climatic conditions are

    much less favorable than in the same latitudes westward of Hudson Bay. Temper–

    ature depends largely upon the direction from which winds come; south and

    southwest winds prevail during the summer, and bring overcast skies with fre–

    quent drizzling rain. When the wind swings to the north or northwest, clearer

    weather and lower temperatures follow; while when the wind comes from the

    northeast, heavy snow or rain storms may be expected. Clear, pleasant weather

    is usually the rule when the wind is in the east or southeast. The snowfall

    in winter varies from three to six feet; while, in summer, rain storms are

    frwquent. Precipitation, however, is not a great factor in the growth of such

    vegetation as the region affords, since over a large percentage of the area

    the soil is perpetually frozen. This provides ample moisture at the plant–

    roots, while the heavy mantle of mosses and lichens helps to prevent water

    from rain and snow from running off too quickly. The soil consists mostly of

    glacial till, composed of a mixture of sand and clay, intermixed with boulders

    of various sizes. Along the lower reaches of some of the rivers greater or

    less areas of bottom land have accumulated where, climate permitting, a limited

    amount of agriculture might be undertaken. In a few spots, especially toward

    the southern end of James Bay, garden produce can be raised successfully, but,

    generally speaking, the region as a whole does not promise much in the way of

    agriculture. It is possible, of course, that, with further experimentation in

    types of agriculture suited to northerly regions, the extent of territory over

    which the hardier sort of crops could be cultivated might be considerably in–

    creased. Not much of the area is covered with grass, but mosses and lichens

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0557                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    carpet most of the country; and for that reason it is more than likely that

    over large areas reindeer-raising could be successfully undertaken. No other

    type of stock-raising, however, is indicated.

            The forest is continuous over the southern part of the area between

    latitudes 52° and 54° N., the only exceptions being the summits of rocky

    hills. This part of the country contains vast areas of timber suited mainly

    to pulp, but here and there are extensive stands of merchantable timber. To

    the northward of 54°, the higher hills are treeless and the size and number of

    these areas rapidly increases; in latitude 55°, more than half the surface

    of the country is treeless, woods being found only about the margins of small

    lakes and in the valleys of the rivers. Trees also decrease in size until

    on the southern shores of Ungava Bay, they disappear altogether. The Leaf

    River, which empties into Ungava Bay a few miles north of its southwestern

    angle, is the northern limit of forest trees on the west side of Ungava Bay.

    A line drawn a little south of west, from the mouth of the Little Leaf River

    to the mouth of the Nastapoka River, on Hudson Bay, would give a close approx–

    imation to the northern tree limit of western Ungava. Throughout the forest

    belt, the lowlands fringing the streams and lakes are covered with thickets

    of willows and alders. As the semi-barrens are approached, the areas covered

    by these shrubs become more extensive, and not only form wide margins along

    the rivers and shores of the lakes, but, with dwarf birches, occupy much of

    the open glades. Willows and birches also grow on the sides of the hills,

    above the tree line, where they form low thickets exceedingly difficult to

    pass through. Beyond the limits of the true forest, similar thickets of Artic

    willows and birches are found on the low ground, but on the more elevated lands

    they grow only a few inches above the surface.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0558                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

            The principal forest trees are: White paper, or canoe, birch ( Betula

    papyrifera ), Aspen poplar ( Populus tremuloides ), Balsam poplar ( Populus

    balsamifera ), Banksian pine, Jack pine ( Pinus Banksiana ), White spruce ( Picea

    alba ), Black spruce ( Picea nigra ), Balsam fir, or spruce ( Abies balsamea ),

    Tamarack or larch ( Larix Americana ).

            Fish abound throughout the region: all the large lakes and streams are

    well supplied. Lake trout and whitefish are plentiful in most of the lakes,

    the former running up to 50 or 60 pounds, while white fish average three or

    four pounds. A species of small sturgeon is found in a number of lakes and

    streams, notably Rupert, Eastmain and Nottaway rivers and in Lakes Nemiskau

    and Obatogaman. The Indians consume large quantities of suckers, which are

    found almost everywhere in the rivers and lakes. The Atlantic salmon is

    found in the rivers flowing into Ungava Bay, but it is not found in the streams

    that empty into Hudson Bay. Land-looked salmon, or ouinaniche, are found on

    a number of the streams where high waterfalls have cut off access to the sea

    and in the lakes which they drain. Hearn's salmon, or arctic trout, is found

    along the northern part of the eastern coast of Hudson Bay, although it does

    not seem to go much farther into the Bay than a short distance south of Cape

    Jones. Brook trout are abundant in many of the lakes and rivers, sea-run

    fish of this species running up to 14 pounds are found along the coasts and

    about the mouths of the rivers. Pike are common throughout the area in the

    lakes and quiet-flowing sections of the rivers. Codfish are abundant along

    the coast of Hudson and James bays.

            Walrus once extended as far south along the Hudson Bay coast as the

    Belcher Islands, but they have been largely exterminated. Hair and harp seals

    are found along the coasts of Hudson and James bays and along Hudson Strait.

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0559                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    The white whale, a species of porpoise, is common along the shores of Hudson

    Strait and Hudson Bay.

            The main source of income for the people of Ungava since the seventeenth

    century has been the fur trade, and furs still constitute their main source

    of revenue. The varieties of furbearing animals fluctuate in numbers from

    time to time and from locality to locality, as trapping and activity of other

    descriptions take their toll of the wild life. Foxes of all kinds are caught

    over a wide area, as well as lynx, marton, fisher, weasel, mink, Wolverine,

    Wolf and otter. Beaver were once plentiful all through the forested area,

    but have been exterminated over large areas; of late years, however, they have

    been protected by the Government. Barren ground grizzlies and polar bears

    are found in the northern parts of the area, while black bears are common over

    a larger section of the region, especially in the forested parts.

            Both barren ground and woodland caribou were once found in large numbers

    in the areas suited to their particular requirements, but the latter have

    been practically exterminated and the former, once in immense herds, are now

    found chiefly in the more inaccessible regions of the treeless parts of the

    north.

            In the late Pre-Cambrian rocks, many minerals have been found, chief of

    which from an economic standpoint are probably lead and iron, the latter more

    especially. In the rocks underlying the Ungava Depression, which runs south–

    easterly from Ungava Bay, Immense deposits of hematite ores, running as high

    as 64 per cent, have been found. This ore is especially suited to the manu–

    facture of Bessemer steel, and is of a type similar to that found in the famous

    Misabi Range of Minnesota. The ores are generally associated with a cherty

    limestone, which occurs widely throughout the region, although not in every

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0560                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    case associated with iron carbonates. Iron occurrences have been reported

    by the Geological Survey of Canada since as early as 1877, and from these

    reports it is obvious that the region contains hundreds of millions of tons

    of commercial grade ores, development of which has been compelled to await

    the provision of transportation and the generation of power.

            The latter should prove no problem, for most of the rivers in the region,

    on their way to the sea tumble down cataracts or fall over cliffs. For ex–

    ample, Great Whale River, within 20 miles of its mouth, drops over three falls,

    150, 230, and 65 feet in height, respectively. The falls on the Nasrapoka,

    not far from its mouth on the Hudson Bay coast, have a drop of 180 feet, 125

    feet of which is a sheer drop; while near Richard Gulf, the Wyachuan River

    Falls provide a head of 315 feet. It is estimated that the Shale Falls of the

    Kaniapiskau River, a tributary of the Koksoak, are capable of producing 1,000,000

    horse power of hydro-electric energy.

            The northern boundary of New Quebec, from Cape Chidley, on the northeastern

    corner of Killinok Island, the southeastern extremity of Hudson Strait, is, in

    a straight line, nearly 500 miles long, to Cape Wolstenholms, the southwestern

    limit of Hudson Strait and the northeastern extremity of Hudson Bay. Trending

    north-northwest, it forms the southern shore of Hudson Strait and includes

    Ungava Bay, 140 miles wide at its mouth and about the same in depth. The

    eastern shore of Ungava Bay comes to a common point with the Newfoundland–

    Labrador coast at Killinok Island, which is merely and extension of the coast,

    separated from the mainland by narrow McLelan Strait. On the Western side of

    Killinek Island, the harbor of Port Burwell is on the north shore of Forbes

    Sound, which is two and ahalf miles wide at its entrance. From the soutern–

    most point of Forbes Sound the coast trends south-southwestward for about 45

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0561                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    miles and then turns to the south-southeast for about 16 miles. Beyond this

    point, the coast continues in a southwesterly direction to the mouth of George

    River, the estuary of which is about eight miles across. Between the mouth of

    George River, a distance of 55 miles southwestward to the mouth of Whale River,

    the coast is generally low with occasional rocky points. In this stretch are

    three small bays, each receiving a small river. Ungava Bay does not diminish

    much in width from top to bottom and the coast at its lower end trends slightly

    north of west.

            Between the mouth of Whale River, which is about a mile wide, and the

    mouth of the Koksoak River, which enters the lower end of Ungava Bay, about

    25 miles west of the mouth of Whale River, the coast continues low and is broken

    by a deep indentation known as False River Bay, so-called because of its having

    been mistaken for the mouth of Koksoak River. The Koksoak, the largest in the

    Whole territory is navigable for ocean-going vessels for about 60 or 70 miles.

    Fort Chimo, the Hudson's Bay Company's post, is situated about 30 miles above the

    river's mouth.

            The western side of Ungava Bay is low-lying and trends in a generally

    northerly direction, terminating in Cape Hopes Advance, in latitude 61° 05′ N.

    and longitude 69° 33′ W. Between the mouth of the Koksoak and the mouth of

    Leaf River a broad promontory about 35 miles wide extends northeastward beyond

    the direct line of the coast. Leaf Bay, immediately beyond the promontory,

    about seven miles wide at its mouth and two and a half miles deep, leads by a

    narrow opening to Leaf Lake or Gulf, separated from it by a narrow strip of

    rock, into which Leaf River empties. Hopes Advance Bay, a broad indentation

    without headlands lies north of Leaf Gulf. The coast then curves to the east

    in a gradual bow, which is terminated by Payne Bay, 12 miles wide at its mouth

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0562                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    and about 40 miles deep to the mouth of Payne River. Beyond this point the

    coast trends northerly to Cape Hopes Advance, which is the northern extremity

    of a flat peninsula, five to ten miles wide and rising to an elevation of

    about 250 feet, separating Ungava Bay from Diana Bay, immediately to the

    westward. The latter is about 12 miles wide at its mouth and extends south–

    ward for about 20 miles. Beyond Diana Bay, the coast trends north-northwest–

    ward and is indented by a considerable number of bays and flord-like inlets.

    In a stretch of about 70 miles from the westernmost point of Diana Bay to

    Cape Prince of Wales, the coast tre [ ?] ds first west-northwestward and then hocks

    around to the north, ending with Cape Prince of Wales. This section, especially

    where it swings northward, is indented by a number of bays, resulting in a

    jagged coastline. Cape Prince of Wales, which is in latitude 61° 31′ N.,

    longitude 71° 31′ W., marks the beginning of a stretch of bold coastline ex–

    tending in a northwesterly direction to Cape Weggs (latitude 62° 26′ N.,

    longitude 73° 41′ W.), in which there are several large fiord-like inlets.

    Wakeham Bay, the principal one, about 14 miles northwestward of Cape Prince

    of Wales, is considered to be the safest and best harbor on the south coast

    of Hudson Strait. Wakeham Bay settlement is situated on the eastern shore,

    about 6 miles within the entrance.

            From Cape Weggs the coast trends west-southwestward for about 50 miles

    to Sugluk Inlet, which penetrates inland in a southwesterly direction for about

    13 miles and is about 2 miles at its greatest width. From Sugluk Inlet, the

    trend of the coast is again west-northwesterly for 65 miles to Cape Wolsten–

    holme. Eric Cove, 2-1/2 miles east of Cape Wolstenholme, in latitude 62° 35′ N.,

    longitude 77° 31′ W., marks the extreme northwestern limit of the south coast

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0563                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    of Hudson Strait between Cape Chidley and Hudson Bay, and also marks the

    northernmost point of the Province of Quebec.

            The eastern shore of Hudson Bay deviates laterally at a number of points

    in its 800 miles to the bottom of James Bay, but its general trend is never–

    theless north and south. The Hudson Bay section can be divided into parts,

    the northern, extending form Cape Wolstenholme to Cape Dufferin, about 250

    miles to the south, and the southern part between Cape Dufferin and Cape Jones,

    which marks the transition from Hudson Bay to James Bay, about 260 miles farther

    south. The northern part is relatively low, with rounded hills rising very

    little above the wide valleys, while inland a slightly rising plain is broken

    by long, rocky ridges. The shores are rocky at the points, the bays fringed

    by sand or boulder beaches. The water is shallow for a considerable distance

    off-shore and the bottom is very uneven. The southern part, however, is bold

    with hills often rising directly from the water to altitudes of 1,000 feet or

    more. This stretch of coast, between Cape Dufferin and Cape Jones, recedes

    to form a wide are open to the westward in which there are chains and groups

    of islands, the largest being the Belcher group. To the east, opposite the

    Belcher Islands, Richmond Gulf provides one of the most interesting features

    of the Hudson Bay coast. It is an irregular inlet, triangular in shape, about

    23 miles at its base. Its axis runs parallel with the sea from which it is

    separated by a high rocky ridge two or three miles in width, across which a

    narrow gap, 300 feet at its narrowest, gives ingress and egress.

            Cape Jones, which is cut by the 80th parallel of west longitude in lati–

    tude 54° 34′ N., is the westernmost point of the Ungava Peninsula. James Bay,

    which extends southward from this point, is more than 200 miles long, the

    greater part of it having a width of more than 100 miles. As in the case of

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0564                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    Hudson Bay i st ts elf, the eastern coast of James Bay is very irregular in outline,

    broken by innumerable inlets and with rocks lying close to the shore. The

    trend of the coast from Cape Jones to the mouth of the Eastmain River, 170

    miles, is slightly south of southeast. Fort George River (Big River), which

    enters the Bay 50 miles southeast of Cape Jones, is one of the largest streams

    of the Ungava Peninsula. It discharges through two main channels, caused by

    an island at its mouth; Fort George settlement is situated on the north side

    of this island. Eastmain River enters about 120 miles south of the north of

    Fort George River.

            From the mouth of Eastmain River the coast trends south-southwesterly

    to Sherrick Hill, a bold promontory standing 700 feet above the water line.

    Beyond this point, the coast again trends slightly south of southeast to Rupert

    Bay, entered between Snape Point and Sawayan Point, about 10 miles southwest–

    ward. Rupert Bay is an indentat on in the eastern side of the bottom of James

    Bay which extends southward more than 20 miles to the mouth of the Nottaway

    River. Rupert River, at the mouth of which stands Rupert House settlement,

    empties into the eastern side of Rupert Bay about 19 miles south-southeastward

    of Snape Point; Broadback River discharges between Rupert and Nottaway rivers.

            The southern boundary of the area being described is arbitrary, but

    follows in general the height of land between the St. Lawrence River drainage

    and that of Hudson and James bays and Hudson Strait. It is a line about 600

    miles in length, beginning at the Ontario boundary south of 48° N., and con–

    tinuing northeasterly to a point in latitude 52° 30′ N., longitude 64° W.,

    where it intersects the watershed between James and Hudson bays and that which

    drains into the Atlantic Ocean, marking the boundary between Quebec and New–

    foundland-Labrador.



    014      |      Vol_XIII-0565                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

            The Labrador Peninsula was undoubtedly the first part of North America

    to be seen by a European. Just where the Norsemen from Iceland and Greenland

    made their first landfall is not known; but it is now generally believed that

    it was probably at the southeast end of Baffin Island, whence, in later years,

    they proceeded southward along the coast of Labrador. John Cabot and his son

    Sebastian are believed also to have reached Labrador, and after them fishermen

    from several European countries. These, however, all confined their visits

    to the Atlantic coast, and consequently did not have contact with the terri–

    tory which has since come to be known as New Quebec. The first persons of

    European descent to explore the coasts of that area and to land upon its shores

    were Henry Hudson and members of the crew of his ship the Discovery , which

    sailed into Hudson Strait in the summer of 1610, and after battling storms

    and ice in the Strait, reached Cape Wolstenholme at its western end to which

    Hudson gave its name after one of his patrons. From there Hudson turned south

    along the eastern shores of Hudson and James bays to the bottom of the latter,

    where the winter was spent. It is possible that Hudson and his eight compan–

    ions abandoned in a small boat the following year by the mutinous crew of the

    Discovery may have reached land somewhere along the coast of James Bay, but

    of that there is no recoed. In 1631, Thomas James in the Henrietta Maria of

    about 70 tons, searching for the mythical Northwest Passage, sailed to the

    bottom of the bay since named after him and on Charlton Island, a few miles

    off the eastern shore of James Bay, spent the winter, where three of his crew

    died.

            In 1670, King Charles II of England granted to his cousin Prince Rupert

    and "Company of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay," "The whole

    trade of all those seas, streights, and bays, rivers, lakes, creeks and sounds..

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0566                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    . . . within the streights commonly called Hudson's Streights together with

    all the lands, countries and territories upon the coasts and confines of the

    seas, streights, bays, lakes, rivers, creeks and sounds aforesaid . . ."

    This regal grant included all the territory now known as New Quebec. Even

    before the grant was given, a fort had already been built in the territory in

    question. In order to test the story of the two renegade French Canadians,

    Radisson and Groseilliers, upon whose representations the Company of Adventurers

    had been organized, two ships were outfitted for an expedition to Hudson Bay,

    the Eaglet and the Nonsuch . The former, with Radisson on board, encountered

    heavy weather on the Atlantic and put back into the Thames; but the Nonsuch, a

    50 ton ketch, commanded by Zachariah Gillam of Boston, with Groseilliers on

    board, succeeded in winning through to Hudson Bay. They sailed southward to

    the bottom of James Bay and at the mouth of a river which they called Rupert's

    River, established the first trading-post of the company that was later to be

    organized. They named it after the King, but later it became known as Rupert's

    House, and as such has been in continuous existence. The ship's company winter–

    ed there and Groseilliers busied himself so well with trading with the natives

    that when the Nonsuch with its cargo of furs valued at £19,000 reached England

    the following year, any lingering doubts that the English nobles and other

    persons who had joined prince Rupert in the enterprise may have had, quickly

    vanished.

            The following year, Gillam and the Nonsuch were back, this time with

    Radisson as well as Groseilliers; and accompanying them was the first resident

    governor of the Hudson's Bay Company, Charles Bayly, who established himself

    at Fort Charles. In 1686, despite the fact that England and France were at

    the time nominally at peace, Chevalier de Troyes, with Le Moyne d'Iberville,

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0567                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBoudais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    then 24 years of age, 30 regulars, 70 Canadian militia and a chaplain, by a

    forced overland march during the winter, advanced from Montreal up the Ottawa

    River and down Moose River to Moose Factory, which they seized, as well as

    Rupert's House and Fort Albany. For seven years the French continued in pos–

    session of the forts at the bottom of James Bay, while the English controlled

    those on Hudson Bay; but in the meantime war had broken out between England

    and France; and in 1693 James Knight, then the resident governor, succeeded

    in driving the French entirely out of the territory.

            With the passing of French rule in 1763, the Hudson's Bay Company was

    relieved of the necessity of defending its preserves from enemies of the

    nation, but it still had to meet the competition of other traders. This com–

    petition caused the company for the first time to establish inland posts, and

    which was later removed to the mouth of the river, near where the Northwest

    Company also had a post. Except for this, the Hudson's Bay Company had no

    ecompetition to meet in Ungava after the French were driven out in 1693. In

    1827, Dr. Mandry, in the employ of the company, sailed up the east coast of

    James and Hudson bays from Moose Factory to Richmond Gulf and proceeded thence

    to Clearwater and Seal Lakes and from there to the Stillwater-Larch River,

    descending the latter to the Koksoak where Fort Chimo was established 30 miles

    upstream from the coast. Following the amalgamation with the Northwest Com–

    pany in 1821, the rule of the Hudson's Bay Company was supreme until, in 1869,

    They surrendered their charter and the Dominion of Canada took over. The com–

    pany still retained its trading posts, however, and a considerable amount of

    lands besides, which, in Ungava, constituted practically the only settlements.

            From the time that the Hudson's Bay Company's charter was surrendered to

    017      |      Vol_XIII-0568                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    the Dominion of Canada, the latter administered the territory of Ungava as

    part of the Northwest Territories until 1912, when the whole area was trans–

    ferred to the Province of Quebec, and has since formed part of that province.

    During the time that the federal government held jurisdiction over Ungava

    Territory, nothing was done either to develop or settle the region. Practical–

    ly the only exploration was conducted by the Geological Survey of Canada through

    the work of Dr. Robert Bell and Dr. A. P. Low. The earliest survey was con–

    ducted in 1877-78, when he explored the east coast of Hudson Bay. In the same

    years Dr. Low explored the coasts of Hudson and James bays and the country to

    the east drained by the Fort George, Great Whale and Clearwater rivers. And

    between 1892 and 1895, inclusive, Dr. Low explored the greater part of the

    Labrador Peninsula, mainly along the courses of the Eastmain, Koksoak, Hamilton

    and other rivers, and later, in 1900, explored the coasts of Hudson Strait,

    Ungava Bay and the coasts of Hudson and James bays. Until quite recently his

    work has constituted practically all that was known about the geology of that

    region, and his reports have lighted the way for those who have followed him.

            Although the Province of Quebec assumed jurisdiction in 1912, nothing

    more has been done in the way of either development or settlement than was

    done by the federal government during its 43 years of control until within the

    Past few years when the government has adopted the plan of granting extensive areas

    to large mining corporations.

            Since the earliest times, the eastern coast of Labrador had been claimed

    by Newfoundland; and while what eventually became the Dominion of Canada ad–

    mitted the claim, the exact boundaries were never defined. Furthermore, Can–

    adians were inclined to complain that Newfoundland's rights did not extend

    quite so far to the west as its government seemed to think. Concessions granted

    018      |      Vol_XIII-0569                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    by the latter were disputed by the Canadian Government and finally, in 1903,

    the matter came to a head when the Government of Newfoundland granted a

    licence for the cutting of timber in the vicinity of Hamilton River which

    the Canadian Government considered to be within Canadian territory. Conse–

    quently, by mutual consent, the question was submitted to the Judicial Com–

    mittee of the Privy Council at London, the highest court in the British Empire.

    Decision was not rendered until March 1, 1927, when the privy Council found

    in favor of Newfoundland; in fact, the award was even more favorable than

    most Newfoundlanders had expected. The boundary between Labrador and New

    Quebec was declared to be the height of land separating the regions drained

    into Hudson and James bays from those draining into the Atlantic Ocean; and

    since the Hamilton River and its tributaries head far to the westward, the

    territory of Newfoundland-Labrador penetrates a considerable distance into

    the heart of the territory of New Quebec.

            Mention has been made of the concessions granted by the Quebec Government

    to certain mining corporations. In 1936, a concession was granted to the Hol–

    linger Consolidated Gold Mines Limited, whose principal mining properties are

    in the Porcupine section of northern Ontario, giving it the exploration rights

    on an area comprising about 3,900 square miles, adjoining the Quebec-Labrador

    boundary, extending southward from about latitude 55° N., and adjoining a

    similar concession with respect to 20,000 square miles of territory granted

    by the Newfoundland Government to a company headed by A. H. Mackay of Montreal,

    which was later also acquired by the Hollinger interests, with whom are associ–

    iated the M. A. Hanna Company of Cleveland, Ohio. Subsequently, Hollinger

    Consolidated Gold Mines Limited incorporated three subsidiary companies to

    assist in the exploitation of its concessions. Hollinger North Shore Explora-

    019      |      Vol_XIII-0570                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    tion Company Limited holds the 20,000 square mile concession obtained through

    the Mackay interests from the Government of Newfoundland; and the Quebec,

    North Shore and Labrador Railway was incorporated to secure a charter to

    build and operate a railway from Seven Islands, a part on the north shore of

    the St. Lawrence River, northward 360 miles to the northern limit of the area

    held under concession.

            In the interval, diamond drilling has been conducted at a number of points

    throughout the concessions and extensive deposits of high-grade hematite and

    magnetite ore have been disclosed. It is expected that a great deal of it can

    be removed by open-pit mining. Since most of the streams in the area and con–

    tiguous thereto have falls and rapids of various heights, power constitutes

    no problem; the only question that needed to be determined was the extent of

    the deposits and that seems to be no longer a problem.

            The iron deposits are mainly along what is known as the Labrador trough,

    an area extending southward from Ungava bay and averaging about 30 miles in

    Width. Immediately north of the Hollinger concession, Norancon Exploration

    Limited, controlled by three large mining corporations, secured from the

    Quebec Government in 1946 the rights to 1,500 square miles; tying onto this

    area on the north, Fort Chimo Mines Limited, controlled by Frobisher Limited,

    a subsidiary of Ventures Limited, holds the rights over 1,000 square miles,

    including extensive iron ridges in the Fort Mackenzie area where the Shale

    Falls on the Kaniapiskau River have an estimated capacity of 1,000,000 horse

    power. North of this group, the Quebec Labrador Development Company controls

    an area of 1,00 square miles at Limestone Falls, also on the Kaniapiskau River,

    While north of this again, Fenimore Iron Mines Limited have 448 square miles,

    constituting the final portion of the known iron region. The latter area is

    020      |      Vol_XIII-0571                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geog. LeBourdais: Canada-Quebec, Subarctic Section

    not far south of Ungava Bay and it is possible that transportation for its

    development will be by way of the Koksoak River.

            Until these development began, the whole region contained but a few

    hundred persons other than Indians and Eskimos and the number of the latter

    was not great. As the game resources of the region have diminished, the

    numbers of the natives have correspondingly diminished; it is not unusual for

    whole families to die of starvation, while disease takes a heavy toll. The

    widespread mineral occurrences which are now about to be developed will un–

    doubtedly bring about an increase in the population — although probably not

    of the native population — and it is only a matter of time till a number of

    mining communities of considerable size will be established in different parts

    of the area.

            The northern portions of the Ungava Peninsula, along the coasts of Hudson

    Strait and Hudson Bay as far south as Great Whale River until comparatively

    recently were the habitat of the Eskimos, while the region inland as far north

    as the Stillwater River and along the coast to the south of Great Whale River

    Were occupied if at all by Indians. The latter belong to the Algonkian family

    and consist mainly of the Nascaupee and Montagnais tribes, with a certain amount

    of admixture, all of whom speak either Cree or Ojibway, but dialects vary in

    different localities.

            References:

            Low, A. P., Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the

    Eastmain, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manikauagan and Portions of Other

    Rivers in 1892-93-94-95 ; Geological survey of Canada, Annual

    Report ; 1895.

            Hubbard, M. B., A Woman's Way Through Unknown Labrador; London; 1908.

            Flaherty, R. J., Two Traverses Across Ungava Peninsula, Labrador ; The Geograph–

    ical Review, Vol. VI, No. 2 (August 1918).

            Dept. of Mines, Extracts from Reports on the District of Ungava or New Quebec ;

    Quebec, 1929.

    Quiet Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0572                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    QUIET LAKE

            Quiet Lake, Yukon Territory, Cominion of Canada, is the source of

    Big Salmon River (q.v.), a tributary of Lewes River (q.v.), which is one

    of the principal sources of the Yukon River (q.v.). Quiet Lake lies at

    an altitude of 2580 feet above sea level, just west of the 133rd meridian

    of west longitude, in the angle where the latter is intersected by the 61st

    parallel of north latitude. It is 18 miles in length, with a maximum width

    of 2-1/2 miles. Its main axis is north and south, but it curves slightly to the west.

            On the west, the lake is bordered by high mountains, the highest reach–

    ing 6,660 above sea level. A mountain rising to 4,600 feet above sea level

    divided the lake from the Nisutlin Valley, to the east, but toward the upper

    (southern) end of the lake the land becomes much lower. Here, Cary Portage

    connects the Nisutlin River and Quiet Lake. The highest point on the portage

    is only 370 feet above the level of the Nisutlin River. Three small lakes

    reduce its length by about a mile. It is possible that the outlet of Quiet

    Lake was toward the Nisutlin River in pre-glacial times. The present outlet

    is at the northern extremity of the lake, where a 12-feet drop connects it

    with the first of a series of small lakes in the valley of Big Salmon River.

            The mountain slopes along the borders of the lake are well timbered

    with white and black spruce, balsam fir, black pine, aspen and balsam poplar,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0573                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Quiet Lake

    white birch and tamarack, some of which attains a considerable size.

            Some of the streams flowing into Quiet Lake are gold-bearing, but

    hitherto nothing of much consequence has been found. The Geological Survey

    of Canada recommends the district as one that might repay more intensive

    prospecting.

            Reference:

    Lees, R. J. Geology of Teslin - Quiet Lake Area Yukon . Geological Survey

    of Canada; Memoir No. 203; 1936.

    Reindeer Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0574                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D.M. LeBourdais)


    REINDEER LAKE

            Reindeer Lake, lying slightly east of north on the boundary between

    northern Saskatchewan and Manitoba, Dominion of Canada, drainsby way of

    Reindeer and Churchill rivers, into Hudson Bay. It has an area of 2,444

    square miles, of which 386 square miles are in Manitoba and 2058 square

    miles are in Saskatchewan. Its length is 144 miles, it greatest width 30

    miles, its elevation is 1150 feet above sea level, and its shoreline, broken

    by innumerable indentations, is approximately 1300 miles. It contains over

    3700 islands of all sizes and shapes. The southern end of Reindeer Lake is

    in latitude 56° 15′ N., and its northern end is in latitude 58° 10′ N.,

    While it is cut lengthwise by the 102nd parallel of west latitude, which

    constitutes the boundary between the provinces of Manitoba and Saskatchewan.

            Reindeer Lake lies wholly within the Canadian Shield, the area underlain

    chiefly by rocks of Precambrian age, which occupies nearly all of northern

    Canada, almost as far west as the Rocky Mountains, north of the prairies.

    In consequence, it is charasteristic of lakes in that region: its shoreline

    is broken by many long, narrow indentations, and its area is occupied by

    numerous rocky islands. During the Pleistocene period, the lake and sur–

    rounding area were covered by a continental ice-sheet, apparently originat–

    ing in the Keewatin ice-center west of Hudson Bay, which moved in a south–

    westerly direction. Owing to the shortness of the time, practically no ere–

    sion has occurred since the retreat of the ice, and therefore such glacial

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0575                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Reindeer Lake

    drift as was left by the ice still lies in about the same condition as when

    it was deposited. The chief variant in this is where glacial deposits have

    been re-worked by ice and wave action along the shoreline of the lake. Evi–

    dences of old beaches to be seen at a number of places, suggest that the level

    of the lake was somewhat higher at previous periods than at present.

            Reindeer Lake is widest in its northern part and gradually tapers toward

    the south, where it merges into Reindeer River. About half-way up the lake,

    a string of islands of islands of various sizes extends across from Porcupine Point, on

    the eastern shore, to Vermilion Point, on the western shore, in effect, divid–

    ing the lake into two sections, although both of the latter are also well

    filled with islands.

            The north shore of Reindeer Lake is broken by three deep indentations.

    At the northwestern angle of the lake, Brocket Bay, about 10 miles deep and

    about the same distance across, receives Cochrane River at its top and is

    also the site of Brochet Indian village and trading post. Westward of Long

    Point, a high, rocky promontory, Perch Bay extends northward for 10 miles

    with a large island at its mouth. West of this, Zangexa Bay extends north–

    ward for [ e ?] ight miles. From the mouth of this bay, the shore runs a southwest–

    ward to a broad point forming the north shore of a wide bay, beyond which

    the coast continues southwesterly to Vermilion Bay, into which Swam River

    empties at its northwestern angle, and Wathaman River at its south w estern

    angle. Vermilion Point forms the southern shore of Vermilion Bay; and on the

    south side of the latter is Wepusko Bay, extending southwestward. From the

    mouth of Wepusko Bay, the shore line trends southward, and then curves to the

    southwestward, terminating in a long promontory which forms the eastern side

    of the upper end of Numabin Bay, lying in a north-and-south direction, the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0576                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Reindeer Lake

    southern end of which constitutes the lower end of Reindeer Lake. From the

    outlet of the lake, at its southern extremity, the east shore, even more

    deeply indented than the west shore, swings northeasterly. The first indenta–

    tion of consequence is Deep Bay, almost circular and about five miles across,

    which extends southeastward from the line of the coast. Twelve miles farther

    to the northeast, Wapus Bay, the outlet of the river of the same name, extends

    four or five miles eastward. Here the lake is not much more than 10 miles wide,

    the intervening distance being occupied by numerous islands. Paskwachi Bay,

    into which the Paskwachi River empties, lies immediately south of the broad

    promontory of which South Porcupine Point marks the southwestern extremity,

    and North Porcupine Point, the northwestern extremity. Beyond the latter, the

    shore line trends northeasterly to the bottom of Brocket Bay. In the latter

    stretch, the shore, while quite broken, is not so deeply indented as it is

    farther south.

            Reindeer Lake lies south of the northern limit of woods, but the thin

    soil generally surrounding the lake results in a sparse forest growth, the

    principal trees being black spruce and birch of small diameter, with occasional

    stands of Banksian pine and, in wet spots, a few tamaracks and poplars, the

    latter being much more common towaed the southern end of the lake than farther

    north.

            Since the lake lies within the Precambrian area composed of rocks similar

    to those in which important mineral occurrences have been discovered elsewhere,

    it is possible that some day its shores may be the center of producing mines.

    In 1927, a zinc-copper deposit was staked on Paskwachi Bay, almost on the bound–

    ary line between Saskatchewan and Manitoba. In the following year, a certain

    amount of diamond drilling was done, but whether because of lack of transporta-

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0577                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Reindeer Lake

    tion facilities, or otherwise, no further development has been undertaken.

            Outside of the fur trade, which is still important, the only other in–

    dustry which the region supports is commercial fishing. In winter, its

    whitefish, lake trout and other fish in which its water abound, are caught

    in nets set under the ice and shipped by tractor-train, princiaplly to supply

    markets in the United States.

            The first persons of European extraction to see Reindeer Lake were un–

    doubtedly fur traders; the first explorer to reach its shores was David

    Thompson, in the employ of the Northwest Company, who, in 1796, ascended the

    Reindeer River from Churchill River, following and surveying the west shore

    of the lake to Swan River, [ following ?] which he ascended, proceeding thence by

    way of Wollaston Lake to Lake Athabaska. In 1881, A. S. Cochrane, of the Geo–

    logical Survey of Canada, asking a track survey from Cumberland House, in the

    lower Saskatchewan River region, to Athabaska Lake, traversed Reindeer Lake to

    the mouth of the river since named for him, and thence to Lake Athabaska. In

    1892, D. B. Dowling, of the Geological Survey, in association with J. B.

    Tyrrell, surveyed the west shore of the lake to its outlet; and in 1928, C. H.

    Stockwell, also of the Survey, completed the lake's geological mapping.

            The principal river flowing into Reindeer Lake is the Cochrane which

    drains a large area to the northeast, north and northwest. It rises in Wollas–

    ton Lake, which lies northwest of Reindeer Lake, flows northeastward through

    the usual chain of lakes and lake-expansions, and then, turning abruptly to

    the south, flows in a course slightly east of south into the northeastern angle

    of Reindeer Lake. Swan River, emptying into the west side of Reindeer Lake,

    provides, by means of connecting lakes, streams and portages, a cance-route

    to the southern end of Wollaston Lake. The wathaman River drains a consider-

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0578                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Reindeer Lake

    able area lying to the southwest of Reindeer Lake into Vermilion Bay, on the

    west side of the lake. Several small rivers enter the lake on its east side,

    the principal of which is the Paskwachi, flowing into the bay of the same name,

    about half-way up the lake.

            Three trading posts have been established on Reindeer Lake, contiguous

    to the three Indian villages. At Brochet, at the north end of the lake, where

    the largest village is situated, the majority of the Indians are Chipawyans,

    while at Southend, they belong to the Cree tribe. The other trading post,

    also near the south end of the lake, on its eastern side, has few Indians

    living nearby. It is the terminus of the winter train from the Hudson Bay

    Railway at The Pas, Manitoba, on the Saskatchewan River.

            References:

            Stockwell, C. H. Reindeer Lake Area, Saskatchewan and Manitoba . Geological

    Survey of Canada; Summary Report, 1928, Part B.

            Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River . Geological Survey of Canada; Annual Report, Vol. VIII,

    1896.

    Reindeer River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0579                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    REINDEER RIVER

            Reindeer River is the outlet by which the waters of Reindeer Lake, in

    northern Saskatchewan (and partly in Manitoba), are drained southward into

    the Churchill River. As is the case with many of the lakes in this region

    of Pre-Cambrian rocks, the river commences its course by tumbling down a fall

    of eight feet, which is circumvented by a short portage across a bare rocky

    island, known as Rock Portage. Below this, a short stretch of river leads

    to a small lake, below which is Whitesand Falls, where the river descends

    about sixteen feet in two leaps. Here a dam has been constructed to regulate

    the outflow to provide a more constant head of water for the hydro-electric

    installation at Island Falls, on the Churchill River. This is followed by

    another small lake, and this, in turn, by Manitou Rapids, where the river rushes

    between high, almost vertical, rocky walls, making another portage necessary.

            Below Manitou Rapids, for seven miles, the river flows through a regular

    well-defined channel, winding along a low botton-land, wooded with small spruce

    and tamarack. For the next eighteen miles, the river spreads into a succession

    of small lakes; and, at Steeprock Fall, it plunges over a 15-foot ledge of rock,

    where it divides into several channels between islands covered mainly with

    spruce. Below the fall is a heavy rapid, where the portage leads over a hill,

    rising to about forty feet above the river level at its lower end.

            For the next thirty-two miles, the Reindeer wends its way through a wide

    valley bordered by hills from 200 to 400 feet high, with many bays and rambling

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0580                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Reindeer River

    extensions, resembling a lake much more than a river. Below this is a rough

    rapid known as Deer Rapid, th last on the river. From the foot of this

    r pa ap id to the Churchill, a distance of six miles, the river valley seems to

    be continuous with that of the Churchill above where the Reindeer enters,

    while the Churchill itself, proceeding to the eastward, seems to flow out

    through a narrow gap in the hills.

            References:

            McInnes, William Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 30, 1913.

            Tyrrell, J. B. Geological Survey of Canada, [ ?] Vol. Ix, 1896, Pt. F.

    Richardson Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0581                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    RICHARDSON MOUNTAINS

            The Richardson Mountains, northwestern Canada, constitute the north–

    ward end of that great mountain chain which is sometimes called the "backbone

    of the continent," and which, in North America, is known as the Rocky Moun–

    tains. They succeed the Mackenzie Mountains, which are the successors of

    the Rocky Mountains. Like both the Rocky Mountains and the Mackenzie Moun–

    tains, they consist chiefly of sedimentary rocks, and are somewhat younger,

    geologically than parallel ranges of the Canadian Cordillera farther west.

            The Richardson Mountains are definitely separated from the Mackenzie

    Mountains by the Peel Plateau, which occupies, at that point, a space of

    about 40 miles between the two mountains across which the Bonnet Plume and

    Wind rivers flow northward to join the Peel. The latter skirts the southern

    end of the Richardson Mountains. Members of the Geological Survey of Canada

    are of the opinion, however, that structurally the Richardson Mountains are

    a northward continuation of the Mackenzie Mountains.

            The Richardson Mountains extend from latitude 65° 48′ N. to latitude

    68° 30′ N., and are cut lengthwise by the 136th degree of west longitude.

    Their southern portion is narrow, having a maximum width of about 25 miles;

    they spread out toward the north, however, with a miximum width of about 60

    miles.

            The Richardson Mountains constitute a generally narrow but continuous

    belt of mountain territory, with the Peel Plateau flanking it on the east,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0582                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. Lebourdais: Richardson Mts.

    and the much lower Porcupine Plain doing likewise on the west. Northward, they

    are succeeded by the Arctic Plateau. Unlike the Mackenzie Mountains, they form

    a continuous watershed throughout their length. Over most of this distance

    they suggest closely-spaced hills with smooth profiles, rather than mountain

    masses. It is reported that for the most part they are lower and no more

    rugged than the southern foothills of the Rocky Mountains, which their bare

    slopes somewhat resemble. Their abrupt rise from adjacent regions of relative–

    ly low relief, such as the Mackenzie Delta, the Peel Plateau, the Arctic Plat–

    eau, and the Porcupine Plain, accords them a status which their lack of height

    might not justify in other surroundings,

            The Richardson Mountains are highest and most rugged in their northern

    part where also their width is greatest. Here the central mass is really

    rugged. Toward the north, this rugged mass breaks into roughly parallel,

    northerly-trending ridges which persist until they merge into the Arctic

    Plateau.

            Southward of this rugged region, the mountains narrow to 25 miles at

    Rat River Portage. Fifty miles south of their northern extremity they be–

    come lower, and probably at no point south of Rat River do they again reach

    an elevation of 4,000 feet. Their slopes are steep, and relatively smooth;

    some of their ridges are long and even, and, as viewed from the air, appear

    to resemble immense road embankments. These features appear to indicate a

    former erosion surface. On the west side, the Richardson Mountains rise from

    the Porcupine Plain as a belt of low foothills from five to ten miles wide.

    On the east, the border is more sharply defined; in the northern part, the

    transition is quite abrupt, but farther south spurs of hills diverge from

    the main line of the mountain front to disappear in the Peel Plateau.



    003      |      Vol_XIII-0583                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Richardson Mts.

            The southern interior of the Richardson Mountains does not seem to have

    been subjected to glaciation during Pleistocene times. Ice appears to have

    been thrust eastward across the Peel Plateau where it was joined by ice from

    the south coming from the Mackenzie and Selwyn mountains, mainly by way of

    the valleys of the Snake, Bonnet Plume, and Wind rivers. This ice is be–

    lieved to have moved up Peel River past the south end of the Richardson

    Mountains. It is thought that it may have pushed also into McDougall Pass,

    of which a few small lakes may possibly serve as evidence, and then continued

    around the north end of the mountains and northwestward along the Arctic

    Coastal Plain.

            Until recently, it has been generally believed that the Richardson

    Mountains bent westward and extended into Alaska. Aerial reconnaissance

    now shows that the Arctic Plateau definitely divides the Richardson Mountains

    from a westward-trending range of mountains whch constitute the eastern

    extension of the Brooks Range in Alaska. Those mountains are now known as

    the British Mountains.

            References:

            Bostock, H.S. Physiography of the Canadian Cordillers. With Special

    Reference to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parallel .

    Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247; 1948.

            Camsell, C. Report on the Peel River and Tributaries, Yukon and

    Mackenzie ; Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report,

    Vol. XVI; 1906.

    Richmond Gulf



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0584                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    RICHMOND GULF

            Richmond Gulf is an indentation in the coast of Hudson Bay between

    latitude 56° 05′ N. and 56° 30′ N. It is triangular in shape, widest at

    its southern end, where it measures 19 miles from east to west, while its

    greatest length is 23 miles from north to south. It is separated from

    Hudson Bay by a high narrow ridge of rock, which rises in cliffs from 500

    to 1,200 feet above the water. A gap in the ridge, 2 miles long and only

    300 yards wide at its narrowest, near the southern end, gives access to the

    Gulf from Hudson Bay. The six-foot tide, prevailing in that region, rushes

    in and out through this aperture with tremendous force. The inlet is broken

    by a large number of islands, most of which are in its southern part. Two

    streams of considerable size, the Clearwater and the Wiachouan, in addition

    to a number of smaller ones, discharge into the Gulf, draining lakes in the

    plateau to the east.

            The shores of Richmond Gulf are underlain by rocks similar in geologic

    age to those exposed in the Ungava Depression in which extensive important

    mineral occurrences have been discovered. If equivalent values are dis–

    closed in the vicinity of Richmond Gulf, the region may some day become of

    considerable economic importance because of the presence nearby of enormous

    potent ial power owing to the fact that all the streams entering the Gulf drop

    over considerable falls in their descent from the plateau to sea level.

            Reference:

    Dept. of Mines,

    Quebec Extraxts from Reports on the District of Ungava or

    New Quebec ; 1929.

    Ross River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0585                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    ROSS RIVER

            Ross River is an Indian village with a trading post, situated at

    the confluence of the Ross and Pelly rivers about 200 miles upstream

    from the confluence of the Pelly and Yukon rivers.

           

    From: Nor'West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Rupert River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0586                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    RUPERT RIVER

            Rupert River, draining a section of territory lying south and east of

    the southern end of James Bay, in the province of Quebec, has its source in

    Lake Mistassini, 840 square miles in area, at an elevation of 1,243 feet

    above sea level, which is cut by the 51st parallel of north latitude and

    lies mainly between longitude 73° and 74° W. Rupert River flows slightly

    north of west; in its course of 380 miles it receives many tributaries and

    spreads into numerous lake-expansions. Because it is hemmed on the south by

    the Nottaway River and on the north by the Eastmain River, its drainage basin

    consists of not more than 15,000 square miles of territory; nevertheless, it is

    a considerable stream.

            The Rupert River flows out of the northwestern end of Lake Mistassini

    and follows a generally northwesterly course which is mainly a succession of

    lake-expansions, one practically opening into the other, with connecting

    streams broken continually by rapids. About 100 miles below Lake Mistassini,

    the Rupert receives the Marten which follows a similarly meandering course

    roughly parallel to, but a few miles south of it. Six miles west of the con–

    fluence, the river flows into Namiska Lake from which it proceeds westward,

    opening into many expansions and descending 30 heavy rapids in a distance of

    100 miles. Rupert House, the Hudson's Bay Company's post at the mouth of the

    Rupert River, is the oldest post of the company, having been in continuous

    operation since its founding in 1668.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0587                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Rupert River

            The country through which the river runs in its lower reaches is cover–

    ed with a thick growth of spruce, balsam and poplar, some of which is of

    merchantable size and quality. The soil is a clay loam, covered with a thick

    layer of leaf mould and considerable areas, if cleared, would be well suited

    to agriculture.

            Reference:

    Curran and Calkins In Canada's Wonderful Northland. (W. Tees Curran and

    H. A. Calkins); New York, 1920.

    Sachigo River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0588                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    SACHIGO RIVER

            Sachigo River, northwestern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is a trib–

    utary of the Severn River (q.v.), which flows northeastward into Hudson

    Bay. The Sachigo River rises in a series of lakes connected by small streams

    which extends between latitudes 53° and 54° N., and between longitudes 92°

    and 93° W. These converge into a single rapid-studded stream flowing north–

    ward into Sachigo Lake, a sheet of water about 24 miles long by about 10 miles

    wide. Emerging from the north side of this lake, the Sachigo River flows

    northward for 25 miles into Little Sachigo Lake, from which it flows in a

    northeasterly course roughly parallel to that of the Severn River, discharg–

    ing into the latter about 70 miles above its mouth. Like the Severn, the

    Sachigo River consists of a succession of rapids and waterfalls until it drops

    over the escarpment from the Canadian Shield region to the Hudson Bay Lowland.

    The nature of the country through which it runs is similar to that traversed

    by the Severn.

    St. Elias Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0589                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    ST. ELIAS MOUNTAINS

            The St. Elias Mountains, Province of British Columbia and Yukon Terri–

    tory, Dominion of Canada, constitute the northern end of the Western System

    of the Canadian Cordillera (q.v.) They are the highest mountains in Canada,

    containing some of the highest peaks in North America, and are part of a

    great mountain mass lying partly in Canada and partly in Alaska Territory.

    This account deals only with the Canadian portion. A characteristic of

    these mountains is the array of great peaks rising in solitary grandeur

    from among a myriad of lesser ones, most of which would be giants in their

    [ ?] wn right in any other part of the Canadian Cordillera. These great peaks

    do not, as a rule, rise to pinnacle-like tops, but are massive, with precip–

    itous sides, rising to broad, though rugged summits. They are covered, both

    winter and summer, with a thick mantle of ice and snow, which smooths their

    contours and lends them an etherial beauty.

            About half of the St. Elias Mountains are in Canada, comprising a compact

    block bordered on three sides by the Alaskan portions. This Canadian block

    is roughly rectangular with its main axis in a northwesterly direction, in

    line with the general trend of the country, and is about 200 miles long by

    about 90 miles wide. The mountains extend, north and south, from latitude

    59° N. to slightly beyond latitude 62° N., and from longitude 136° 06′ W. to

    the 141st Meridian, which forms the western boundary of Yukon Territory.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0590                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: St. Elias Mts.

            The St. Elias Mountains are divided into four principal parts: the

    Kluane Ranges, the Alsek Ranges, the Icefield Ranges, and the Fairweather

    Range. The first three are subdivided into other local ranges. The Fair–

    weather Range is principally in Alaska, and only its northeastern slope is

    in Canada.

            The Kluane Ranges constitute a narrow frontal portion ofthe St. Elias

    Mountains, beginning a short distance north of the 60th parallel and extend–

    ing to the 141st Meridian. They mark the transition from the Yukon Plateau,

    to the northeast, and rise abruptly above the southwest side of the Shakwak

    Valley, which continues along the greater part of their length. They are

    divided into nine different ranges by large cross-cutting valleys, which,

    however, do not modify th e impression they give of a straight, continuous

    front. Peaks in these ranges rise to heights of about 7,000 feet, with occa–

    sional peaks reaching 8,000 feet or more. The Kluane Ranges do not extend

    as far southward as those farther west, but merge into the northwestern end

    of the Coast Mountains a short distance north of latitude 60° N. In their

    southeastern part, they contain a number of alpine glaciers, some of which

    are about two miles in length.

            The Kluane Ranges are bordered on the southwest by the Duke Depression,

    which separates the Kluane Ranges from the Alsek and Icefield Ranges farther

    to the southwest. The Alsek Ranges comprise the southeastern part of the St.

    Elias Mountains, and provide the front in that region. They begin at the

    International Boundary, in about latitude 59° 30′ N., and extend northwestward

    to a short distance north of the 60th parallel. These mountains are still

    relatively little known, back from their borders, although peaks are reported

    as rising to an elevation of nearly 9,000 feet. Along the International

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0591                                                                                                                  
    [ ?] Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: St. Elias Mts.

    Boundary, which is their southern border, the highest peak is Mount Bigger,

    8,250 feet above sea level.

            The Icefield Ranges comprise the main body of the St. Elias Mountains,

    and contain all the highest peaks except Mount Fairweather. They resemble

    a high plateau, deeply dissected, above which the great peaks rise. This

    plateau appears to consist of remnants of an older and still higher plateau

    that once existed. Along the northeast side of Icefield Ranges, a border area

    from 15 to 20 miles wide divides the Duke Depression and the Alsek River Valley

    from the first line of the great peaks. This border area ri ses abruptly to

    peaks 8,000 and 9,000 feet high, and in some places to elevations in excess

    of 10,000 feet. Numerous alpine glaciers a nd ice-fields occur in the valleys

    between these peaks. Lowell, Klutlan, Wolf, Donjek, Kluane and Kaskawulsh

    glaciers, flowing outward toward the Yukon Pl [ ?] teau, are among the best known

    in this region.

            Southwest of this border area, the great masses of the Icefield Ranges

    rise, overtopped by their galaxy of great peaks. The chief of these are Mount

    Logan, 19,850 feet high, with its four near neighbors, all in excess of 18,000

    feet, and two in excess of 19,000 feet. Other great peaks in this area are:

    Mount St. Elias, 18,008 feet; Mount Lucania, 17,150 feet; King Peak, 17,130

    feet; Mount Steele, 16,439 feet; Mount Wood, 15,880 feet; Mount Vanc ou ver,

    15,700 feet; Mount Hubbard, 14,950 feet; Mount Walsh, 14,780 feet; Mount Al–

    verstone, 14,500 feet; McArthur Peak, 14,400 feet; and Mount Augusta, 14,070

    feet. In addition, there are many peaks ran gi ng from 12,000 to 14,000 feet. in

    height, most of which are still not known, and therefore have no names and have

    never been climbed or measured.

            These great peaks rise out of the surface of snow and ice that fills the

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0592                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: St. Elias Mts.

    valleys between them. North of Mount Logan, this surface is between 6,000

    and 8,000 feet above sea level. Expanses of unbroken snow conceal the depth of the

    valleys, and give the impression that the mountains themselves are remnants

    awaiting reduction to the level of this surface.

            The Fairweather Range in Canada is composed, as already mentioned, of a

    single big ridge of mountains that culminates in the great peak of Mount Fair–

    weather, 15,300 feet high, in the extreme southwestern corner of the St. Elias

    Mountains. The Canadian part of the range consists partly of ridges radiat–

    ing from Mount Fairweather, and partly of valley glaciers, such as Melbern,

    Grand Pacific and Ferris.

            The Kluane Ranges, according to reports of the Geological Survey of

    Canada, "are composed mainly of volcanic rocks, with associated shales, slates,

    sandstones and limestones, and include sections ranging in age from late Pal–

    aeozoic to late Mesozoic." Southwest of the Duke Depression, the slopes of

    the Icefield Ranges are underlain mainly by Mesozoic and Palaeozoic sedimen–

    tary and volcanic rocks. No geological examination of the great peaks has

    yet been made, but from reports of mountaineers and the appearance of their

    cliffs where bedrock is exposed, the belief is that they are composed largely

    of granitic rocks.

            References:

            Bostock, H.S. Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera. With Special

    Reference to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth p arallel .

    Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247; 19 48 .

            Washburn, Bradford Exploring Yukon's Glacial Stronghold. National Geographic

    Magazine, Vol. LXIX, No. 6; 1936.

    Sandgirt Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0593                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada.

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    SANDGIRT LAKE

            Sandgirt Lake, in the Labrador section of the Province of Newfoundland,

    Canada, is of greater importance than its size would suggest. In a country

    consisting largely of an endless maze of lakes, some very large, one rather

    characterless lake about 12 miles long would seem to be of no particular

    significance. Sandgirt Lake, however, is of importance because it is con–

    sidered to be the source of Hamilton River (q.v.), one of the world's great–

    est power streams. In it are mingled the waters of the Ashuanipi River (q.v.),

    flowing in from the northwest, and the Attikonak (q.v.), coming in from the

    south, the two principal tributaries of the Hamilton. Not only does it re–

    ceive its waters from these two relatively large streams, but it also discharges

    by two different outlets, several miles apart, both streams, however, eventual–

    ly coming together to constitute the Hamilton River. Sandgirt Lake lies in

    latitude 54° N., longitude, 65° 15′W., at an elevation of about 1,500 feet

    above the sea, from which it is distant about 270 miles.

            Sandgirt Lake is a typical Canadian Sheild lake, occupying a shallow,

    rocky Basin, indented on all sides by deep, narrow bays separated by rocky

    ridges. It lies in a northwest-southeast direction, which is also the general

    trend of the country, and consequently the deepest bays are at its northwest–

    ern and southeastern extremities. The Ashuanipi flows into one of those bays

    on the northwest side of the lake, and the Attikonak flows into another near

    the southeastern end, extending from the south side, The two outlets are near

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0594                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Sandgirt Lake

    the southeastern extremity, Like most other lakes in the region, it is

    filled with rocky islands, one of which is quite large. The country sur–

    rounding Sandgirt Lake is more rugged than is generally the case in this

    part of Labrador; fairly high hills are visible in the northwest, while

    about 20 miles to the westward, a range of hills called the Ice Mountains,

    rising about 800 feet above the general level of the country, are a distinc–

    tive topographical feature. The country about the lake is well wooded, the

    principal tree being black spruce, but white spruce, balsam fir, and white

    and yellow birch may also be seen.

            Sandgirt Lake was once on the route of Hudson's Bay Company's traders

    traveling overland from Fort Chimo, on the Koksoak, near Ungava Bay, to their

    posts on the lower Hamilton. It was first explored in 1894 by Dr. A. P. Low,

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, when he made an exploratory survey of

    the Hamilton River and i t s principal tributaries. In recent years, the country

    roundabout has been surveyed by air in connection with the search for iron ore,

    but details of such surveys are not yet available.

            Reference:

            Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Laborador Peninsula, along the

    East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan, and portions of

    other rivers in 1892-93-94-95 . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Annual Report, Vol. VIII, pp. IL-387L, 1895.

    Severn River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0595                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    SEVERN RIVER

            The Severn River, northwestern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, drains an

    area of 38,600 square miles in the northwestern corner of the province, ly–

    ing parallel with the Manitoba-Ontario boundary. Its course is northeast–

    ward into Hudson Bay; its watershed is narrow, since it is hemmed on the

    west by the Hayes River watershed, and on the southeast by that of the Win–

    isk River. The Severn system consists of three streams of almost equal size

    flowing in roughly parallel channels which unite about 70 miles and 56 miles,

    respectively, from the sea. The Severn River is the central stream, with

    the Sachigo to the westward and the Fawn on the east. Sections of both the

    Severn and the Sachigo still remain to be fully explored. Indians and others

    wishing to reach the headwaters of the Severn usually proceed up the Fawn be–

    cause it is easier to navigate and closely parallels the main stream.

            The main branch of the Severn River rises in Deer Lake, a long, narrow

    sheet of water lying mainly east and west in latitude 52° 40′ N., between

    longitude 94° and 94° 30′ W. Typical of lakes in the Canadian Shield, it is

    heavily indented on all sides, and filled with rocky islets. Deer Lake dis–

    charges through a short stretch of stream into another lake, about 8 miles

    long, also lying in an east-west direction. From the northwestern angle of

    this lake, the Severn flows northwestward for about 12 miles. It then spreads

    into a narrow lake-expansion and turns northward into the northwestern end of

    Favourable Lake. The latter consists of two narrow, parallel bays extending

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0596                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Severn River

    northwestward from another arm running at right-angles to these two. The

    southwestern arm is 10 miles long, the northeastern one, 6 miles long, and

    the transverse arm from which both project is 8 miles in length. From this

    lake, the river flows northward for about 25 miles. [ ?] It then turns to the

    east, holding an easterly course for 20 miles, and then swings to the south.

    In this stretch it flows through six lakes of greater or less size, in addi–

    tion of numerous lake-expansions.

            After flowing southward for about two miles, the river enters the north–

    western angle of a long, convoluted lake, called Finger Lake, about 20 miles

    in length and about eight miles at its widest portion. From Finger Lake, a

    sh [ ?] rt stretch of stream connects with the northwestern end of Sandy Lake. This

    is the largest lake in the Severn River system. It lies roughly east and

    west, is about 45 miles long, and about 12 miles wide at its greatest width.

    The greater part of the lake, however, is much narrower. Sandy Lake is also

    a typical Canadian Shield lake, heavily indented, with mostly rocky shores,

    and studded with rocky islets.

            The Severn River flows out of the northeastern end of Sandy Lake, and

    follows a generally northeasterly course to its discharge into Hudson Bay in

    latitude 56° N., longitude 87° 30′ W. In its course across the Canadian Shield,

    the Severn continues to flow through lake after lake, and is continually in–

    terrupted by rapids and falls. A few miles below the largest of these lakes

    called Monsomshi Lake, the river divides into two channels which follow rough–

    ly parallel courses for about 50 miles before they unite. Shortly after this,

    the river drops from the Canadian Shield to the Hudson Bay Lowland in a ser–

    ies of waterfalls. From this point to its mouth, the river flows through steep

    banks which it has cut into the heavy covering of glacial drift that overlies

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0597                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada/ LeBourdais: Severn River

    the Palaeozoic rocks of the Hudson Bay Lowland. These rocks come to the

    surface at Limestone Rapids, about 56 miles from the mouth of the Severn.

    Both the Sachigo and Fawn branches also drop over the escarpment before they

    join the Severn.

            Since the Severn River does not provide a direct route from Hudson Bay

    to Lake Winnipeg, such as that provided by the Nelson or Hayes rivers farther

    west, it has not been as well explored as either of these. In fact, it is

    still largely unexplored. The territory through which it runs may, however,

    some day prove to be an important section of the country. The greater part

    of this territory is underlain by Precambrian rocks similar to those which

    elsewhere have produced valuable mineral occurrences. It is heavily covered

    with glacial drift, and this makes prospecting difficult. Its hitherto rela–

    tively inaccessible location has kept it from becoming known except to a very

    few.

            The Hudson Bay Lowland region, farther to the southeast, has economic

    possibilities which may in time become of considerable importance; and the

    section of the lowland traversed by the Severn River can be placed in the

    same category.

            The Canadian Shield region is fairly well forested, but the timber, in

    the main, is small. It consists chiefly of white and black spruce, tamarack,

    Banksian pine, white birch and poplar. Large areas have been burnt over at

    various times. The Lowland section is covered chiefly with a sparse growth

    of stunted black spruce and tamarack. Considerable areas in both sections

    consist of muskeg.

            Severn Factory, a post of the Hudson's Bay Company, at the mouth of the

    Severn, has been in continuous operation since the earliest times of the company.

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0598                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Severn River

    Company traders have ascended the river from time to time to visit the

    Indians, but no records of geographical value, if any, have been kept. The

    Ontario Department of Mines has made geological examinations of certain parts

    of the area.

    Slave River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0599                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography; Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    SLAVE RIVER

            Slave River, 300 miles long, joins lakes Athabaska and Great Slave,

    and forms part of the Mackenzie River system in northwestern Canada. It

    flows out of the western end of Lake Athabaska and, although its course is

    tortuous, it is generally northwestward. Thirty miles below Lake Athabaska

    it takes in the Peace, which greatly augments its flow; and thenceforth it

    is from one-third to two-thirds of a mile wide. The section between Lake

    Athabaska and the mouth of the Peace was formerly known as Rocher River, the

    Slave proper beginning below the Peace, but the tendency is to apply the

    name Slave to the whole river.

            Seventy-one miles below the moyth of the Peace, an outlying spur of the

    Canadian Shield crosses its course, causing a series of rapids sixteen miles

    long, where the river drops a total of 125 feet. Two roads connect Fitz–

    gerald, at the head of the rapids, with Fort Smith at their foot, over which

    freight is transported by mechanized equipment.

            The 60th parallel of north latitude, the boundary between the Province

    of Alberta, on the south, and the District of Mackenzie, on the north, crosses

    just south of Fort Smith. Below the rapids the river winds monotonously through

    a level alluvial plain between wooded banks of clay and sand which, 100 feet

    high at Fort Smith, gradually lessen as Great Slave Lake is approached. In a

    number of places, in its twists and turns, the river almost completes a circle.

    At Le Grand Detour, for instance, it flows fifteen miles in roundabout fashion,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0600                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Slave River

    coming back to within 1,000 yards of its starting point. At another place,

    the circuit is ten miles, while across the neck is only half a mile.

            Slave River enters Great Slave Lake through an extensive delta, 20 miles

    wide at its face, which, including the innumerable islands that fill the wes–

    tern end of the lake, has been formed by material dredged out of the Alberta

    Plateau by the rivers. It once discharged into an arm of the lake extending

    far south of the present shore-line, but this has long since been silted full.

            The first European to see Slave River was Samuel Hearne on his return

    from his visit to the Coppermine River in 1771. Peter Pond, of the Northwest

    Company, probably passed down the river some time within the next decade, and

    in 1786 sent Laurent Leroux and Cuthbert Grant from his trading post on the

    Athabaska River, 30 miles above Lake Athabaska, to Great Slave Lake to estab–

    lish a post there, which they did at the eastern mouth of Slave River. On the

    way down the river in 1786, five men accompanying Leroux and Grant were drown–

    ed while attempting to run the rapids. Leroux spent at least two years at

    the Great Slave Lake fort, and Slave River from that time onward was undoubt–

    edly a regular route of travel for furtraders, who, however, until Alexander

    Mackenzie made his historic voyage in 1789, apparently did not proceed farther

    north than Great Slave Lake. The name is derived from the term applied to

    the Indians living in the vicinity by the more warlike Crees, who despised

    them for what they termed their slave-like behavior.

            Fort Smith is now the headquarters for the administration of Mackenzie

    District, and as the head of transportation on the Mackenzie, occupies a posi–

    tion of some strategic importance, which should be greatly increased if, as

    undoubtedly some day will be the case, the power possibilities of the rapids

    at its door sho ul d be realized, and especially if, as would not be surprising,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0601                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Slave River

    extensive base-metal deposits should be located in the near-by Canadian

    Shield within a reasonable distance.

            References:

            Camsell, Charles)

    and ( The Mackenzie River Basin . The Geological Survey of

    Malcolm, Wyatt) Canada; Ottawa; Memoir No. 108; 1919/

            Innis, H. A. Peter Pond. Fur Trader and Adventurer . Toronto, 1930.

    Fort Selkirk



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0602                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    FORT SELKIRK

            Fort Selkir, an Indian village and trading center, is situated near

    the confluence of the Pelly and Yukon rivers about 178 miles from Dawson.

    It has a post office, an emergency aeroplane landing field, Church of

    England and Roman Catholic churches, and a detachment of Royal Canadian

    Mounted Police. Fort Selkirk is the site of a Hudson's Bay Company fort

    constructed in 1848 and destroyed by Indians in 1852. Traces of the fort

    still remain. The Hudson's Bay Company re-established a trading post at

    Fort Selkirk in 1938. Fort Selkirk is the commercial center for the fur

    trade of the Pelly River district, and a starting point for big game hunting

    parties.

           

    From: Nor'West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Snag



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0603                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    SNAG

            Snag is a trading post and intermediate aerodrome in western Yukon.

    The aerodrome is equipped with a radio and meteorological station and is

    accessible from the Alaska Highway. The record low temperature for Yukon

    Territory (−81° F.) was recorded at Snag in February, 1947.

           

    From: Nor'West Miner

    March, April 1950

    South Nahanni River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0604                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    SOUTH NAHANNI RIVER

            The South Nahanni River, one of the main branches of the Liard River,

    itself a principal tributary of the Mackenzie, flows into the Liard about

    100 miles above the latter's mouth, in latitude 61° N., and longitude 123°

    50" W. It rises in the eastern slopes of the Neckenzie Mountains in about

    latitude 63° N., longitude 129° 20′ W., its headwaters interlocking with

    those of the Keele, which, by way of the Gravel River, flows westward into

    he Mackenzie. On the opposite side of the divide, the Pelly and its large

    tributary, the Ross, also take their rise, flowing to join the Yukon. The

    greater part of its course lies within the transverse valleys between the

    parallel ranges of mountains that go to make up the vast bulk of the Mack–

    enzie Mountains, and in its progress it cuts through two of these ranges,

    flowing eventually for the final lap across a section of the Mackenzie low–

    lands physiographic province. It is a swift stream, and during its course

    drops over one of the highest falls in Canada and flows through two canons

    20 and 15 miles, respectively, in length. Nevertheless, it can be navigated

    by certain types of craft for about 150 miles, until the falls block further

    progress.

            The South Nahanni drainage basin is shaped like a wedge, with the point

    directed southeastward. It is therefore quite narrow in its lower section,

    since the river is there closely flanked by high mountains; but farther north,

    where the river receives a number of spreading branches, the basin comprises

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0605                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: South Nahanni River

    a considerably broad area, extending from 126° 30′ to 129° 20′ W. The South

    Nahanni can perhaps best be described as resembling a tall tree with its

    branches all toward the top.

            For many years it has had a somewhat sinister reputation, and many tales

    are told concerning it, most of which have no foundation in fact, and were

    evidently invented by Ind ai ia ns or trappers wishing to keep others from their

    hunting ground. It has also been widely referred to as a so-called "tropical

    valley," probably because, in one locality, a number of hot springs help to

    produce a luxuriant growth of vegetation, and also because it is in the track

    of the Chinook winds which tend to modify its climate.

            The South Nahanni rises in three forks, the Caribou River, the most

    westerly, Flat River, which empties into Caribou River about 20 miles above

    its junction with the main stream, and the latter, which occupies the east–

    ernmost of three roughly parallel, rather flat valleys forming the northern

    portion of the South Nahanni drainage basin. Thirty miles above its junction

    with the Caribou River, the main branch, which follows a generally southeaster–

    ly course, drops 315 feet over the Virginia Falls, and 30 miles below the mouth

    of the Caribou the combined stream passes through what is known as The Gate,

    where the river has cut across a body of limestone. Here the river narrows

    to about 75 yards, continuing thus for about 300 yards, with vertical cliffs

    on either side rising to about 1,000 feet above the water's edge. The Gate

    is merely the entrance to the Second Ca ñ on, where, for 20 miles, the river

    cuts across its first range of mountains, apparently the rounded remains of

    a dissected upland. Evidently the river antedates the mountains. Below the

    ca ñ on, the river widens considerably, flowing for 10 miles across a broad,

    flat stretch of country, with low banks, mountains in sight, but at a coneid-

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0606                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: South Nahanni River

    erable distance. At the end of this stretch, however, mountains close in

    again, higher this time, and once more the river cuts across a mountain

    range, continuing through the First Ca ñ on for 15 miles, with cliffs towering

    to heights of 1,000 and 1,500 feet on each side, breaking back to even greater

    heights. At the mouth of this ca ñ on a small stream discharges a flow of sul–

    phurous hot water and a number of other hot springs are in the near vicinity.

    For its final 40 miles, the river wanders in a broad valley between low banks.

            The first white man to ascend the South Nahanni was probably Poole Field

    who, with his partner, established a trading post in the days of the Klondike

    excitement at the confluence of the Pelly and Ross, on the opposite slope of

    the watershed. Indians from the South Nahanni crossed the mountains to trade

    at his post, and eventually Field left the post and took up life with the

    Indians, traveling for years with them up and down the South Nahanni, at the

    mouth of which he finally established his home.

            Shortly after the turn of the century, two prospectors, brothers named

    McLeod, ascended the South Nahanni, and when nothing was heard of them for

    some time, a third brother went in search of them, eventually finding their

    bodies which showed evidences of murder. It was supposed that they had found

    gold somewhere on the South Nahanni or on one of its branches and had been

    killed for their gold. The Indians put the deaths down to the influence of

    "evil spirits," all of which help [ ?] ed to keep alive the stories that became

    current about the region. Nevertheless, other prospectors, believing that

    the McLeod brothers had found gold, were not deterred by such stories and

    continued to prospect up and down the stream and its tributaries, but without

    much success. Finally, in 1933, two prospectors, Clark and Stannier, did suc–

    ceed in finding some gold and also the stakes of the original McLeod claims on

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0607                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: South Nahanni River

    a tributary of Flat River. This resulted in a mild stampede, when a number

    of claims were staked, but nothing very rich has ever been found by anyone.

            The first survey of the South Nahanni was made in 1928 when Fenley

    Hunter, an American explorer, ascended the river, making a track survey as

    far as Virginia Falls, which he named. He spent some time on the river, and,

    next to Poole Field, probably knows more about it than any other white man.

    About the same time, the Flat River was explored by R. M. Patterson.

            In 1935, Alan E. Cameron, then on the staff of the University of Alberta,

    visited the river to examine certain lead claims, in the course of which he

    ascended the stream 90 miles to The Gate. He charted that part of the river

    and examined it geologically, subsequently writing a descriptive article

    about it for a magazine and giving an account of its history.

            Reference:

    Cameron, A. E. South Nahanni River , Canadian Geographical Journal,

    Vol. XIII, No. 1.

    Stewart River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0608                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    STEWART RIVER

            Stewart River, 320 miles long, is one of the principal Canadian trib–

    utaries of the Yukon, which it joins about 70 miles above Dawson. Its main

    stream rises in the Mackenzie Mountains, between the Peel and Pelly water–

    sheds, amidst peaks which stand from 5,000 to 7,000 feet above sea level.

            It was named after an officer of the Hudson's Bay Company, who first

    saw it in 1849. Gold was discovered on its sandbars in 1883, and it was

    one of the chief gold-producers in Yukon Territory before the sensational

    strike on Bonanza Creek turned all eyes toward the Klondike. Its gold was

    not coarse, and neither it nor its tributaries were the scene of sensational

    strikes; but during the years 1885-87, according to official figures, about

    $100,000 was taken from its gravel deposits.

            Except in its upper reaches, the watershed of Stewart River is almost

    entirely within the Yukon Plateau, through which it and its branches have cut

    Wide valleys between the irregular mountain masses now the remnants of a

    region once uplifted and since eroded by stream action to a depth of from

    2,500 to 4,000 feet below the former upland level. The valleys are generally

    timbered, the timber reaching to about 2,500 feet above the valley floors,

    beyond which the tops are usually bare.

            Stewart River is navigable for steamers as far as Fraser Falls, a dis–

    tance of 200 miles above its mouth. The term falls" is a misnomer: the

    river at this point flows smoothly but with great speed for three-quartera

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0609                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stewart River

    of a mile through a narrow ca ñ on with vertical rocky walls where the total

    drop is 30 feet. From Fraser Falls to its mouth, the river is seldom less

    than 150 yards wide and often twice that wide, with a current of from three

    to five miles an hour; above the falls, it flows at a slower pace.

            After leaving its source in the high mountains, the main branch of the

    Stewart first flows slightly south of west until it takes in the Beaver, near

    latitude 64° N., longitude, 134° W., when it turns abruptly and runs south–

    westward for about seven miles to the junction with the Ladue River. Both

    the Beaver and the Ladue flow in from the northwest. Below the mouth of the

    Ladue, the Stewart runs in a southeasterly direction for about 28 miles, and

    then runs straight south for four miles to the junction with the Lansing River,

    coming in from the east.

            Twenty-eight miles below the mouth of the Lansing River, Hoss River, or

    the south branch of the Stewart, comes in from the southeast. For 75 miles,

    from the mouth of the Lansing to the mouth of Nogold Creek, which drains

    Ethel Lake, lying to the west, the Stewart's course is generally southwest.

    Below Nogold Creek, it turns sharply north for seven or eight miles, flowing

    in this stretch through the ca ñ on called Fraser Falls.

            From Fraser Falls, the Stewart runs slightly north of west to Mayo, a

    settlement at the mouth of Mayo River, coming in from Mayo Lake, to the north–

    east, the largest lake in the area. Below Mayo, the Stewart bends first

    southwesterly and then northwesterly until a few miles beyond the mouth of

    the McQuesten, which comes in from the northeast, when it again turns south–

    westward. It continues this course until about 23 miles above its mouth,

    when it turns northwestward to flow into the Yukon. Below the McQueston, it

    receives a great many tributaries of all sizes, the largest being Lake, Rose-

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0610                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stewart River

    bud and Scraggie creeks, coming in from the south; and Barlow, Slough and

    Black Hills creeks, from the north

            Mayo, one of the three principal settlements in Yukon Territory, is

    the center of an extensive highly-mineralized region, from which in the past

    considerable high-grade are has been shipped to outside amelters. Further

    development awaits cheaper transportation.

            References:

            Cairnes, D. D. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1915.

            Keele, Joseph Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1905.

    Stewart River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0611                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    STEWART RIVER

            Stewart River, a trading center and post office, is situated on the

    Yukon River at the mouth of the Stewart River. Connection is made here

    with steamers operating on the Stewart River and serving points in the Mayo

    mining district.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950.

    Stikine River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0612                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    STIKINE RIVER

            The Stikine River is the more northerly of the two principal streams

    that drain a large portion of northwestern British Columbia, the western–

    most province of Canada. The other, the Skeena, does not come within the

    purview of this work. The Stikine, 335 miles long, originates in three

    branches which rise in the same plexus of mountains that is also the source

    of the Nass and the Skeena, traversing the plateau lying to the east of the

    Coast Range, and cutting through the latter to reach the sea in 56° 34′ north

    latitude. The main branch, made up of a number of smaller streams, rises in

    the area between 57° and 58° north latitude, and between the 127th and 129th

    meridians of west longitude. It flows northwesterly until beyond the 58th

    parallel and makes a long sweep to the westward, then, on a southwesterly

    course during which it takes in its two other branches and numerous tributar–

    ies, it reaches the eastern flank of the Coast Range about 100 miles from the

    sea.

            There is nothing to distinguish the entrance to the Stikine from any

    of the other inlets that indent this part of the coast. For some distance

    from the sea, the valley may still be considered as an inlet, one that has

    become filled with detritus carried down by the river flowing into it. The

    mountains immediately bordering the valley at its seaward entrance are from

    2,000 to 3,000 feet high and rise abruptly from the wide alluvial flats through

    which the river winds.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0613                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

            These flats are generally covered with thick growths of cottonwoods,

    among which are mingled spruce and other species of small timber. They are

    intersected by sloughs and channels, in places so numerous as to make it dif–

    ficult to decide which may properly be considered the main stream. The val–

    ley-bottom averages from two to three miles in width as far up as the Little

    Canon, which seems to mark the head of the ancient salt-water inlet, now

    silted up by the river. The canon, which is about three-fifths of a mile long,

    and in places not more than 50 yards wide, consists of massive granite cliffs,

    200 to 300 feet in height, above which, on the west side, rise rugged mountain

    slopes.

            Eight miles beyond is Klootchman Canon, where the stream is about 300

    feet wide. Four miles above the Klootchman Canon is the Grand Rapid, which

    is not as formidable as its name might imply, although the current here is

    swift and the river wide and shallow. At this point, the valley abruptly

    opens out, the mountains receding from the river and decreasing in height.

    Here the transition from the coast type of climate to that of the interior

    first becomes evident in the change from the lush vegetation of the coastal

    strip to the more sparse growth characteristic of the "dry belt," which be–

    gins immediately the first mountain barrier is passed.

            The general trend of the Stikine valley in its first twenty miles is

    east and west. It then describes a great semi-circle to the south, after

    which, for 66 miles, it follows a direction nearly due north. The valley

    continues beyond this in a nearly direct northeasterly course to the vicinity

    of Dease Lake, although the upper part of the valley is not occupied by the

    main river, which comes into the valley from the southward, but by the Tan–

    zilla, or North Fork.

            Near the mouth of the Stikine, the current is scarcely more than two

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0614                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    miles an hour, but it increases till it reaches a rate of six to seven miles

    in many places between the great bend and the head of navigation at Telegraph

    Creek, 138 miles from the coast, the swifter water being chiefly above the

    Little Canon. The average rate of the flow of the navigable portion is prob–

    ably about five miles an hour. There are no erious rapids, though the Little

    Canon forms a serious impediment when the river is at its highest stage in

    June and July.

            The height of the river above the sea at Telegraph Creek is 540 feet,

    giving an average fall of over four feet to the mile. The actual fall on the

    upper part, of course, considerably exceeds this, because in the lower portion

    the current is very sluggish, The extensive flats near the mouth of the river,

    whore the water at low tide is not more than two or three feet deep, render it

    necessary for boats to enter at high tide.

            The river is navigable for stern-wheel steamers of light draft as far as

    Telegraph Creek. Just above that point is the Great Canon, where for many

    miles the stream is quite impassable, either for steamers or other boats.

            The Stikine takes in a number of important tributaries. The Iskut, which

    flows in from the eastward about 35 miles from the sea, is navigable for some

    distance by canoes. The source of one branch is not far from the head of

    Portland Canal, considerably to the south. By portaging from the headwaters

    of the Iskut, the Indians can cross to the Nass River.

            About seven miles below the Little Canon, the valley of the Scud is seen

    in the east. Six miles above Klootchman Canon, the Clearwater enters from the

    west. It is a stream of considerable size and can be navigated for some dis–

    tance by canoes. The First South Fork, a large turbid stream, which for a

    number of miles from the main river flows through a rough narrow gorge between

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0615                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    high hills and mountains, comes in about a mile and a half below Telegraph

    Creek. The latter is a small stream which drops into the river from a rocky

    cleft in the hills forming the right bank of the Stikine. Above Telegraph

    Creek, the Stikine takes in from the north the Tuya and from the northeast the

    Tanzilla; while from the south it receives the Second South Fork and the Kalp–

    pan.

            Glaciers are a distinguishing feature of the Stikine valley, and are to

    be seen on both sides of the river. Four only, all in the lower reaches (where

    the precipitation is greatest), are of special importance, all on the west side

    of the river. The first detailed notice of these glaciers was given in a re–

    port by W. P. Blake, transcribed in the Fifth Annual Report of the United States

    Geological Survey.

            The glacier known as the First or Little Glacier by the miners (called

    the Popoff Glacier by Blake), occupies a high valley about ten miles from the

    Stikine's mouth. The next and most important is that called the Great Glacier.

    It enters the wide valley of the Stikine nearly at right angles, through a

    break in the mountains two to three miles distant from the river bank, Here

    it has an estimated width of from one-half to three-quarters of a mile, but

    upon emerging from the mountains it immediately expands in a fan-like manner

    to from three to three and a half miles in width. Ten miles above the Great

    Glacier, is the Dirt Glacier, so named by the miners because of the great

    quantity of rocky debris with which it is covered. It is much smaller than

    the Great Glacier, having an estimated width of only a quarter of a mile, but

    this may be an underestimate.

            The fourth important glacier, sixteen miles further up the river, is the

    Flood Glacier. Its name is due to the fact that from its valley a great rush

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0616                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    of water occurs almost every year toward the end of summer. This is said

    to be caused by the blocking by the glacier of the mouth of some lateral

    valley, thus forming a lake which from time to time breaks through. The

    water thus liberated is such as to raise the river for a short time from a

    low stage to half-flood level.

            The little town of Telegraph Creek, the principal settlement in the

    area, occupies the narrow delta of the stream of the same name and the lower

    terraces bordering it on both sides. In times past, when gold was being taken

    from the creeks of Cassiar, it was a lively spot. Now it lives largely on

    its memories, but the few who remain still feel sure that one day Cassiar —

    and Telegraph Creek — will come into its own. Glenora, twelve miles below

    Telegraph Creek, on the same side of the Stikine, also was once a thriving

    place, although consisting of but a single row of houses at the foot of a

    steep bank along the edge of the river. Now few of the houses are occupied.

            Beyond the headwaters of the Tanzilla River, which flows into the Stikine

    from the northeast, lies Dease Lake, whose waters are drained into the Mack–

    enzie river system, by way of the Dease and Liard rivers. The divide which

    separates the Arctic from the Pacific watershed is 2,730 feet above sea level

    and 70 feet above the level of the lake.

            Placer gold was first discovered on the Stikine in 1861, but the district

    did not come into much prominence until after 1873, when more important gold

    discoveries were made at other points in Cassiar District. The Stikine was

    the chief traffic artery to and from the new diggings; and since the river

    reaches the ocean through the coastal strip belonging to the United States

    (part of the Alaskan panhandle), the boundaries of which were in dispute un–

    til the settlement in 1903, it was the scene of more than one conflict over

    jurisdiction.



    006      |      Vol_XIII-0617                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

            The first of these was in 1834, when the Hudson's Bay Company dispatched

    the ship Dryad to establish a trading post on the Stikine in what they be–

    lieved to be British territory. The Russian American Company, the Russian

    counterpart of the Hudson's Bay Company, then in control of a monopoly of

    trade in Alaska, sent two small armed vessels to intercept the Dryad and

    threw up a defensive work on the site of the present town of Wrangell, which

    they called Fort Dionysius. This led to a claim for damages from the Hudson's

    Bay Company, part of which was eventually paid; but its chief result was an

    agreement between the two companies by which one leased to the other the trad–

    ing privileges over a large portion of the Russian coastal strip. The lease

    was renewed from time to time until the United States bought Alaska from Russia.

            The next important international incident involving the Stikine occurred

    in 1876, when one Peter Martin was sentenced by a British Columbia court to a

    term of imprisonment. Since there was no gaol in the district competent to

    contain the prisoner for the duration of his sentence, the British Columbia

    authorities sent him by canoe under guard down the Stikine River for transfer

    to a ship at Wrangell en route to a suitable prison at Victoria. On the way

    down river, while on shore for lunch, the prisoner made a break for freedom,

    claiming that since hw was then on United States territory he could not legal–

    ly be held. Although he was recaptured and subsequently sentened at Victoria

    to an additional term for this further alleged offence, he was, after con–

    siderable diplomatic correspondence to and fro between the Canadian, British

    and United States governments, ordered to be released on the ground that while

    Canadians had the right to navigate the American portion of the Stikine River,

    such right was only for commercial purposes, and did not include the transfer

    of prisoners. There was also the question as to whether the prisoner's escape

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0618                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    had been made on Canadian or United States territory.

            The treaty between Great Britain and Russia, signed in 1825, which

    purported to define the boundary between the territories of the two countries

    on the northwest coast of North America, was very ambiguous, with the result

    that Americans (as heirs to the Russian interest) interpreted it one way and

    the British and Canadians in another. The American claim was that, according

    to the treaty, the line should run at a uniform distance of ten marine leagues

    from the coast, following round its many indentations. The British and Can–

    adians insisted that the line should follow, in the words of the treaty, "the

    summit of the mountains parallel to the coast," which would be generally near–

    er to the coast than ten marine leagues. The Americans, insisting on the line

    ten marine leagues distant from the coast, argued that no such mountains could

    be found, while the British and Canadians argued to the contrary.

            In order to establish a tentative boundary for customs purposes and also

    to determine the merits of cases like that referred to above, pending final

    settlement through diplomatic channels, the Canadian Government, on March 3,

    1877, commissioned Mr. Joseph Hunter, C. E., "to proceed, with as little dealy

    as possible, to the Stikine River for the purpose of making such a survey

    thereof, and such a reconnaissance of the country embracing the coast range

    of mountains in the immediate vicinity, as will enable you to ascertain, with

    approximate accuracy, the boundary on the said river between the Dominion and

    the territory of Alaska."

            Mr. Hunter lost no time in carrying out his commission. He sailed from

    Victoria on March 27, 1877, in the Hudson's Bay Company's steamer Otter , and

    arrived at Fort Wrangell on April 2. He began his survey the following day

    and completed it on May 3, He surveyed the river for a distance of 53.99 miles

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0619                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    from its mouth. At a point ten marine leagues from the ocean, he erected

    a monument, and he also marked the spot where a line "following the summit

    of the mountains parallel to the coast" would cross the river. The latter

    point was 24.74 miles from the mouth of the river, following its course, and

    19.13 miles "from the coast in a direction at right angles thereto." He thus

    marked the points where, according to each contention, the line should cross.

    When the matter was finally determined, it was found that the Stikine cross–

    ing was one of the few places where the award more nearly coincided with the

    Canadian claim.

            The upper part of the Stikine River had been discovered as early as 1834,

    when John McLeod, Chief Trader of the Hudson's Bay Company, in charge of

    Fort Halkett on the Liard River, traveled up Dease River and Lake and crossed

    the divide to assist in establishing the post for which the Dryad was bring

    ing supplies. Owing to the action of the Russians in preventing the ship from

    entering the river, no post was erected at the time, and McLeod returned to

    Fort Halkett. In 1862, after the discovery of gold, a post was established

    on the Stikine, but was abandoned in 1878 when mining in Cassiar had practical–

    ly ceased. Later, a post was established, and is still maintained, at Tele–

    graph Creek.

            The first gold was discovered on the Stikine in 1861, when two pros–

    pectors, Choquette and Carpenter, panned placer gold out of its sand bars.

    When word of this got out, a mild boom resulted and a number of prospecting

    parties, mostly outfitted in Victoria, took up claims on the river. This

    caused the Russians to wonder whether their territory was being trespassed

    upon; and in 1863 the corvette Rynda was sent to investigate. It was found,

    however, that the mining activity was well within Canadian territory.



    009      |      Vol_XIII-0620                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

            Very fine gold, sometimes referred to as "flour gold" can be found al–

    most anywhere on the river, but not much of any consequence was discovered

    below the Clearwater. The rich ground may be said to have been confined to

    the stretch of river beginning about nine miles below Glenora and extending

    to the Grand Ca ñ on, where Sheeks's or Shake's Bar, and Carpenter's, Fiddler's

    and Buck's bars were located. The richest ground was between Glenora and

    Telegraph Creek. The only coarse gold was found in the lower part of the

    Grand Ca ñ on, and some coarse gold was also found on the lower part of the

    Tahltan, a tributary coming in from the north. The bars on the Stikine at

    first averaged $3 to $10 a day per man — which was not very rich as good

    placer diggings go: — although as much as from two to three ounces could

    sometimes be obtained. Soon, however, the richest ground was worked out and

    the miners — except for the few who always continue to hope on — moved to

    other more promising prospects.

            In 1866, exploratory parties of the Western Union or Collins' Overland

    Telegraph Company, seeking a route for a telegraph line through British Col–

    umbia, Yukon Territory, Alaska and across Bering Strait to Asia and Europe,

    reached the Stikine. They were engaged in the vicinity for two years when

    the successful laying of the Atlantic cable caused their enterprise to be

    abandoned. The town of Telegraph Creek received its name from this circum–

    stance.

            In 1887, Dr. G. M. Dawson, of the Geological Survey of Canada, headed

    a party who explored the Stikine from the point where the Hunter survey of

    1877 ended to the mouth of the Tanzilla. He was assisted by R. G. McConnell

    and J. McEvoy of the Survey. They left Ottawa on April 22, 1887, for Victoria,

    B. C., and proceeded from there by steamer to Wrangell, Alaska, where they

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0621                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stikine River

    arrived on May 18, McConnell remained there to hire Indians and secure canoes

    for a micrometer survey of the river from the limit of Hunter's survey to

    Telegraph Creek. In the meantime, Dr. Dawson and other members of the party

    proceeded to Telegraph Creek by steamer to get their equipment and supplies

    ready for the journey to the Yukon by way of Dease Lake and River and the

    Liard River, all of which was successfully accomplished.

            References:

            Canadian Sessional Papers , Vol. XI, No. 11, 1878.

            Blake, W. P. Geographical Notes upon Russian America and the Stikeen River ,

    Washington, 1868.

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District, N. W. T., and

    Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia, 1887 . Ottawa,

    1898.

    Stillwater‐Larch River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0622                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    STILLWATER-LARCH RIVER

            The Stillwater-Larch River, in northwestern Ungava, now known as New

    Quebec, in the Canadian province of Quebec, is one of the principal tribu–

    taries of the Koksoak River, which discharges northeastward into Ungava Bay,

    an expansion of Hudson Strait. The Stillwater rises a short distance east

    of the Hudson Bay shore and flows mainly northeastward, continuing as the

    Larch to its junction with the Kaniapiskau after receiving the Kenogamistuk,

    which comes in from the southwest. The combined river then becomes the Kok–

    soak. The latter seems to be much more a continuation of the Stillwater-Larch

    than of the Kaniapiskau, undoubtedly the larger and more important branch,

    Which enters from the southeast at right angles to the course of the Larch–

    Koksoak. The Still water drains a much larger area on the south than on the

    north because on that side it is closely paralleled for most of its length by

    the Leaf River, also discharging into Ungava Bay.

            The Stillwater River rises in Shem Lake, seven and a half miles long by

    about half a mile wide, which lies in latitude 56° 36′ N., longitude 73° 55′ W.

    A short portage at the top of Shem Lake leads to the Lower Seal Lakes, from

    which another short portage continues to Clearwater Lake, which drains westward

    into Richmond Gulf, thus providing a canoe route between Hudson and Ungava bays.

    As the Stillwater flows out of Shem Lake, it is merely a large turbulent creek

    with a drop of 25 feet in the first quarter of a mile; it is then joined by a

    creek of similar size, from which point the name Stillwater is generally applied.

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0623                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography:Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    According to Dr. A. P. Low, who explored it for the Geological Survey of

    Canada in 1896, the river flows over 64 rapids between Shem Lake and Natuakami

    Lake, 54 miles below, or more than one a mile. Its course after leaving Shem

    Lake is, with numerous minor bends, nearly northeast for 34 miles, then turn–

    ing gradually north for 12 miles and northeast again for eight miles, it ex–

    pands to form Lake Natuakami. In this distance the Stillwater receives numer–

    ous short tributaries, the chief of which, Russell River, draining a series of

    lakes, flows from the northwest about seven miles above the lake. The Still–

    water runscontrary to the general slope of the country. The Lake, which lies

    at an elevation of 520 feet above sea level, occupies a broadened portion of

    [ ?] valley, 15 miles in length, varying in width from a quarter of a mile to

    three miles, and is very shallow. Its shores on either side rise gradually,

    and are bardered by wide areas of swamp and bottom land in which small black

    spruce and tamarack grow thickly.

            Below Lake Natuakami, the river continues its general northeasterly dir–

    ection, still frequently interrupted by rapids. In places, it divides into

    several parallel channels, all shallow and obstructed by boulders. Since no

    exposures of rock in place occur, and the river-bed consists mainly of boulders,

    it is assumed that the river now occupies a channel of recent origin and that

    its pre-glacial bed is filled with glacial detritus. The valley itself, how–

    ever, is carved out of the Laurentian rocks which generally underlie the region

    and which rise from 400 to 600 feet above the level of the river. In this

    stretch the stream averages about a quarter of a mile in width. A rapid marks

    the outlet of Lake Natuakami, after which an interval of five miles of fairly

    quiet water occurs, and this is followed by two and ahalf miles of rapids where

    there is a fall of 30 feet in which the channel is divided by boulders; below

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0624                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stillwater-Larch River

    this for 11 miles, the stream flows at an even current of three miles an hour,

    where the stream is a quarter of a mile wide and obstructed by numerous sand–

    bars. The slopes of the valley in this stretch rise from 800 to 1,000 feet,

    and are flanked by terraces, probably marking the level of the poet-glacial

    sea. This is followed by 14 miles of heavy rapids with intervals of swift

    water during which the total drop is 65 feet; the stream here is from 200 to

    400 feet in width. Near the end of this stretch, a large stream called the

    Lockout River flows in on the north side from the southwest; it occupies a

    parallel valley a short distance north of the Stillwater and drains a series

    of lakes. In the 37 miles between the outlet of Lake Natuakami and the mouth

    of the Kenogamistuk River, the Stillwater drops 185 feet.

            The Kenogamistuk River carries a larger volume of water than the Still–

    water, and might on that account be considered the main stream; it drains a

    considerable expanse of territory in the angle between the Stillwater and Kan–

    iapiskau rivers. Rising in Lake Kenogamisi, which lies on the 55th parallel

    of north latitude, not far from the headwaters of the Great Whale River, it is

    broken by a continuous succession of rapids, Where it joins the Stillwater,

    it is over a mile wide, but much of this is occupied by sand and gravel bars.

            From the mouth of the Kengamistuk to the junction with the Kaniapiskau,

    the distance is 66 miles, and the stream is now called the Larch. For the

    first 25 miles, the valley continues wide — from two to four miles, for most

    of that distance; and since the river occupies from 400 to 1,000 yards of this

    valley, the remainder is made up of low, swampy land covered with a thick growth

    of willows, relieved here and there by black spruce and tamarack. Junction River,

    flowing in from the north at the end of this 25-miles stretch, gets its name from

    the fact that it marks the point of contact between the early Precambrian rocks

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0625                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Stillwater-Larch River

    which underlie the greater part of Ungava and the series of later Precambrian

    rocks which extend in a narrow ban [ ?] southeastward from Ungava Bay, and in which

    important mineral occurrences have been found. Below the mouth of Junction River,

    the course is southeast for 10 miles, then east for 9 miles, northeast for 9

    miles, and finally east for 8 miles to the confluence with the Kaniapiskau.

    It varies from a quarter to a third of a mile wide along the first 19 miles of

    this section. The valley immediately below Junction River widens out until the

    hills which form its sides are from 5 to 10 miles apart, the space between be–

    ing occupied by a flat plain elevated about 60 feet above the river. The cur–

    rent in the final 8 miles of the stream is rapid, with a total fall of about

    40 feet. The river now contracts to about 300 yards and rushes along in a much

    narrower valley than formerly. The hills on each side, changed in character

    below Junction River, become higher as the mluth is approached and are about

    1,000 feet high where the river discharges into the Kaniapiskau to form the

    Koksoak.

            References:

    Low, A. P. Annual Report, Geological Survey of Canada; Vol. IX, Part L;

    1896.

    Taltson River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0626                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TALTSON RIVER

            The Taltson River, in southern Mackenzie District, northwestern Canada,

    drains an extensive tract of territory to the southeast of Great Slave Lake,

    into which it flows about 50 miles east of the mouth of Slave River. Its en–

    tire course is cut through the Precambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield and

    consequently it exhibits the characteristics of streams flowing through such

    terrain. Its source is slightly north of latitude 62° N., longitude 109° W.,

    from whence it flows westerly, then southwesterly, then westerly and finally

    northwesterly to its mouth at Great Slave Lake, after a course of about 265

    miles. The combination of numerous lakes to act as reservoirs, with waterfalls

    or rapids in the connecting streams, renders the Taltson River system an ex–

    cellent one for the development of power, if and when the demand should arise.

            The Taltson River drainage basin covers almost the whole region between

    Lake Athabaska and Great Slave Lake from the Slave River on the west to longi–

    tude 108 degrees on the east, estimated at about 19,000 square miles. Its

    southern edge extends to within 3 miles of Lake Athabaska at one point. Its

    head waters interlock with those of the Thelon River, which flows northeastward

    into Hudson Bay.

            From its source in a series of small lakes, it flows in an irregular curve

    through elongated river expansions southwestward into sprawling Nonacho Lake.

    From there its course is slightly west of south through a succession of long,

    narrow lakes, named successively, King Taltson and Lady Grey, but which might

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0627                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Taltson River

    just as well be considered one long lake. At the end of its southwestward

    stretch, in which the above lakes occur, it drops 15 feet over the Natalkai

    Falls into a rocky gorge scarcely 40 feet wide, and then, swinging to the west,

    receives the Tazin, flowing in from the east, which contributes an almost equal

    volume of water. Dr. Charles Camsell, of the Geological Survey of Canada, who

    made the first survey of the river in 1914, measured both streams above the

    confluence and found that the volume of the Tazin was 5,100 cubic feet a second,

    while that of the Taltson was 5,340 feet per second. The Tazin enters about

    140 miles above the mouth of the Taltson, and about 125 miles below its source.

            After receiving the Tazin, the Taltson, now a considerable stream, con–

    tinues the westward course and occupies an extension of the valley previously

    followed by the Tazin. After passing through a small lake it contracts to a

    rocky narrows, and continues in a more or less constricted channel to Kozo Lake,

    about two miles long, lying in an east and west direction. Below Kozo Lake, two

    rapids are encountered, while at Napie Falls the river leaps 20 feet over a

    ledge into a rocky gorge, and, after making a sharp turn to the west, goes over

    another fall with a drop of 12 feet.

            For the next 8 miles the river runs northwesterly through a fairly wide

    valley, flanked by rocky, wooded hills about 100 feet high. Two smaller ex–

    pansions occur before Methleka Lake, about 3 miles long, is reached; and then,

    a mile below, the river turns sharply to the west through a narrow gap and

    breaks into a series of rapids extending for a mile, where the total fall is

    about 15 feet.

            Beyond these rapids, the river divides into several channels, and in about

    a mile and a half drops 20 feet. This fall is called Naili, a Chipewyan name

    suggested by the abruptness of the fall. A short distance below, the united

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0628                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Taltson River

    river again divides into the Twin Gorges, where two parallel streams rush

    through narrow rocky clefts for a total drop of 90 feet. For a short distance

    below the gorges, the river continues rough and swift, then breaks over falls

    and rapids for a further drop of 30 feet.

            Below these obstructions, the river straightens out; and, from being ir–

    regular, crooked and broken, it changes to a more river-like stream which for

    the next 17 miles to Konth River runs approximately straight north. Two strong

    rapids, Natla, with a total drop of 15 feet, and the Nende, or Long Rapids,

    interrupt navigation during this stretch. A short distance below the latter,

    Konth River flows in from the northeast.

            Tsu Lake, 17 miles long by about four wide in its main part, is irregular

    in shape, containing many islands and with long arms extending north and south

    from its main section, one seven and another eight miles long. According to

    Camsell, this lake has been excavated along a contact between the gneiss and a

    remnant of the series which he has called Tazin, consisting of schists, quartz–

    ites, conglomerate, narrow beds of limestone and argillite, and some volcanic

    ocks. From Tsur Lake to Tethul River is a little over 11 miles, during which

    he river, flowing northwestward, falls over the Shethko Falls with a drop of

    eight feet, and below this, after flowing through a rocky gorge, it separates

    about an island for a further drop of five feet. For the next eight miles the

    river is fairly wide, flowing without much deviation; one or two small ra i p ids

    occur, but at the end of the stretch it drops 20 feet into a large basin into

    which the Tethul River flows in from the southeast (although entering the Talt–

    son on the west side). Kleven miles almost due north of Tethul River, is a

    large island where the river divides to flow into Deskenatlata Lake. In this

    section the river has an average width of 200 yards, with banks of mud or sand

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0629                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Taltson River

    about 8 feet high. After separating above the island referred to, the eastern

    channel, which is the main stream, runs northeast into Deskenatlata Lake, and

    from there flows westward to join the other branch nine miles below.

            The river plunges over a series of steep chutes with a fall of about 15

    feet at Oracha or Pelican Chutes, and falls into an oval basin below the chutes

    and then flows a little east of north for a mile, after which it passes around

    a long island, turns westward, and falls again in a series of steps having a

    total drop of 10 feet. A number of rocky islets obstruct the river at this

    point, causing a fall of about 3 feet, the last fall on the river. Below this

    point, a distance of 23 miles to Great Slave Lake, the river is navigable for

    steamboats.

            A mile below, Pierrot Creek enters from the west, and now the nature of

    the country undergoes a change. Above Pierrot Creek, the channel is largely in

    rock, but from there to the lake it flows through old delta material deposited

    by Slave River when the shore of Great Slave Lake was somewhat higher than it is

    now. A short distance below Pierrot Creek, the river is 120 yards wide, with a

    maximum depth of 35 feet and an average of 23. The banks are 20 feet high, but

    gradually decrease toward the lake.

            The Taltson was first explored in 1914 when Dr. Charles Camsell's party

    descended the Tazin and the Taltson below the junction with the former from

    Lake Athabaska to Great Slave Lake. In 1936, Dr. F. J. Henderson, of the Geo–

    logical Survey of Canada, explored and mapped geologically two map-areas in

    the vicinity of Taltson Lake and Nonacho Lake.

            The territory drained by the Taltson, while forested, contains no commer–

    cial timber; and its agricultural possibilities are nil; but it possesses im–

    mense power possibilities, and since the entire area is underlain by Precambrian

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0630                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Taltson River

    rocks, which elsewhere are productive of mineral wealth, it is hard to say

    what the future holds for the region.

            References:

            Camsell, Charles An Exploration of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers North West

    Territories: Geological Suevey of Canada; 1916. (Memoir

    No. 84).

            Henderson, J. F. Nonacho Lake N.W.T. ; Geological Survey of Canada; Paper

    37-2; 1939.

    Tanana River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0631                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TANANA RIVER

            The Tanana River, as regards volume, length and commercial importance,

    ranks as the chief tributary of the Yukon. Its course lies wholly within

    the Territory of Alaska. It rises in about latitude 62° N., longitude 143° W.,

    among the glaciers which debouch from the northern face of the high peaks of

    the Wrangel Mountains, of which Mt. Blackburn (16,140 ft.) is the highest, and

    reaches the Yukon in latitude 65° N., longitude 152° W. While, like all other

    Alaskan rivers, it is tortuous, it follows a fairly general northwesterly

    course, during which it receives many tributaries, some quite large. Because

    of its glacial origin, it is a turbid stream; its tributaries flowing in from

    the south in many cases contribute toward this turbidity, since the majority

    come from glaciers; but the streams flowing from the north are usually clear.

    The Tanana's current is swift throughout, and few stretches can ascend without

    undue difficulty as far as Chena, a few miles north of Fairbanks, about 200

    miles from its mouth, while beyond Bates Rapids, which interrupt traffic above

    Chena, it is navigable for smaller craft for a further 250 miles.

            The Tanana drainage basin is a comparatively narrow one, north and south,

    extending from latitude 62° N.to 65° 30′ N; east and west, it covers a greater

    extent — from longitude 141° 20′W. to 152° 20′W. It lies wholly within two

    of the three great physiographic provinces which comprise the Territory of

    Alaska — the Coast Range province and the Interior or Yukon Plateau province.

    Since the Tanana flows for a considerable part of its length along the line of

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0632                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    contact between the granitic rocks of the Coast Range, on the one hand, and

    the Palaeozoic rocks of the Interior Plateau, on the other, which has already

    proved to be the most highly mineralized zone, its mining possibilities, while

    already developed to a certain extent, are probably still largely undisclosed.

    The river flows mainly across an undulating plain of low elevation, sloping

    gently to the northwestward, and dotted with a multitude of small ponds and

    lakes, only one or two of which are of any size, the largest less than 250

    square miles in extent. This plain is bordered in the southwest by high moun–

    tains; and elsewhere isolated ridges or mountain masses rise occasionally above

    the general level of the plain.

            The main branch of the Tanana rises in a huge horseshoe-shaped mountain

    amphitheatre, the toe of which is occupied by a great glacier, and the sides

    of which extend northward for about 40 miles. On the east, the valley, vary–

    ing in width from two to seven miles, is lined by jagged, precipitous peaks,

    and is bounded on the west by rounded, dome-like mountains. Between the two

    is spread a broad, gravel-strewn flood- p lain, cut into numerous shallow streams,

    in which the water flows at a rate of about seven miles an hour.

            The river appears to gather its forces during its first hundred miles,

    receiving in that stretch numerous tributaries nearly all of which or i ginate

    in the mountains that are rarely out of sight to the south, but which never–

    theless do not press so closely on the river here as they do farther down. In

    this stretch, the river is relatively free from obstructions and is navigable

    for fair-sized craft. The Tok River comes in from the south near the end of

    this portion of the river; and shortly below, on the opposite side, the Alaska

    Highway first reaches the Tanana Valley, which it follows more or less all the

    way to Fairbanks. At Tanana Crossing, where the military telegraph line from

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0633                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    Valdez to Eagle crossed the river, the mountains come close and confine the

    river for many miles. On the north, however, the broad, undulating plain con–

    tinues. Below Tanana Crossing, the river takes in the Robertson and Johnson

    from the south, and the Healy, Volkmar and Goodpaster from the north. Just

    below McCarthy, the Big and Little Delta rivers come in from the south, bring–

    ing a deluge of silt-laden water from the glaciers on the slopes of Mount Hayes,

    The Twins and other giant peaks of the Alaska Range. Here also the highway

    comes in from the Copper River region, beyond the mountains, on the coast. Fifty

    miles below the mouth of the Big Delta River, the Salcha enters from the north,

    having a small settlement at its mouth. Another 60 miles, and the island, 60

    miles long, is reached on which Fairbanks is situated. The latter city, by

    far the largest in the interior of Alaska, is not on the Tanana, but on the

    north side of an island that divides the river at this point. The island is

    separated from the mainland on the north by Chena Slough, a shallow, sluggish

    watercourse navigable only with difficulty from its lower end to Fairbanks, a–

    bout 20 miles, while the main branch of the river flows along the south side

    where the Bates Rapids occur. Although the rapids offer no obstruction in the

    usual sense, they are unnavigable because the river here spreads over a vast

    gravel plain where the current is extremely rpaid, but where the water is so

    shallow that none of the many channels is deep enough to float a boat of any

    size, even if the channels were not continually shifting. Chena, really the

    head of navigation on the Tanana, is situated at the lower confluence of the

    main river with the Slough. Into the latter, about half-way up, the Big Chena

    River flows from the north.

            From Fairbanks to Nenana, 75 miles, the river runs in a southwesterly dir–

    ection through a rolling plain stretching away to the north and west, while on

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0634                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    the south and east low rocky hills are visible, approaching close to the

    course of the river. In this stretch, the Wood, Totalanika and Tatlanika

    rivers enter from the south, but they are not of any great size. The govern–

    ment-owned Alaska Railroad, on its way to Fairbanks, crosses the Tanana at

    Nenana, which is situated at the mouth of a small stream of the same name com–

    ing in from the south. For a time Nenana was the terminus of the railroad, and

    as the point where the railway first reaches the river, it is still an important

    commercial town. Below Nenana, the river makes a great curve, flowing due north

    for some distance and then swinging to the southwest. About 65 miles below

    Nenana, the Totovana comes in from the north bringing the drainage from Lake

    Minto, and providing access to an active mining area. Then miles below the

    Tolovana, the Kantishna enters from the opposite direction, bringing the waters

    from many branches which head in the glaciers flowing from the northeastern

    slopes of Mount McKinley and the cluster of peaks of which it is the highest.

    The Kantishna is a large stream, and in 1905 was the scene of a mining boom

    which caused the building of many mushroom communities, most of which are long

    since abandoned. A branch of the Kantishna, navigable for boats of light draft,

    drains Lake Minchumina, one of the largest lakes in the interior of Alaska.

            At the head of Hot Springs Slough, is the community of Hot Springs, where

    water at a temperature of 110° F. flows from the ground. An attempt was once

    made to establish a resort hotel at this point, but the venture was not a suc–

    cess; after the hotel burned down it was not rebuilt. Next, coming in from

    the south, is the Cosna, with an Indian village at its mouth, and shortly be–

    low, the Chitanana. The Tanana here is wide, varying from half a mile to a

    mile in width, running in several channels, with many islands. Despite its

    width, however, and the number of its islands, the current does not diminish,

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0635                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    and although the river does not enter the Yukon through a delta, its mouth

    extends along a wide front, broken by many islands. For this reason no par–

    ticular channel exists by which traffic may enter or leave the river; and boats

    attempting to enter frequently experience delays of considerable length while

    searching among the islands for a navigable channel.

            Considering how early the upper Yukon was reached, and the length of time

    that traders had been active on its lower reaches, it is remarkable that the

    great Tanana River with its many potentialities should have remained relatively

    unknown for such a long time. Harper and Bates, early Yukon traders, were, so

    far as the record goes, the first white men to explore the Tanana. Starting

    in the summer of 1875, from Harper's trading post at what was later called

    Circle City, they crossed to the Tanana River by Indian trail, and built a

    raft there on which they floated to the confluence of the Tanana and Yukon.

    It is said that three years later, Harper ascended the river to about the site

    of the present Chena in company with Al. Mayo, another partner. Of th is, there

    is no record; but since both Harper and Mayo were enterprising men, such a trip

    by them is not unlikely.

            In 1885, Lieutenant Henry T. Allen, U.S.A., accompanied by two soldiers

    and by John Bremner and Peter Johnson, prospectors from the Copper River country,

    ascended the Copper River to the divide, crossed over to the Tanana and floated

    in a boat made of green moosehide down that stream to its junction with the Yukon.

    Allen'o party was poorly equipped and they nearly starved. Traveling hurriedly,

    Allen made no real survey and his map of the river was but a sketch, roughly in–

    dicating the tributaries noticed as they were passed. Since he had no Indians

    with him, he had no way of knowing the names by which these rivers had been known

    to the natives since time immemorial, and later, after his return to the United

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0636                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    States, Allen assigned names to the various geographical points, in honor of

    military colleagues, relatives and others. Most of the names suggested by him

    in the lower reaches of the river failed to stick, and the Indian names have

    been mostly retained, but Johnson, Robertson, Healy, Volkmar and Goodpaster,

    among others, in the upper reaches, have endured.

            In 1898, Peters and Brooks of the U.S. Geological Survey reached the Tanana

    River from the Canadian side and descended it to the Yukon. About 100 miles

    from its mouth, they met the steamer Tanana Chief on what was said to be the

    first attempt to a steamboat to ascend the river for any considerable distance.

            In 1899, a military expedition under command of Captain W. R. Abercrombie,

    U.S.A., was engaged in exploring the route of a military highway from Valdez

    to the Yukon Valley and some exploration was carried on by members of the ex–

    pedition about the headwaters of the Tanana.

            In 1901, a trader, E. T. Barette, chartered the Lavelle Young , loaded it

    with trade goods, and set off up the Tanana River for a point near Tanana Cross–

    ing. Unable to get past Bates Rapids, the captain tried to navigate Chena

    Slough, but fearing that he might be unable to extricate his boat, he finally

    refused to go beyond a point about 20 miles above the entrance to the Slough.

    Here, Barette's goods were unloaded and he built a log cache to house them,

    after which he proceeded to St. Michael, where he built a boat of his own called

    the Isabelle , in ehich he hoped to transport his outfit from the cache on Chena

    Slough to Tanana Crossing.

            While Barette was at St. Michael on this mission, he left his cache on

    Chena Slough in charge of Frank Cleary. One day in 1902, Felix Pedro, a pros–

    pector, came to the cache and told Cleary and one or two others who were there

    that he had found placer gold on two creeks in the nearby hills and had staked

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0637                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography; Canada. LeBourdais: Tanana River

    discovery claims on them. Cleary and the others lost no time in staking ad–

    joining claims. In the meantime, Barette, in his new boat, was on his way

    up the river; but when he arrived at his trading post he found an active stam–

    pede in progress and decided to remain. The spot where Barette built his cache

    became the site of the present city of Fairbanks, which was named by Barette

    adter the Vice-President of the United States at the time.

            Until the Alaska Railroad was completed to Fairbanks in 1923, river steam–

    ers plied the Tanana, between Nenana and St. Michael, on the lower river; and

    between Nenana and Dawson and Whitehorse on the upper river. With the completion

    of the railroad, however, most of these boats ceased operation; but the White

    Pass & Yukon System has continued operation of boats between Nenana and Dawson.

            The building of the Alaska Highway, which follows the Tanana Valley for

    100 miles, will help to make the upper Tanana Valley more accessible, the

    effects of which it is too soon to say. That the end of the Alaska Highway

    will permanently remain at Fairbanks is hardly likely; and when it is extended,

    another step will have bben taken in opening up the country drained by the

    Tanana River.

            References:

            Allen, Henry T. Report of an Expedition to the Copper, Tanana and Koyukuk

    Rivers . Washington, 1887.

            Stuck, Hudson Voyages on the Yukon and its Tributaries . New York, 1917.

            Wickersham, J. Old Yukon, Tales - Trails - Trials . Washington, 1938.

    Tazin Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0638                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TAZIN LAKE

            Tazin Lake, in northern Saskatchewan, just south of the boundary separ–

    ating the province from the District of Mackenzie, lies immediately north of

    the height of land between the Lake Athabaska and Great Slave Lake drainage

    basins. At this point, the height of land is only three miles north of Lake

    Athabaska and 460 feet above the level of the latter. Tazin Lake, 70 f eet

    lower than the height of land, drains northward by way of the Tazin and Talt–

    son rivers and their series of lakes into Great Slave Lake. It lies in a

    rocky basin gouged by glacial action out of the underlying Pre-Cambrian rocks,

    is about 29 miles long by a maximum of eight wide, and has an east-and-west

    axis. Its area of 207 square miles comprises a number of rocky islands, one

    of which is 19 square miles in extent. Its shores are steep and rocky, slop–

    ing to hills about 300 feet in height. Little gravel or sand is to be seen

    along its beaches, as is typical of such lakes in the Canadian Shield area.

            Tazin Lake was first explored in 1914 by a party of the Geological Survey

    of Canada under Charles Camsell. It was known locally b y non-Indians as Black

    Lake; but since there is another lake of that name at the eastern end of Lake

    Athabaska, Camsell preferred to retain the Chipewyan name, which means black and

    is derived from the appearance of the water, which, although clear, seems dark.

    It abounds in fish, principally lake trout and whitefish.

            A number of streams enter Tazin Lake, mainly from the north and east, the

    principal of which is the Abitau, flowing in from the northeast. It is drained

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0639                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tazin Lake

    by the Tazin River, which flows out of the south side of a deep bay at its

    western end.

            References:

            Camsell, Charles Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1914.

            ----. Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 84, 1916.

    Teslin



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0640                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    TESLIN

            Teslin, an Indian village with a fur-trading post office, is located on

    the east side of Teslin Lake, about 114 miles southwest of Whitehorse, on the

    Alaska Highway. It contains a Royal Canadian Mounted Police detachment, and

    Church of England and Roman Catholic churches. An intermediate aerodrome

    equipped with a weather station is situated near the settlement.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Teslin Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0641                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TESLIN LAKE

            Teslin Lake, northwestern British Columbia and southwestern Yukon Ter–

    ritory, Dominion of Canada, lies across the boundary between Yukon Territory

    and British Columbia. It has a total area of 161 square miles, 95 of which

    are in Yukon Territory. It has a length of 60 miles, with an average width

    of from one and a half to two miles, and it lies at an elevation of 2250 feet

    above sea level. It is drained into the Yukon River by the Teslin River (q.v.)

    sometimes known as the Hootalinqua River, which flows out of its northernmost

    extremity. It lies in a northwest-southeast direction and occupies a depres–

    sion below the general level of the dissected peneplain which forms the Yukon

    plateau. The average level of the plateau is about 2750 feet above the level

    of the lake. Above this, individual peaks rise to greater heights.

            Teslin Lake extends from latitude 59° 30′ N. to latitude 60° 25′ N., and

    between longitude 132° W., and 133° 20′ W. [ ?] shoreline is broken about mid–

    way on the east side by two large bays, Morley and Nisutlin. The Nisutlin

    River, the largest stream emptying into the lake, flows into Nisutlin Bay,

    where the settlement of Teslin is located. The Morley River flows into Morley

    Bay.

            The bed of Teslin Lake consists of glacial deposits resulting from local

    ice action during the glacial period. This area was not submerged by the con–

    tinental icecap during the glacial period, but has been subjected to a consid–

    erable amount of local glaciation.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0642                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Teslin Lake

            During the Klondike Gold Rush many gold-seekers reached the Klondike

    by way of Teslin Lake and River. At one time the lake was considered as the

    terminus of a projected railway from Telegraph Creek, B. C., which would con–

    nect with boats on the lake and river. This would have avoided the rapids in

    the Lewes River near Whitehorse, and provide uninterrupted navigation from the

    head of Teslin Lake to Bering Sea. The railway, however, was never built.

            The mountain slopes bordering the lake are well timbered with white and

    black spruce, black pine, balsam fir, aspen and balsam poplar, white birch and

    tamarack.

            The Alaska Highway reaches the east shore of Teslin Lake by way of Morley

    River. From Morley Bay, it follows the east shore of the lake northwestward,

    and after crossing the Teslin River a short distance below the lake's outlet,

    bears off to the west on its way to Whitehorse and Fairbanks. The highway may

    make it possible for more people to enjoy the beauties of this marvellous lake.

            Reference:

    Less, E. J. Geology of Teslin - Quiet Lake Area. Yukon . Geological Survey

    of Canada; Memoir No. 203; 1936.

    Teslin River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0643                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TESLIN RIVER

            Teslin River, sometimes known as the Hootalinqua River, Yukon Territory,

    Dominion of Canada, is a tributary of the Lewes River (q.v.). It drains Teslin

    Lake (q.v.), which lies between latitude 59° 30′ N., and 60° 25′ N., and be–

    tween longitude 132° W. and 133° 20′ W. The lake and river occupy a valley

    which extends for about 250 miles from the Stikine watershed in northern British

    Columbia to the confluence of the Teslin and Lewes rivers. This valley is from

    one and a half miles to four miles in width, and consists of a depression run–

    ning northwestward in a relatively straight line, conforming to the direction

    of the major drainage of the country. The elevation at Teslin Lake is 2250 feet

    above sea level and it is about 2000 feet at the confluence of the river with

    the Lewes. This depression represents a continuous break in the general level

    of the Teslin Plateau, which is part of the dissected peneplain which forms

    the Yukon Interior Plateau. The general level of this plateau is about 2750

    feet higher than the level of Teslin Lake, with occasional peaks rising higher

    still.

            This region was not covered by the icecap which covered the greater part

    of North America during the glacial period. The country, however, has been

    subjected to intense glaciation of local origin, and the whole country is heavily

    overlain by glacial detritus. The Teslin valley has only in a few places eroded

    these deposits to expose the underlying rocks.

            Teslin River has a total length of 123-1/2 miles from its source in Teslin

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0644                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    Lake to its confluence with the Lewes River. Throughout its lower 95 miles,

    it has a current of about 4 miles an hour. At one or two places, swifter water

    occurs, amounting to rapids so far as transportation by small boats is con–

    cerned. Above this point, however, the river is sluggish, and meanders through

    the valley. It is navigable all the way for river steamers.

            Teslin River has a number of important tributaries, of which Boswell River,

    Indian River and 100 - Mile Creek are the principal. These all flow in from the

    east.

            During the Klondike Gold Rush (q.v.), the Teslin River provided a route

    for many gold-seekers on their way to the Klondike diggings. They came by

    trail from Telegraph Creek, at the head of transportation on the Stikine River,

    building boats at the head of the lake which carried them down the Teslin, Lewes

    and Yukon rivers to the gold-fields. By this route they avoided the rapids on

    the Lewes above Whitehorse.

            Considerable prospecting has been done on the Teslin, and gold has been

    recovered from some of the streams tributary to it and their branches, but noth–

    ing very rich has ever been found. Large quartz veins containing lead and silver

    minerals outcrop along Boswell River and its tributaries. The Geological Survey

    of Canada still recommends the area as worthy of more intensive prospecting.

            The territory through which the river runs is well timbered with white

    and black spruce, balsam fir, black pine, aspen and balsam poplar, white birch

    and tamarack, some of which is of fair size.

            The Alaska Highway crosses the river shortly below the outlet of Teslin

    Lake. This may have the effect of making its resources more accessible than

    formerly.

            Reference:

    Lees, E. J. Geology of Teslin - Quiet Lake Area, Yukon . Geological Survey

    of Canada; Memoir No. 203; 1936.

    Thelon River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0645                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    THELON RIVER

            The Thelon River, Northwest Territories of Canada, drains a considerable

    area in the districts of Mackenzie and Keewatin from a short distance east of

    the eastern end of Great Slave Lake to Hudson Bay at Chesterfield Inlet. In

    its upper reaches, it flows through a fairly well-timbered region, but practi–

    cally the whole of its course through Keewatin District traverses the treeless

    tundra. The whole of its course, too, is within the Candian Shield region of

    northern Canada, underlain by rocks of Precambrian age. Characteristic of

    rivers traversing the Shield, it consists, in its upper reaches, of a series

    of closely connected lakes, one of which sometimes literally spills into the

    next over a separate ridge of rock. Connecting streams are short, tortuous

    and filled with rapids. It also flows through lakes in its lower reaches, but

    they are larger and more distinctly defined. The Thelon River drainage basin

    extends from latitude 60° 20′ N., on the south, to latitude 65° N., and from

    longitude 97° W. to 107° 30′ W. The greater part of its course in Mackenzie

    District is through the Thelon Game Sanctuary.

            The Thelon River rises in Whitefish Lake in lttitude 62° 30′ N., longi–

    tude 107° W., at an elevation of about 1200 feet above sea level, and from

    Whitefish Lake flows into Lynx Lake, to the southeast. For the next 100 miles

    the course of the upper Thelon is roughly eastward, receiving in this stretch

    two principal streams from the southwest, after which it becomes a fairly large

    river. These tributaries and the lakes for which they are but connecting threads

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0646                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Thelon River

    traverse a grey granite upland which comprises the height of land between

    the Hudson Bay and Great Slave Lake drainage areas. It is a tableland of

    low relief in which eskers, aside from the innumerable lakes, constitute the

    principal features. Ten miles east of the mouth of the second of these trib–

    utaries, the Thelton makes a turn to the northwest, resulting in a horseshoe

    bend, about 10 miles across. For the next 80 miles, with many twists and turns,

    it runs mainly northward through a country underlain principally by unaltered

    sandstone of Precambrian age and wooded with spruce and tamarack. Banks, in

    the upper reaches, composed of coarse gravel, rise in places to 80 or 90 feet,

    but as, farther north, the country becomes more open and prairie-like, the

    banks become lower and are of sand. The stream is now from 100 to 250 yards

    in width, varying in depth from two to six feet, and flows with a current of

    about three and a half miles an hour. In this stretch a number of rapids occur,

    and shortly before Eyeberry Lake is reached, the banks contract and again be–

    come higher. Eyeberry Lake, an expansion of the river, is about 10 miles long,

    below which the country is low and less heavily timbered than farther south.

    Fifty miles beyond Eyeberry Lake, Hanbury River comes in from the west, which

    practically doubles the size of the Thelon. J. W. Tyrrell (q.v.) measured the

    volume of the river in July 1900, just below the confluence with the Hanbury

    and found the flow to be 50,000 cubic feet per second. Its width was 1,227

    feet and its depth 5 feet.

            From the mouth of the Hanbury, the river flows to the northeastward. About

    12 miles below the junction, the channel becomes greatly contracted and the

    river appears to be heading for a narrow gap, but when once that point is reach–

    ed it expands again beyond its usual width and flows between sandy banks. Three

    miles beyond, it divides about a large, low, grassy island. The Thelon, in this

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0647                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Thelon River

    northeast stretch, is deeply cut into the sandstone. About 100 miles below

    the mouth of Hanbury River, in latitude 64° 30′ N., it makes a wide bend to

    the eastward, flowing between cliffs of sandstone; and then it turns to the

    southeast, across a wide flat, where its course becomes much less definite,

    as it spreads into small lakes filled with gravel islands. At the head of

    its southeasterly stretch, it receives Finnie River from the southwest and

    immediately swings away to the northeast, running through a more hilly country

    into the western end of Beverley Lake, in latitude 64° 33′ N., longitude 101°

    15′ W., a distance of 224 miles below the mouth of the Hanbury River. The

    Thelon, below the mouth of the Hanbury, has an average width of about 250

    yards, and flows for most of the distance through a pleasant, wooded country,

    in which spruce up to 15 inches in diameter can be seen. The woods continue

    to within 50 miles of Beverley Lake, after which they rapidly thin out.

            Into the maze of channels which connect Beverley and Aberdeen Lakes, the

    Dubawnt enters from the southeast, after a generally northeasterly course from

    ar to the southwestward. The Thelon is again doubled by the entrance of the

    Dubawnt. Aberdeen Lake, 475 square miles, lies in a generally east and west

    direction, divided about midway by a narrows which almost divides it in two.

    Leaving Aberdeen Lake, the course is north-northeast to Schultz Lake, 110 square

    miles, in latitude 64° 41′ N., the most northerly point in the course of the

    Thelon. Half-way down Schultz Lake, the red sandstone and hard conglomerate

    through which the river has been flowing, changes to hills of gneiss, and flows

    for the next 40 miles along the contact between the sandstone and gneiss forma–

    tions. Below Schultz Lake, the river swings sharply [ ?] outheastward, flowing

    with a swift current in which a rapid occurs. In 40 miles it drops about 100

    feet. It is now from 200 to 400 yards wide and flows between rocky banks 50

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0648                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Thelon River

    to 100 feet high. It next flows through a gradually deepening valley whose

    sides consist of light green Huronian schists. Turning to the southward, the

    river flows into the westward end of Baker Lake. Baker Lake, 975 square miles,

    is 30 feet above sea level, but connects directly with Chesterfield Inlet.

    Ocean-going vessels proceed without difficulty to the western end of Baker Lake,

    approximately 200 miles from Hudson Bay. The Thelon River is navigable for

    craft of the York boat type from Hudson Bay to the mluth of Hanbury River, a

    distance of 550 miles, constituting a traffic artery that stretches across all

    of Keewatin District and a considerable distance into Mackenzie District. The

    lakes are not usually free of ice before some time in July and the freeze-up

    usually comes by about the first of October.

            The country through which the Thelon River flows is underlain by Pre–

    cambrian rocks, which elsewhere contain occurrences of metallic minerals of

    economic value, and consequently the region presents possibilities of mineral

    wealth, but so far nothing of importance has been discovered. This is no criter–

    ion, of course, as to the existence or not of mineral deposits in commercial

    quantities, since at present the region is too far removed to permit of inten–

    sive prospecting. It is, furthermore, fairly heavily covered with glacial drift

    and rock exposures are not frequent.

            The upper part of the Thelon River, including its tributary, the Hanbury

    River, is comprised in the Thelon Game Sanctuary, which was set aside in 1927

    by the Federal Government, and consists of an area of 15,000 square miles. Its

    purpose is to conserve the musk-oxen, as well as caribou and other wild life.

            The first person of European descent to see any part of the Thelon River

    was Samuel Hearne who, in 1771 crossed and recrossed it on his expedition from

    Port Churchill on Hudson Bay to the mouth of the Coppermine River. The first

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0649                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Thelon River

    person to explore the Thelon River above the mouth of the Dubawnt River, was

    David T. Hanbury, who ascended it from Chesterfield Inlet in 1899 to the head–

    waters of the river that now bears his name, proceeding thence across the height

    of land to Great Slave Lake by way of Artillery Lake and Lockhart River. Before

    this, J. B. and J. W. Tyrrell, on an expedition for the Geological Survey of

    Canada in 1893, had crossed the height of land from the eastern end of Great

    Slave Lake to Wholdaia Lake, descending the Dubawnt River to Beverley Lake, and

    from there continued down the Thelon to Baker Lake and Chesterfield Inlet. In

    1900, J. W. Tyrrell, on behalf of the Department of the Interior of Canada, ex–

    plored the Hanbury River and the greater part of the upper Thelon, while mem–

    bers of his party conducted further exploration and surveys from the junction

    of the Hanbury to Chesterfield Inlet.

            In 1924-25, John Hornby, who had previously visited the country, and J.C.

    Critchell-Bullock conducted some exploratory work about the upper Thelon and

    along Hanbury River. They entered the country by way of Great Slave Lake and,

    after spending the winter in the upper Thelon region, proceeded eastward to

    Chesterfield Inlet. In 1928-29, W. H. B. Hoare, of the Department of the Inter–

    ior of Canada, made an investigation of the region about the upper Thelon and

    Hanbury rivers in order to secure information concerning the resources of the

    Thelon Game Sanctuary form the standpoint of a musk-oxen refuge; and in 1936–

    37, a similar investigation was conducted by C. H. D. Clarke, assisted by W. H. W.

    Hoare, for the Department of Mines and Resources of Canada.

            References:

            Tyrrell, J. W. Exploratory Survey Between Great Slave Lake and Hudson Bay ,

    District of Mackenzie and Keewatin . Annual Report, Depart–

    ment of the Interior; Sessional Paper No. 25; Appendix No. 26

    to the Report of the Surveyor-General of Canada; 1902.

            ----. Across the Sub-Arctics of Canada . Toronto; 1908.

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0650                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Thelon River

    References, Cont'd:

            Hanbury, D. T. Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada . London, 1904.

            Hoare, W. H. B. Conserving Canada's Musk-Oxen. Department of the Interior,

    Canada; 1930.

            Clarks, C. H. D. A Biological Investigation of the Thelon Game Sanctuary .

    Department of Mines and Resources, Canada, Bull. No. 96;

    1940.

    Timmins, Ontario



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0651                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada.

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TIMMINS, ONTARIO

            Timmins, Ontario, is a mining community in the northeastern part of

    Ontario, Dominion of Canada, situated in latitude 48° 28′ N., longitude 81°

    20′ W. Although Timmins grew up on the outskirts of the great Hollinger mine

    without any planning, it has since developed into a fairly attractive city.

    Originally two miles from the Mattagami River (q.v.), it now extends to the

    banks of that stream. From three power sites on the Mattagami, it derives

    much of the electrical power needed for its homes, mines and industrial plants.

            Timmins is one of four towns which have grown up to serve the mines in

    the Porcupine Mining Camp (q.v.). The others are Schumacher, Porcupine and

    South Porcupine, all of which occupy the 12-mile strip which so far contains

    the great producing mines. Timmings, however, is the most important of the

    four. During the decade from 1931 to 1941, it doubled in population. In 1941

    census gives it a population of 28,900. This has not greatly increased since

    then because of the war and the consequent retardation of gold mining due to

    shortage of manpower and materials, and latterly to rising costs of operation.

            Timmins has many well-constructed business blocks, paved streets, and all

    the conveniences of a modern city. In 1911, while it was a rude collection

    of shacks, it was burnt to the ground. By this time, however, its future im–

    portance was becoming evident, and it was rebuilt in a more substantial manner.

    Nevertheless, it remained for many years a somewhat crude mining community. It

    suffered from the general feeling that mining towns are short-lived, and on

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0652                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Timmins, Ontario.

    that account few cared to invest in permanent improvements. As the great

    mines continued to show possibilities of productiveness over a long period

    ahead, large business buildings were erected, and Timmins took on the appear–

    ance of a modern city. Many people who had originally gone to Timmins with–

    out any expectation of making it their home, now built substantial residences.

    People found that they could be as comfortable in Timmins as elsewhere, and a

    more permanent population grew up.

            At the end of 1948, 15 producing mines were in the Porcupine area, employ–

    ing 6,755 persons who received wages and salaries agg egating $12,000,000 a

    year. In addition, many were participating in dividends from the mines, or

    had interests in m in ing property which in some way brought in revenue. And al–

    though three other towns share with Timmins in serving this community, Timmins

    is by far the largest, and naturally most of the business gravitates to it.

            While gold-mining almost entirely supports Timmins and adjoining towns,

    and any reduction in the price of gold would have a disastrous effect upon

    their fortunes, many other activities are possible to them. Some of these

    possible activities have been considered by more forward-looking persons, and

    other industries may in time become established. This would relieve the people

    of too complete a dependence upon mining and take up some of the shock in the

    event of any serious falling off in mining activity.

            References:

            Camerob, William (ed) Porcupine Mines Manual . Timmins Daily Press; 1939.

            Williamson, O.T.G. The Northland Ontario . Toronto: The Ryerson Press,

    1946.

    Tintina Valley



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0653                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TINTINA VALLEY

            Tintina Valley, Yukon Territory, Canada, is a remarkable physiographic

    structure cutting diagonally across Yukon Territory from about latitude 61° N.,

    longitude 131° W., until it passes into Alaska Territory in about latitude

    64° 30′ N. (longitude 141 W.). For some time, Tintina Valley was thought to

    be a continuation of the Rocky Mountain Trench, which it greatly resembles.

    The latter follows the western side of the Rocky Mountains from south of the

    International Boundary northwestward for about 900 miles. The floor of the

    Rocky Mountain Trench, for most of its length, lies between 2,000 and 3,000

    feet above the sea, and varies in width from two to ten miles. In this de–

    pression, all the large rivers of British Columbia which rise in the Rocky

    Mountain area have their source, including the Kootenay, Columbia, and Fraser.

    Peace River also rises in the Trench; its great tributaries, the Parsnip, flow–

    ing north, and the Finlay, flowing south, both occupy the Trench until they

    join to penetrate the Rocky Mountains as Peace River.

            The northwestern end of the Rocky Mountain Trench is blocked by the bulk

    of the Pelly Mountains (q.v.), which stand diagonally across its path. Almost

    in line, however, and following the same general direction, Tintina Valley

    originates on the northwestern side of the Pelly Mountains as a straight, narrow

    valley. It broadens to about eight miles at the point where the Ross and Pelly

    rivers join, narrowing again until a short distance northwest of where the Mac–

    millan River cuts across, its narrowest point is about three miles, while, be-

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0654                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Tintina Valley

    tween the Stewart and South Klondike rivers, it reaches a maximum width of 14

    miles. Its floor elevations vary from 1,400 to 2,700 feet above sea level.

            As in the case of the Rocky Mountain Trench, although Tintina Valley is

    occupied for a time by most of the large streams that drain the section of the

    country in which it lies, it is not itself a major drainage channel. The first

    important stream to occupy part of its length is the Pelly, the south fork of

    which originates almost at its head. After the north fork comes in, the Pelly

    continues along the Valley until it eventually breaks through to the southwest,

    just above where it is joined by the Macmillan river. The latter does not oc–

    cupy the Valley for any distance, but merely cuts across it. Stewart River

    is the next important stream to flow for some distance through the Valley;

    then it, too, breaks away to the west to the west to join the Yukon. The Klon–

    dike River also occupies the Valley for part of its course; and then the Yukon

    River itself makes use of the Valley, flowing between its walls for some dis–

    tance before passing out of Yukon Territory into Alaska. There is reason to

    believe that, before the Pleistocene ice had rearranged the drainage-pattern,

    the Yukon may have occupied much more of the Valley than it does now.

            Northwest of Klondike River, beneath great masses of gravel, sand, and

    clay, early Tertiary coal measures outcrop at intervals for more than 80 miles

    along the Valley, and this indicates to the geologist that at least this part

    of the Valley has been a depression for many ages. Since Tintina Valley cuts

    a very deep gash across a large part of Yukon Territory, and coincides with a

    number of major fault lines, it is likely to be of considerable assistance to

    future geologists, filling in the more intimate details of the broad geological

    picture which past and present workers in the field have already sketched.

            Reference:

    Bostock, H. S. Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, with Special Reference

    to the Area North of the Fifty-fifth Parellel. Geological

    Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 247; 1948.

    Torngat Mountains



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0655                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    TORNGAT MOUNTAINS

            The Torngat Mountains, in northeastern Labrador, Canada, are the highest

    of any in the eastern part of North America, although in remote geologic times

    they were very much higher than at present. After they had been worn down to

    a relatively low ponoplain, the latter was elevated, tilted toward the west,

    and once more subjected to long ages of erosion. This has given then their

    present high, rugged peaks and eep, narrow valleys showing few evidences of

    the usual processes of mountain-building, but, on the other hand, displaying

    most of the characteristics of a dissected peneplain.

            The loftier parts of this dissected peneplain follow the coast from Mount

    Thoresby (2,733 feet) near Nain to Ryan Bay, near Eclipse Harbor, a distance

    of about 250 miles from southeast to northwest, in which the highest peaks are

    from 5,000 to 6,000 feet. These, however, do not form a continuous range, but

    consist of intermittant high sections connected by others of lower elevation.

    The higher and more rugged portions are the Kiglapait [ ?] , north of Mount Thoresby;

    the Kaumajets, near Okak and Mugford; and the highest portion of all, the Torn–

    gats, which extend from Saglek Bay to Ryan Bay, with a length of nearly 100 miles.

            The Torngats may b said to begin on the north shore of Saglek Bay, in

    latitude 58° N., where elevations of about 2,000 feet are observed. For the next

    ten miles northwestward, high cliffs are the rule, with few inlets, and peaks

    standing high above the cliffs. Beyond Bear Gut, Mount Blow-me-down rises to

    a height of 3,000 feet. Cirque Mountain, with a height of 5,500 feet, stands

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0656                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Torngat Mountains

    at the head of Nullataktok Bay. Back from the southwestern arm of Nachvak

    Fiord a group of high mountains rise, reaching heights of from 5,000 to 5,500

    feet. To the northeast, beyond Nachvak Fiord, the characteristic mass of Mount

    Hazorback is seen which, although lower (3,000 feet) than some others, is never–

    the less of striking appearance because it consists chiefly of a type of gneiss

    called "charnockite." The White Handkerchief, a few miles farther north, is

    another outstanding landmark. Mount Tetragona, with an elevation of 4,700 feet,

    is also a striking mountain. Its summit consists of a sharp ridge, running

    nearly north and south, which has been cut by glacial action into two nearly

    equal peaks.

            About Komaktorvik, or Seven Islands Bay, in latitude 59° 25′ N., are

    grouped [ ?] cluster of high peaks, the highest of which is perhaps Mount Cornelius

    on its southern flank. Beyond this point, the typical Labrador coast continues,

    with its steep cliffs and deep indentations, but the mountain masses are less

    distinct, and erosion has not isolated peaks to the same extent as farther south–

    east.

            Geologically, the Torngats are made up principally of Precambrian rocks,

    in which gneisses and granitic rocks predominate; but inland softer series of

    slates and dolomites are found which the geologists have named the "Ramah series."

    Where these rocks occur, the landscape is less rugged and the mountain masses

    are rounded and lower in elevation. In parts of the Torngats, two distinct

    lines of mountains are seen; the one nearest the coast is composed of the hard–

    er rocks, and its peaks are higher and more rugged. This sea-facing range is

    separated from the one farther inland by a depression from 5 to 10 miles wide.

            Typical of this coast are the numerous fiords, each of which runs in a

    generally westerly direction, some of which are divided into arms inland by the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0657                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Torngat Mountains

    more resistant land masses. The main valleys are cut down nearly to the level

    of the sea and, for several miles inland, rise only gently. Though all the

    deeper valleys are U-shaped, some are long and others short, and the shortest

    of all are cirques, found in most of the mountain masses. Evidence of ice ac–

    tion on a large scale is found in every valley, and in the higher and deeper

    valleys and cirques within 20 or 25 miles of the coast numerous small glaciers

    may still be seen. Besides the actual glaciers, there are many permanent ice–

    sheets and snowfields, which, however, appear to be either stationary or re–

    ceding.

            The watershed does not follow the crest of the highest mountains; the

    streams rise some distance to the westward and have cut through the whole width

    of the mountains on their way to the sea, which would suggest that the erosion–

    rate was about equivalent to the rate at which the coast was elevated.

            References:

            Coleman, A. P. Northeastern Part of Labrador and New Quebec . Geological

    Survey of Canada; Memoir No. 124; 1921.

            Forbes, A, with Northernmost Labrador Mapper From the Air . American Geo–

    contributions by graphical Society; Special Publication No. 22; 1938.

    O. M. Miller, N.E.

    Odell and Ernst.

    Abbe

    Ungava Bay



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0658                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    UNGAVA BAY

            Like a miniature Hudson Bay, Ungava Bay indents the north coast of

    Labrador Peninsula, at the northeastern angle of North America. Across the

    eastern entrance to Hudson Strait, it faces the eastern end of Baffin Island.

    Its northeastern extremity is also the northwestern extremity of Newfoundland–

    Labrador. What is usually referred to as Cape Chidley, but which, in fact,

    has not yet been definitely determined as to location, represents the point

    at which the boundary between Newfoundland-Labrador, on the east, and Ungava,

    or New Quebec, on the west, terminates on the north. Immediately at that point,

    the eastern coast of Ungava Bay begins. As a matter of fact, the end of the

    coastline proper does not mark the extremity of the coast. Killinek Island,

    separated from the mainland by McLelan Strait continues the line of the coast

    northwestward to what is generally referred to as Cape Chidley, although on

    the map the latter is shown as being the easternmost point of the island.

            From the west side of Killinek Island across the mouth of Ungava Bay to

    Cape Hopes Advance, the northwestern extremity of the Bay, the distance is 140

    miles, in a line slightly north of west. This line is interrupted by Akpatok

    Island, which lies about 35 miles off the western shore of the Bay. Geologi–

    cally and politically it is not part of Ungava; the latter is predominantly

    composed of Precambrian rocks, while Akpotok Island is of Palaeozoic age.

    Politically, Ungava Peninsula is part of the Province of Quebec, while Akpatok

    Island is part of the Northwest Territories of Canada, administered by the fed–

    eral government.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0659                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Ungava Bay

            Ungava Bay is about 140 miles deep and shaped like a letter U, its east–

    ern and western shores sloping very gradually toward each other, and it is

    still relatively wide within a few miles of its lower extremity. Along its

    shores many small islands exist, but only in its southwestern angle, in a broad

    indentation called Hopes Advance Bay, are the islands of any size, but even the

    largest of these is only about 20 miles long by about half that in width.

            Unlike Hudson Strait, of which, in a sense, it is an extension, Ungava Bay

    is shallow over most of its area. Toward the southern end of the Bay, the high,

    rugged shores of Hudson Strait are contrasted by low shores and rolling country

    extending back for 12 or 15 miles from the coast. Several important rivers

    empty into the Bay, including, from east to west, the George, in latitude 59° N.,

    longitude 66° W; the Whale, in latitude 58° 25′ N., longitude 67° 20′ W.; the

    Koksoak, the largest river in Ungava, in latitude 58° 35′ N., longitude 68° W.;

    the Leaf, in latitude 58° 50′ N., longitude 69° 35′ W.; and Payne River, in

    latitude 60° N., longitude 70° W. Trading posts are established at or near the

    mouth of each of these rivers, all of which discharge through fairly wide estuar–

    ies, except Leaf River, which flows into a long, narrow inlet lying parallel to

    the coastline and separated from the Bay only by a ridge of rock, through which

    a narrow gap communicates with the waters of the Bay. The Koksoak is navigable

    for ocean-going vessels for a distance of about 60 or 70 miles, but none of

    the others is navigable above the head of tidewater. Exceedingly high tides

    are encountered in Ungava Bay, where the mean rise is nearly 40 feet, and ex–

    ceptional spring tides have been known to rise 60 feet.

            It is probable that neither Frobisher in 1576-78 nor Davis in 1587 sighted

    Ungava Bay; and Weymouth, sailing into Hudson Strait in 1602 possibly did see

    it as he passed its wide entrance, but he doubtless did not recognize it as a

    bay. It remained for Henry Hudson actually to navigate its waters, although it

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0660                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Ungava Bay

    was not his objective, and was actually a source of irritation to him. Early

    in July 1610, Hudson's little ship, the Discovery , in which Weymouth had sailed

    before him, buffeted by adverse winds and pushed about by floe-ice, was forced

    into Ungava Bay near its northeastern extremity. From there he tacked across

    the Bay until he sighted Akpatok Island, which he called Desire Provoketh. He

    was then forced by the action of the ice southward along the western shore of

    the Bay until he arriced at a point somewhere in Hopes Advance Bay. Turning

    north again, he worked his ship through the floes until he reached the north–

    western extremity of the Bay, which he named Hold with Hope, but which is now

    called Cape Hopes Advance. It was about the 19th of July that the Discovery

    finally succeeded in rounding Cape Hopes Advance and proceeded on her way west–

    ward, Hudson to his death at the hands of his mutinous crew.

            For many years thereafter, Ungava Bay was largely a place of mystery, but

    in recent years various Canadian Government expeditions have charted its shores

    and located some of the navigational hazards resulting from its many shoals.

            References:

            Low, A. P. Report on Explorations in the Labrador Peninsula along the East-

    main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manikuagan and Portions of Other Rivers

    in 1892-93-94-95 . Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report ,

    1895.

            ----. Report on South Shore of Hudson Strait, 1898 . Geological Survey

    of Canada, Annual Report , 1898.

            Flaherty, R. J. Two Traverses Across Ungava Peninsula, Labrador . The Geographical

    Review, Vol. VI, No. 2 (August 1918).

    Wabiskagami River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0661                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WABISKAGAMI RIVER

            The Wabiskagami River, northeastern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, is

    a tributary of the Missinaibi River (q.v.), which, with the Mattagami (q.v.),

    forms the Moose (q. v.), flowing into the southern end of James Bay. The Wab–

    iskagami is one of the largest tributaries of the Missinaibi coming in from

    the west. It rises in the lake of the same name, a beautiful sheet of clear

    water from 10 to 12 miles long and about 4 miles wide, in latitude 49° 45′ N.,

    longitude 84° W. The Wabiskagami River has a total length of about 100 miles,

    but its course is so tortuous that, from source to mouth in a direct line, the

    distance is little more than half its length. The greater part of its course

    lies through the Hudson Bay Lowland, and is therefore, except in the shorter

    portion that flows down from the Canadian Shield, free from rapids and falls.

    In its lower reaches, the Wabiskagami cuts through extensive beds of lignite

    coal, and at others equally extensive deposits of fire clay, well suited to

    ceramic manufacture. Farther up the stream, not far below the fall-line, de–

    posits of iron-bearing limestones are also cut by the river. Along its upper

    reaches, some fairly good stands of white and black spruce interspersed with

    Banksian pine and poplar are reported; while in its lower reaches the timber

    consists chiefly of stunted black spruce and tamarack, of no commercial value.

    A few patches of land suitable for farming may be found along the portion which

    flows through the Clay Belt (q.v.), while the much longer section flowing through

    the muskegs of the coastal plain could provide a considerable quantity of agri-

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0662                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Wabiskagami River

    cultural land if extensive reclamation projects were to be instituted through–

    out that region (See, Hudson Bay Lowland ).

            Reference:

    Ball, J. Mackintosh Economic Resources of Moose River Basin . Ontario

    Bureau of Mines, 1904.

    Watson Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0663                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    WATSON LAKE

            Watson Lake is situated in the southeastern part of Yukon Territory,

    possesses a post office, a good airport, and a weather station, and is served

    by Canadian Pacific Air Lines Limited. It is also access bi ib le by a spur road

    from the Alaska Highway. There is a Roman Catholic church at the road junc–

    tion. A Royal Canadian Mounted Police detachment is stationed in the settle–

    ment.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Whale River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0664                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WHALE RIVER

            Whale River, in Ungava District, now called New Quebec, in the Canad–

    ian province of Quebec, rises south of latitude 56° N., and flows through

    numerous lake-expansions northward into Lake Manuan, an H-shaped lake about

    26 miles in length at its greatest, and about 12 miles wide, with an area of

    100 square miles. The river enters the lake at its northwestern point and

    leaves by its northeastern point, flowing in a general northwesterly direc–

    tion for about 100 miles and emptying into Ungava Bay at the southernmost ex–

    tremity. Whale River drains the area lying between the George River on the

    east and the Kaniapiskau on the west, consequently its tributaries, while many,

    are not very long, nor do they as a rule carry much water. Part of its course

    is north of the treeline, while even in its upper reaches it flows through a

    sparsely timbered country. Except in the lower part of the valleys, the land

    is covered by a thick mantle of mosses and lichens. Its valley once grazed

    vast herds of caribou, but, like elsewhere, the herds are now much smaller

    and fewer in number.

            Eight miles above the mouth of the river the Hudson's Bay Company's post

    is situated; below this point the river continues more than a mile wide to its

    mouth.

            Reference:

    Dept. of Mines

    Quebec Extracts from Reports on the District of Ungava of New Quebec ,

    1929.

    White River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0665                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WHITE RIVER

            White River is one of the large tributaries of the Yukon River. It

    rises in the St. Elias Range, in the southwestern corner of Yukon Territory.

    One of its sources, Sims River, is fed by the Kaskawulse Glacier, and flows

    northward into Kluane Lake, reaching White River by way of the Kluane and

    Donjek rivers. Its main stream rises in the Russell Glacier, from which it

    flows for about 5 miles in a northeasterly direction, and then, turning ab–

    ruptly to the east for about 30 miles, it runs northeasterly to its mouth in

    the Yukon River, a distance of 180 miles. All but the first few miles of its

    main branch are in Canadian territory.

            White River was discovered in 1850 by Robert Campbell of the Hudson's

    Bay Company, who named it so because of its milky color. He merely passed by

    its mouth, and no one seems to have attempted its ascent until 1872, when

    Arthur Harper, a veteran trader, traveled upstream over the ice for about 50

    miles.

            Although various parties of prospectors had visited the lower part of the

    river, no attempt was made to reach its headwaters until 1891, when a party

    consisting of Dr. C. W. Hayes, of the U. S. Geological Survey, Lieutenant Fred–

    erick Schwatka, U.S.A., and a prospector named Mark Russell crossed overland

    from the junction of the Pelly and Lewes rivers, reaching White River about

    where it crosses the International Boundary. From there they ascended it to

    the Russell Glacier, crossed the Skolie Pass and descended the Chitina and

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0666                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: White River

    Copper rivers to the coast.

            While on the Yukon River, they had heard various reports of copper de–

    posits about the headwaters of White River, which had been circulating for

    some time and had lost nothing of their sensationalism in the process. Slabs

    of copper were reported to have been found as large as a log cabin. The ex–

    plorers were back-packing and had very little time for an extensive examina–

    tion of the country, but they were nevertheless able to report that most of the

    stories were greatly exaggerated. They did see huge slabs of native copper.

    Since that time native copper has been found in a number of places throughout

    the district. One slab weighing 6,000 pounds was found near Canyon City.

            The discovery of placer gold in 1913 in Chisana District, Alaska, just

    south of the headwaters of White River, caused thousands of persons to flock

    into the area, many of whom went up White River from the Yukon. Although it

    had previously been considered a difficult river to navigate, stampeders found

    the White convenient for all sorts of craft, from canoes and row boats to gaso–

    line launches and steamboats. It was found to open in spring below Beaver Creek

    between May 25 and June 5, and from Beaver Creek to Canyon City, about June 12.

    Ice commences to run thickly about September 30 and, during most years, the

    river freezes over between November 10 and 15.

            When the gold-bearing deposits at Chisana proved to be limited, prospectors

    turned their attention to the Canadian side of the line, and a number of differ–

    ent streams tributory to or flowing into branches of the White were found to be

    gold-bearing, but none was exceptionally rich.

            In its upper part — in Alaska — the White flows through a broad valley

    from two to five, and in places ten, miles wide, timbered occasionally, but

    more often consisting only of bare stretches of gravel. Commencing near the

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0667                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: White River

    International Boundary, the valley gradually narrows, and about 3 miles below

    the Boundary assumes a canon-like form, with walls rising to from 150 to 200 feet on

    on either side, continuing thus for 6 or 7 miles to Canyon City.

            For 9 miles below Canyon City the river traverses a floodplain, about a

    mile wide, over which it continually shifts its course. In this section, Lake

    Tchawsahmon valley, from 7 to 9 miles wide, extends northward, while the broad

    valley of the Generic River comes in from the south, almost opposite.

            The river is again restricted to a singlevalley for the next 8 miles; and

    in this stretch it cuts through the main Nutzotin Range, whose summits rise

    4,000 and 5,000 feet above the valley-floor. According to the late D. D. Cairnes,

    of the Geological Survey of Canada, this portion of the White River valley is

    antecedent to the uplift of the Nutzotin Mountains. As the land rose, the river

    continued cutting, keeping pace with the uplift. The final mile of this stretch

    is through a rock-walled canon, known as the Lower Canon. Below this, for the

    next 45 miles, White River flows through a broad upland, its floodplain from

    1 to 3 miles wide.

            Beaver Creek joins White River from the southwest at Snag, about 85 miles

    above the mouth of the White; about 10 miles below the entry of Beaver Creek

    the flats end suddenly, and the river enters a narrow depression, where the

    valley-bottom is some 1,300 feet lower than the surrounding upland. Twenty

    miles below Beaver Creek, Donjek River comes in from the northeast, about doubl–

    ing the size of the White. Twenty-three miles below the mouth of the Donjek,

    the Katrina flows in from the east, its waters clear and clean. Below the Kat–

    rina, the White River valley broadens again, and from there to the Yukon the

    floodplain. always from 1 to 5 miles Wide, consists of bare wastes of gravel

    through which the river cuts channels that shift from day to day. On all the

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0668                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: White River

    gravel bars and along the shores of the channels are huge piles of jumbled

    driftwood, brought down by the river in flood. Somewhere in its course, the

    river cuts through deposits of volcanic ash, which, added to its already over–

    loaded content of glacial deposit, gives it the distinctive greyish hue that

    it in turn imparts to the Yukon from which the latter never recovers.

            References:

            Cairnes, D. D. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1914.

    Geological Survey of Canada, Memoir No. 50, 1915.

            Hayes, C. Williard National Geographic Magazine, Vol. IV, May 15, 1892, pp. 117-162.

            McConnell, R. C. Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1904.

    Geological Survey of Canada, Summary Report, 1905.

    Whitehorse



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0669                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    WHITEHORSE

            Whitehorse, situated on the Alaska Highway about 42 miles north of

    Carcross, is the terminus of the White Pass and Yukon Railway and the head

    of navigation on the Yukon River. It has a first class airport, equipped

    with radio range and meteorological stations, served by air lines from

    Seattle, Vancouver, Edmonton, and Fairbanks, as well as hotels, bank, hos–

    pital, stores, weekly newspaper, Church of England and Roman Catholic churches,

    and public and high schools. The headquarters of the Royal Canadian Mounted

    Police for southern Yukon and the office of the Mining Recorder for the White–

    horse district are also located in the town. Whitehorse is an important out–

    fitting center for big game hunting parties. From Whitehorse a motor road

    provides access to the famous Whitehorse Rapids and Miles Canyon on the Lewes

    River, which were navigated by many of the gold-seekers in the rush of 1897–

    98. A foot-bridge across the canyon is a fine vantage point from which to

    view the rushing waters.

           

    From: Nor' West Miner

    March, April 1950

    Wholdaia Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0670                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WHOLDAIA LAKE

            Wholdaia Lake, in the District of Mackenzie, northwestern Canada, is

    one of the series of lakes in the Dubawnt River system near its head. Whold–

    aia Lake, originally called Daly Lake, was once thought to be the source of

    the Dubawnt, but since then a chain of lakes and rivers draining into Wholdaia

    Lake from about 80 miles farther west is now considered to be the source of

    the Dubawnt. Wholdaia Lake [ ?] lies at an elevation of 1,290 feet above sea level,

    astride of the 104th degree of west longitude, its southern extremity in lati–

    tude 60° 10′ N., just north of the divide between the Athabaska and Hudson Bay

    drainage areas; and its northernmost point is in latitude 61° N. A great strag–

    gling lake, it is composed of many arms and long narrow bays, each lying gen–

    erally in a northeast-southwest direction; the whole lake, however, has a north–

    eastern angle. The northwestern arm of the lake is about 50 miles in length,

    extending northwest-southeast; its northeastern arm is about 30 miles long and

    lies southwest-northeast; and its southern arm is about 20 miles in length in

    a north and south direction. These "arms," however, are not anywhere definite

    and clear cut, and, at best, are but approximations. The lake's greatest width

    is about 12 miles; its shoreline is quite out of proportion to its area, which

    is further complicated by countless islands.

            Wholdaia Lake lies entirely within the Precambrian rocks of the Canadian

    Shield and it is characteristic of lakes in that area, the basinsof which have

    been gouged out by glacial action, apparently so recently in geologic time that

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0671                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Wholdaia Lake

    the action of the water has not yet been able to round off the rough edges.

    At the south end of the lake, hills of gneiss rise on both sides, which soon

    draw apart or decline, when the banks become low and strewn with boulders.

    Then, long low sandy points project from the shore, extending into a chain of

    sandy islands. Eighteen miles from the southwest end of the lake, a long pen–

    insula extends from the western shore, and a mile north of this a long point of

    boulders ends in an open sandy ridge, or esker, extending southwest and gradual–

    ly rising over some rocky hills 70 feet above the lake. This ridge marks the

    limit of timber growth, represented here by small aspens.

            A point 4 miles to the west, on the north shore, is composed of biotite–

    gneiss, its summit and eastern slope well rounded, while its western side is

    much more broken. From this point northward the east shore is generally low

    and strewn with angular fragments of rock. Typical of lakes in this area,

    points or bars of gravel or sand of any considerable size are conspicuously

    absent; the shores are mostly of bare rock.

            Around the shore, and extending northward to the limit of the wooded

    country, are more or less extensive tundra areas, usually on gentle slopes

    that extend from the woods down to the edge of the water. The surface is mod–

    erately dry and firm, and is covered with a growth of light green lichen, prob–

    ably a species of Peltagera. Beneath the surface is a thickness of 8 or 10 feet

    or more of moss which is quite dead, and below the first 12 inches is embedded

    in a solid mass of ice.

            Wholdaia Lake was first explored by J. W. and J. B. Tyrrell of the Geolog–

    ical Survey of Canada in 1893, when they made an exploratory journey from the

    eastern end of lake Athabaska to Hudson Bay, by way of the Dubawnt River. Whol–

    daia Lake, which they call Daly, after the then Minister of the Interior of

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0672                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Wholdaia Lake

    Canada, was taken by them to be the source of the Dubawnt, but they could

    not spare the time necessary to encompass its shores and consequently did

    not know that it was not the first but one of a series through which the Du–

    bawnt runs from its highest point. While it was not till the Tyrrells had

    reached Carey Lake, some distance farther northeast, that they encountered

    their first caribou, when they came upon herds that covered the countryside,

    Wholdaia Lake and its vicinity, is also excellent caribout country, and con–

    sequently, if and when the reindeer business is undertaken seriously in Can–

    ada, it would be a suitable area for that purpose. Aside from this, the ter–

    ritory has little economic value, except, of course, the possibility of miner–

    al wealth, which is always present in areas underlain by the Precambrian rocks

    of the Canadian shield.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. W. Across the Sub-Arctics of Canada . Toronto, 1908.

    Wiachouan River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0673                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WIACHOUAN RIVER

            Wiachouan River, in western Ungava Peninsula, now called New Quebec, a

    portion of the province of Quebec, is a short stream flowing into Richmond

    Gulf, an indentation on the east coast of Hudson Bay, extending northward

    from latitude 56° 05′ N. It is only about 40 miles long, but it is possible

    that it will prove to be of importance because of the fact that it falls over

    a cliff for a height of 315 feet just above its mouth, and one mile farther

    upstream it drops another 65 feet. In a country in which practically all

    streams drop over falls of varying heights, this might not be of any economic

    importance, but the Wiachouan, near its mouth, traverses an area of late Pre–

    Cambrian rocks similar to those in the Ungava Depression in which extensive

    important mineral occurrences have been discovered. If, after being adequately

    prospected, this area should also be found to possess minerals of value, the

    presence of this potential power should be an important factor in its exploita–

    tion.

            Reference:

    Department of Mines Extracts from Reports on the District of Ungava, or

    Quebec New Quebec . 1929

    Winisk River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0674                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WINISK RIVER

            Winisk River, in northwestern Ontario, Dominion of Canada, drains an

    area of 24,100 square miles into Hudson Bay. Its drainage basin lies south–

    east of that of the Severn River and northwest of that of the Attawapiskat

    River. It originates in Misamikwash Lake, in latitude 53° N., longitude 90° W.,

    but its ultimate source lies farther to the south and west in the several

    streams that empty into the lake. The river's upper reaches traverse a por–

    tion of the Canadian Shield, consisting of Pre-Cambrain rocks, which comprises

    the greater part of the northern portion of Canada. It is a region of low re–

    lief, with a maximum elevation of about 1,500 feet above sea level. Heavily

    glaciated knells and ridges stand out above the general level and the under–

    lying rocks between carry a heavy overburden of glacial till. The terrain is

    dotted with lakes of all sixes and shapes, connected by short, swift streams

    filled with rapids and falls. Sometimes one lake morely spills over a rocky

    ledge into the next. The country slopes generally north and east toward Hudson

    Bay, with an average grade of about 5 feet to the mile.

            Like most of the rivers in this region, the Winisk has not yet had time

    to cut a definite river-valley for itself; it flows but a short distance below

    the general level of the country. A characteristic of this river is the number

    of channels which break away at various points and later rejoin. The current

    is swift for the whole distance from Winisk Lake to the coast, though after the

    river drops down the Pre-Cambrian escarpment, the descent is comparatively

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0675                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Winisk River

    uniform. The absence of any valley might be interpreted to mean that the

    river in its present form is very recent.

            Winisk River flows out of Misamikwask Lake by two outlets, the main

    branch flowing east, while the other, known as the Asheweig, flows north, the

    two reuniting some 200 miles below (following the course of the main river).

    The main channel keeps an easterly course for the first 25 miles from Misamik–

    wash lake and descends in that distance about 35 feet, principally in a series

    of five rapids. Between rapids the river is mainly swift, but many lake-like

    expansions occur. The surrounding co u try is generally low, seldom rising

    higher than 50 feet above the river. Below the final rapid of the series just

    mentioned, where a fall also occurs, the river expands into Wu [ ?] in Lake,

    an irregular, tortuous sheet of water about 25 miles long. From Wunnummin

    Lake to Nibinamik Lake, a further distance of 25 miles, the descent is about

    45 feet, occurring chiefly in three rapids which are separated from each other

    by stretches of quiet water. Nibinamik Lake, from inlet to outlet, is about

    5 miles long, but it extends to the south for 7 miles and to the north for 4.

            The surrounding country is well covered with spruce and temarack, but

    aspen, balsam poplar and white birch grow along the ridges.

            For the next 12 miles to Wapikopa Lake, the river flows with a fairly

    strong current, descending in that distance about 35 feet in 3 principal rapids.

    Wapikopa Lake is 13 miles long, and lies in a generally easterly direction. In

    the next 38 miles, the river follows an irregular course through a succession

    of small lakes which are separated by rapids, and then enters Winisk lake, 17

    miles long with a maximum width of 7 or 8 miles. The lake consists chiefly

    of a series of long, narrow channels lying north and south between low islands

    of sand, gravel and boulders. Twenty-nine miles below Wapikopa Lake, the river

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0676                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Winisk River

    separates into two channels, one branch flowing northward, by-passing Winisk

    Lake, and rejoining the other a mile below the lake's outlet. The other branch

    flows through Winisk Lake.

            Nine miles below the outlet of Winisk Lake, another channel called the

    Winiskisis, branches off to the northeast and follows an independent course

    for 70 miles before rejoining the main stream. Thirteen miles below the head

    of the Winiskisis, another channel called the Tabasokwia, diverges to the west,

    contin u ing a separate course for 23 miles before it rejoins the Winisk. The our–

    rent in all these branches is swift and broken by rapids and falls, at one of

    which, known as Smoky Fall, the drop is 15 feet.

            The impervious character of the till, together with its almost flat or

    gently undulating surface, gives the country a muskeg-like character, even

    though it lies 80 feet or more above the bed of the river in places. Along

    the immediate banks, and for a few yards on each side, a narrow belt of trees

    of fair size grow; but beyond that the terrain stretches away in a great almost

    level plain. It is covered with a sparse and stunted growth of black spruce

    and tamarack, under which is a thick carpet of moss.

            At 68 and 77 miles, respectively, below Winisk Lake, the Tabasokwia and

    Winiskisis channels rejoin the main stream; and at a lake-like expansion studded

    with islands, about 7 miles below the inflow of the latter, the Asheweig comes

    in from the southwest, and the Atikameg from the southeast. The former of these

    is the stream previously referred to as flowing out of the main river at Misamik–

    wash Lake, 200 miles above.

            A short distance below this point, white birches and balsam are seen for

    the last time on the banks. Thence to the sea the forest growth, quite to the

    edge of the river trough, is composed entirely of black spruce and tamarack.

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0677                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Winisk River

    The islands, and here and there a projecting point, continue to show groves

    of white spruce, balsam, poplar and aspen.

            After the course of 126 miles, almost directly north, with slight devia–

    tions to the east and west, the river by a sharp turn suddenly changes its

    direction to a little south of east, and holds that trend for 70 miles. Two

    tributaries, both of which head near the Fawn branch of the Severn, join the

    main river near the bend. About 15 miles below this point, an island 6 miles in length divides

    the river into two channels of about equal volume. [ ?]

            The limestones and dolomites of the Hudson Bay basin first outcrop at a

    distance of 42 miles from the Bay, measuring along the river. They are flat–

    lying at first, but within a few miles the slope of the river carries it below

    the surface of the limestones, which then form walls, gradually increasing in

    height, until a gorge 30 feet deep is cut into the bedrock. This part of the

    river, down to the sea, is evidently a pre-glacial channel.

            The Mattawa River, a stream of consider a ble volume, comes in from the east

    24 miles from the mouth of the Winisk, and 10 miles farther down the Mishamattawa,

    or Big Mattawa, comes in from the west.

            For the last 25 miles of its course, the Winisk has an average width of

    about three-quarters of a mile, but expands to over a mile in many places. An

    almost continual line of islands divides it into a number of channels all along

    this part of the course. For the final 12 miles, these islands are generally

    low, clothed only with grasses and bushes. Approaching the mouth, the banks

    become lower, and for the last few miles are not generally more than 15 feet

    high, and are composed of stratified clays and sands. The estuary has a maximum

    width of about 3 miles.

            The Winisk's volume, at a point 25 miles above the Bay, is estimated to be

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0678                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Winisk River

    about 25,000 cubic feet per second in midsummer. Its length, according to

    present surveys, is given as 295 miles.

            Hudson's Bay Company traders had been familiar with the river for many

    years before its first exploration land survey by William McInnes, of the Geo–

    logical Survey of Canada, who explored a large section of the region southwest

    of Hudson Bay in the years 1903-4-5. Since McInnes' time, very little exploration

    has been done in the area.

            The economic possibilities of the region are largely a matter of conjec–

    ture. In its upper reaches, the river cuts across an area underlain by the

    Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Sheild, which are similar in general char–

    acteristics to those which elsewhere contain valuable mineral occurrences. The

    zone of rocks of Palaeozoic age which lies between the Pre-Cambrian escarpment

    and tidewater is too heavily covered with overburden for easy prespecting.

    Farther to the southeast, however, in the James Bay drainage basin, this [ ?] one

    contains extensive deposits of high-grade fireclays and equaily extensive de–

    posits of gypsum. The value of lignite coal deposits also found in the latter

    area is still problematical.

            Reference:

    McInnes, William Report on a Part of the North West Territories drained

    by the Winisk and Attawaniskut River . Ottawa: Government

    Printing Bureau, 1910.

    Wollaston Lake



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0679                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    WOLLASTON LAKE

            Wollaston Lake, northeastern Saskatchewan, Dominion of Canada, lies at

    an elevation of 1300 feet above sea level, and has the distinction, almost

    unique in such a large lake, of being drained in opposite directions by two

    almost equally large streams. The Cochrane River, which flows out of its

    northern extremity, empties into Reindeer Lake and its waters ultimately reach

    Hudson Bay by way of Reindeer and Churchill rivers. Fond du Lack River flows

    out of its northwestern angle, through Black Lake, into Lake Athabaska, and

    its waters reach the Arctic Sea by way of the Mackenzie River.

            Wollaston Lake lies between latitude 57° 40′ N., and 58° 30′ N., in a

    direction slightly east of north, and its eastern shore is cut by the 103rd

    parallel of west longitude. It has an area of 768 square miles, and its shore–

    line is broken by innumerable deep indentations. Like other lakes, of its kind

    set in the Pre-Cambrian rocks of the Canadian Shield, it is studded with rocky

    islands of all sizes and shapes. As is the case with its neighbor, Reindeer

    Lake, it is widest at its northern end and tapers somewhat toward the south,

    but spreads at its southern extremity into two long arms, one at its southwest–

    ern, and the other at its southeastern corner. Its narrowest point, at the spot

    where the 58th parallel of north latitude crosses, is accentuated by the exist–

    ence of large islands on each side lying parallel to the coastline, close in–

    shore.

            From the outlet into Cochrane River, at the extreme northern end of the

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0680                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Wollaston Lake

    lake, the shore trends southwestward to the outlet of the Fond du Lac River,

    which flows out of a considerable bay extending northwestward. This section

    of the shore, as well as the shores of the bay are lined with boulders, with

    an occasional sandy beach. The surrounding country is well wooded with spruce

    and Banksian pine. Eighteen miles south of the head of Fond du Lac River,

    Colline Creek comes in from the southwest, flowing into a narrow bay which runs

    southwestward to meet it, the south shore of which is a long point extending

    northeasterly for 6 miles. Thirteen miles south of Collins Bay, a broad prom–

    ontory juts northeeastward which is terminated by a knob of gneiss about 250

    feet in height. Seventeen miles farther south, the entrance to Nekweaga Bay

    begins. The latter runs southwestward for 14 miles, and at its extremity re–

    ceives Geikie River flowing in from the southwest. From the mouth of Nekweaga

    Bay, the south shore of Wollaston Lake trends irregularly eastward. Compulsion

    Bay, a long, narrow indentation, occupies the southeastern angle of the lake,

    extending in a southwestern direc tion for 10 miles. From the mouth of Compul–

    sion Bay, the east shore of Wollaston Lake runs due north to about latitude

    58° 07′ N., after which it swings northeasterly for about 9 miles to Fidler Bay,

    a long narrow indentation, lying in the same general direction as the shoreline,

    from which it is separated by rocky headlands cut by a narrow entrance. The

    shoreline continues northwastward from Fidler Bay to Clark Bay, one of a number

    of deep indentations forming the northwestern angle of the lake, and from there

    extends northwestward to Deception Bay, the extreme northerly point of the lake,

    a short distance west of which the Cochrane River flows out.

            The first person of European extraction to see Wollaston Lake was David

    Thompson, of the Northwest Company, who, in 1796, reached it by way of Swan

    River and its chain of lakes and portages from Reindeer Lake, on his way down

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0681                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Wollaston Lake

    the Fond du Lac River to Lake Athabaska. In 1881, A. S. Cochrane, of the

    Geological Survey of Canada, ascended the river now named after him from its

    mouth in Reindeer Lake to its source in Wollaston Lake, In 1892, J. B. Tyrrell,

    also of the Survey, assisted by D. B. Dowling, surveyed the west shore of the

    lake from the mouth of Fond du Lac River to the south end of Nekweaga Bay, and

    the south shore to Compulsion Bay. Tyrrell ascended the Geikie River to its

    source, crossing thence to Churchill River; while Dowling crossed the portage

    from the bottom of Compulsion Bay to Vermilion Bay, on Reindeer Lake, thence

    by way of Reindeer River to Churchill River.

            Reference:

    Tyrrell, J. B. Report on the Country Between Athabaska Lake and Churchill

    River . Geological Survey of Canada; Annual Report, Vol. VIII,

    1896.

    Yukon Territory



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0682                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    YUKON TERRITORY

            Yukon Territory occupies the extreme northwestern corner of the Dominion

    of Canada, adjoining the territory of Alaska on the west, the Province of

    British Columbia on the south, the District of Mackenzie on the east; and is

    bounded on the north by the Arctic Sea. It comprises 207,076 square miles;

    and, according to the Dominion Census of 1941, had a population of 4,914 per–

    sons, of whom 1,508 were Indians — which means that it had but 0.02 persons

    to the square mile.

            Physiographically, the Territory falls into three main provinces that

    are continuous with similar divisions in British Columbia and Alaska. Two of

    these, the Coastal system, in the southwest, and the Rocky Mountain systems,

    in the northeast, are mountainous; while the most characteristic, the Interior

    Plateau system, midway between the two, often referred to as the Yukon Plateau,

    constitutes a belt from 250 to 400 miles wide, extending from the southeastern

    section of the Territory northwestward across its extent and passing into Alaska,

    where it continues in a westerly direction. This plateau provides the back–

    ground for the great Yukon River, which flows through the middle of it.

            The Yukon Plateau, cut first by the great trench of the Yukon River itself,

    and then by its many tributaries and their numerous branches, presents a very

    irregular appearance, but the tops of the hills and watersheds lie quite gen–

    erally in the same horizontal plane; which gives the key to the nature of this

    upland region. Despite its broken appearance, the plateau presents an aspect

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0683                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    of uniformity in its average elevation. The tops of these hills and ridges

    where not themselves eroded, constitute the remnants of what was apparently

    once a gently rolling plain, sloping toward the northwest. In fairly recent

    geologic time it was evidently a lowland, probably bordering on the sea. Then,

    after its elevation to its present level, which, in its southern portion stands

    at from 4,000 to 6,000 feet, its streams were regenerated and began the cutting

    of the channels that is still in progress.

            In the southern part of the Territory, the plateau is covered with a vary–

    ing depth of glacial deposit, which is still being redistributed by stream

    action. These are the deposits in which the rich placer diggings of the Klon–

    dike and other gold-bearing creeks and rivers of Yukon Territory have been found.

    While it is probable that the richest of these have already been discovered

    and exploited, there is no reason to believe that all possibilities in this

    direction have been entirely exhausted.

            The Rocky Mountain system, which provides the eastern boundary of the

    Territory, consists of the northern extension of the Rocky Mountains, known

    locally as the Mackenzie Mountains. These mountains, in several parallel ranges,

    in echelon formation, follow the same northwest-southeast trend as the Rockies

    farther south, but lie about 80 miles east of the direct line of continuation.

    At the latitude of about 69° N., they bend toward the southwest and continue

    into Alaska, where they are known as the Endicott Range.

            The Coastal system, which has followed the Pacific coast northward through

    British Columbia, crosses into the southwestern corner of Yukon Territory, and

    then merges into the Yukon Plateau in about latitude 62° N. Consequently, a

    cross-section of Yukon Territory from southwest to northeast would show a rela–

    tively low mountainous area in the southwest, merging into the Interior Plateau

    which occupies the central portion of the Territory, and then another mountainous

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0684                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    region, wider and higher than the first, extending along the eastern border

    in a northwesterly direction and bending at right-angles, passing thus into

    Alaska. The whole presents a concave surface, sloping from both sides toward

    the middle, which is occupied by the great trench of the Yukon River. In addi–

    tion to the three distinct physiographic divisions described above, there is a

    small arctic steppe region between the northern extremity of the Mackenzie

    Mountains and the Arctic Sea, and another intrusion of the Mackenzie lowlands

    in the region of Peel River. These, however, comprise but a fraction of the

    total area of the Territory.

            The history of Yukon Territory is the history of the great river from

    which it receives its name, and this has been told in connection with the ac–

    count of the exploration of the river and its tributaries (see Yukon River ).

    The greatest event in its history was the discovery of rich placer gold in the

    Klondike, which has also been told (see Klondike Gold Strike ). It is possible

    that some day the story of Yukon Territory may be written when neither the Klon–

    dike gold strike nor the Yukon River itself will occupy the middle of the stage,

    but that time is not yet.

            Perhaps when that time comes, another form of mining may have replaced

    placer mining, and more permanent and stable communities will have been establish–

    ed. No permanent communit has ever been built on a foundation of placer mining,

    and the Yukon with its fabulously rich Klondike is no exception. Nevertheless,

    it is placer gold with its relative ease of recovery that attracts the goldseek–

    er and causes the great booms. That the gold of the Klondike derived from quartz

    ledges is generally admitted, but it is sometimes argued that the richest por–

    tions of these ledges were ground away by the glaciers, thus releasing and con–

    centrating the gold; and that the ledges were not rich enough to justify their

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0685                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    being worked as quartz mines if they had persisted to the present day.

            Similar arguments were advanced against the possible existence of profit–

    able gold quartz ledges in the Cariboo district, where, forty years before the

    Klondike, equally rich placer mines were discovered; but when competent pros–

    pectors, undeterred by such ideas, began a systematic search, gold mines re–

    sulted which in a few years will have produced more gold than the placer diggings

    ever did; and towns are already established whose promise of permanence is much

    greater than would be likely in any placer camp.

            Naturally, the areas first explored in Yukon Territory were those along

    the streams, which not only provided ease of access, but also disclosed the

    geological structures by providing cross-sections showing the various forma–

    tions. Most of this prospecting has been done in the Interior Plateau region;

    but even there, little prospecting for quartz has been done because of the dif–

    ficulty imposed by the heavy overburden. With the use of modern prospecting

    methods, however, the picture can quickly change.

            What prospecting has already been done, where the primary incentive was

    not the discovery of placer gold, has disclosed the presence of wide-spread

    mineral possibilities. Already, in addition to gold quartz, silver-lead, silver–

    gold, and silver-antimony deposits have been located. Copper has been found in

    many places and only awaite adequate transportation and markets to justify de–

    velopment on a large scale. The earliest deposits were found in the Coast Range

    area, such as those near Whitehorse, and in the Wheaton district in the south–

    western section of the Territory.

            The most successful operations so far have been in the Mayo district, where

    ore containing principally silver and lead, but also gold, has been mined for

    some time. This mining has been, in a sense, but a transfer of the placer mining

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0686                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    techniques to lode mining. That is to say, the richest ore has been mined,

    leaving less profitable ore either in the ground or on the dump. No system–

    atic effort has ever been made to advance the country to the point where its

    mineral resources might be developed most economically from a national stand–

    point.

            The Mayo mining district comprises that part of the Stewart River water–

    shed east of the mouth of the McQuesten River. The town of Mayo, on the Stew–

    art River 180 miles above its mouth, is the center of the district and its

    distributing point. Although the presence of silver-lead ores in the Mayo

    district had been known since 1906, the first extensive mining was not begun

    until 1914, when development was started at the Silver King mine on Galena

    Creek. Some ore from this mine had previously been shipped to the smelter at

    Trail, British Columbia, from which the returns were at the rate of $269 a ton

    in gold, silver and lead. During the winter of 1914-15, 1,180 tons of ore were

    shipped to the Selby smelter at San Francisco and shipments continued until 1917,

    when the high-grade shoot from which the ore was obtained became exhausted and

    Mayo seemed destined to a fate similar to that of the placer ghost towns.

            In 1919, however, Keno Hill was discovered; within a short time upwards

    of a thousand claims were staked in all directions from the Discovery claim,

    and the following year the Sadie-Treadwell vein, on the western slope of Keno

    Hill, was discovered. This gave the camp a new lease of life; and in the next

    few years 10,000 tons of ore, running about 200 ounces of silver and fifty per–

    cent lead to the ton, was shipped to the smelter. Again, as in the past, when

    the high-grade ore became exhausted, large-scale mining was discontinued. In

    1923, the upper Beaver River district, which lies within the Ogilvie Range, a

    spur of the Mackenzie Mountains, attracted many prospectors; but the ore did

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0687                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    not prove sufficiently rich to allow of development under existing conditions.

            In Whitehorse Mining District, several copper properties have been known

    since the earliest days of the Klondike gold boom, and have been favorably re–

    ported on by competent engineers; but, as with other lode mining in the Terri–

    tory, lack of cheap transportation is holding development back. As early as

    1906, such a capable engineer as D. D. Carines of the Geological Survey of

    Canada, wrote that since the region around Whitehorse contained sufficient

    promising properties, and since there was an abundance of good coal, as well

    as potential hydro-electric power, a smelter for Whitehorse was a development

    to be expected within the then near future. Over forty years have elapsed

    since that opinion was expressed; but mining activity in the area has long

    since come practically to a standstill. This is not because Mr. Cairnes was

    too optimistic about the mineral possibilities of the district, but because

    it, like all of Yukon Territory, depends for its development upon initiative

    from outside, and that initiative has not been forthcoming.

            The Wheaton district, in the southwestern section of the Territory, is

    another case in point. Ore deposits in that district comprise gold-silver

    quartz, antimony-silver veins, silver-lead veins, as well as deposits of a

    metamorphic nature along the contacts. The district lies just north of the

    British Columbia voundary, and west of the line of the White Pass and Yukon

    Railway. Wheaton River, which flows through the area, runs first east and

    northeast, and then bends suddenly to flow directly south and empty into Lake

    Bennett. The principal ore discoveries were made chiefly along the river from

    its bend about 20 miles upstream.

            In 1893, two prospectors, Frank Corwin and Thomas Richman, located a number

    of claims in this section and returned to Juneau, Alaska, with samples of what

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0688                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    they had found. Some of these samples, when assayed, ran up to $1,200 in gold;

    but before arrangements had been completed for the further development of the

    claims, the prospectors both died suddenly without having disclosed to anyone

    the exact location of their claims.

            In the following year, many prospectors searched the hills in the hope of

    finding the source of the rich samples; but none succeeded, although a number

    of apparently rich quartz ledges were found in various parts of the region.

    Early in 1906, a strike was made in the area of gold-silver tellurides that

    caused 500 claims to be staked in the following 90 days. Later in the same

    season, what was undoubtedly the old workings of Corwin and Richman were dis–

    covered. A stampede to the locality ensued. and soon the whole country for

    some distance round was staked.

            Despite these promising indications, no mines have yet been developed in

    the Wheaton district. The ore was not sufficiently rich to allow of stripping

    out the high-grade stuff, as has been done elsewhere in the Territory. So the

    prospects, for what they are worth, still wait, after forty years, the provision

    of conditions that will permit the establishment of a mining industry on a proper

    economic basis.

            Adjacent to the Wheaton district, in the Windy Arm region of Lake Tagish,

    several properties were opened up as early as 1912. This ore was of sufficient

    richness to allow of its being shipped to the smelter, but after the best of it

    had been taken out the mine was closed down and another promising mining region

    took its place with the others to await more propitious times.

            White River is a large stream that flows into the Yukon from the southwest

    about 90 miles below the confluence of the Lewes and the Pelly. Most of its

    course is within Yukon Territory, but some of its upper tributaries head in Alaska.

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0689                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    For many years Indians had reported gold and native copper from different points

    on the river; and in 1913 relatively rich placer ground was discovered in the

    Chisana district, just west of the International Boundary. This resulted in a

    stampede of several thousand men and some women. Although the gold-bearing area

    proved to be limited, staking was not confined to the immediate vicinity, and a

    good many properties were located on the Canadian side of the line.

            Furthermore, since many of the stampeders had gone into the country by

    proceeding up White River from the Yukon, a considerable amount of prospecting

    was done in the White River valley. Nothing, however, equal to the Chisana

    diggings was found on the Canadian side, and interest in the district quickly

    subsided, without its having been very thoroughly prospected.

            Writing in 1915, Mr. D. D. Cairnes stated: "Upper White River district

    constitutes a portion of a well mineralized region, and possesses itself a

    considerable degree of mineralization. The more promising of the mineral de–

    posits that have been discovered, are those containing copper and gold, both

    of which metals in this district as well as in adjoining portions of Yukon, are

    found not only in their bed-rock sources, but occur as well in the form of placer

    deposits. The district as a whole, however, has only been slightly explored,

    and although promising prospects have been located, it has not yet been demon–

    strated, except possibly in the case of the gold-bearing gravels, that a single

    mineral deposit can be profitably exploited."

            Nothing much has been done in the interval, but the region has now become

    much more accessible by reason of the faxt that the Alaska Highway cuts across

    its upper portion; and it is possible that it may come in for greater attention

    in the future.

            Several sections of Yukon Territory are favorable for the production of

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0690                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    coal. At the Tantalus mine, on the Lewes River about 190 miles below White–

    horse, coal was first mined during Klondike rush days. Enormous deposits of

    good bituminous coal are known to exist at this point, and the seams have been

    traced for a distance of over 50 miles. River boats use the coal, which is a

    great advance on wood-burning. Five Fingers mine, about 10 miles north of the

    Tantalus mine, has also produced considerable quantities of a similar grade of

    coal, but the market for it is now limited.

            The Geological Survey of Canada has estimated that the probable amount of

    coal in Yukon Territory in seams one foot or more in thickness amounts to about

    5,190,000,000 tons. This, however, was made while large sections of the Mack–

    enzie Mountains still remained unexplored; and that area, while not as promising

    from the standpoint of mineralization as the Coast Range, has, farther south,

    been productive of very extensive coal deposits. It is therefore within the

    bounds of possibility that further extensive coal deposits may yet be located

    within the Territory. At the present moment, unless it were to be discovered

    in a relatively few districts where a limited market exists, coal could not

    profitably be mined, no matter how good it might be.

            Yukon Territory, like Alaska and other northern portions of North America,

    suffers from the lack of any comprehensive plan for its development. Capable

    of providing homes for millions of people, it is now inhabited by a mere hand–

    ful, too few adequately to provide for its primary needs. The greater part of

    Norway and Sweden and all of Finland lie in the same latitude as Yukon Territory;

    they provide homes for ten million people, and yet their natural resources can–

    not compare with those in Yukon Territory. It is obvious that the method of

    settling and developing the western portions of the United States and Canada,

    where pioneer settlers advanced into the wilderness and grimly dug in to await

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0691                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    the advent of civilization with its few primitive amenities, will not suffice

    for the opening up of the North, and some plan more in keeping with the re–

    quirements of the situation must be devised.

            Agriculture is a secondary industry; but, despite the Territory's north–

    erly latitude, a wide variety of grains and vegetables can be successfully grown.

    Since 1917, the Dominion Government has maintained an experimental sub-station

    near Dawson City, where plot tests have produced wheat running to 60 bushels,

    oats to 134 bushels, and barley to 60 bushels an acre. Wheat planted on a farm

    in the Yukon valley has been harvested in 87 days. Potatoes grow exceptionally

    well, as do carrots, beets, turnips, parsley, cabbage and cauliflower. Tomatoes,

    cucumbers and various types of melons grow very well under glass. Some sections

    are suitable for hay; Brome grass has proved more suited to the country than

    most other varieties, although timothy and western rye have also been success–

    fully grown.

            Yukon Territory has a typical continental climate, warm in summer and cold

    in winter, with a very moderate precipitation. From May 1 to October 1, the

    weather is delightful, with bright, sunshiny days followed by cool nights. As

    the season advances toward summer, the period of daylight increases and the

    length of the nights decreases accordingly. Since the average precipitation is

    just slightly above 12 inches a year, not many days are lost because of rain.

            The subsoil over most of Yukon Territory is perpetually frozen to bedrock,

    and the rays of the summer sun penetrate but a short distance below the surface.

    This is a great advantage in view of the sparseness of the rainfall; for moisture,

    stored within a few inches of plant-roots, aided by the long stretches of sun–

    shine, is responsible for the extraordinary growth of all sorts of plant life.

            While in certain parts of southern Yukon, horses can winter out, and some

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0692                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    cattle and horses are raised by ranchers in the Territory, the country is not

    suited to stock-raising as a general thing, The winters are too long to allow

    of profitable operation. But large areas of country exist where reindeer could

    be handled. This is evident from the fact that the caribou is one of the most

    widely distributed wild animals; and any country in which caribout will thrive

    is suitable for reindeer.

            Timber, while not of merchantable size in most localities, is sufficient

    for local requirements, and if properly conserved could support an extensive

    pulp industry. Hitherto, timber has been used largely for construction pur–

    poses, and as fuel for buildings and power plants and for steamers plying on

    the many navigable rivers. Wherever mining operations are conducted underground,

    some timber is needed, but not to the extent required in places where the sub–

    soil is unfrozen.

            The principal trees throughout the country vary very little from one local–

    ity to another; in some parts one species will prevail, and elsewhere, another.

    Generally, as one proceeds northward, the forest growth becomes more sparse, and

    the individual trees have a smaller average size than farther south; but even to

    this rule there are many exceptions. The different varieties will, in most cases,

    all be present, but perhaps in different proportions. Everywhere the valley–

    bottoms are well timbered, and including these, about one-third of the land sur–

    face can be said to be forested in the vicinity of the Yukon River and south of

    its great bend, while beyond that the percentage of forested land decreases to

    about one-fourth of the whole. Furthermore, it has been noted that the southern

    and western slopes of the hills and mountains are better timbered than their north–

    ern and eastern slopes. In southern Yukon, the timber limit in sheltered draws

    is about 3,500 feet above sea level with an average of about 3,000 feet; but toward

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0693                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    the northern portion of the Territory the average timber level is not much

    higher than 2,000 feet. The principal varieties of trees are: white spruce

    (Picea alba), black spruce (Picea nigra), balsam fir (Abies subalpina), black

    pine (Pinus Murrayana), aspen poplar (Populus tremuloides), balsam poplar (Pop–

    ulus balsamifera), white birch (Betula Alaskana or B. resinifera), and tamarack

    (Larix americanus). The more important shrubs include juniper (juniperus nana),

    dwarf birch (Betula glandulosa), wild rose (Rosa acidularis) "soap olallie"

    (Shepherdia canadensis), several species of willow, and two species of alder.

            The white spruce is the most important of the trees, and constitutes about

    one-half of the forest growth of the Territory, some specimens in southern Yukon

    running to 24 inches or more on the stump. It provides the principal timber for

    construction. Balsam fir is perhaps next in importance, and supplies a fair

    grade of timber. Some specimens run from 12 to 14 inches on the stump. The

    two varieties of poplar are found everywhere in river and creek bottoms and on

    the slopes of hills. The tamarack is found only in the more moist portions of

    the Territory, and is not found to any great extent in the northern section.

    The shrubs, however, are found in profusion everywhere.

            The principal wild fruits are, blueberry (Vaccinum uliginosum), alpine

    bearberry (Arctostaphylos alpina), strawberry (Fragaria cuneifolia), crowberry

    (Empetrum nigrum), Saskatoon (Amerachier florida), yellow berry (Rubus Chaemorus),

    northern commandra (Commandra lividia), red currant (Ribes triste), black cur–

    rant (Ribes hudsonianum), raspberry (Rubus arcticus), high-bush cranberry

    (Viburnum pauciflorum) and the foxberry or northern cranberry (Vaccinum Vitis–

    Idaea).

            Practically every stream and lake in the Territory is well supplied with

    fish, of which grayling (Thymallus signifer) are the most common in the streams,

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0694                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    and lake trout (Solvelinus Namaycush) and whitefish (Coregonus canadensis)

    in the lakes. In addition, salmon (Onchorhynchus), salmon trout, pike (Esox

    lucius) and 'inconnu' are plentiful. Yukon Territory is one of the few remain–

    ing big game resorts on the continent. Moose (Alces americanus), caribou

    (Rangifer osborni and R. arcticus), mountain sheep (Ovis dalli), mountain goats

    (Oreammus montanus), and black (Ursus americanus), brown (Ursus middendorffi)

    and grizzly (Ursus horribilis) bears are widely distributed.

            The principal game birds are, the ptarmigan (Lagopus mutus), willow–

    ptarmigan (Lagopus lagopus lagopus), Canadian grouse (Canachites canadensis),

    ruffed grouse (Bonase umbellus umbelloides), Canada goose (Branta canadensis),

    snow goose (Chen hyperboreus nivalis) whistling swan (Olor columbianus), sandhill

    crane (Grus canadensis), white pelican (Pelicanus eythrorhynchos), as well as

    many varieties of ducks.

            The fur traders were the first white visitors, and fur has continued to

    be one of the chief products of the Territory. In the year ended June 30, 1944,

    the total fur catch consisted of 78,005 pelts, valued at $467,188.00. In addi–

    tion to trapping for wild animals, domestic fur farming is very profitably fol–

    lowed in Yukon Territory; foxes bred there are in demand as breeding stock by

    fur farmers in other parts of Canada and in the United States.

            The chief fur-bearing animals are, the wolf (Canis lupus occidentalis),

    coyote (Canis latrans), red fox (Vulpes Alascensis abietorum), Arctic fox

    (Vulpes logopus innitus), lynx (Lynx canadensis mollipilosus), wolverine (Gulo

    luscus), marten (Mustela americana), fisher (Mustela pennanti), mink (Lutreola

    vison emerguemenos) otter (lutra canadensis) ermine (Putorius cicog an na nii), beaver

    (Castor canadensis) and musk rat (Fiber zibethicus spatulatus).

            In 1898, while the Klondike rush was on, work was begun on a narrow-guage

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0695                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    railway, connecting Whitehorse, below the canon and rapids on the Lewes, with

    Skagway, Alaska, 111 miles distant, and completed in 1900. From Whitehorse to

    Dawson, 460 miles by river, passengers and freight are handled by well-appoint–

    ed streamers operated by a subsidiary of the White Pass & Yukon Railway Company,

    and by stage in winter. With the coming of the airplane, these services have

    been augmented by daily flights throughout the year between Whitehorse and Daw–

    son, Juneau and Whitehorse and Whitehorse and Fairbanks. In 1937, a regular

    airplane service between Edmonton and Whitehorse was inaugurated. During World

    War II, a line of airports, known as the Northwest Staging Route, was built

    along this route by the Canadian Government over which war personnel, equipment

    and supplies were flown to Yukon Territory, Alaska and the Soviet Union. The

    original airplane service has since been taken over by Canadian Pacific Airlines,

    which maintains regular schedules.

            In 1899, construction was undertaken by the Federal Government of a tele–

    graph line through the wilderness from Ashcroft, on the main line of the Canadian

    Pacific Railway, in southern British Columbia, by way of Hazelton and Telegraph

    Creek, to Dawson City. It was also extended to Boundary, a point on the Alaska–

    Yukon boundary where telegrams were transferred to the United States military

    telegraph lines for transmission to points in Alaska. In 1923, this was supple–

    mented by wireless stations at Dawson and Mayo, relaying to stations in the North–

    west Territories.

            In 1942, the Alaska Highway was built by the United States military author–

    ities connecting Dawson Creek, B.C. with Fairbanks, Alaska. The road enters

    Yukon Territory where the Liard River crosses the B.C.-Yukon boundary, follows

    the Liard to near its headwaters, climbs over the watershed to the Lewes River at

    Whitehorse, thence westward to Fairbanks. Since the end of the war, the road has

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0696                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

    been operated by the Canadian Department of Defence.

            Yukon Territory is governed under the provisions of the Yukon Territory

    Act, 1898, and amendments thereto, which provide for a local government com–

    posed of a Chief Executive, originally called the Commissioner, but latterly

    styled Controller, and an elective legislative council of three members, having

    a three-year term, elected one each from the three electoral districts in the

    Territory, Dawson, Mayo and Whitehorse. The Controller, who is appointed by

    the Federal Government, through the Ministers of Mines and Resources, constitutes

    the executive, while the council represents the legislature. Maintenance of

    law and order is entrusted to the Royal Canadian Mounted Police, who assumed

    the task during the days of the Klondike gold strike, when the first detachment

    was sent in under Inspector Constantine.

            Yukon Territory lives on the memories of its short but exciting past,

    and in the hope of the future. The great hordes of ardent gold-seekers, push–

    ing up every stream, like the salmon at spawning-time, eagerly panning its sands

    and gravels for the elusive colors, are gone, probably forever. Except for the

    occasional small hydraulic plant washing away some bench or stream-bed deposit,

    all the placer mining is now done by huge dredgers owned and operated by one

    principal company. Dawson and Whitehorse, reduced to but a fraction of their

    former size and importance, are still (with Mayo) the principal (and only) towns.

    Whitehorse experienced a temporary resurgence during World War II, when it was

    the center of activity within the Territory and an important link in the trans–

    portation chain between the United States and Soviet Russia.



    016      |      Vol_XIII-0697                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon Territory

            References:

            Cairnes, D. D. Geological Survey of Canada , Memoir No. 31, 1912.

            ----. Ibid ., Memoir No. 67 (No. 49, Geological Series), 1914.

            ----. Ibid ., Memoir No. 50 (No. 51, Geological Series), 1915.

            Canada, Department of the Interior: The Yukon Territory, 1926.

            Canada, Dominion Bureau of Statistics: Canada Year Book.

            Dawson, George M. Report on an exploration in the Yukon District. N.W.T..

    and adjacent northern portion of British Columbia, 1887.

    Contained in The Yukon Territory, by F. Mortimer Trimmer,

    pp. 243-382. 1898.

            Mason, Michael H. The Arctic Forests . London, Hodder & Stoughton, 1924.

    Yukon River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0698                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    YUKON RIVER

            The Yukon is one of the great rivers of the world, fifth in size in

    North America. Its most southerly source is in northern British Columbia,

    from whence it flows northwesterly through Yukon Territory and then south–

    westerly across the greater part of Alaska Territory. From the headwaters of

    the Nisutlin, in latitude 61° N., longitude 132° W., to the sea it is 1,979

    miles in length, 1,265 miles of which are in Alaska and 714 in Yukon Territory.

    One great tributary rises in the Mackenzie Mountains (extension of the Rockies),

    within 80 miles of the Mackenzie Valley; another begins as a rapid mountain

    torrent almost within sight of the Pacific into which, in latitude 63° N.,

    the Yukon empties after a course of nearly 2,000 miles. Except for shifting

    sandbars in one principal section, it is singularly free from obstructions,

    and with its tributaries can be navigated by river steamers for an aggregate

    of 3,500 miles.

            (No t wo authorities seem to agree as to its length; some give it as high

    as 2,500 miles. Much depends upon the method of measuring, which can vary

    greatly with a river of such shifting channels. The figure quoted here is

    from the Canada Year Book, and is based upon the latest surveys of the Yukon's

    upper reaches.)

            In its course to the sea, the Yukon cuts through every stratum in the

    geologic scale. It flows through four distinct geographical sections: the

    mountainous, Upper Ramparts section; the low-lying Yukon Flats; the Lower Ramparts

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0699                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    section; and the Lower Yukon. Nevertheless, it lies entirely within the

    Interior or Yukon Plateau division of the three physiographic provinces of

    which Yukon Territory and Alaska are comprised. Th r ough the whole of its course

    in Canadian territory, it and its many tributaries drain a mountainous country;

    in the upper reaches of only one of its branches are there any lakes. The

    Upper Ramparts section, beginning just below the junction of the Yukon's two

    main tributarirs, continues down stream for about 400 miles. Here the great

    river has cleft through a chain of mountains, its banks towering above the

    flashing stream, reminding diff er ent writers of the Cascades on the Columbia,

    the Yosemite Valley or the Yellowstone.

            Shortly after crossing the International Boundary (141° W.), the Yukon

    enters the Yukon Flats section, where it runs through a zone of low, flat

    country extending east and west about 200 miles and about 60 miles north and

    south. The Arctic Circle cuts about midway through this area, and it is here

    that the river, hitherto flowing mainly northwestward, makes its great bend and

    thenceforth flows in a generally southwes t erly direction.

            Next comes 800 miles of what is known as the Lower Yukon. Here the river,

    now a mighty stream, is no longer hemmed by mountains, although, on the north,

    they are never very far away, sometimes rising abruptly from the river's edge;

    but to the south the vista of spruce-clad plain is unbroken. Only one large

    tributary, the Koyukuk, is received in this section, although smaller ones are

    numerous.

            The Yukon enters Bering Sea through a delta about 50 miles along its face

    and the same distance upstream, dissected by five principal channels, although

    many others are constantly opening and closing.

            The Yukon drainage basin extends north and south across almost 10 degrees,

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0700                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    from latitude 59° N. to 68° 30′ N., and covers more than 35 degrees of longi–

    tude, from 129° 15′ W., to 165° W., consisting of an area of 330,000 square

    miles, of which 127,190 square miles are in Canada. It comprises three prin–

    cipal physiographic provinces, the Rocky Mountains section on the east and north,

    in which tributaries flowing in from the north, northeast and southeast take

    their rise; the Interior or Yukon Plateau section; and the Coast Range, occupy–

    ing the southwestern section of the basin, in which the tributaries coming in

    from the south and southwest originate. The Rocky Mountains are largely sedi–

    mentary, belonging to the Palaeozoic and Mesozoic ages, while the rocks of the

    Coast Range are chiefly granit [ ?] . Some of the highest mountain peaks, such as

    Mount St. Elias, 18,008 feet, and Mount Logan, 19,500 feet, are in this section.

            It is chiefly along the line of contact between the granites of the Coast

    Range and the Palaeozoic rocks of the Yukon plateau that the principal mineral

    occurrences are found. While large sections, both in the Yukon Plateau region

    and the Rocky Mountain region, are heavily covered with glacial deposit, the

    Yukon drainage basin itself was not submerged by the great ice sheets which

    during the Glacial Period overran the greater part of North America. Glacial

    action, the results of which are evident today all over the region, was due to

    relatively small local glaciers.

            Except for the southern part of Yukon Territory, where a number of beauti–

    ful lakes occur, it is a region singularly devoid of large lakes. In all the

    aeea which lies within the Territory of Alaska, there is not a single lake of

    any considerable size. With the exception of the Lewes, none of the Yukon's

    tributaries expands into lakes; and the Yukon proper does not. Since there are

    no catch-basins, water in the Yukon rises quickly during the spring freshets.

    Furthermore, below Lake Laberge, on the Lewes, there are no lakes whose ice holds

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0701                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    up navigation in the spring; and once the river ice breaks up, the Yukon is

    open for navigation all the way to its mouth.

            The Yukon drainage basin is mainly a well forested area, the principal

    varieties of trees being white spruce (Picea alba), black spruce (Picea nigra),

    balsam fir (Abies subalpina), black pine (Pinus Murrayana), aspen poplar (Popu–

    lus tremuloides), balsam poplar (Populus balsamifera), white birch (Betual

    Alaskana or B. resinifera) and tamarack (Larix Americanus). Toward the northern

    part of the basin the forest becomes sparse; in the region north of the great

    bend of the Yukon, the percentage of forested area decreases to about one-fourth

    of that found in the southern part of the region.

            Especially in the Yukon's upper reaches, the drainage follows the same

    general direction as the main river; and consequently the tributaries hold par–

    allel courses for long distances before they finally empty their waters into

    its broad stream. In most cases, the shortest and easiest route from the Yukon

    to the headwaters of any of its tributaries is across the sometimes fairly low

    divide which separates one valley from the other.

            Although the Yukon name is often used to designate the river to the head

    of the Lewes, the latter name is too well established to be superseded; and in

    this article the name Yukon is used only to designate that portion below the

    confluence of the Pelly and the Lewes, in the same way that the Mackenzie proper

    is taken to begin at Great Slave Lake and the Peace only after the junction of

    the Finlay and Parsnip. Of the two streams which form the Yukon, the Lewes and

    the Pelly, the former is considerably the larger and is already following a well–

    defined northwesterly course when it is joined by the Pelly, coming in almost

    directly from the east, in latitude 62° 48′ N., longitude 137° 25′ W. The com–

    bined river then continues the course previously followed by the Lewes, as

    though it were but a projection of the latter. At the junction, which is at an

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0702                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    elevation of 1,555 feet above sea level, is the settlement known as Selkirk

    since 1848, although the Canadian post office Department has bestowed upon it

    the name of Pelly. (See separate entries for Lewes and Pelly rivers.)

            The courses of both Lewes and Pelly have been through mountains, and this

    type of country continues, only perhaps more markedly after the junction. For

    it is here that the Upper Ramparts begin. The river just below the junction

    is between 300 and 500 yards wide, and flows with a current of four-and-a-half

    miles an hour, in a generally westerly direction. The water of the Lewes,

    sparkling and clear from the first little rills above Lake Lindeman, combines

    with the brownish water of the Pelly to produce a clear, transparent stream.

    All this is changed, however, after the first important tributary, White River

    (q.v.), flows in from the southwest, bringing a flood of silt-laden water from

    which the main stream never recovers. No longer in shallow pools can thegravel

    on the bottom be seen.

            The impact of the White seems also to divert the course of the river; for

    instead of continuing the northwesterly direction it had previously been pursuing,

    the Yukon abruptly swings to the northeast, holding that course for 10 miles un–

    til the Stewart (q.v.), coming in from the northeast, apparently diverts it back

    to its former no [ ?] thwestward course. Mayo, 180 miles up the Stewart, is the center

    of an extensive silver-lead mining region.

            The Yukon, after receiving the Stewart, continues its northwesterly course

    30 miles to the settlement of Ogilvie, opposite the mouth of Sixtymile River,

    coming in from the northwest, on a small branch of which gold was discovered by

    Arthur Harper in 1875. The Yukon River is now approaching the spot which first

    caused its name to be blazoned to the world. About 20 miles below the mouth of

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0703                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    Sixtymile, the Klondike River enters from the northeast. It is not a large

    stream, but the branchs that flow into it from each side carried more gold in

    their gravels than had ever before been found in the same extent of country. Below

    Sixtymile, the river contracts; and, swinging almost due north and then curving

    to the northeast, the Yukon, considerably contracted, but still a broad river,

    hurries past Dawson, on the east bank, scene ofthe great excitement of 1898 and

    subsequent years. Six miles below D wson, on the same side of the river, is

    the site of Fort Reliance, where Harper and McQuesten had their trading post in

    the days before the Klondike gold strike (q.v.).

            Fortymile River comes in from the northwest, on the west side of the river,

    with the settlement of the same name at its mouth. Like the Sixtymile and the

    Stewart, it was the scene of considerable mining interest before the Klondike

    attracted the eyes of the world. Fortymile is the last Canadian point on the

    river, and here are located the customs and immigration offices where the luggage

    of persons traveling up the river are inspected and where the travelers them–

    selves must pass inspection. Only the final 20 miles of the Fortymile River is

    in Canadian t erritory; it runs for the greater part of its length through Alaska

    Territory. Between Dawson and Fortymile, the Yukon maintains, without much de–

    viation, a generally northwesterly direction; but below tht point, while con–

    tinuing in the same direction, it indulges in a number of extensive twists and

    turns as it winds along its mountainous course.

            Twenty miles below the point where the Yukon crosses the boundary, is Eagle,

    Alaska, where the United States customs and immigration officers are stationed

    and where persons traveling down stream must subject themselves and their effects

    to the scrutiny of American officers. Twenty miles further along, the Seventymile

    Creek comes in from the northwest. Here is perhaps as good a point as any to

    007      |      Vol_XIII-0704                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    explain the manner in which these "mile" rivers got their names. Fortymile

    and Sixtymile rivers were 40 and 60 miles, respectively, from Harper and McQues–

    ten's well-known trading post at Fort Reliance; but that rule does not apply

    to Seventymile, which is measured from Fortymile!

            From Eagle to Circle, about 180 miles, the river describes a giant letter

    S, sprawling to northwestward. Eagle lies but a few miles west of 141° W. long–

    itude, in latitude 64° 45′ N.; while Circle is almost on the 144th meridian and

    in latitude 64° 45′ N. It received its name through the erroneous belief of

    its founder, Arthur Harper, that it was on the Arctic Circle. From Eagle to

    Circle, the river, running swiftly without obstruction, winds among high moun–

    tains, where it presents a panorama of changing vistas, each seeming more en–

    chanting than the last. A short distance above Circle, the mountains begin to

    recede, first on the left bank and then on the right, as the famous Yukon Flats

    are approached. Beginning at Circle, they continue for 200 miles, when not even

    a hill will be seen while the river winds and twists through a country as flat

    as the sea. Freed from the restraint of mountains that have hemmed it since it

    began, the river now follows a meandering course, from 10 to 15 and even 20 miles

    between banks, studded by islands of all sizes and shapes. From day to day, even

    from hour to hour, the navigable channels shift, a perpetual challenge to the

    navigator. There are no landmarks; all is monotony, with nothing to break the

    endless vista of spruce-forested plain.

            The Arctic Circle crosses about midway t hrough this area; and it is at this

    point that the river, hitherto flowing mainly northwesterly, makes its great bend

    and thenceforth flows in a general southwesterly direction. At the exact point

    of the elbow, the third of the Yukon's great tributary sources, the Porcupine,

    enters from the east, flowing down a valley that would seem to be more suited to

    008      |      Vol_XIII-0705                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    the Yukon than its actual valley. Aside from the Porcupine, the principal

    tributary which the Yukon receives in the Flats section is the Chandalar, which

    enters from the northwest not far below the mouth of the P ro or cupine, while the

    Yukon, for the moment, runs due west before beginning its long southwesterly

    stretch.

            The Flats section ends as abruptly as it begins; no outliers or foothills

    hera dl ld the transition. Ahead, a mountain chain cuts off the view, and then a

    narrow gap appears toward which the river rushes headlong, soon to pour through

    the Lower Ramparts. In this 100-mile stretch, there are no true ca ñ ons; the

    course is a succession of rocky gorges, although the river is still from a mile

    to 3 miles wide. The grandeur of the Upper Ramparts is duplicated in vista

    after vista of towering cliffs. Then, as the Yukon receives, in latitude 65° N.,

    longitude 152° W., one of its greatest tributaries, the Tanana, coming in from

    the southeast, the Lower Ramparts section suddenly comes to an end.

            Since the Tanana flows for a long distance parallel to the Yukon, at no

    great distance south of it, tributaries coming into the latter from that direc–

    tion are necessarily short, and for the most part inconsequential. On the north

    side they are longer, but in the whole stretch between the end of the Flats

    and the mouth of the Tanana no very important rivers are received, the Ray be–

    ing perhaps the most important. Below the mouth of the Ray, the Yukon follows

    a very tortuous course, as it winds its way through successive valleys opening

    ahead of it, not generally lying in the same direction.

            Below the mouth of the Tanana, the Yukon is a huge river, flowing swiftly,

    as it generally does, but not so confined by mountains as in the previous stretch;

    in fact, the mountains on the south soon fade entirely away, leaving an endless

    vista of spruce-clad plain. The town of Tanana, just below the confluence, is

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0706                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    one of the most important on the river, its importance increased by the loca–

    tion nearby of the U. S. military post of Fort Gibbon. Ten miles below the

    mouth of the Tanana, the Tozitna comes in from the north and then no river of

    size is encountered till the Melozitna, a much larger stream, also coming in

    from the north, enters a few miles below the settlement of Kokrines, where

    there is a Roman Catholic mission and the usual trading posts, and just above

    the town of Ruby, the most important point below Fort Yukon.

            Here the river, wide and swift, hugs the right bank, which is flanked

    by high mountains, and presents many charming aspects. At Louden, 35 miles

    below Ruby, the river, hitherto following a generally southwesterly course, is

    sharply deflected to the northwest, and shortly after passes out of the mountains

    into a lowland reminiscent of the Yukon Flats. This is an intimation that the

    mouth of the Kuyokuk is approaching; soon its broad valley opens out and its

    huge torrent pours into the Yukon, here widely distended.

            Nulato, first established in 1838, and consequently of considerable inter–

    est historically, is 20 miles below the mouth of the Kuyokuk. But before Nul–

    ato is reached, the Yukon, a short distance beyond the mouth of the Kuyokuk,

    turns steeply southward and continues in this general direction until it takes

    its final turn and empties into the sea. It is now much wider, with many islands

    and parallel lagoons. At Kaltag, 40 miles below Nulato, the mountains are still

    visible on the right, but the interminable forest stretches off to the left.

    Here the river flows parallel to the coast which is less than 100 miles to the

    westward; and at Kaltag a portage trail leads across the intervening strip of

    territory to Unalakleet, a distance of about 90 miles. Fifty miles below Kaltag,

    an arm of the Yukon detaches itself and continues an independent course parallel

    to the main stream for a distance of 125 miles. This is known as the Changeluk

    010      |      Vol_XIII-0707                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    Slough and receives in its meandering course the fairly large Innoko River,

    which joins it from the northeast. Anvik, 40 miles below the beginning of this

    slough, on the opposite side of the Yukon, is picturesquely situated at the foot

    of a wooded slope, at the junction of the Anvik River with the Yukon. Forty

    miles farther on is Holy Cross, a Roman Catholic mission center that has been

    established for many years and is one of the more important points on the river.

            Next below is the Russian mission, once a place of importance; but in re–

    cent years the Russians have slackened in their evangelical zeal and the mission

    has declined in consequence. Here it is possible to portage across to the Kusko–

    kwim River, not more than 30 miles distant in a direct line, but about 60 by

    trail. From Holy Cross the river has followed an almost westerly course, but

    shortly below the Russian mission it reaches its most southerly point in lati–

    tude 61° 44′N., and then turns westward, northwestward and finally, at Andreafsky,

    almost northward. It is now very wide and the imminence of the delta is appar–

    ent. Mountains have long since been left behind, as has the forest. The view

    is of low landscape, stretching endlessly in every direction, with the river

    spread out in the foreground. The tide flows upstream for about 125 miles;

    many islands, above water at one stage of the tide, are submerged at others.

            The Yukon reaches the sea by five main channels, the Aphoon, the most

    northerly one, through which most of the traffic passes, especially if it is

    destined for St. Michael, the Okwega, the Ewikpak, the Kwishluak and the Kwem–

    eluk. The delta, which extends north and south about 50 miles, is covered with

    a dense growth of bushes, shrubs and rank grasses, one of the greatest breeding–

    grounds for wildfowl in North America.

            History . Actual exploration of the Yukon began only in the early 1830's,

    although Alexander Mackenzie, the discoverer of the great river which bears his

    011      |      Vol_XIII-0708                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    name, first heard of it in the east in 1789. In the west, Russian traders

    from the Aleutians and Kamchatka probably knew of its existence at the time

    of the Baranov Administration of the Russian American colonies, i.e., during

    the first two decades of the 19th century. Russian expeditions to Norton Sound,

    undertaken between 1822-24, neglected to chart the Yukon and Kuskokwim deltas;

    nevertheless, their location and extent must have been fairly well known, for

    the date coincides with the division of Russian Alaska into districts, at which

    time the basins of both the Yukon and Kuskokwim were officially apportioned to

    the St. Michael District. The Yukon was then called the Kvichpak, which is

    merely a corruption of the Eskimo name for "great river."

            According to Zagoskin (see below), Andrei Glazunov, a creole and native

    of the colonies, first surveyed the Yukon delta in 1832, naming several of its

    larger native settlements. In December 1833, Glazunov again pushed in the dir–

    ection of the Yukon, this time heading an inland expedition charged with finding

    an overland communication between Norton Sound and Cook Inlet. Proceeding from

    St. Michael, where the Tebenkov Expedition had just established a redoubt and

    trading post, he crossed the narrow strip of territory to the head of the Anvik;

    he traversed the river's upper part and the following year descended the Yukon

    on his way to the Kuskokwim. A year later, while revisiting the lower Yukon,

    he established a small trading post at Ikogmut, which was destroyed in a native

    uprising in 1839. In 1838, Malakhov built the first blockhouse at Nulato, at

    the confluence of the river of that name and the Yukon. He later ascended the

    Yukon to a point about midway between the mouths of the Koyukuk and the Malozitna,

    thence returning to the coast by boat. Nulato, too, was destroyed in 1839, but

    rebuilt in 1840 and subsequently left in charge of the Russian trader V. Derz–

    havin. In 1843 the place was expanded into a fort by Lieutenant L. A. Zagoskin

    012      |      Vol_XIII-0709                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    (q.v.), who was then head of a Russian surveying expedition to the Yukon and

    Kuskokwim valleys. Zagoskin, who had left St. Michael in December 1842, reach–

    ed Nulato with dog teams the following January. Later that year he explored

    the Koyukuk as far as the mouth of the Kateel River, and the Yukon as far as

    the mouth of the Novitna. From here he descended the Yukon to Ikegmiut, thence

    crossing the divide to the middle Kuskokwim.

            For a considerable time, the Yukon was called the Kvichpak in its lower,

    and the Yukon in its upper reaches, without the people at either point knowing

    that it was the same river. The name Yukon, which is the Indian term for "great

    river," was first applied by a white man in 1846, when John Bell of the Hudson's

    Bay Company descended the river that now bears his name, continuing down the

    Porcupine to the Yukon. The following year, A. H. Murray, also of the Hudson's

    Bay Company, established Fort Yukon, Although this fort was 80 miles within

    Russian territory, traders of the two countries apparently did not come into

    conflict; indeed, for many years, they knew very little of each other's opera–

    tions. In 1863, however, I. S. Lukeen, of the Russian American Company, (the

    Russian counterpart of the Hudson's Bay Company,) ascended the river from Nulato

    to Fort Yukon in an effort to gain what information he could of the British

    trespassers. Nothing very definite came of this excursion, however; the Hudson's

    Bay Company continued in possession of Fort Yukon until after the United States

    came into possession of Alaska.

            One reason for this may have been that up to that time no survey had been

    made to determine the exact location of the boundary; but, in 1869, two years

    after the United States had acquired Alaska, Captain Charles W. Raymond, Corps

    of Engineers, United States Army, made an astronomical survey which proved that

    the post was indeed in United States territory. Rampart House, 138 miles up the

    013      |      Vol_XIII-0710                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    Porcupine, was then built to replace Fort Yukon; but fearing that it, too, was

    within United States territory, a new post was built 12 miles farther up the

    river, and the buildings at the first point were burned.

            In the meantime, the Yukon River had been reached at another point. In

    1840, Robert Campbell, an officer of the Hudson's Bay Company, was instructed

    by Sir George Simpson, Governor of Rupert's Land, to explore the upper Liard

    with a view to discovering a river flowing westward thatmight prove to be a link

    in the long-sought Northwest Passage. Accordingly, Campbell ascended the Liard

    to its confluence with a river coming in from the north. This he named Frances

    after Lady Simpson, and continued up the stream till he reached its source in

    a fairly large bifurcated lake, which he likewise named after the governor's

    lady. He continued northwestward up a river which ended in a lake 10 miles

    long, both of which he named after Duncan Finlays on, Chief Factor of the com–

    pany. This lake seemed to be about on the height of land between the area which

    drained southward and that which he expected would drain to the north or north–

    west. Proceeding overland, he reached a stream flowing northwestward, which he

    named after Sir John Pelly, governor of his company. Campbell built a fort at

    the point on the Pelly where he had first encountered it, which he named Pelly

    Banks, and later descended the river in a birch bark canoe until, about 300 miles

    downstream, he came to its confluence with another large stream coming from the

    southeast. This he named the Lewes, after John Lee Lewes, another Chief Factor of

    the company; and in 1848 he built a fort at the junction, which he called Fort

    Selkirk. It was a flourishing post until destroyed by Indians in 1852, after

    which it was not rebuilt.

            When the attempt to lay a telegraphic cable across the Atlantic failed in

    1858, a plan was devised to build an overland line from the Pacific coast of the

    014      |      Vol_XIII-0711                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    United States northward through the then colony of British Columbia into what

    later became Yukon Territory, across Alaska, then an outpost of the Russian

    Empire controlled by the Russian American Company, to Bering Strait, where a

    short cable would connect with the mainland of Asia, thence across Siberia to

    European Russia. A company was formed in the United States to undertake the

    project. Robert Kennicott, Curator of the Museum of Natural History of North–

    western University, who was appointed chief of explorations, set up his head–

    quarters at Unalakleet and Nulato, in Alaska, near the mouth of the Yukon River

    (then known as the Kwikpak). Kennicott died suddenly before his work had well

    started; and when the Atlantic cable was successfully laid in 1866, the over–

    land scheme was abandoned. Word of this, however, did not reach Alaska until

    the following year, and in the interval some exploration had been done and cer–

    tain sections of the line actually constructed in British Columbia. Explora–

    tions on the lower Yukon by Kennicott's associates were included in this, while

    others working from the south also did some exploring about the headwaters of

    the river. (For further details see — —

            In 1887, Dr. George M. Dawson, Assistant Director of the Geological Survey

    of Canada, headed an expedition which conducted the first reconnaissance surveys

    of the principal rivers that go to form the upper Yukon. His party began its

    work at the mouth of the Stikine River, ascending that stream to the divide

    separating its valley from the Arctic watershed near Dease Lake, thence down

    Dease Lake and Dease River to the Liard. There the party divided, Dawson him–

    self proceeding at the head of a party up the Liard to the Frances, and thence,

    following Campbell's route of 47 years before, to the upper waters of the Pelly,

    which is reached in latitude 61° 48′ 52″ N., and longitude 131° 01′ 06″ W., not

    far from where Robert Campbell had first sighted it. He descended the Pelly to

    015      |      Vol_XIII-0712                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    the confluence with the Lewes and from there ascended the latter to its source

    in Lake Lindeman and then went out by way of Lynn Canal. R. G. McConnell, with

    two men, went down the Liard to the Mackenzie, and after wintering at Fort

    Providence descended the Mackenzie to the Po [ ?] l. From there he crossed the divide

    to the Porcupine, paddled down that river to the Yukon, and up the latter to the

    headwaters of the Lewes, also going out by way of Lynn Canal.

            For some time a difference of opinion existed as to whether the Pelly or

    the Lewes was entitled to be considered the principal fork. Generally, however,

    the Lewes has come to be recognized as the more important, and for a while its

    source was taken as the head of the Yukon. Later explorations, however, have

    established the Nisutlin River as entitled to that distinction. It rises in

    Nisutlin Lake, which lies on the 132nd meridian, just north of latitude 61° N.

            Probably next to its navigability, the most significant feature of the

    Yukon and its tributaries is that in their gravels and sands placer gold has

    been found in such quantities. Robert Campbell and his associates discovered

    gold on bars of the river as early as 1850, but it was not till 1872 that pros–

    pectors seriously undertook the search. In 1885, mining began on the Stewart,

    and the next year gold was discovered on Fortymile Creek, and many of those for–

    merly working on the Stewart and other streams flocked there. Nothing very sen–

    sational was discovered, however, until 1896 when George Carmack and two Indians

    staked claims on Bonanza Creek — and the great Klondike rush was on.

            The Yukon River was the main highway to the goldfields. Many prospectors

    and others made the trip down the Mackenzie and over the divide to the Porcupine;

    many more went in by Skagway on Lynn Canal, thence over the Chilkoot Pass or the

    White Pass to the headwaters of the Lewes on Lake Lindeman or Lake Bennett, and

    then down to the goldfields, of which Dawson City, just below the mouth of the

    016      |      Vol_XIII-0713                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

    Klondike River, was the principal center. Others went by sea to St. Michael,

    on Norton Sound, Bering Sea, near the mouth of the Yukon, and ascended that

    stream the 1,400 miles to Dawson.

            The first steamer on the river was the Yukon , owned by the Alaska Commer–

    cial Company, lineal descendant of the Russian American Company. In 1888, four

    small wood-burning boats constituted the entire fleet on the Yukon — the Yukon ,

    New Backet , Explorer and St. Michael: but after the Klondike strike they multi–

    plied enormously. Before the season of 1898 had closed, 32 companies were en–

    gaged in transportation on the river, employing 60 steamboats, eight tugs and

    20 barges. Of these, the Susie , Hannah and Sarah , operated by the Alaska Commercial

    Company, and the Will H. Isom , of a competing company, the North American Trans–

    portation and Trading Company, were the largest and most luxurious. When the

    first flush of the boom began to subside, some of the boats were taken off; and

    when the Alaska Railroad was completed to Nenana, all but two on the lower river

    ceased their runs. Their rotting carcasses can still be seen along the bank of

    the river at Whitehorse or along the shore of Norton Sound at St. Michael.

            In 1898-1900, a narrow guage railway, the White Pass & Yukon (q.v.), was

    built from Skagway to Whitehorse. A distance of only 111 miles; but in that

    short stretch of road three countries or territories are traversed. It begins

    in the Territory of Alaska, but within a few miles passes across the border into

    the Province of British Columbia and eventually reaches Yukon Territory. After

    the completion of this railway, most of the river traffic ceased as far as points

    above Whitehorse were concerned. Boats still plied between the end of steel

    and Dawson and other points down stream as far as Tanana, but not many were re–

    quired. The great days on the river, with which only steamboat days on the

    Mississippi can compare, were gone forever.



    017      |      Vol_XIII-0714                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yukon River

            References:

            " Account of the pedestrian journeys in the Russian poss–



    sessions in America, by Lt. A. Zagoskin, in 1842-44
    ."

    Translated from the Russian by A. Hotovitsky. MSS. Library

    of Congress. E.A. files.

            Andrews, C. L. The Story of Alaska . Caldwell, Idaho. 1938.

            Bancroft, H. H. History of Alaska . San Francisco, 1890.

            Dawson, George M. Report on an Exploration in the Yukon District. N.W.T. and

    Adjacent Northern Portion of British Columbia . Geological

    Survey of Canada, 1898.

            Ogilvie, William Early Days on the Yukon . Toronto, 1913.

            Schwatka, F. A Summer in Alaska . New York, 1891.

            Stefansson, V. Hunters of the Great North . New York, 1922.

    Stewart, Elihu Down the Mackenzie and Up the Yukon in 1906 . Toronto, 1913.

            Stuck, Hudson Voyages on the Yukon and its Tributaries . New York, 1917.

            "Ueber die Reise und Entdeckungen des Lt. L. S [ ?] goskin in

    Russisch-Amerika." In Archive f.wissensch. Kunde v. Russland.

    Vol. VI. Nos. 3 and 4. Berlin, 1847-48.

            Wickersham, James Old Yukon, Tales - Trails - Trials . Washington, 1938.

    Yellowknife River



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0715                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    YELLOWKNIFE RIVER

            Yellowknife River, Northwest Territories of Canada, drains an area north

    of Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie District, south of latitude 64° N. It dis–

    charges into Yellowknife Bay m an indentation on the eastern shore of the North

    Arm of Great Slave Lake, on the west shore of which the town of Yellowknife

    is located. Yellowknife River is only 156 miles long, but since its course

    lies almost entirely through the important Yellowknife gold mining region, its

    significance is much greater than its length or volume might suggest. Previous

    to the discovery of gold in its vicinity, it was notable chiefly as providing

    the lower end of a canoe route from Great Slave Lake to the Coppermine River.

    Typical of streams traversing the Canadian Shield, it is tortuous and broken

    by innumerable rapids and falls, consisting chiefly of a succession of lakes

    and lake-like expansions.

            Yellowknife River rises a short distance north of latitude 64° N., in

    longitude 113° 36′ W., in Porphyry Lake, the first of the usual series of small

    lakes to merit a name, but it first takes on the appearance of a river by the

    time it reaches Reindeer Lake, lying in a northeast-southwest direction. The

    stream between Reindeer Lake and the next below, called Upper Carp Lake, is

    broken by the usual rapids, both at the outlet of Reindeer Lake and the entrance

    to Upper Carp Lake. The latter is about 10 miles long and continues in the

    same direction as the stream and lakes above. The short stretch of river be–

    tween the Upper and Lower Carp lakes is filled with rapids. Lower Carp Lake,

    002      |      Vol_XIII-0716                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife River

    smaller than its mate above, lies in a generally east and west direction;

    its shores, like those of Upper Carp Lake, are indented and irregular. At

    the western end of Lower Carp Lake, the river turns abruptly southward, flow–

    ing through moderately-high banks, clothed with spruce, poplars and birch. It

    is now about 100 yards wide, and runs with a swift current, broken by numerous

    rapids. This stretch of about 15 miles is uninterrupted by lakes and toward

    its end the river swings slightly to the west to enter a small lake cut by

    longitude 114° W., and then turns to the southwest into a series of small lakes.

    The river at this point describes a large semi-circle, bending toward the east;

    and from point to point of this semi-circle, like the string to a bow, runs a

    chain of 9 small lakes, which persons traveling up or down the river follow in

    order to avoid the falls on the main stream. At the end of this circuit, the

    river flows through a small lake and then turns southward, continuing in that

    direction for 3 miles before entering the northern end of Fishing Lake, which

    lies in a north-and-south direction. Fishing Lake, like most of the others,

    is merely a somewhat broad expansion of the river; at its foot another rapid

    occurs, followed shortly by three additional rapids. The river then enters

    Rocky Lake, between which and the next lake-expansion five rapids occur.

            The river in this stretch flows approximately southward, with few insig–

    nificant deviations. Below Grassy Lake, the river falls over a rocky ridge

    cutting across its course, and then breaks over three rapids where other ridges

    of gneiss cross the stream. Below the next lake, the river turns sharply to

    the east for half a mile, dropping over a rapid, and then turns southward again

    into a small lake. Upon emerging from this lake, the river flows over a series

    of four rapids and then enters Prosperous Lake, which is about 6 miles long,

    with a large island occupying its middle portion. Where the river leaves Pros-

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0717                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife River

    perous Lake, another rapids occurs, the last one on the stream. From the south–

    western angle of Prosperous Lake, Yellowknife River flows southwestward into

    the head of Yellowknife Bay. At Prosperous Lake a hydro-electric plant for

    the generation of power for the town of Yellowknife and nearby mines has been

    established. It has been supplemented by a more extensive installation on Snare

    River, about 90 miles to the northwest.

            Yellowknife River received its name from that of the Indians living along

    its course, who were found by the first visitors to the region to possess copper

    knives made from metal secured on the Coppermine River. Yellowknife River was

    first explored by Captain (later Sir) John Franklin in 1820, who with his party

    ascended it by canoe from Great Slave Lake to its headwaters. Franklin establish–

    ed his camp, called Fort Enterprise, at Winter Lake, a short distance north of

    the headwaters of Yellowknife River, where his party spent the winter of 1820–

    21, and where he and the survivors of the party starved the following winter.

    The names which most of the lakes and other river features still bear were given

    to them by Franklin, and his map and description of the river were the only ones

    available until the discovery of gold in the Yellowknife area caused the whole

    region to be mapped and surveyed in detail. In this latter work, several members

    of the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada have been engaged at intervals

    since the first gold discoveries were made in about 1934.

            References:

            Franklin, John Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea in

    the Years 1819-20-21-22 . London, 1823.

            Jolliffe, A. W. Preliminary Report, Yellowknife River Area, Northwest

    Territories. Geological Survey of Canada; Paper 36-5, 1936.

            ----. Quyta Lake and Parts of Fishing Lake and Prosperous Lakes

    Areas, Northwest Territories . Geological Survey of Canada,

    Paper 40-14, 1940.

    Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada



    001      |      Vol_XIII-0718                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada

    (D. M. LeBourdais)


    YELLOWKNIFE, N.W.T., CANADA

            Yellowknife, typical of the new towns that gold-mining is producing along

    the northern frontier of Canada, is both the farthest north and the fastest

    growing. It is situated on the western shore of Yellowknife Bay, an inlet on

    the eastern side of the North Arm of Great Slave Lake, in the District of Mack–

    enzie, Northwest Territories of Canada. In 1947, it had a population of between

    3,000 and 4,000, but this was limited by lack of housing and other restrictions.

    The name is derived from that applied to the Indians in the vicinity of Great

    Slave Lake by Samuel Hearne when he passed that way in 1771 on his trip to the

    Coppermine River and noticed that the Indians carried weapons and used implements

    of native copper.

            The mineral possibilities of the Yellowknife area, like many others, were

    first suggested by reports of the Geological Survey of Canada. In fact, a member

    of the Survey, working there in 1935, actually discovered gold, word of which

    was passed on to prospectors searching in the neighborhood. A mild boom occurred

    that year; in 1936, about 600 claims were staked; and, with slight cessation dur–

    ing the war years, staking has been continuous ever since. In 1945 alone, 9,481

    claims were registered at the official recording office.

            In the Northwest Territories each prospector may stake six claims, each

    not greater than fifteen hundred feet square, and twelve additional claims, six

    each for two other persons. Actual mining work to the value of not less than

    $100 a year for five years must be done on each claim before clear title can be

    secured.



    002      |      Vol_XIII-0719                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

            Since the Yellowknife area is a long way from sources of supplies and

    equipment, a mining prospect would need to be more than exceptionally prom–

    ising to have a fair chance of attracting capital for development. Ore that

    was profitable if near the settled sections might be quite unprofitable in

    the Yellowknife field. Therefore prospecting in the region is not a "poor

    man's proposition." Lode mining is not like placer mining, for example, when,

    as in the Klondike, gold dust or nuggets may be washed from gravel beds near

    the surface, requiring in many cases only a minimum of equipment.

            Until recently, when a Canadian prospector found a vein or other mineral–

    ized structure which, when samples were assayed, indicated ore that might be

    mined at a profit, he usually approached a mining broker in one of the larger

    cities, more often Montreal or Toronto, to secure capital for development.

    When the broker had assured himself that the prospects for profitable opera–

    tion were such as to justify the expenditure of the large amounts needed for

    development, he would probably propose the formation of a company having an

    authorized capital of, say, 3,000,000 shares of one dollar par value. Of these

    shares, as payment for the prospector's claims, the broker and prospector would

    perhaps receive one-third. These, called "vendors' shares," would be divided,

    on some basis agreed upon, between broker and prospector (who might have to

    divide his shares with a partner or "grubstaker"). Quite often vendors' shares

    are pooled until the remaining shares, known as "treasury shares" have been

    sold, sometimes even until the mine is brought into production.

            The broker then undertakes to sell the treasury stock to the public to

    raise money for development. In some cases the fir st issu e might be put on the

    market at a relatively low price, and the money thus raised devoted to prospect–

    ing with diamond drills. If the drills confirmed expectations and disclosed

    003      |      Vol_XIII-0720                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

    the presence of sufficiently large bodies of profitable ore, later issues

    would be put out at higher prices. The next step would be the sinking of a

    shaft from which to run tunnels underground at various levels along the vein

    or veins. If this further confirmed expectations, a mill would be put on the

    property to extract the gold from the ore. It would probably have a capacity

    of not more than 100 tons a day at first, but this would be increased if and

    when sufficient ore was blocked out to justify the increase. A large mine might

    eventually reach a capacity of from 1,000 tons upward.

            The lifetime of a mine has a theoretical limit, and the most successful

    companies prefer to have more than one mine upon which to depend. Forward-looking

    companies therefore set aside cash reserves out of which, when the time comes,

    additional properties may be secured; and a considerable number of Canadian

    mining companies have in t h is way extended their operations far beyond their

    initial venture, thus becoming huge holding companies in addition. The largest

    of these is The Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited, con–

    trolled by the Canadian Pacific Railway, which owns the famous Sullivan mine at

    Kimberley, B.C., the largest lead-zinc mine in the world, and the great smelter

    at Trail, B.C. It also owns other mines or mining interests in practically every

    mining section of Canada. Others in this class are Hollinger Consolidated Mines

    Limited, whose principal mine is at Timmins, Ontario, but which, like Consoli–

    dated Mines and Smelting, is interested in many other mining ventures, Dome Ex–

    ploration (Canada) Limited, a subsidiary of Dome Mines Limited, also operating

    its main mine at Timmins, and Noranda Mines, Limited, at Noranda, Quebec.

            In addition to these are what might be termed mining investment companies

    not necessarily identified with any particular mine, but interested in many dif–

    ferent mining enterprises. In some cases they operate mines; in others, they

    004      |      Vol_XIII-0721                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

    supply a large part of the capital, but have no hand in the operation. Typical

    of these is Ventures Limited, The Mining Corporation of Canada Limited, and

    many similar ones.

            Consequently when a prospector now has what he considers a favorable show–

    ing he often does not go to a broker at all but approaches one of these large

    companies. The course then followed might be similar to that of a broker, but

    more often the company puts its own money into the enterprise. Perhaps several

    large companies will join in the development of a particular property. Sometimes

    an issue of stock is put out to provide part of the money, but this is usually

    after a certain amount of development work has been done and some of the spec–

    ulative element has been eliminated. Most of the companies of this type have

    their own corps of engineers and other experts.

            Thus it was that when the first strikes were made at Yellowknife, representa–

    tives of these companies were not far away; and, in view of the large sums need–

    ed for development in that region, it was perhaps natural that they should soon

    have taken the lead in development. Many others, with less capital behind them,

    were also interested in the field, of course, and shares have been widely sold;

    but it was the mines owned by large companies that reached production first.

    Thus the first gold brick was poured in 1938 at the Con, owned by the Consilidated

    Mining and Smelting Company of Canada Limited; and of the five producing com–

    panies in the field at the outbreak of war in 1939, t hree were owned by this

    company. These five mines had produced a total of $14,000,000 in gold when the

    manpower shortage, scarcity of equipment and other restrictions of wartime forced

    them, one after the other, to suspend milling operations.

            It was due to the efforts of still another large-scale mining concern that

    Yellowknife received its greatest push forward. In 1944, diamond drilling at

    005      |      Vol_XIII-0722                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

    Giant Yellowknife Gold Mines Limited, controlled by Frobisher, Limited, a

    subsidiary of Ventures Limited, proved the existence of huge orebodies running

    high in gold, and also confirmed what had previously been but a geo logical theory

    concerning the nature of the geological structure and its possibilities from a

    gold mining standpoint. From that date big things have been expected of Yellow–

    knife, which time has fulfilled rather than otherwise.

            In addition to the large orebodies and high values found in the immediate

    vicinity of Yellowknife, the importance of the district is further indicated

    by the fact that properties promising large production have been located and

    are being developed beyond Indin Lake, about 150 miles north of Yellowknife

    town, northeastward in the vicinity of MacKay and Courageous lakes, and east–

    ward along Hearne Channel of Great Slave Lake. Within 75 miles of Yellowknife,

    much development is under way in the Thompson Lake, Gordon Lake, and Beaulieu

    River areas. By 1947, over 200 companies had been incorporated to hold or de–

    velop properties in the district, while about 70 were actively engaged in de–

    velopment work of some sort, with new ones continually getting under way.

            Because Yellowknife is located in the Northwest Territories, its affairs

    are administered by the Federal government. The governing body is composed

    of a commissioner, a deputy commissioner, and a council of five members, all

    senior civil servants at Ottawa, responsible to the Minister of Mines and Re–

    sources. Jointly with Yukon Territory, it elects one member to the House of

    Commons. This arrangement is not fully satisfactory to some of the residents,

    and requests have been made for a greater measure of autonomy. Some have sug–

    gested that the District of Mackenzie should be organized as a province. On

    the other hand, many residents appreciate the fact that, with the Federal treas–

    ury behind their community they stand a better chance of securing capital and

    006      |      Vol_XIII-0723                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

    other expenditures than they would if they were on their own. This view is

    supported by substantial evidence; in 1946 alone, the government spent $20,000,000

    directly or indirectly on behalf of Yellowknife. A certain amount of autonomy

    is allowed in respect to many matters of purely local concern. These are dealt

    with by a board of six trustees, three elected by the townspeople at large, and

    three nominated by the mining companies located in the vicinity of the town.

            Yellowknife, typical of mushroom mining towns, grew up as a jumble of shacks

    on a nobby tongue of land projecting into the bay and overflowing onto adjacent

    Jolliffe and Latham islands. Suck a situation was plainly inadequate for the

    city that was obviously in the making, and in 1945 the Federal government sur–

    veyed a new townsite on a sandy plain about a mile and a half back of the orig–

    inal one where there is room for expansion and where the soil is deep enough to

    allow of water and sewerage pipes being put underground. The government under–

    took to spend $1,000,000 on the water and sewerage system.

            Lots in the townsite cannot be bought outright, but are leased from the

    Federal government at a nominal rental. Leases run for five years and can be

    renewed in perpetuity. A number of substantial buildings have been erected on

    the new townsite, including a hospital, costing about $250,000 (financed joint–

    ly by the Federal government, the Canadian Red Cross and a number of the large

    mining companies), an up-to-date hotel, and a Federal administration building.

            Canadian banks keep closely in touch with mining development, and their

    interest in a new region is often a good index of its importance. The Canadian

    Bank of Commerce was the first to establish a branch in Yellowknife, which it

    did in 1938. In 1944, following the sensational results of the Giant Yellow–

    knife drilling, the Bank of Toronto and the Imperial Bank of Canada both rushed

    in with branches, the latter having to be content with quarters in a pool-room.



    007      |      Vol_XIII-0724                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

            The first hydro-electric power was supplied by an installation at Pros–

    perous Lake, on Yellowknife River, about 12 miles from the town, which provided

    about 4,700 horse power. This was installed by The Consolidated Mining and

    Smelting Company of Canada Limited to supply power for its own properties, but

    some was supplied to others needing it. This has since been augmented by a

    more extensive development on Snare River at Big Spruce Lake, about 80 miles

    north of the town. The initial unit was designed to provide 8,000 horse power,

    but the project is planned to develop ultimately 25,000 to 30,000 horse power.

    This was financed by the Federal government, which will supply power at a yearly

    charge of $95 a horse power.

            Yellowknife can be reached by air from Edmonton, Alberta, 600 miles; by

    water from waterways (275 miles from Edmonton by rail), 607 miles; and, in

    winter, by tractor-train from Grimshaw (333 miles from Edmonton), a station

    on the Northern Alberta Railway, 452 miles. At the time of writing, an all-the–

    year highway is under construction from Grimshaw to Hay River Post, on the south

    side of the Mackenzie River, just below where it leaves Great Slave Lake. The

    Federal government is sharing with the Province of Alberta the cost of construc–

    tion of the 247 miles within the province, and is assuming the whole cost of

    the 80 miles beyond the provincial boundary.

            The remaining 125 miles to Yellowknife is by boat in summer and by cater–

    pillar-tractor train — sometimes consisting of as many as forty sleds behind

    one tractor — over the ice in winter. Previous to the completion of the all–

    weather road, the distance from Grimshaw to Hay River in winter was usually

    made in 24 hours; but, due to pressure ridges on the lake ice, the remaining

    distance to Yellowknife often took as long as six days. The freight rate from

    Grimshaw to Yellowknife was 6-3/4 cents a pound in quantities of 100 tons or

    more, and 7-1/2 cents for lesser consignments.



    008      |      Vol_XIII-0725                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada

            Canadian Pacific Airways operates a fleet of 14-passenger Lodestar planes

    on regular daily schedules between Edmonton and Yellowknife, carrying passengers,

    express and freight, as well as supplying local service to and from outlying

    mines by Norseman planes.

            The water route from Waterways to Yellowknife is interrupted only once —

    at the rapids, 16 miles in length, between Fitzgerald and Fort Smith. A good

    road has been built over the portage and motorized equipment is provided to

    transport passengers and freight. Good boat service, both above and below the

    portage, is supplied by the Northern Transportation Company, a subsidiary of

    the government-owned Eldorado Mining and Refining (1944) Limited, and by the

    Hudson's Bay Company, as well as by a number of smaller concerns.

            Although many other minerals are found in the region about Great Slave

    Lake, gold is the only one (except uranium) that can yet be profitably mined,

    and thus, as far as can be seen, the fate of Yellowknife is bound up with the

    fortunes of gold. Even though much of the ore [ ?] so far discovered is relatively

    rich, it is unlikely that the area would have been able to attract the necessary

    capital if gold had remained at the old price of $20.67 an ounce; and if the

    price should advance further, the future of Yellowknife and adjacent country

    would to that extent be more assured.

            Eventually, rail connection with the rest of Canada must be provided; and

    when that time comes mining costs should be greatly reduced, the profits of

    established mines considerably increased, and many marginal mines brought into

    production. This would also make possible the development of copper, lead and

    other base metal mines that today cannot meet high transportation costs. In

    Northern Ontario, thirty years ago, rich silver deposits at Cobalt provided

    much of the intial capital for the development of gold mines in the Porcupine

    area, and these in time more than counterbalanced the eventual decline in silver

    009      |      Vol_XIII-0726                                                                                                                  
    EA-Geography: Canada. LeBourdais: Yellowknife, N.W.T., Canada.

    production. Indeed, surpluses from mines in Porcupine are now being used to

    develop mines at Yellowknife. It is therefore quite possible that profits

    accumulated by the gold mines of Yellowknife and other relatively inaccessible

    regions may eventually be available for the exploitation of metals like copper,

    lead and zinc perhaps more economically necessary than gold itself. And if gold

    should ever cease to hold its present place as the basis of monetary values,

    another industry would be established to support the outposts of civilization

    that gold is now creating in the Canadian north; for, after all, the Pre-Cambrian

    Shield, on whose western edge Yellowknife is located, is one of the richest of

    the world's mineral storehouses.


    Back to top